Skip to main content

Full text of "Bulletin of Wake Forest University"

See other formats





/De> '>W 



-I ">t v / v^>^^r^X^ 



BULLETIN OF 
WAKE FOREST UNIVERSITY 



CATALOG ISSUE 



WINSTON-SALEM 



NORTH CAROLINA 







JANUARY 1976 

FOR STUDENTS ENTERING IN 
ACADEMIC YEAR 1976-77 



Digitized by the Internet Archive 

in 2012 with funding from 

University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill 



http://archive.org/details/bulletinofwakefo19761977 



New Series 



January 1976 



\f ty 



Vol. LX^I, No. 1 \S y 3 _- . 



BULLETIN OF 



WAKE FOREST 
UNIVERSITY 



^IDBfat 




GENERAL CATALOG ISSUE 

ONE HUNDRED FORTY-FIRST YEAR 
ANNOUNCEMENTS FOR 1976-77 



The Bulletin of Wake Forest University is published seven times annually by 

the University at Winston-Salem, North Carolina. Correspondence and 

changes of address notices should be mailed to Wake Forest 

University, Winston-Salem, N. C, 27109 (or 27103 

for Bowman Gray School of Medicine). 

Second-class postage paid at Winston-Salem, N. C. 27109 



CORRESPONDENCE 

Inquiries to the University should be addressed as indicated 
below: 

Admissions Director of Admissions 

Alumni Affairs Director of Alumni Affairs 

Athletics Director of Athletics 

Business Administration 

and Management Dean of Babcock Graduate 

School of Management 

Catalogs Director of Admission 

Financial Matters Vice President for 

Business and Finance 

General Policy of the 

University President 

Gifts and Bequests President 

Graduate Studies Dean of the Graduate School 

Housing Director of Housing 

Law Dean of School of Law 

Medicine Director of Admissions 

Bowman Gray School of 
Medicine, Winston-Salem, 
N. C. 27103 

Placement Director of Placement 

Public Relations and 

Development Program President 

Scholarships Committee on Scholarships 

Student Affairs Dean of the College 

Summer Session Dean of Summer Session 

Transcripts Registrar 

All addresses, except Medicine, are 

Wake Forest University, Reynolda Station 
Winston-Salem, N. C. 27109 



CONTENTS 

Page 

Overview 7 

Admission 14 

Admissions, of Freshmen, Transfer Candidates, Summer 

School, Graduate and Professional Schools 
Fees and Expenses 20 

Tuition & Fees, Housing Charges, Estimated Personal 

Expenses 
Financial Assistance 24 

Scholarships, Loans and part-time employment, Veterans 

benefits 
Educational Resources 37 

History, physical facilities, libraries, art collection 

Student Community 56 

Student government, College Union, residence councils, 
debate, dramatics, musical activities, religious program, 
radio station, publications, medals and awards, fratern- 
ities, societies, recreation and intramurals, intercollegiate 
athletics 

Services 70 

Advising and orientation, housing, food services, health 
service, Reading Improvement Program for University Stu- 
dents, psychological services, placement, counseling and 
career advising, Human Enterprises Institute, Urban Affairs 
Institute, Piedmont University Center, Ecumenical Insti- 
tute, The Institute of Literature, Robinson Lectures, Uni- 
versity Artists Series 

General Academic Information 79 

Honors 

Wake Forest Abroad 
Courses at Salem College 
Requirements for Degrees: 

Academic Standards and Regulations 92 

Courses in the College 106 

Graduate and Professional Schools 200 

Graduate School 

Babcock Graduate School of Management 

School of Law 

Bowman Gray School of Medicine 

Summer Session 

Degrees Conferred 236 

Enrollment and Geographical Distribution 259 

Trustees and Committees 264 

Officers of the Administration 268 

Faculty and Standing Committees 272 

Index to Topics 291 

3 



MAY 


1 


2 3 4 5 6 


7 8 


9 10 11 12 13 


14 15 


16 17 18 19 20 21 22 


23 24 25 26 27 28 29 


30 31 




JUNE 




1 2 3 


4 5 


6 7 8 9 10 


11 12 


13 14 15 16 17 


18 19 


20 21 22 23 24 25 26 


27 28 29 30 




JULY 




1 


2 3 


4 5 6 7 8 


9 10 


11 12 13 14 15 16 17 


18 19 20 21 22 23 24 


25 26 27 28 29 30 31 


AUGUST 




12 3 4 5 


6 7 


8 9 10 11 12 13 14 


15 16 17 18 19 20 21 


22 23 24 25 26 27 28 


29 30 31 




SEPTEMBER 




1 2 


3 4 


5 6 7 8 9 


10 11 


12 13 14 15 16 


17 18 


19 20 21 22 23 24 25 


26 27 28 29 30 




OCTOBER 


1 2 


3 4 5 6 7 


8 9 


10 11 12 13 14 


15 16 


17 18 19 20 21 22 23 


24 25 26 27 28 29 30 


31 




NOVEMBER 




12 3 4 


5 6 


7 8 9 10 11 


12 13 


14 15 16 17 18 


19 20 


21 22 23 24 25 26 27 


28 29 30 




DECEMBER 




1 2 


3 4 


5 6 7 8 9 


10 11 


12 13 14 15 16 


17 18 


19 20 21 22 23 24 25 


26 27 28 29 30 31 



UNIVERSITY CALENDAR 



SUMMER SESSION 1976 



May 


24 


Monday 


Registration First 
Term 


May 


24 


Monday 


Classes begin 


June 


26 


Saturday 


First Term ends 


June 


28 


Monday 


Registration Second 
Term 


June 


28 


Monday 


Classes begin 


August 


4 


Wednesday 


Second Term ends 



FALL, 1976 



August 27 


Friday 


Residence halls open at 
9:00 a.m. For first year 
and transfer 
students only 


Aug. 27,28,29 


Fri.-Sun. 


Orientation for new 
students 


August 29 


Sunday 


Residence halls open at 
noon for returning 
students 


August 30, 31 


Mon.-Tues. 


Registration 


September 1 


Wednesday 


Classes begin 


October 15 


Friday 


Mid-term grades 


Nov. 12,13 


Fri. and Sat. 


Registration for spring 
term 


Nov. 25-28 


Thurs.-Sun. 


Thanksgiving Holiday 


Nov. 29 


Monday 


Classes resume 


December 10 


Friday 


Classes end 


December 11 


Saturday 


Final exams begin 


December 18 


Saturday 


Final exams end 


December 19 
January 9 


Sunday- | 
Sunday J 


> Christmas Holiday 



JANUARY ! 

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 
16 17 18 19 20 21 22 
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 
30 31 


FEBRUARY 

12 3 4 5 
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 
13 14 15' 16 17 18 19 
20 21 22 23 24 25 26 
27 28 


MARCH 

12 3 4 5 
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 
20 21 22 23 24 25 26 
27 28 29 30 31 


APRIL 

1 2 
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 


MAY 

12 3 4 5 6 7 
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 
15 16 17 18 19 20 21 
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 
29 30 31 



January 10 



SPRING 

Monday 



February 4 Friday 
February 7 Monday 
February 10 Thursday 



March 3 

March 12-20 
March 21 



April 
May 
May 
May 
May 
May 



29 
2 
4 
10 
15 
16 



Thursday 

Sat. -Sun. 

Monday 

Friday 

Monday 

Wednesday 

Tuesday 

Sunday 

Monday 



, 7977 

Classes begin for 
4-week and 
15-week courses 
Classes end for 
4-week courses 
Classes begin for 
11-week courses 
Founders' Day 
Convocation 
Mid-term grades due 
Spring Recess 
Classes resume 
Classes end 
Final exams begin 
Reading Day 
Final exams end 
Baccalaureate 
Graduation 




Wait Chapel 



OVERVIEW 

WAKE FOREST UNIVERSITY is composed of a college of Arts and 
Sciences, a Graduate School, a School of Law, the Bowman Gray 
School of Medicine, and the Babcock Graduate School of Man- 
agement. The University is privately endowed and affiliated with 
the Baptist State Convention of North Carolina; it is dedicated 
to the service of humanity. Its present rank among the best of 
the small private universities is the result of long and dedicated 
effort by hundreds of friends, faculty, alumni, and generous 
benefactors. 

Wake Forest provides an atmosphere where students can pursue 
personal development to the maximum degree of individual 
capabilities. Proud of its heritage and circumspect in the responsi- 
ble use of freedom, Wake Forest is eager to encourage the spirit of 
free inquiry. 

It seeks faculty and administrators who have a commitment to 
the search for knowledge, who have an awareness of their 
own responsibilities as useful citizens in a free society, and who 
have a sense of obligation to the students who will be leaders of 
tomorrow. 

It invites applicants who are willing to accept the challenge of 
new ideas and those with a commitment to education as the means 
of achieving their own personal development and of helping to 
solve the perplexing problems of our increasingly complex soci- 
ety. It seeks students who are intellectually equipped to participate 
in a community of scholars and who find satisfaction in the life of 
the mind. 

It believes that all students should know something of the physi- 
cal world and the scientific method by which data are gathered, 
verified and organized; that they should be knowledgeable about 
the societal relationships which make up the adult world; that they 
must cultivate the heritage of the past and be concerned about 
their spiritual, moral and physical development; and that as 
graduates they should be able to communicate effectively in all 
areas with their fellowmen. 

It instills in men and women a sense of the dignity and worth of 
the individual, a love of freedom, an awareness of the continuity 
and interrelationships of human society, and a sense of responsi- 



INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES 



bility toward others. Its graduates have achieved distinction as 
minsters, teachers, lawyers, physicians, business people, jour- 
nalists and in a host of other occupations. 

Recognizing the importance of providing students with an op- 
portunity to enrich their undergraduate experience through study 
in other cultures, Wake Forest has instituted programs in France, 
India, Italy and Spain. These programs are supervised on a rotating 
basis by several academic departments and therefore vary from 
time to time. Approximately twenty students each semester study 
in Venice and in Dijon and pursue four courses under the direc- 
tion of a regular member of the University Faculty. Wake Forest 
students participate in the Experiment for International Living 
programs. 

Interdisciplinary Studies 

Wake Forest offers the Open Curriculum and an Interdiscipli- 
nary Honors program designed for the superior student. The Open 
Curriculum eliminates the basic and divisional requirements, and 
the student, with the help of an adviser, may devise his own 
curriculum. 

Interdisciplinary honors courses, designed to broaden the 
student's knowledge, overlap several departments and are taught 
by professors from different disciplines. The participants usually 
schedule three interdisciplinary honors seminars and later con- 
centrate on departmental honors work in their major fields. 

Students, however, who are not candidates for departmental 
honors and who have completed four interdisciplinary seminars 
and have met certain other requirements will be graduated with 
"Honors in the Arts and Sciences." 

Departmental Honors Program 

Many departments offer specialized honors programs for highly 
qualified majors. Admission to an Honors Program is by applica- 
tion to and with the consent of the department. The minimum 
requirement is a grade point average of not less than 3.0 on all 
college work and 3.3 on all work in the major. Beyond these 
stipulations, a department may at its discretion impose such addi- 
tional requirements as the completion of specific courses, an hon- 
ors seminar on honors research, an independent study project and 
a comprehensive examination on the special project. The specific 



CREATIVE ARTS 



requirements of each department are listed with the course re- 
quirements for the major. 

The Graduate School 

The Graduate School offers in the School of Arts and Sciences 
work leading to the Master of Arts degree, the Master of Arts in 
Education, and the Doctor of Philosophy (currently offered only in 
Biology and Chemistry). The Master of Science and the Doctor of 
Philosophy are offered through programs at the Bowman Gray 
School of Medicine. 

The Professional Schools 

The Juris Doctor degree is awarded by the Wake Forest Univer- 
sity School of Law to those students who successfully complete the 
required three-year program. In addition to the M.D. degree, the 
Bowman Gray School of Medicine also offers the Ph.D. degree in 
the fields of Anatomy, Biochemistry, Microbiology, Pharmaecol- 
ogy, Physiology, and Comparative and Experimental Pathology. 

The Babcock Graduate School of Management offers programs 
leading to either the Master of Business Administration degree or 
to the Master of Management degree upon successful completion 
of two years of study. 

More detailed information about courses, costs, and plans of 
instruction in these professional schools may be secured by writ- 
ing directly to the school concerned. 

Creative Arts 

The University offers many opportunities for creative expression 
and participation. Writers may contribute to one of the three 
University publications. The Old Gold and Black, the student 
newspaper published weekly since 1916, has a long tradition in 
collegiate journalism. The Student, published since 1882, appears 
four times a year and is the official literary magazine of the Univer- 
sity. It publishes fiction, poetry, and articles about campus life and 
contemporary living. The Howler, the college yearbook, was first 
published in 1903. 

Debating at Wake Forest is conducted under the auspices of the 
Speech Communications and Theatre Arts Department. Emphasis 
is piaced upon giving maximum participation to interested stu- 



CREATIVE ARTS 



dents. Twenty to thirty students usually receive intercollegiate 
debating experience. Wake Forest debaters consistently win 
top awards in major national and regional tournaments. Wake 
Forest sponsors two college tournaments, a high school debate 
tournament, and a workshop for high school students during the 
summer. 

The University Theatre has an active drama program and a 
theatre laboratory where students produce new plays as well as 
innovative interpretations of standard works. The Anthony Aston 
Society and the Wake Forest Chapter of the National Collegiate 
Players, an honorary dramatic fraternity, were formed in 1963. 

Musicians may sing in the Chapel Choir, the Touring Choir, the 
Madrigal Singers and the Opera Workshop; play in the Wake 
Forest Little Symphony, Demon Deacon Marching Band, the Sym- 
phonic Wind Ensemble, the Concert Band, the Basketball Varsity 
Pep Band, the two Jazz Ensembles, the Percussion Ensemble, the 
University Woodwind Quintet, or the Brass Quintet. 

The University Artist Series presents a series of outstanding 
concerts to the University community. The five concerts each 
season are chosen so that in the four years a student is at the 
University, he may attend concerts by a balanced range of artists. 
Concerts are presented in Wait Chapel Auditorium, and students 
are admitted without further charge upon presentation of the 
Wake Forest Identification card. Among the recent outstanding 
attractions have been Leontyne Price, Yehudi Menuhin, the Vi- 
enna Symphony, the Cleveland Orchestra, Marcel Marceau, Alicia 
de Larrocha, and the London Symphony. 

Since 1964, the Institute of Literature has promoted the cause of 
humane letters in special lectures which show something of the 
diversity in unity which characterizes the literary heritage of the 
West. The Institute has featured such outstanding figures as W. H. 
Auden, Malcolm Cowley, James Dickey, V. S. Pritchett, Gilbert 
Highet, Whitney Oates, Cedric Whitman and John Finley. 

The Robinson Lectures, held biennially, have resulted in the 
publication of a number of books, including the well known 
Naming the Whirlwind by Langdon Gilkey. 

The Ecumenical Institute provides an academic setting for better 
understanding and wider experience in religion in a pluralistic 
society. 



10 



COMMUNITY AFFAIRS 



The College Union provides a stimulating and challenging series 
of lectures, musicians, artists and poets. Recent performers have 
included Brooklyn Bridge, Bread, Livingston Taylor, The Byrds, 
Mary Travers; Lecturers John Holt, Tom Muston, Bill Russeil and a 
film festival. The Union designates a portion of its funds for the 
purchase of contemporary paintings, sculpture and graphics. 

Sports 

Recognizingthe importance of recreation and fitness activities in 
maintaining the well-being of students, the University provides an 
opportunity for each studentto develop his individual interest and 
competence to the level of proficiency he desires. Women partici- 
pate in twenty sports in two leagues and more than one-half of the 
students take part in these programs. Men participate in nineteen 
different sports in three separate leagues: fraternity, house, and 
independent. 

Varsity sports are vigorous and representative teams participate 
in afull schedule in the following sports: football, basketball, track 
and field, cross country, swimming, golf and tennis. Varsity teams 
have always acquitted themselves well, but perhaps golf has been 
the sport which has brought the most recognition. 

Community Affairs 

Wake Forest students have been active in community affairs. The 
Urban Affairs Institute works with students in securing off-campus 
learning experiences during the Winter Term. The city provides an 
internship which enables students to work with various branches 
of the City government. Still other students work with boys' clubs, 
the city's Youth Council, and in kindergartens as student teachers. 

The students sponsor Challenge, a biennial symposium on con- 
temporary American affairs. Now in its ninth year, past Challenge 
programs have considered such areas as "The Emerging World of 
the American Negro," "The Implications of Prosperity," "The 
Challenge of Survival: not man apart," and have brought such 
speakers as Senator Edmund Muskie, Harvey Cox, Michael Har- 
rington, Ralph Nader, Rene Dubos, Daniel Bell, and Senator John 
Tunney. 



11 



LOCATION 



Residential Housing 

Accommodations for approximately 2500 men and women are 
provided in the University residence halls. Davis, Taylor, Kitchin, 
Poteat, Efird, and Huffman dormitories offer attractive living quar- 
ters for men students on the central quadrangle, commonly called 
the Plaza. Bostwick, Johnson, Babcock and a recently constructed 
and as yet unnamed dormitory located in the south area of the 
campus provide housing for approximately 800 women. Faculty 
and student legislation relating to residence is provided in full in 
The Student Handbook. 

Location 

Located in the Piedmont section of North Carolina, the college 
campus proper occupies 320 acres, which are bordered by the 
Reynolda Gardens annex consisting of 148 acres. There are 42 
buildings, including four classroom buildings, several libraries, 
nine dormitories, and twelve apartment buildings for faculty and 
married students. Wake Forest is located in the northeast section 
of Winston-Salem, a city of 135,000 inhabitants. In the Salem area of 
the city the heritage goes back to the arrival of the Moravians in 
1766, while in the Winston area it is a city of the new South. This 
combination of cultural heritage and modern business and indus- 
trial activity makes it a particularly attractive place for an educa- 
tional institution. 

In addition to the variety of cultural activities offered by the 
campus community, there are two art galleries, a nature-science 
center, the restored village of Old Salem, Reynolda House, an 
accredited art museum housed in the former home of the late 
industrialist, R. J. Reynolds, the Museum of Early Southern De- 
corative Arts, the Winston-Salem Symphony, a community theatre, 
and the Piedmont University Center. 



PURPOSES AND OBJECTIVES 



Purposes and Objectives 

As an institution founded by the Baptist State Convention of 
North Carolina, Wake Forest University seeks to shape its goals, 
policies, and practices by Christian ideals. It seeks to help its 
students become mature, well-informed and responsible persons. 
It seeks to introduce its students to the cultural heritage of our 
times, through a broad study of the humanities, the natural and 
social sciences and mathematics, and through a concentration in at 
least one academic discipline. It seeks to develop in its students 
the ability to think honestly and clearly, to use the English language 
correctly, and to use at least one foreign language effectively. It 
seeks to assist its students in building a system of values which 
takes full account of the things of the spirit as well as things 
material that they may become constructive and useful members 
of society. Finally, it seeks to aid its students in achieving for 
themselves a vital and relevant faith. 

These purposes underlie the total academic program of the 
University. Through them the University seeks to prepare its stu- 
dents for careers in teaching, the ministry, law, medicine, busi- 
ness, research, and other professions. 



EQUAL OPPORTUNITY POLICY 

Wake Forest University is committed to administer all 
educational and employment activities without discrimination 
because of race, color, religion, national origin, age or sex 
(except where sex is a bona fide occupational qualification or 
statutory requirement). Wake Forest University is committed to 
abide by all local, state and national laws, executive orders, 
regulations and guidelines. 

NOTICE 

Plans of study, course descriptions, and assignment of lecturers 
apply to the academic year of 1975-76 unless otherwise noted, 
and reflect official faculty action through December 19, 1975. 
The University reserves the right to change programs of study, 
academic requirements, assignment of lecturers, or the 
announced calendar without prior notice. 



13 



ADMISSION 




A candidate for admission must furnish evidence of maturity and 
educational achievement. The Committee on Admissions will give 
careful consideration to the applicant's academic records, scores 
on tests, and evidences of character, motivation, goals, and gen- 
eral fitness for college. 

Entrance From Secondary School 

The secondary school program of each candidate must establish 
his commitment to the kind of broad liberal education reflected in 
the academic requirements of Wake Forest College. 

The minimum requirement for admission to all degrees is gradu- 
ation from an accredited secondary school with a minimum of 16 
units of credit. It is strongly recommended that these sixteen units 
include 4 units in English, 3 in mathematics, 2 in history and social 
studies, 2 in one foreign language, and 1 in natural sciences, and 
preference will normally be given to a student whose secondary 
school record includes such a course distribution. 

However, a student who presents at least 12 units of such college 
preparatory subjects, but somewhat differently distributed, and 
who otherwise appears to be highly qualified for admission to 
Wake Forest College, will still be considered by the Committee on 
Admissions. 

14 



APPLICATION FEE 



A limited number of students may be admitted without the high 
school diploma. Particular emphasis will be placed on the 
applicant's ability, motivation, and maturity. 

Application Procedures 

1. The completed application should be filed at least eight months 
prior to the date on which the applicant hopes to enroll at Wake 
Forest, but not before September 1 of the senior year. Except in 
case of emergency, the final date for making application for the 
fall semester is August 5; for the spring semester, January 1. 

2. The secondary school record of the applicant and the recom- 
mendations of the appropriate school officials must be sent by 
an official of the secondary school to the Director of Admissions 
of Wake Forest College. 

3. Each applicant must present a score (senior year preferred) on 
the Scholastic Aptitude Test of the College Entrance Examina- 
tion Board. Information and applications for taking the test may 
be secured from the secondary school or from the College 
Entrance Examination Board, Box 592, Princeton, New Jersey, 
08540 or Box 1025, Berkeley, California, 94701 . Test reports must 
be sent from the test center; they may not be submitted by the 
applicant. 

Application Fee and Admissions Deposit 

A fee of $15.00 to cover the cost of processing must accom- 
pany the application. The fee will not be applied to later charges 
in the event of acceptance; in the event of failure to be admitted 
or of cancellation of the application, the fee will not be re- 
funded. The University reserves the right to reject any applica- 
tion without explanation. 

When an applicant has received notice of acceptance for 
admission or readmission to Wake Forest College, an admission 
deposit of $100.00 must be sent to the Director of Admissions of 
Wake Forest College not later than three weeks after the notice 
of acceptance is mailed. Make checks payable to Wake Forest 
University. This deposit will be credited toward the applicant's 
college fees. It will be refunded if the application for admission 
or readmission is cancelled by the applicant and a written re- 
quest for refund is received by the Director of Admissions of 



15 



ADVANCED PLACEMENT 



Wake Forest College not later than May 1 for the fall semester or 
November 1 for the spring semester. Refunds will not be made 
after these dates. Failure to pay the deposit within three weeks 
after the letter of acceptance has been mailed will indicate that the 
applicant does not intend to enter Wake Forest College. 

If a student is accepted for admission or readmission after May 1 
for the fall semester or after November 1 for the spring semester, 
the admission deposit is due within two weeks of the date of 
acceptance. Deposits made after May 1 and November 1 are not 
refundable. 

No deposit is required of a student who expects to enroll for the 
summer session only. 

The Early Decision Plan 

This plan is available to well qualified high school students who 
at the close of their junior year have definitely decided that their 
first choice college is Wake Forest. An Early Decision Agreement is 
required with each application. 

The application for early decision can be filed after completion 
of the applicant's junior year but must be completed by late Oc- 
tober of the senior year. It must include the high school record, 
recommendations, and scores on the Scholastic Aptitude Test of 
the College Entrance Examination Board. Although achievement 
tests are not required, the Committee on Admissions recommends 
the applicant submit achievement tests, especially the test in En- 
glish Composition, to supplement the application. 

The Committee on Admissions will make decisions on applica- 
tions as they are completed with all applicants being notified no 
later than early November. If an applicant is accepted, the required 
deposit must be paid by January 1. Those not admitted by early 
decision will be asked to submit a senior year Scholastic Aptitude 
Test score and the first semester's grades of their senior year, or 
they will be advised to apply elsewhere. 

Advanced Placement 

Wake Forest University recognizes college-level work done in 
high school by giving credit and placement on the basis of Ad- 
vanced Placement Examinations of the College Entrance Ex- 



16 



ADMISSION 



amination Board and such pertinent supplementary information as 
may be available. 

Exceptionally qualified applicants for advanced standing may 
receive exemption from some basic courses with credit on the 
authorization of the department concerned. For the purposes of 
computing grade point averages, etc., credit gained by advanced 
standing examination is treated as credit transferred to Wake 
Forest College from another college. 

Dual Enrollment 

A student who earns credit from an accredited college before he 
or she is admitted to Wake Forest University as a freshman may 
have that credit transferred to Wake Forest, provided that a grade 
average of C or higher has been received and provided that the 
course is approved by the appropriate department. If the student 
receives a grade average of less than C on all work taken, the 
student may petition the Executive Committee on the merits of his 
case. 

Admission To Advanced Standing 

The number of transfer students that can be admitted each year 
depends upon the availability of space in the sophomore and 
junior classes. 

An applicant for admission who has attended another college 
must be a graduate of a standard junior college or must furnish a 
certificate of honorable dismissal stating that the applicant is eligi- 
ble in all respects to enter the college last attended, and must have 
an overall average of at least C on all college work attempted. 
These are minimum requirements for consideration. A student 
who is admitted from another college before fully meeting the 
prescribed admissions requirements for entering freshmen must 
remove the entrance conditions during the first year at Wake 
Forest. 

Courses satisfactorily completed in other accredited colleges 
are accepted under the regulations that have been adopted by 
the faculty for the approval of such courses. In general, how- 
ever, no credit is allowed for courses not found in the cur- 
riculum of Wake Forest College. All credits allowed for ad- 
vanced standing are held in suspense until the candidate has 



17 



GRADUATE ADMISSIONS 



spentoneterm in residence. The minimum residence requirement 
for a baccalaureate degree is two academic years — the senior year 
and one other. 

College Level Examination Program 

Wake Forest College participates in the College Level Examina- 
tion Program of the Educational Testing Service. Under this prog- 
ram a student may be able, with the approval of his adviser and the 
department concerned, to obtain a limited amount of college 
credit through the subject examinations of theCLEP. Credit will not 
normally be granted by way of the general examinations. Approval 
will depend on the student's background and experience. The 
pertinent department will evaluate the results of any examination 
and, in cooperation with the Registrar, determine the credit to be 
assigned. Further information is available from the office of Admis- 
sions or, for students already enrolled, the Dean of the College. 

Summer School 

The University holds a summer session on the campus which 
begins late in May. Approximately 85 courses are offered. The 
normal load is two courses during each five weeks term. Certain 
courses are open to qualified high school students and to fresh- 
men who plan to matriculate in the fall. Complete information 
about entrance, procedures, courses, cost and regulations will be 
found in the Summer Session Bulletin published in March of each 
year. Copies may be obtained from the Dean of the Summer 
Session, Box 7293 Reynolda Station, Winston-Salem, N. C. 27109. 

Graduate Admissions 

Wake Forest University offers graduate work leading to the de- 
grees of Master of Arts, Master of Arts in Education, and Doctor of 
Philosophy (currently offered in Biology and Chemistry) in the 
School of Arts and Sciences, and Master of Science and Doctor of 
Philosophy in the Bowman Gray School of Medicine. Disciplines in 
the School of Arts and Sciences which offer graduate programs 
are: Biology, Chemistry, Education, English, History, Mathema- 
tics, Physical Education, Physics, Psychology, Religion, and Speech 
Communication and Theatre Arts. 



18 



SCHOLARSHIPS AND FELLOWSHIPS 



All applicants are required to submit scores on the Aptitude Test 
and the Advanced Test of the Graduate Record Examinations ad- 
ministered by the Educational Testing Service, Box 955, Princeton, 
N. J. 98540. 

Candidates for the degree of Master of Arts are required to 
complete successfully a minimum of twenty-four hours of course 
work, write a thesis for which six hours of credit are allotted, and 
pass a reading examination in one foreign language or, in some 
disciplines, substitute a demonstration of competency in a special 
skill such as computer programming or statistics. 

Although the requirements for the Master of Arts degree maybe 
fulfilled in some disciplines in one calendar year, candidates usu- 
ally find it profitable to spend three or four semesters of study to 
attain this degree. 

Most graduate-level courses are planned for students who are 
candidates for the various graduate degrees. Numbered in the four 
and five hundreds in the departmental listings of the "Courses of 
Study" in this catalog, these courses consist of seminars, advanced 
experimental work, and special studies designed for graduate stu- 
dents. Graduate level courses are also open to graduate students 
who desire credit for purposes other than advanced degrees. 

Scholarships and Fellowships 

The Graduate School will have twenty full tuition scholarships 
available to be awarded for the summer of 1976 and a total of about 
one hundred assistantships, fellowships, and scholarships for the 
academic year 1976-1 977. These range in value from $2400 to $51 00. 

The Bulletin of the Graduate School, an application for admis- 
sion form, and an application for grant form may be obtained by 
writing the Dean of the Graduate School, Box 7487 Reynolda Sta- 
tion, Wake Forest University, Winston-Salem, North Carolina 
27109. 



19 



UNIVERSITY CHARGES AND FINANCIAL 
ARRANGEMENTS 

Statements in this Bulletin concerning expenses are not to be 
regarded as forming an irrevocable contact between the student 
and the University. 

The costs of instruction and other services outlined herein are 
those in effect on the date of publication of this Bulletin, and the 
University reserves the right to change without notice the costs of 
instruction and other services at any time. 

Charges are due in full on Aug. 1 for fall semester and Dec. 15 for 
spring semester. Information concerning payment will be sent to 
all students prior to the beginning of each semester. 

Faculty regulations require that a student's University account 
must be settled in full before he is entitled to receive his grades, a 
transcript of his record, a diploma, or to register for the succeeding 
semester. 

Wake Forest College 

Charges for the Regular School Year 

TUITION Per Semester Per Year 

Full-time (12 or more credits) $1,250 $2,500 

Part-time $80 per credit $80 

Part-time students are not entitled to claim the designated scholarships listed 
on pages 24-31 , nor are they eligible for free admission to athletic contests or 
Artists Series, reduced rates for campus functions, or free services in the Univer- 
sity Health Center. 

ROOM CHARGES Per Semester Per Year 

Double occupancy $210-$290 $420-$580 

In addition to double rooms, there are a few single rooms that rent for $245 per 
semester and a limited number of triple rooms for men that rent for $40 per 
semester less than a double room. 

The reservation deposit (see page 22) is credited to the student's account and 
is applied against tuition and room charges. 

Deduct admission and reservation deposit from above charges. See pages 15 
and 16. 



20 



CHARGES 

A cafeteria, soda shop, and table service dining room are located 
in Reynolda Hall. Meals maybe purchased individually or under an 
optional board plan. The approximate yearly cost individually is 
$700. 

Books and supplies are available at the College Book Store, 
located on the campus. The approximate yearly cost is $150. 

Laundry is arranged for privately. A laundry operated by a 
Winston-Salem firm has a branch office located on campus. A linen 
rental service is also available with lockers located in the men's and 
women's dormitories. Coin operated washers and dryers are lo- 
cated in the dormitories. 

Other College Charges 

Admission Application Fee. Required with each application for 
admission to cover cost of processing. Non-refundable. $15.00. 

Admission Deposit. Required of each student entering for the 
first time, or re-entering after a period of non-attendance. Must be 
sent to the Director of Admissions within three weeks after accept- 
ance for admission or readmission. The deposit is credited to the 
student's University charges for the semester for which he has 
been accepted for admission. It is refunded if the Director of 
Admissions is notified in writing prior to May 1 for the fall semester 
and November 1 for the spring semester, of cancellation of plans to 
enter. $100.00. 

Applied Music. Required in addition to tuition of students enroll- 
ing for individual study in applied music as described in the offer- 
ing of the Department of Music. Payable in the Treasurer's office. 

Automobile registration. Payable in Traffic office. $30.00 per 
year. 

Dormitory Damages and Repairs. The student is charged for 
damages to his room or university property in accordance with 
Dormitory Rule 4. Appeal may be made to the Board of Dormitory 
Damage Appeals. 

Graduation Fee. Required of all students who are candidates for 
degrees. $20.00. 



21 



CHARGES 

Hospital Bed and Board Charge. The student is charged when 
confined to the University Hospital. An additional charge is made 
for special services and expensive drugs. University Hospital 
charges range from $20.00 to $30.00 a day. 

Since most insurance companies do not cover admissions to a 
university hospital or infirmary, students are urged to arrange for 
the student insurance which covers these charges. The student 
insurance premium is usually under $70.00 per year. 

Key Deposit. Required for each key issued to a dormitory room. 
Refunded when key is returned. $5.00. 

Late Registration Fee. Charged to students registering after the 
dates set by the faculty. $10.00. 

Library Fines. Charges for lost books and for violation of other 
Library regulations. Payable in the Library. 

Reservation Deposit. Students enrolled in the spring semester 
who expect to return for the next regular session beginning in 
August are required to pay a reservation deposit at a date set by the 
Treasurer. It is credited to the student's University charges and will 
be refunded under the same conditions specified for the admis- 
sion deposit, except that refunds will be made if requested prior to 
June 1. $100.00. 

Room Change Fees. $5.00 is charged for authorized room 
changes made after October 1 in the fall semester, after February 
15 in the spring semester. The fine is $20.00 for any unauthorized 
change. 

Special Examination. Required for each special examination 
taken to remove a course condition. $2.50. 

Student Apartment Rental. Paid monthly at $80.00 per month. 

Traffic Fines. Assessed against students violating parking regula- 
tions, copies of which are obtainable from the Traffic Office. May 
be appealed to the Board of Traffic Appeals. Vehicle Registration 
$20.00. Illegal parking $2.00 each violation. 

Trailer Park Rental. Paid each semester at the rate of $15.00 per 
month. 

Transcripts. Copies of a student's record are issued at a cost of 
$1.00 each. 



22 



REFUND POLICY 



Summer Session 

A bulletin of the Summer Session is published in March of each 
year and may be obtained by writing the Dean of the Summer 
Session, Wake Forest University, Winston-Salem, N. C. 27109. 

Management, Law, Medicine and Graduate Schools 

Bulletins for these schools should be consulted for information 
as to expenses. Requests for the bulletins should be addressed 
to the appropriate Dean, Wake Forest University, Winston- 
Salem, N. C. 

Refund Policy 

All students, full and part-time, will be refunded accordingtothe 
following table. This policy will apply to students dropping courses 
as well as students withdrawing. Students withdrawing mustfollow 
the procedure set forth on page 84 and must present their identifi- 
cation cards to the Treasurer before any claim for refund may be 
considered. No refund of dormitory room rent is made. 

Number of Weeks Percentage of Total Tuition 

Attendance* to be Refunded 

1 Total tuition less $100 

2 75% 

3 50% 

4 25% 



'Counting from the first day of registration; fractions of a week to count as a full week. 



23 



SCHOLARSHIPS AND LOAN FUNDS 

Wake Forest is committed to the ideal that any student admitted 
to the University who demonstrates financial need shall receive 
assistance commensurate with that need. 

By regulation of the Board of Trustees, all financial aid must be 
approved by the Committee on Scholarships and Student Aid of 
Wake Forest College (Division of Arts and Sciences). The Commit- 
tee requires that applications for financial aid be made on forms 
obtainable by addressing the Committee at Box 7305, Winston- 
Salem, N. C. 27109. 

Scholarships supported by funds of the College are not granted 
to students enrolled in the graduate and professional schools of 
the University. 

To receive consideration for financial aid, the applicant must 
either be a registered, full-time student in Wake Forest College or 
must have been accepted for admission. 

Need is a factor in the award of virtually all financial aid, with the 
exception of the $1,000 honorary Carswell awards. Each applicant 
mustfileafinancial statement as part of his application for financial 
aid. 

The Committee reserves the right to revoke financial aid for 
unsatisfactory academic achievement; for violation of University 
regulations; or for violation of local, state, or federal laws. 

No financial aid is automatically renewable. Application must be 
made each year. 

Applicants should submit applications sufficiently early so that 
final action will havebeen taken before the beginningof the school 
year. 

Alcoa Foundation Scholarship. Donated by the Alcoa Foun- 
dation, this scholarship is available to a freshman from the Pied- 
mont area who is majoring in Chemistry and will be awarded on the 
basis of need. The value of this scholarship is $2000.00. 

The Alpha Phi Omega Scholarship. Established by the Kappa 
Theta Chapter of Alpha Phi Omega, National Service Fraternity, this 
scholarship is made available in alternate years to a male freshman 
student who presents evidence of need and an excellent high 
school record. A minimum of $200.00 is available. 



24 



SCHOLARSHIPS 



Eliza Pratt Brown Scholarship. Donated by the late Junius Calvin 
Brown of Madison, North Carolina, in honor of his wife, Eliza Pratt 
Brown, the fund is used to assist needy, worthy, and deserving 
students from North Carolina, with preference being given to 
students from the town of Madison and Rockingham County. The 
maximum value is $2,000. 

The J. G. Carroll Memorial Athletic Scholarship. A fund donated 
in memory of Professor J. G. Carroll, former Associate Professor of 
Mathematics. The award is made to some deserving athlete who is 
not on a regular athletic scholarship. The value of this scholarship 
is approximately $100. 

Guy T. Carswell Scholarships. This scholarship program was 
made possible by and established in honor of the late Guy T. 
Carswell and his wife, Mrs. Clara Carswell of Charlotte, North 
Carolina. The scholarships carry an annual value ranging from a 
minimum stipend of $1,000 to a maximum stipend of $4,000. 
Awards for more than $1,000 are determined on the basis of need. A 
Carswell scholar may be any student applying to Wake Forest Col- 
lege who possesses outstanding qualities of intellect and leader- 
ship. Up to thirty-five scholars are selected by the Committee 
annually. 

James Lee Carver Scholarship. Donated by Mrs. Jean Freeman 
Carver, together with her son, James Lee Carver, II, and daughter, 
Elizabeth Jeanine Carver, in memory of her husband, James Lee 
Carver. This fund is for the purpose of providing scholarships to 
deserving and promising students of the University who demon- 
strate a need for financial assistance. Preference shall always be 
given to students who come to Wake Forest University from Ox- 
ford Orphanage. Value of this scholarship is approximately $300. 

College Scholarships. These scholarships, in the amounts of 
$100 to $2,400 each, are available to freshmen and upperclassmen 
presenting satisfactory academic records and evidence of need. 

O. B. Crowell Memorial Scholarship Fund. Donated by Mrs. 
Louise T. Crowell of Hendersonville, North Carolina in memory of 
her husband, O. B. Crowell. This scholarship is awarded annually 
on the basis of character, need, and promise. The value of this 
scholarship is approximately $600. 



25 



SCHOLARSHIPS 



Ernst & Ernst Scholarship. Ernst & Ernst, Certified Public Ac- 
countants, present to an outstanding accounting major an Ac- 
counting Achievement Award. The award is in the amount of $500. 
The recipient for this award will be designated by the accounting 
faculty. 

The Lecausey P. and Lula H. Freeman Scholarship. Donated by 
Mr. and Mrs. G. H. Singleton, Raleigh, North Carolina, in memory 
of the parents of Mrs. Singleton. One scholarship is available to a 
student who may be a freshman, sophomore, or junior, and whose 
home is within the West Chowan Baptist Association of North 
Carolina with preference to Bertie County students, on the basis of 
need and ability. If no qualified applicant appears from the West 
Chowan Association, then residents of the Roanoke Association 
may be considered. The scholarship is renewable on the basis of 
need and ability for all school years except the senior year. The 
value of this scholarship is approximately $200. 

James W. Gill Scholarship. Donated by Mrs. Ruth R. Gill in 
memory of her husband, James W. Gill, the fund provides a schol- 
arship for a deserving student, with preference to students from 
Montgomery and Prince George's Counties, Maryland. The value 
of this scholarship is approximately $600. 

The Eugene Basil Glover Memorial Scholarship Fund. Single 
scholarship awarded each year to incoming or enrolled student. 
Based on ability and need, a slight preference is given to students 
from Halifax County, North Carolina. 

The Wallace Barger Goebel Scholarship. This scholarship is made 
possible through a donation from Mrs. Miriam M. Goebel. One 
scholarship shall be awarded during each school year and shall be 
based upon both ability and financial need. It is the desire of the 
donor that first preference for the award be given to a student with 
an interest in literature, second preference to a student with an 
interest in history, and third preference to a student enrolled in the 
pre-medical program of the College. The value of this scholarship 
is approximately $400. 

Fuller Hamrick Scholarship. Created under the will of the late 
Everett C. Snyder of Wake Forest, North Carolina, in memory of 
Fuller Hamrick. The income from this fund is used to educate boys 
and girls from The Mills Home in Thomasville, North Carolina. 
Value of this scholarship is approximately $500. 



26 



SCHOLARSHIPS 



George Foster Hankins Scholarships-Freshmen. These scholar- 
ships were made possible by the late Colonel George Foster Han- 
kins of Lexington, N.C. Applicants must be residents of North 
Carolina or children of Wake Forest alumni residing in other states. 
Preference will be given to residents of Davidson County, North 
Carolina. Only high school seniors are eligible to compete and 
should request the necessary application forms before December 1 
of their senior year. The value of these scholarships will range up to 
$3,800. 

George Foster Hankins Scholarships-Upperclassmen. Up- 
perclassmen are eligible for Hankins Scholarships. However, they 
must have been enrolled in Wake Forest College for at least one 
semester before they may apply as upperclassmen. Applications 
must be on file with the scholarships Committee no later than May 
1 of each year for the following school year, and preference will be 
given to applicants from Davidson County, North Carolina. The 
amount of the award will vary according to the student's need as 
determined from the financial statement required to be submitted 
with his application. 

Frank P. Hobgood Scholarship. This scholarship, donated by 
Mrs. Kate H. Hobgood of Reidsville, North Carolina, in memory of 
her husband, is available to those who qualify on "the basis of 
character, purpose, intelligence, and need, with preference being 
given to those who plan to enter the ministry, do religious work, 
become teachers, or become lawyers, the preference being in the 
order named." Applicants must be legal residents of the city of 
Reidsville or live within 10 miles of that city and must be recom- 
mended by the deacons of the First Baptist Church of Reidsville. 
The value of this scholarship is $500. 

Forrest H. Hollifield Scholarship Fund. Donated by Mr. and Mrs. 
H. H. Hollifield in memory of their son, Forrest H. Hollifield. 
Awarded to upperclassmen with evidence of character and need. 
Preference given to natives of Rowan and Rutherford Counties 
(N.C.) and to members of the Delta Nu Chapter of Sigma Chi 
Fraternity. 

The Senah C. and C. A. Kent Scholarships. Awarded each year to 
freshmen as well as upperclassmen on the basis of leadership, 
academic merit, and financial need. The Kent Foundation Scholar- 
ships are awarded without regard to race, religion, sex, or geo- 
graphical origin. 



27 



SCHOLARSHIPS 



Kirkpatrick-Howell Memorial Scholarship Fund. Donated by the 
Delta Nu Chapter of Sigma Chi Fraternity, this fund makes available 
one or two scholarships per year with a total annual value of approx- 
imately $800. Preference is given to members of the Sigma Chi 
Fraternity. Scholarships are awarded upon recommendation of the 
Kirkpatrick-Howell Memorial Scholarship Board. 

Marie Dayton McDonald Scholarship. Donated by Dr. Thane 
McDonald and friends in memory of his wife. The income from this 
fund is available to a deserving and qualified music student. The 
value is approximately $125 per year. 

Norfleet Scholarship. Donated by Mr. and Mrs. Eustace Norfleet 
of Wilmington, North Carolina, in memory of his parents, John A. 
and Mary Pope Norfleet, five scholarships are available in the 
amount of $200 each to "deserving and promising students 
desiring to attend Wake Forest College and needing financial 
assistance." 

North Carolina Scholarships. These scholarships are made avail- 
able by the North Carolina General Assembly and are awarded on 
the basis of financial need to full-time students who are bona fide 
residents of North Carolina. 

Benjamin Wingate Parham Scholarship. This fund was donated 
by Mrs. Kate J. Parham of Oxford, North Carolina, in memory of 
her husband. One full scholarship shall be awarded in each school 
year on the basis of both ability and need. It may be renewed for 
succeeding years. 

Thomas F. Pettus Scholarships. Administered by the North 
Carolina Baptist Foundation, Inc., under the terms of the will of the 
late Thomas F. Pettus of Wilson County, North Carolina, this fund 
makes two or more scholarships available each year in memory of 
Mr. Pettus. These scholarships are to be awarded by the college on 
the basis of merit and need with preference to North Carolina 
Baptist students. 

William Louis Poteat Scholarships. Five scholarships will be 
awarded annually to the graduates of the Baptist junior colleges in 
North Carolina. Each scholarship will range up to $500 depending 
on need as determined from a financial statement submitted by 
each applicant with the application. It may be renewed for the 
senior year. 



28 



SCHOLARSHIPS 



A. M. Pullen and Company Scholarship. The A. M. Pullen and 
Company, Certified Public Accountants, grants to an outstanding 
upper division accounting major an annual tuition scholarship of 
$600. The recipient, to be designated by the accounting faculty, is 
selected on the basis of merit, financial need, and interest in public 
accounting. 

Oliver D. and Caroline E. Revell Memorial Scholarship Fund. 
Created under the will of the late Oliver D. Revell of Buncombe 
County, North Carolina, this fund makes available $100 per year to 
one person preparing for the ministry or full-time religious work. 

Kate B. Reynolds Memorial Scholarships. Donated in memory of 
the late Mrs. Kate B. Reynolds. Applicants must be residents of 
Forsyth County, North Carolina, who without financial aid would 
be unable to obtain education beyond high school. At least four 
scholarships are awarded each year, with a maximum value per 
scholarship of $2,400. 

ROTC Scholarships. Four, three, two and one-year Army ROTC 
scholarships are available. Applications for four-year scholarships 
are submitted by students in their junior and senior year of high 
school to the nearest ROTC Region Headquarters. Freshmen, 
sophomores, and juniors enrolled in the ROTC program can com- 
pete for three, two and one-year scholarships by application to the 
Professor of Military Science. Each scholarship recipient receives 
full tuition, fees, books and classroom materials for the regular 
school year, and a subsistence allowance of $100 per month for the 
period that the scholarship is in effect. Once awarded, scholarships 
remain in effect throughout the contract period subject to satisfac- 
tory academic and ROTC performance. 

Sigmund Sternberger Scholarships. Donated by the Sigmund 
Sternberger Foundation, this fund makes available at least two 
scholarships per year with a total annual value of $1 ,600. The schol- 
arships are for needy North Carolinians, with preference given to 
undergraduate students from Greensboro and Guilford County. 

The J. W. Straughan Scholarship. Donated by Misses Mattie, 
Mable and Alice Straughan in memory of their brother, Dr. J. W. 
Straughan of Warsaw, North Carolina. Preference is to be given to 
students from Duplin County, N. C. who are interested in pursu- 
ing a medical career, especially in the field of family practice. 
Though need is not an absolute criterion, strongest consideration 
will be given to those who need financial assistance to continue 
their education. 

29 



SCHOLARSHIPS 



The Saddye Stephenson and Benjamin Louis Sykes Scholarship. 
Donated by Dr. Charles L. Sykes and Dr. Ralph J. Sykes in memory 
of their father and mother. One scholarship is awarded each year 
on the basis of Christian character, academic proficiency, and 
financial need. Preference is given to freshmen from the State of 
North Carolina. It may be renewable each year. The value of this 
scholarship is approximately $400. 

Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grants. These scholar- 
ships are available to a limited number of undergraduate students 
with exceptional financial need who require these grants to attend 
college. To be eligible, the student must also show academic or 
creative promise. Grants will range from $200 to $1500 a year, and 
can be no more than one-half of the total assistance given the 
student. The amount of financial assistance a student may receive 
depends upon his need — taking into account his financial re- 
sources, those of his parents, and the cost of attending the college 
of his choice. 

Tyner-Pitman Scholarship Fund. Donated by Mrs. Cora Tyner 
Pitman, this fund makes available at least one scholarship per year 
for needy North Carolina students. 

Jesse A. Williams Scholarships. Created under the will of the late 
Jesse A. Williams of Union County, North Carolina, this fund 
provides scholarships in amounts of up to $1 ,200 per year. Prefer- 
ence will be given to deserving students of Union County. 

Charles Littell Wilson Scholarship. Created under the will of Mrs. 
Jennie Mayes Wilson in memory of her husband, the late Charles 
Littell Wilson, this fund makes available one freshman scholarship 
each year ranging from $200 to $600. 

William Luther Wyatt, III, Scholarship Trust. This fund was do- 
nated by Mr. and Mrs. William L. Wyatt, Jr., of Raleigh, North 
Carolina, in memory of their late son, William Luther Wyatt, III. 
The purpose of this fund is to award one or more scholarships in 
each school year to a student, preferably to a male student entering 
the junior year, who has shown an interest and an ability in the field 
of biology. The award shall be based on both the need and the 
ability of the student. The value of this scholarship is approximately 
$500. 



30 



LOAN FUNDS 



Designated Scholarships for Undergraduate Students: 

Ministerial Students. Granted on the following conditions: (1) 
Written recommendation or license to preach authorized by the 
applicant's own church body and (2) signature by the applicant of 
an agreement to repay the amount of the scholarship, with i nterest, 
in the event that he does not serve five years in the pastoral ministry 
within twleve years from the last date of attendance atWake Forest, 
subject to cancellation in the event of death. Value, up to $300. 

Children of Ministers. Awards to those whose fathers make their 
living chiefly by the ministry. Value, up to $150. 

Rehabilitation Students. Awarded to handicapped students who 
have (1) secured the necessary letter of approval from the North 
Carolina Division of Vocational Rehabilitation, Raleigh, and (2) 
filed application for the scholarship. Value, up to $300. 

Loan Funds 

James E. and MaryZ. Bryan Foundation Student Loan Plan. Legal 
residents of North Carolina enrolled full-time may borrow up to 
$7,500for undergraduate study. Loans are not availablefor graduate 
or professional study. The amount of each loan is determined by 
the College Foundation, Inc., after consideration of the School's 
recommendation. The interest rate is 1 percent during the in- 
school and grace periods and 7 percent during the repayment 
period. Apply through the Financial Aid Office. 

Bushnell Baptist Church Loan Fund. Established in 1945 with 
funds supplied by the Bushnell Baptist Church of Fontana Dam, 
North Carolina, for needy students. 

Council Fund. Established in 1935 by Mr. C. T. Council of 
Durham, North Carolina, for the aid of senior students. 

James W. Denmark Loan Fund. This fund was originated by the 
late James William Denmark of Dudley, North Carolina, in 1875, 
and available to qualified students. Preference is given to students 
from North Carolina. The amount available does not exceed $1 ,500 
each year and $6,000 during the entire period of enrollment. 

Olivia Dunn Student Loan Fund. Established under the will of 
Miss Birdie Dunn of Wake County, North Carolina, in memory of 
her mother, to be used as a loan fund for worthy students. 



31 



LOAN FUNDS 



Duplin County Loan Fund. This loan fund was donated in 1942 by 
friends of the College who wish to remain anonymous and is 
limited to students from Duplin County, North Carolina. 

Elliott B. Earnshaw Loan Fund. Established by the Board of Trus- 
tees of Wake Forest College as a memorial to the late E. B. 
Earnshaw, Bursar of Wake Forest College. 

Friendly Student Loan Fund. This fund was established in 1948 by 
Miss Nell E. Stinson of Raleigh, North Carolina, in memory of her 
sister, Mary Belle Stinson Michael, for the benefit of worthy stu- 
dents who need financial aid. 

George Foster Hankins Loan Fund. Established under the will of 
the late Colonel George Foster Hankins of Lexington, North 
Carolina, with preference to be given to applicants from Davidson 
County, North Carolina. 

Harris Memorial Loan Fund. Established by the late J. P. Harris of 
Bethel, North Carolina, in memory of his first wife, Lucy Shearon 
Harris, and his second wife, Lucy Jones Harris, for students who 
have demonstrated ability to apply educational advantages to the 
rendition of enriched and greater Christian service in life and 
whose circumstances require financial assistance in order to pre- 
vent disruption in their educational program. 

Thomas M. Hunter, Jr., Memorial Scholarship. Established in 
1948 by Mr. and Mrs. Thomas M. Hunter of Fayetteville, North 
Carolina, as a loan scholarship in memory of their son. The 
loan scholarship is available for students enrolled in the Bowman 
Gray School of Medicine who are preparing to become medical 
missionaries. 

Edna Tyner Langston Fund. This fund, established in 1942 by Dr. 
Henry J. Langston of Danville, Virginia, in memory of his wife, is 
available to a student agreed upon by the donor and the college. 

National Direct Student Loan Program. This fund makes availa- 
ble loans up to $2,500 per year for students in need of financial 
assistance. Aggregate undergraduate sums may not exceed $2,500 
for the first two years or $5,000 for four years; this may be extended 
to $10,000 for those who also borrow for graduate and professional 
study. The interest rate is 3 percent. Apply through the Financial Aid 
Office. 



32 



LOAN FUNDS 



N.C. Insured Student Loan Program. Legal residents of North 
Carolina enrolled full-time may borrow up to $7,500 for under- 
graduate study; this may be extended up to $10,000 for those who 
also borrow for graduate and professional study. The maximum 
loan each year cannot exceed $2,500. Loans are insured by the State 
Education Assistance Authority, and processed by the College 
Foundation, Inc. Under certain conditions, the U.S. Office of Edu- 
cation pays the 7 percent interest during the in-school and grace 
periods. Apply through the Financial Aid Office. 

Watts Norton Loan Fund. Established in 1949 by Mr. L. Watts 
Norton of Durham, North Carolina. For the benefit of worthy 
young people enrolled in the Department of Religion who need 
financial assistance. 

The Powers Fund. This fund was endowed by Dr. Frank P. Powers 
of Raleigh, North Carolina, in 1944 as a memorial to his parents, 
Frank P. and Effie Reade Powers, and is for the benefit of needy 
students, with preference given to orphans. 

Grover and Addy Raby Loan Fund. Established in 1945 by Dr. J. G. 
Raby of Tarboro, North Carolina, in memory of his parents. Prefer- 
ence is given to applicants from the First Baptist Church of Tarboro. 

James F. Slate Loan Fund. Established in 1908 by the late J. F. Slate 
of Stokes County, North Carolina, and is available for ministerial 
students who have been licensed to preach. 

College Work-Study Program 
On Campus/Off Campus (PACE) 

Students who show evidence of financial need may qualify for 
financial assistance through the College Work-Study Program. 
Summer employment is available for some students who show 
evidence of need and who are unavailable to secure adequate 
employment on their own. Participants may work for any public or 
private institution which holds non-profit status. They will be per- 
mitted to work up to twelve weeks, forty hours per week, and will 
be paid an hourly wage. Because the program was designed to 
allow a student to contribute to his college expenses, he will be 
expected to save approximately 80 percent of his earnings for 
college expenses during the following year. A student who is in- 
terested in participating in this program should indicate this desire 
for consideration to the Financial Aid Office no later than March 15. 



33 



SPANISH EXCHANGE SCHOLARSHIP 



Ministerial Aid Fund 

The Ministerial Aid Fund was established in 1897 through a be- 
quest from the estate of the late J. A. Melke and has been added to 
from time to time. 

Funds are available to ministerial students on either a loan or a 
grant basis. Written application must be made to the Committee 
on Scholarships and Student Aid on a form obtainable from that 
committee. Awards are made on the basis of merit and need and, 
particularly in the case of grants, academic achievement. Five an- 
nual grants in the amount of $200 each are regularly available, in 
addition to such others as the Committee may award. 

German Exchange Scholarship 

In 1959 a student exchange program was established between 
Wake Forest and the Free University of Berlin. At present one 
scholarship is available to an eligible Wake Forest University stu- 
dent. It provides (1) 500 German marks a month for ten months at 
the Free University of Berlin; (2) remission of all registration and 
insurance fees; (3) 200German marksa semesterforthe purchaseof 
books; (4) free accommodation in the Studentendorf (student vil- 
lage) comprising a single room, use of kitchen, bath, electric light 
and linen, or a monthly living allowance of up to 150 marks. Candi- 
dates must have had at least two years of German at the college 
level or equivalent and must have acquired junior standing by the 
end of the semester in which they apply. Candidates may major in 
any of the fields offered at Wake Forest University with the permis- 
sion of the chairman of the department in question. Interested 
students should contact the chairman of the department of Ger- 
man. 

Spanish Exchange Scholarship 

In 1964 a student exchange program was established between 
Wake Forest University and the University of the Andes, at Bogota, 
Colombia. At present the scholarships available to eligible Wake 
Forest students are: two scholarships of one semester's study each; 
or, one scholarship of two consecutive semesters. It is left to the 
discretion of Wake Forest University whether to select one or two 
students annually to study during any given academic year at the 
University of the Andes. The scholarships provide: (1) remission of 
tuition and fees; (2) board and lodging; (3) textbooks. Candidates 
must have had at least two years of Spanish at the college level or 

34 



VETERANS 

the equivalent. Candidates may pursue studies in any of the fields 
offered at Wake Forest University with the permission of the de- 
partment in question. 

French Exchange Scholarship 

Since 1971 an informal student exchange has been in operation 
between the University of Orleans, France, and Wake Forest Uni- 
versity. One or two French students from the University of Orleans 
have been granted scholarship aid at Wake Forest for one year, 
while a graduating senior from Wake Forest has received a graduate 
assistantship in the department of English at the University of 
Orleans for the same period. Students interested in this exchange 
should contact the department of Romance languages. 

Church Choir Work Grants 

Work grants are given by Wake Forest University and Wake Forest 
Baptist Church to encourage outstanding music students. They are 
awarded on the basis of talent, reliability, and interest in the 
Church. The selection of recipients is made upon the joint recom- 
mendation of the Music Committee of the Church and the Depart- 
ment of Music of the University. There are 15 awards valued at 
$300.00 each. Interested students should contact the Chairman of 
the Department of Music. 

Student/Student Spouse Employment 

The Placement Office assists students in finding part-time 
employment either on-campus or off. A maximum of 20 hours 
work per week is suggested for full-time students. Information 
about part-time employment, as well as summer jobs, may be 
obtained in Room 118, Reynolda Hall. Spouses of University stu- 
dents may be referred by the Placement Office to on-campus jobs 
or employment opportunities in the community. 

Veterans 

Applicants who need information concerning educational bene- 
fits for veterans and children of veterans should consult the 
nearest regional office of the Veterans Administration. This office 
for North Carolina is located in the Wachovia Building, Winston- 
Salem, North Carolina. 



35 



%^S5?^ 




Ji f Battle 4^ 

JL </"*%#., ' u 5" 
^r V okr/ot^ -fee 



These signatures appear on the lead plate which was placed 
in the cornerstone of the original Wait Hall when it was built in 
1835. The plate was found in the ashes following the destruction 
of Wait Hall by fire in May, 1933. 



HISTORY 

The history of Wake Forest Universitydivides naturally into three 
main periods: (1) from the beginning of the institution in the early 
1830's to the early 1860's, when the Civil War forced its temporary 
closing; (2) from 1865 to the early 1950's, when the movement of 
the college campus from Wake Forest, North Carolina, to 
Winston-Salem, North Carolina, was organized and carried out; 
and (3) from 1956, when the school began operation in Winston- 
Salem, to the present. The institution has seen difficult times and 
gone through hard struggles; but in each of the three periods the 
movement toward greater diversity and excellence of academic life 
was and continues to be steadily maintained. Now, as throughout 
its history, the guiding purpose of the University is to be found in 
the simple motto on the University seal: Pro Humanitate. 

Beginnings To The Early 1860's 

The founding of Wake Forest College in 1834 was one manifesta- 
tion of the intellectual and humanitarian reform movement which 
characterized North Carolina and the nation in the decade of the 
1830's. The beginnings of the College and the formation of the 
Baptist State Convention were closely interwoven. A leading mo- 
tive for the organization of the Convention in 1830 was that it might 
serve as an agency for establishing an institution that would pro- 
vide education under Christian influences for ministers and 
laymen. 

The leaders in the movement for Convention and College were 
Baptist ministers and laymen from diverse backgrounds. Martin 
Ross, a North Carolinian, long had been a prominent Baptist minis- 
ter in the Chowan area and an advocate of an educated ministry; 
Thomas Meredith, a graduate of the University of Pennsylvania, 
had been pastor first at New Bern and after 1825 at Edenton; and 
Samuel Wait, a graduate of Columbia College, New York, had been 
pastor of the New Bern Baptist Church since 1827. The inspiration 
of Ross, the scholarship of Meredith, who wrote the Convention 
Constitution and later founded and edited the Biblical Recorder, 
and the leadership of Wait combined to lead the Baptists of the 
State into the formation of the Baptist State Convention on March 
26, 1830. Fourteen men, seven ministers and seven laymen, ap- 
pointed Wait as its agent to explain to churches, associations, 



37 



HISTORY 

and individuals the need for a college to provide "an education in 
the liberal arts in fields requisite for gentlemen." 

For nearly three years Wait traveled over the state in his wagon, 
his wife and young daughter accompanying him. He visited 
churches and associations and the homes of individual Baptists, 
speaking to a large number of the approximately 15,000 Baptists 
who lived in the Piedmont and Coastal counties of the State. 
Perhaps as many as one-half of the Baptists opposed missions, 
education, and other benevolences, but after two years of educa- 
tional canvassing Wait reported sufficient sentiment in favor of the 
program for the Convention to proceed. 

A 600 acre plantation, located sixteen miles north of Raleigh, was 
purchased from Dr. Calvin Jones for $2,000 in 1832. The Legislature 
was asked to grant a charter for a literary institution based on the 
manual labor principle. The lobbying of opponents, both Baptist 
and non-Baptist was effective in the Legislature and only the tie- 
breaking vote of William D. Moseley, Speaker of the Senate, se- 
cured passage of the charter-granting bill. It was a meager charter, 
subject to various restrictions and limited to a period of 20 years, 
but the birth of Wake Forest had been achieved. Its subsequent 
growth would be the result of creative adjustments and successful 
responses to a series of other challenges. 

After his successful three-year canvass of the State, it is not 
surprising that Samuel Wait was elected principal of the new in- 
stitution. Sixteen students registered February 3, 1834, and before 
the end of the year seventy-two had enrolled. The Baptists, who 
had regarded the manual labor principle as a partial means of 
financing the institution, abandoned the idea after five years, and 
the school was rechartered in 1839 as Wake Forest College. 

President Wait's home was the farmhouse on the Jones planta- 
tion which is now preserved as an historical museum in the town of 
Wake Forest. Students lived in what had been slave quarters and 
classes were conducted in the carriage house. In 1835 construction 
on the first brick building was begun by Captain John Berry, a 
prominent builder of that period, who agreed to accept payment in 
notes, due in three annual installments. Because of the financial 
panic of 1837, the final payment was not made until 1850. The 
economiccrisis had such an adverse effect that financial support of 
the College and student enrollment steadily declined; only a loan 
of $10,000 from the State Literary Fund in 1841 prevented bank- 



38 



HISTORY 

ruptcy. Duringtheseyears of arduous struggle to keepthe College 
alive, President Wait exhausted his physical strength and con- 
tracted an illness which compelled him to resign the presidency in 
1845. 

Dr. William Hooper succeeded President Wait and the prospects 
of the College became brighter. Hooper, a grandson of William 
Hooper, one of North Carolina's three signers of the Declaration of 
Independence, had received his education at the University of 
North Carolina. As a native North Carolinian and with family con- 
nection extending over several generations, he was able to 
mobilize public opinion in support of the College. His leadership 
during his brief tenure generated such enthusiasm in support of 
education that a successful campaign for funds retired the debt for 
the College buildings in 1850. 

After Hooper's resignation, the Trustees elected to the presi- 
dency Professor John B. White of the Mathematics Department, a 
graduate of Brown University. Since the physical facilities were 
now free of mortgages, fund-raising efforts during President 
White's administration could be concentrated on increasing the 
endowment. A campaign begun in 1852 had as its goal increasing 
the endowment by $50,000. The Trustees placed in charge of this 
campaign Washington Manly Wingate, a graduate of the Class of 
1849; and with the vigor of youth and a devotion to his alma mater 
almost unparalleled, he raised within a year and a half approxi- 
mately $33,000. 

President White was an able man, but the temper of the times 
was unsuited to leadership by a Northerner. President White re- 
signed in 1854, and the Trustees chose as his successor Washing- 
ton Manly Wingate, then twenty-six years old and the first alumnus 
to serve as President. Under his vigorous leadership which span- 
ned nearly three tumultuous decades, the quality of students im- 
proved, and new faculty members were added. The preparatory 
department was discontinued in 1860. During the first eight years 
of Wingate's administration, sixty-six students graduated, more 
than half of the total graduated during the first twenty-three years 
of the existence of the College. In 1857 President Wingate 
launched a campaign to raise an additional endowment of $50,000. 
Over one-half of the amount was raised in a single evening during 
the 1857 meeting of the Convention. 

This period of growth and expansion was cut short by the divi- 



39 



HISTORY 

sion of the Union into two separate countries in 1861. The Con- 
scription Act of 1863 did not exempt students, and for three years 
during the Civil War, the College suspended operations. The 
buildings were used briefly for a girls' school, but after 1863 the 
Confederate Government used the facilities as a military hospital. 

Post- War Re- Birth 

Following Sherman's march through the South and Lee's sur- 
render at Appomatox, a peace of desolation pervaded the South. 
Supporters of Wake Forest surveyed what remained after the ces- 
sation of hostilities: college buildings, now leaky and in a poor 
state of repair, approximately $11 ,700 from its pre-war endowment 
of $100,000, its former President and faculty, and a loyal group of 
Trustees. There was also something else — an indomitable spirit of 
determination that Wake Forest College should emerge from the 
wreck of war and fulfill its mission. 

The needs of the College were great and the financial prospects 
poor, yet in November, 1865, barely six months after the end of the 
war, nine members of the Board of Trustees acting with unwar- 
ranted courage authorized the resumption of classes at the Col- 
lege. Dr. Wingate was persuaded to resume the Presidency, and on 
January 15, 1866, fifty-one students enrolled. The enrollment 
gradually increased as the region and the economy slowly reco- 
vered during the Reconstruction Era. 

President Wingate realized that the people of North Carolina 
must be awakened to the great need for education in the New 
South and that they must be persuaded that Wake Forest College 
could effectively serve their needs. To launch this educational 
campaign, a Baptist sponsored state-wide educational convention 
was held in Raleigh, but before funds could be collected, the 
financial crisis of 1873 ended all immediate hope for endowment. 

The failure of the 1873-74 fund-raising campaign placed the Col- 
lege in a precarious position. The triple encumbrances of war, 
reconstruction, and the financial panic of 1873 made it evident that 
little money could be raised in North Carolina. The Committee on 
Endowment of the Board of Trustees appointed James S. Purefoy, a 
local merchant and Baptist minister, agent to solicit funds in the 
Northern states for continued operation of the College. While 
serving as Treasurer of the Board before the war, he had salvaged 
$11,700 from the pre-war endowment of $100,000 by persuading 



40 



HISTORY 

the Trustees to invest half of the endowment in state bonds. He 
was now asked, at the age of sixty-one, to undertake still another 
mission for the College. After two years of unrelenting and often 
discouraging labor, without remuneration, he placed in the hands 
of the Trustees the sum of $9,200. 

It was also in these bleak days of financial uncertainty that a 
Wake Forest student, James W. Denmark, proposed and founded 
the first college student loan fund in the United States. Denmark, a 
Confederate veteran, had worked six years to accumulate enough 
money for his college expenses. Soon after entering Wake Forest 
in 1871 , he realized that many students had the same great financial 
need. From his meager funds, he spent five dollars for post cards 
and wrote to the college presidents across the country asking how 
their loan funds were organized. He found, surprisingly, that the 
colleges had no loan funds. He enlisted the support of faculty and 
students at Wake Forest and in 1877 persuaded the Legislature to 
charter the North Carolina Baptist Student Loan Fund. Chartered 
with a capital of $25,000, it was actually begun with a paid-in capital 
of $150. Now known as the James W. Denmark Loan Fund, and the 
oldest college student loan fund in the United States, it has assets 
of $325,000 and continues to serve the needs of students according 
to the purposes of its founder. 

At the close of President Wingate's second administration in 
1879, the College had been successfully revived; the endowment 
had been increased from approximately $11,000 to $40,000; a new 
library building had been constructed, and another building, Win- 
gate Hail, was under construction. Perhaps the greatest service 
President Wingate rendered was bringing to the College with un- 
erring good judgment, a faculty composed of men who were 
highly qualified as scholars and who served the College with abil- 
ity, distinction, and dedication over a long period of years. Among 
these were Professors William G. Simmons, 1855-88; William 
Royall, 1859-70, 1880-92; William Bailey Royall, 1866-1928; Luther 
Rice Mills, 1867-1907; and Charles Elisha Taylor, 1870-1915, who 
served as President of the College, 1884-1905. Two other scholars 
who became tutors or adjunct professors in the last year of Presi- 
dent Wingate's administration were also destined to play impor- 
tant roles in the life of the College: Needham Y. Gulley, who 
established the School of Law in 1894 and served as its first Dean for 
thirty-six years, and William Louis Poteat, who served the College 
for fifty years, twenty-two of them as President. 

41 



HISTORY 

The administration of President Thomas Henderson Pritchard, 
which followed that of President Wingate, was brief, only three 
years, and served principally to further President Wingate's efforts 
to persuade the Baptists and North Carolinians generally to im- 
prove the deplorable condition of education in the state. Dr. 
Pritchard, the second alumnus of the College to serve as President, 
was an eloquent speaker and his prominent leadership among 
Baptists in the state succeeded in increasing the patronage of the 
College and in improving its image among its constituency. 

Dr. Charles Elisha Taylor, whom President Wingate had brought 
to the faculty in 1880, was elected in 1884 to serve as the sixth 
president of Wake Forest. While serving as professor of Moral 
Philosophy in 1882, he had proposed to the Board of Trustees 
a plan to increase the endowment from $53,000 to $100,000. 
He recommended a short one-year campaign and the solicitation 
of funds from a few wealthy men rather than the usual pro- 
tracted campaign among Baptists generally who had little money to 
contribute. 

In the course of his efforts to increase the endowment, Professor 
Taylor succeeded in enlisting the support of Jabez A. Bostwick of 
New York City whose contributions during the lifetime and later in 
his will, probated in 1923, established Wake Forest as a private 
endowed college. The income from the $1,500,000 gift of stock in 
the Standard Oil Company remains one of the larger items in the 
University's endowment. 

President Taylor's administration, 1884-1905, also brought en- 
richment of the academic program in a variety of ways. Academic 
departments were increased from eight to thirteen and the size of 
the faculty more than doubled. Two new schools were added: the 
School of Law in 1894 and the School of Medicine in 1902. Progress 
in other areas included the addition of three buildings, a science 
laboratory, a general classroom building and a new gymnasium. 
The campus was landscaped, and with the able assistance of Presi- 
dent Taylor's co-worker, "Doctor" Tom Jeffries, over 400 trees 
were planted, making Magnolia grandiflora almost synonymous 
with the Wake Forest campus. 

President Taylor was succeeded by Dr. William Louis Poteat of 
the Department of Biology. Affectionately known as "Dr. Billy" to a 
host of students during his twenty-two year administration, he 



42 



HISTORY 

continued to promote the general growth of all areas of the Col- 
lege. Special emphasis was placed on development in the area of 
sciences, reflecting in partthe interests of the President and also in 
part the need to enrich the premedical training required by the 
new School of Medicine. 

As student enrollment increased from 313 in 1905 to 742 in 1927, 
there was a corresponding increase in the size of the faculty. 
Increased registration in religion, English, education, and social 
sciences required more administrative direction, and a Dean and a 
Registrar as well as Librarians were employed. Expansion of physi- 
cal facilities included science laboratories, two new dormitories, 
an athletic field, a heating plant and an infirmary. Wake Forest, 
joining the trend of the other colleges in the state, gave more 
attention to sports and achieved an envied reputation in baseball 
and football. 

Notable also during President Poteat's administration was the 
continued growth of the endowment. Through the efforts of 
Professor John B. Carlyle $117,000 was added, one-fourth of which 
was contributed by the General Education Board of New York. 
Later a gift of $100,000 in Duke Power Company stock was received 
from Benjamin N. Duke, and $458,000 from the Southern Baptist 
Convention. 

Beyond these significant material advances, President Poteat 
brought another distinction in the form of state and national rec- 
ognition. A devout Christian, an eloquent speaker, an accom- 
plished scholar, he became a state-wide leader in education and 
probably the foremost Baptist layman in the state. As a distin- 
guished scientist he was among the first to introduce the theory of 
evolution to his biology classes. His Christian commitment in his 
personal and public life enabled him to successfully defend his 
views on evolution before the Baptist State Convention in 1924. 
This was considered a major victory for academic freedom and 
attracted national attention. Due in part to his influence and that of 
the Wake Forest alumni who supported his view, the Legislature of 
North Carolina did not follow other Southern states in the passage 
of anti-evolution laws in the 1920's. 

During the administration of Dr. Francis Pendleton Gaines, 
1927-1930, the academic program was strengthened. 

In 1930 the Trustees selected Dr. Thurman D. Kitchin, Dean of 



43 



HISTORY 

the Medical School, to fill the presidency. Dr. Kitchin was a 
member of a family prominent in state and national affairs. One 
brother, William W. Kitchin, had served as Governor of North 
Carolina, and another, Claude Kitchin, had served as Majority 
Leader in the House of Representatives of the Congress. Dr. 
Kitchin's twenty-year administration, 1930-50, was one of progress 
in spite of many obstacles— depression, destructive campus fires, 
one of which destroyed venerable Wait Hall, and the disruption 
caused by World War II which depleted the campus of students. 

Notable accomplishments during this period were the approval 
of the School of Law by the American Bar Association in 1936, and 
the removal of the School of Medicine to Winston-Salem in 1941 
where it became a four-year School of Medicine in association with 
the North Carolina Baptist Hospital. It was named the Bowman 
Gray School of Medicine of Wake Forest College in honor of the 
benefactor who made this expansion possible. 

World War II brought other changes. Although the College was 
able to remain open, the enrollment dropped to 474 in 1942. The 
College met this crisis by modifying its century old adminissions 
policy and becoming a coeducational institution in 1942. To further 
fill the void, it leased its facilities to the Army Finance School. In the 
post-war period, enrollment mushroomed with the return of the 
veterans and reached a peak of 1,762 students in 1949. 

The Dawn of a New Era 

Just prior to the beginning of World War II a major $7,000,000 
capital expansion campaign for buildings and endowment had 
been launched by President Kitchin. The war forced the post- 
ponement of any construction but out of the campaign came a 
proposal which offered an opportunity for yet another re-birth. 
The Z. Smith Reynolds Foundation proposed that up to $350,000 a 
year of the income from the Foundation be given in perpetuity to 
Wake Forest College, provided the entire College was relocated in 
Winston-Salem, and with the stipulation that other friends of the 
College provide a campus site and buildings. In 1946 the Board of 
Trustees, the Convention, which had originally founded Wake 
Forest, and the Baptist constituency of the State accepted this 
proposal. 

To remove a century old College from its essentially rural setting 



44 



HISTORY 

110 miles to a new campus in an urban environment would require 
leadership of great vision, determination and youthful vigor. 
President Kitchin had led the College through twenty eventful 
years embracing depression, fires, and World War II. Upon reach- 
ing his sixty-fifth birthday, he resigned. To succeed him and to 
organize the removal to Winston-Salem, the Trustees in 1950 
elected to the presidency Dr. Harold Wayland Tribble, then Presi- 
dent of Andover-Newton Theological Seminary. 

President Tribble immediately began to mobilize the alumni, 
friends of the College, and the Baptist State Convention in support 
of the great transition. The State Convention adopted a nine-year 
program of increased annual support to all the Baptist Colleges in 
the state and pledged funds for the building of Wait Chapel on the 
new campus. 

The Reynolds Foundation agreed to set aside for buildings the 
$350,000 annual support until the removal actually occurred, and 
from these funds the Z. Smith Reynolds Library was constructed. 
The Foundation also offered a $3,000,000 challenge gift, from which 
Reynolda Hall was constructed. The citizens of Winston-Salem and 
Forsyth County contributed the cost of construction of Salem Hall, 
a science building. The W. N. Reynolds Gymnasium was named 
after William Neal Reynolds who contributed $1,000,000 for its 
construction. 

A three hundred and twenty acre campus site was provided 
through the generosity of the late Charles H. and Mary Reynolds 
Babcock. Ground-breaking ceremonies were held on October 15, 
1952, and a crowd of more than 20,000 watched President Harry S. 
Truman lift the first shovel of dirt to begin construction on the new 
campus. Between 1952 and 1956 fourteen buildings were erected 
on the campus and the actual removal of the College to its new 
home was accomplished in time for the opening of the summer 
session in 1956. 

In the next eleven years of President Tribble's administration, 
the College experienced many changes. It had revised its cur- 
riculum as a prelude to the removal to the new campus, offering a 
more flexible program to students. The number of students in- 
creased to 3,022, and the size of the faculty expanded rapidly, 
reducing the teacher-student ratio to fourteen to one. 



45 



HISTORY 

The campus was further expanded with the erection of Winston 
Hall, a Life Sciences building in 1961, a new women's residence hall 
in 1962, and Tribble Hall, a general classroom building in 1963; 
Groves Stadium, seating 31,000, was completed in 1968. 

Additional resources also came to the College in its new home. 
In 1954 just prior to the move, the will of Colonel George Foster 
Hankins provided over $1,000,000 to be used for scholarships. In 
1956 the Ford Foundation contributed $680,000 to the endowment 
of the School of Arts and Sciences and $1,600,000 to the Bowman 
Gray School of Medicine. Atthe time of the removal of the College, 
the Z. Smith Reynolds Foundation increased its annual support 
from $350,000 to $500,000. After the completion of a challenge gift 
of $3,000,000 offered in 1965, the Foundation raised its annual 
contribution to $620,000. 

The holdings of the University's libraries more than tripled and 
the library was awarded the income from an endowment fund of 
about $4,500,000 contributed by the Mary Reynolds Babcock 
Foundation and Mrs. Nancy Reynolds. 

Graduate work, first offered in 1866, but suspended during the 
removal program, was resumed in 1961 when the Trustees estab- 
lished the Division of Graduate Studies. In 1967, recognizing the 
augmented resources of the College and the fact that in all except 
name it was a university rather than a college, the Trustees officially 
changed the name to Wake Forest University. The Division of 
Graduate Studies became the Wake Forest University Graduate 
School. The name Wake Forest College was retained as the desig- 
nation for the undergraduate program of arts and sciences. 

In 1967, after seventeen years of strenuous effort, President 
Tribble retired, leaving as his lasting memorial the removal of the 
College from Wake Forest to Winston-Salem and its changed status 
from College to University, with enhanced resources. 

As his successor the Trustees chose Dr. James Ralph Scales, 
former President of Oklahoma Baptist University and former Dean 
of Arts and Sciences, Oklahoma State University. Since his ad- 
ministration began in 1967, there have been important new de- 
velopments. The Guy T. and Clara H. Carswell Scholarship Fund, 
valued at $1,600,000, was established to undergird the under- 
graduate School of Arts and Sciences. The School of Business 
Administration was converted into a Graduate School of Manage- 
ment in 1969and named in honorof Charles H. Babcock, oneof the 
principal benefactors of the University. Through the generosity of 

46 



ENDOWMENT 



the Z. Smith Reynqlds Foundation and Mrs. Nancy Susan 
Reynolds, a new building was constructed to house this School. A 
subsequent gift of $2,000,000 was received from the Mary Reynolds 
Babcock Foundation to be used as endowment. 

In 1971 the School of Law added a $500,000 wing which allowed 
for an increase in enrollment and faculty. The Bowman Gray 
School of Medicine-Baptist Hospital complex also completed a 
$30,000,000 expansion program. In addition, a new women's dor- 
mitory housing approximately 300 undergraduates was completed 
on the Reynolda campus. The University's new fine arts center is 
scheduled for completion by 1976. 

Complementing the material growth, the University re- 
examined its program and goals and adopted a number of changes 
in its curriculum. In 1971 it adopted a new calendar and a coopera- 
tive exchange of courses with Salem College; and established a 
Wake Forest University Overseas Center in Venice, Italy, and in 
Dijon, France. 

As a mark of increased stature, the Kenan Foundation in 1970 
awarded a grant of $500,000 for the establishment of a Kenan Pro- 
fessorship. 

In retrospect, the University has had a long, arduous and fruitful 
history. With the pains of removal and rebirth behind it, with a 
modern and well-equipped campus and greatly enhanced re- 
sources, and a youthful administration and faculty, it stands on the 
threshold of a new era. Relocation has brought new facilities and 
new opportunities but the ideals remain unchanged and the Uni- 
versity continues to function as its founders envisioned, Pro 
Humanitate. 

Endowment, Trust Funds and Foundations 

In 1865 the endowment fund of Wake Forest University was 
$11,700, the remnantfrom the wreckof war. Undertheterms of the 
will of Mr. Jabez A. Bostwick, the endowment was increased, in 
1923, by stock valued at about $1,500,000. On August 3, 1939, the 
resources of the Bowman Gray Foundation were awarded to Wake 
Forest College, to be used exclusively by the School of Medicine. 

Under the terms of the will of Colonel George Foster Hankins of 
Lexington, North Carolina, who died in 1954, the George Foster 
Hankins Foundation was established, the income to be used for 



47 



ENDOWMENT 



scholarships. The assets of the Foundation on June 30, 1973, were 
approximately $1,750,000. 

The Ford Foundation in 1956 made two gifts to the endowment of 
the College, the sum of $680,500 for the School of Arts and Sci- 
ences and $1,600,000 for the Bowman Gray School of Medicine. 

The Mary Reynolds Babcock Foundation made gifts, in 1958 and 
1962, of the Reynolda Gardens and an endowment with the total 
value of approximately $1 ,500,000. In 1965 the College received an 
additional gift of land on which a plant of the Western Electric 
Company is located. This gift, valued at $3,500,000 is to be used for 
the support of the Library and the Chair of Botany. In December, 
1969, an endowment in the amount of $2,300,000 was received 
from the Foundation for the use and benefit of the Babcock 
Graduate School of Management. 

In 1965, 1966, and 1967 a gift totaling $1 ,000,000, the income from 
which is to be used to support the Library, was received from Mrs. 
Nancy Reynolds. 

From the estate of the late Guy T. Carswell, who died in 1966, the 
University received the Guy T. and Clara H. Carswell Scholarship 
Fund. Investments in this fund were approximately $2,400,000 at 
June 30, 1974. 

On June 30, 1974, all endowment funds controlled by the Uni- 
versity had a book value of $45,790,000 and market value of 
$40,271,000. 

In addition to the endowment funds controlled by the Trustees, 
various trust funds are held by banks for the benefit of the Univer- 
sity. Among these are the James A. Gray Trust Fund, the Mary K. 
Fassett Trust Fund, the Lucy Teague Fassett Memorial Trust Fund, 
and the Nathalie H. Bernard Fund. 

The Trustees of the Z. Smith Reynolds Foundation, Inc. and The 
Trustees of Wake Forest College entered into a contract on 
November 16, 1946, whereby the Foundation made available to the 
College income of the Foundation up to $350,000 per year in 
perpetuity, this sum being increased to $500,000 in 1955. In 1965, 
the Foundation announced a matching grant of $3,000,000 for a 
period of four years. Upon reaching this goal, the Foundation 
increased the annual grant of $620,000 in 1968. In 1972, they an- 
nounced an additional grant of $200,000 per year for five years. 



48 



ACADEMIC BUILDINGS 



Buildings and Grounds 

Wake Forest University is situated on approximately 320 acres of 
land, and the physical plant consists of 30 buildings, including 12 
apartment buildings for faculty and married students. The property 
was given to the University by the Mary Reynolds Babcock Founda- 
tion and Mr. Charles H. Babcock, and construction of the new 
campus was begun in 1952. It was occupied for the first time during 
the 1956 summer session. The buildings are of modified Georgian 
architecture and constructed of Old Virginia brick trimmed in 
granite and limestone. Situated on beautifully landscaped hills, the 
campus is one of the most attractive in the South. 

The Reynolda Gardens annex, consisting of 148 acres and includ- 
ing Reynolda Woods, Reynolda Village, and Reynolda Gardens, is 
adjacent to the campus on the south. This tract includes a formal 
garden, greenhouses, parkingareas, and a wooded area with trails. 
The formal garden features one of the first collections of Japanese 
cherry trees in the United States. This area of natural beauty was a 
gift to the College from the Mary Reynolds Babcock Foundation 
through transfers made in 1958, 1961, and 1963. 

Academic Buildings 

Wait Chapel. Named in memory of the first President of Wake 
Forest College, Wait Chapel, with an auditorium which seats 
twenty-three hundred, contains Davis Chapel, which seats 150 and 
is used for special services. Wingate Hall, attached to Wait Chapel, 
provides classroom space for the Departments of Music and Reli- 
gion. Wingate Hall is named in honor of Washington Manly Wing- 
ate, President of Wake Forest College, 1854-1879. 

Reynolda Hall. This building serves both as an administration 
building and a student center. Food services are centralized in 
Reynolda Hall and consist of a cafeteria, snack shop, banquet 
room, the Magnolia Room, and other smaller dining rooms. The 
University Computer Center is located in the basement. 

The Z. Smith Reynolds Library. Situated at the center of the 
academic campus, this building contains space for eight tiers of 
book stacks, with a capacity of about one million volumes. Sur- 
rounding the book stacks are four floors of rooms for reading, 
reference, and various other uses of a modern library. The Univer- 
sity Theatre is located on the top level of the Library. 



49 



LIBRARIES 

Salem Hall. Directly west of the Library, this three-story building 
contains laboratories, classrooms, and offices for the Departments 
of Chemistry and Physics. 

Winston Hall. Located just west of Salem Hall, this building was 
occupied in September 1961. It provides instructional and office 
space for the Departments of Biology and Psychology. 

The W. N. Reynolds Gymnasium. Located just east of Reynolda 
Hall, this building is equipped with classrooms for instruction in 
physical education, courts for basketball and other indoor sports, a 
swimming pool, and offices for the Department of Physical Educa- 
tion and the Department of Athletics. Surroundingthe Gymnasium 
are sports fields and courts for tennis, track, soccer, football, and 
field hockey. Memorial Coliseum is used for intercollegiate bas- 
ketball games. The Department oi Military Science is also housed 
in this building. 

Harold W. Tribble Hall. This building accommodates the social 
sciences and the humanities and contains instructional and office 
space, a small projection theatre, the philosophy library, a cur- 
riculum materials center, the Honors seminar room, and a main 
lecture room which seats 200. 

Law Building. This four-story structure contains classrooms, of- 
fices, a moot court, an assembly room, a library, faculty and stu- 
dent lounges, and other specific use rooms. An expansion of the 
building in 1972 provided additional classrooms, offices, and li- 
brary space. 

Charles H. Babcock Building. Occupied in September, 1969, this 
building contains offices and classrooms for the Department of 
Business and Accountancy, the Department of Mathematics and 
the Babcock Graduate School of Management. A variety of instruc- 
tional spaces are available, including ampitheatres, seminar 
rooms, library, and computer terminal stations for individual stu- 
dent use. The building was expanded in 1972 to provide new 
offices, a seminar room, and a reading room for the Department of 
Mathematics. 

Libraries 

The several libraries of the University contain a total of 562,757 
volumes. The Z. Smith Reynolds Library holds the main collection 



50 



LIBRARIES 



of 459,841 volumes of general and diversified research character. 
The other libraries represent, in volume holdings as follows, the 
respective areas they serve: the Library of the School of Law, 62,678; 
that of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine, 73,283; and that of 
the Charles H . Babcock Graduate School of Management, recently 
established in 1970, 7,931. A rapidly growing microtext collection is 
maintained, principally in the Z. Smith Reynolds Library. There are 
available 15,685 reels of microfilm, containing files of local, na- 
tional, and foreign newspapers; and 194,403 pieces of other mic- 
roforms, which include such substantial items as the British 
Parliamentary Papers, the Human Relations Area File, and the En- 
cyclopedia Britannica "Library of American Civilization" on 
ultrafiche. 

The Z. Smith Reynolds Library provides excellent support for a 
liberal arts curriculum and a somewhat limited, although expand- 
ing, graduate program. In certain areas special collecting has been 
undertaken. For instance, moderate emphasis has been placed on 
North Carolina and Southeastern materials; the Ethel Taylor Crit- 
tenden Collection in Baptist History has acquired more than 8,000 
items which include files of Baptist serials and individual church 
records; and the works of selected late nineteenth and early twen- 
tieth century authors, together with appropriate critical studies, 
are being collected in the Rare Book Rooms. 

An open-stack policy enables users to consult books directly at 
the shelves. With a few exceptions in special collections, the books 
are classified according to the Library of Congress schedules. Cur- 
rent issues and bound volumes of periodicals in chemistry and 
physics are shelved in Salem Hall for convenience in laboratory 
research. 

In addition to regular University appropriations, the Z. Smith 
Reynolds Library receives the income from an endowment fund of 
about $4,500,000, the result of two major gifts: a donation of assets 
worth $3,500,000 by the Mary Reynolds Babcock Foundation; and a 
gift of $1,000,000 made in 1967 by Mrs. Nancy Reynolds. This 
income is applied principally to the purchase of books necessary 
for graduate studies. 

Other gifts have enriched the University library collections. Mr. 
Tracy McGregor provided a collection of valuable titles on the 
colonial and early national periods of American history. To acquire 
the important editions of Edmund Spenser and related back- 



51 



LIBRARIES 



ground material, a contribution was made by Dr. Charles G. Smith 
in honor of his wife, Cornelia Marschall Smith. Dr. Herman Harrell 
Home established a fund for the purchase of titles of a general 
nature. A collection in music was presented to the Library by Dr. 
and Mrs. Stringham of Chapel Hill. It is known as the Edwin John 
Stringham Collection in Music and Allied Subjects. 

Dr. Charles Lee Smith of Raleigh bequeathed to the University 
his personal library of about 7,000 volumes, rich in first editions, 
while a bequest from his brother, Oscar T. Smith of Baltimore, 
affords additional purchases of similar volumes. 

The Paschal Collection was established Christmas, 1950 by Dr. 
George W. Paschal, Jr., Raleigh surgeon, in recognition of the 
interest in the Library manifested by his father, George Washing- 
ton Paschal, and also in memory of his father's twin brother, Robert 
Lee Paschal. The Collection is regularly enlarged and, although 
heterogenous in nature, primarily contains material relating to the 
humanities. The aim of the founder of the Collection is to add to 
the working efficiency of the Library. While this Collection is prin- 
cipally supported by the donor, it has also received and welcomes 
contributions from interested friends. A special bookplate is used 
for items acquired for the Collection. 

In 1970 the acquisition of an important Mark Twain collection 
was made possible through the generosity of Mrs. Nancy 
Reynolds. The collection contains many variant editions of his 
works, with critical material and memorabilia. From the estate of 
Judge R. Hunt Parker the Library received a well-selected collec- 
tion of more than 3,000 volumes. 

The Library of the School of Law contains 62,678 volumes, includ- 
ing the reports, digests, and statutes required by the American 
Association of Law Schools, together with the leading periodicals, 
encyclopedias, and textbooks. 

Library facilities at the Bowman Gray School of Medicine include 
73,283 volumes, furnishing the periodicals, texts, and monographs 
essential to instruction and research in medical theory and practice. 

The Charles H. Babcock Graduate School of Management is 
developing a library of basic materials for its graduate program. Still 
modest in size because of its recent origin, now containing 7,931 
volumes, the library is steadily moving forward toward an 
adequate collection. 



52 



ART COLLECTION 



The Spilman Philosophy Seminar houses carefully selected 
books for the use of advanced students in philosophy. Although 
not supported by library funds, but by an endowment given by Dr. 
B. W. Spilman and by the A. C. Reid Philosophy Fund, it forms a 
valuable part of the book resources of the University. 

The Library of the Military Science Department, located in the 
Gymnasium, has available for student use over 2,000 books and 
periodicals. In addition to major military conflicts involving the 
United States, the material covers such subjects as communism, 
the "Cold War," counterinsurgency, anti-guerilla warfare, foreign 
policy, and space activities. 

Art Collection 

The T. J. Simmons Collection, presented to the College by the 
late Dr. Thomas Jackson Simmons of Gainesville, Ga., was formally 
opened to the public on June 2, 1941. It includes about sixty 
paintings, thirty-five etchings and lithographs, five pieces of sculp- 
ture, and several other art objects. 

The collection was enriched in 1957 by three paintings from the 
Hammer Galleries given by Mr. Arnold Kirkeby, and in 1960 by two 
paintings given by Mr. Clark Hartwell and three by Mrs. April Ruth 
Akston. Nearly all of the paintings are hung in public areas of 
various buildings on the campus. 



53 



STUDENT COMMUNITY 

Student Government 

The branches of student government are executive, legislative 
and judicial. 

The executive branch of the student government is comprised of 
the four student body officers, president, vice president, sec- 
retary, treasurer, and the executive advisory committees. Report- 
ing directly to the officers are the Dining, Health, Psychological 
Services and Athletic Advisory Committees who work on improv- 
ing service to students in these areas. These committees are open 
to any students who wish to serve. 

The Student Legislature is composed of fifty-five student rep- 
resentatives. The vice president of the student body serves as 
Speaker. The Legislature shall represent the interests of students in 
social and academic matters and shall promote and fund projects 
which benefit the student body and the community. This group 
shall also oversee the dispensation of funds to student groups and 
recommend the chartering of newly formed student organiza- 
tions. Major committees of this body are the Charter Committee, 
the Student Budget Advisory Committee, and the Student 
Economic Board. 

Responsibilities for the judicial branch are divided between an 
honor council and a judicial board. The student honor council 
consists often members: two co-chairmen selected by the Honor 
Council of the previous year plus two representatives from each 
class. There are three non-voting faculty advisers. 

The Honor System is an expression of the concern of Wake 
Forest University that its students shall be dominated by ideals of 
honor and integrity. The Honor System is an integral part of the 
Student Government of the College as adopted by the students 
and approved by the faculty. The essence of the Honor System is 
that each student's word can be trusted implicitly and that any 
violation of a student's word is an offense against the whole stu- 
dent community. The Honor System binds the student in such 
matters as the following: he must neither give nor receive aid upon 
any examination, quiz or other pledge work; he must have com- 
plete respect for the property rights of others; he must not give 
false testimony or refuse to pay just debts; he must confront any 



56 



STUDENT JUDICIAL BOARD 



student who has violated the Honor System and tell him that it is his 
responsibility to report himself or face the possibility of being 
turned in to the Honor Council. 

It is the duty of the Student Honor Council to receive, prefer, 
investigate, and arrange trial proceedings in all charges of viola- 
tions of the Honor System. If a student is found guilty of cheating, 
the minimum penalty shall be a recommended grade of F for the 
course and a probation period, and the maximum penalty shall be 
expulsion. The minimum penalty for stealing, plagiarism, interfer- 
ing with the Honor Council, or refusing to pay just debts shall be 
probation. The maximum penalty shall be suspension on the first 
offense. Expulsion may occur thereafter. All actions of the Council 
shall be reported to the Dean of the College. 

Any student convicted of violating the Honor Code is ineligible 
to represent the University in any manner whatsoever until the 
period of his punishment, be it suspension, probation, or any 
other form, is completed and the student is returned to good 
standing. A student who has been suspended shall be readmitted 
to the College only on the approval of the Faculty or its Academic 
Affairs Committee, and during the period of suspension he shall 
not be certified to another institution as being in good standing. 

Students enforcing the Honor System are protecting the integ- 
rity of their student community and their individual rights and 
reputations. They thereby enjoy the confidence of one another, 
the Faculty, the Administration and the public. 

The Student Judicial Board is composed of twelve members, at 
least three men and three women, who are elected at large from 
the student body. It is the duty of the Student Judicial Board to 
receive, prefer, and try all charges of social misconduct and viola- 
tions of University rules and regulations for individual students as 
well as student organizations not covered by the Honor Council, 
the Board on Housing Contracts or the Traffic Appeals Board. A 
student who violates these regulations or who behaves in such a 
way as to bring reproach upon himself or upon the University is 
subject to penalties ranging from verbal reprimand to suspension 
on the first offense. Expulsion may occur only thereafter. 

College Union 

Among the College Union facilities are meeting rooms, lounges, 
offices for student organizations, a billiard and table tennis room, a 

57 



RESIDENCE COUNCIL 



snack shop, and coffee house. The Union also operates an- infor- 
mation center, a lost and found service, private and general music 
listening facilities and a Western Union station. The Office of 
Student Activities, located in room 124 of Reynolda Hall, is respon- 
sible for scheduling activities, assisting student organizations, and 
providing supporting equipment and services necessary in trans- 
lating ideas into reality. 

The College Union Board of Directors, representing all under- 
graduate and graduate students, cooperates with the Union staff in 
the day-to-day operation of the facility and supervises the efforts of 
a large body of student volunteers who develop and present pro- 
grams for the entire University. Through the development of vari- 
ous programs and activities, it is the intent of both the Union and 
the Board of Directors to meet the following goals: 

— to be a campus center where all members of the campus 
community can meet formally and informally; 

— to provide services and facilities to the University com- 
munity; 

— to complement the educational goals of the University; pro- 
viding cultural, social, and recreational programs; and 

— to maintain the Union as an open forum where all sides of 
issues can be aired. 

Men's Residence Council 

A major student development at Wake Forest is the Men's Resi- 
dence Council, an organization open to all residents. The funda- 
mental objective of the organization has been to encourage 
students to realize their potentialities and to implement a com- 
prehensive concept of education. Learning is not restricted to the 
confines of the classroom, but instead, occurs in some of its deeper 
dimensions in extra-class interaction with fellow students and fa- 
culty through residence hall life. 

While the central Men's Residence Council's overall guidance is 
necessary and important, the real strength of the MRC is found in 
the four Houses themselves. Each House has its own officers and 
carries out its own academic, athletic, and social programs. The 
MRC House system provides the student with an opportunity to 
become actively involved in student life at Wake Forest. 



58 



TOURNAMENTS 



Women's Residence Council 

The Women's Residence Council is concerned with a program 
designed to nurture a comprehensive concept of education. Occa- 
sions for interaction with all members of the college community are 
provided for through discussions, social and sports events. The 
Women's Residence Council participates in developing policy to 
create the kind of atmosphere in which maximum development 
may take place. The Women's Residence Council officers are 
elected by the students living in the four residence halls on the 
south side of the campus. 

Joint Faculty-Student Committees 

Students and faculty work together on a number of joint commit- 
tees which deal with many aspects of college life, such as admis- 
sions, honors, undergraduate life, library, evaluation study, discip- 
line, student activities, and lectures. 

Forensic Activities 

Traditionally, Wake Forest has excelled in forensic activities. The 
Debate Team travels to as many as forty state, regional and national 
tournaments per year. During most years twenty to twenty-five 
students participate by competing in debate and individual events. 
Many other students participate by coaching high school teams 
and aiding in tournament administration. Students who excel in 
forensics may be selected for membership in Delta Sigma Rho-Tau 
Kappa Alpha, the national forensic honorary fraternity. 

All undergraduate students in good standing are eligible to par- 
ticipate in forensics and to represent the University in intercol- 
legiate competition. 

Debate and Speech Tournaments 

A. Wake Forest Novice Debate Tournament 
Dixie Classic Debate Tournament 

In the fall of each year the University sponsors two tourna- 
ments for college debate teams. The Novice Tournament is 
open to college students who have never participated in inter- 
collegiate debating. The Dixie Classic, a tournament for experi- 
enced debaters, attracts the best varsity debate teams from 
throughout the United States. 



59 



THEATRE 

B. Wake Forest Invitational High School Debate Tournament 

In the winter of each year, the University chapter of DER-TKA 
sponsors a high school debate tournament, which is attended 
by teams from approximately 15 southern, eastern, and mid- 
western states. 

C. Speech Festival for High School Students 

In the spring of each year, the University sponsors a speech 
festival for North Carolina high school students. The depart- 
ment awards certificates to outstanding schools and individuals 
in oral interpretation, radio announcing, extemporaneous 
speaking, oratory, after-dinner speaking and duet acting. 

Debate and Theatre Workshops 

High school students are invited to participate in the Summer 
Debate and Theatre Workshops which are held during the regular 
summer session, and which are open to students from all states. 
Students in the Debate Workshop are given an opportunity to 
debate the national debate resolution in advance of the regular 
debate season. Theatre Workshop students study acting tech- 
niques, technical theatre, theatre history, and production theory 
in addition to their active participation in several short plays. 

University Theatre 

The Wake Forest University Theatre, located on the 7th and 8th 
levels of the Z. Smith Reynolds Library, presents four major produc- 
tions annually. In past seasons the University Theatre has pre- 
sented Twelfth Night, Macbeth, A Man for All Seasons, Hedda 
Gabler, A Funny Thing Happened on the Way to the Forum, The 
Threepenny Opera, We Bombed In New Haven, Rosencrantz and 
Guildenstern Are Dead, Hamlet, The Importance of Being Earnest, 
Uncle Vanya, Happy Birthday Wanda June and numerous other 
plays, both modern and classic. In addition to the main stage 
presentations, there is an active theatre laboratory where students 
produce new plays as well as innovative interpretations of standard 
works. The University Theatre offers a meaningful, creative outlet 
for all students at the University. Any student enrolled in the Uni- 
versity is eligible to audition for the plays and to work with the 
production staffs. 

The Wake Forest Chapter of the National Collegiate Players, 
honorary dramatic fraternity, was formed in the Spring of 1963. 

60 



RELIGIOUS PROGRAM 



Eligibility for membership is determined by a student's scholastic 
average and an accumulation of points acquired through participa- 
tion in University Theatre activities. The Anthony Aston Society, a 
theatre service organization, is open to participants in the activities 
of the University Theatre and membership is determined by an 
accumulation of points through work on the productions. 

In thefall of 1976 the University Theatre will be housed in the new 
Fine Arts Center. The new theatre facilities will include a 345 seat 
proscenium/thrust theatre and an experimental ring theatre seat- 
ing 125. Both of the theatres were designed by Jo Mielziner, the 
eminent American theatre designer. 

The main theatre will be equipped with a Kliegl Series 2000 Q file 
Memory lighting control system, a complete sound system, annular 
ring revolve, a counterweight system with 42 sets of lines, and a 
complete range of lighting instruments. 

The experimental ring theatre will be circular in shape with mov- 
able seating sections for flexible audience arrangement. Above and 
behind the audience will be a 360° projection screen using eight 
projectors. The building will also include classrooms, offices, re- 
hearsal room, Greenroom, six dressing roooms, and well-equipped 
scenery and costume shops. 

Music Opportunities 

Students at Wake Forest University have frequent and varied 
opportunities to attend Music Department events either as listen- 
ers or participants. All students are encouraged to attend the 
activities sponsored by the Department of Music: faculty recitals, 
visiting artists and lecturers, student recitals (which are held on the 
first and third Mondays of each month at 7 p.m. in the lower 
auditorium of Wingate Hall), senior recitals, instrumental and 
vocal student organization programs. The student organizations 
include: the Wake Forest Symphony, the Opera Workshop, the 
University Choir, the Madrigal Singers, the Marching Deacons 
Band, the Symphonic Wind Ensemble, the Concert Band, the Bas- 
ketball Varsity Pep Band, the Jazz Ensemble and various smaller 
ensembles. Most of these activities are offered for academic credit. 

Religious Program 

Wake Forest was founded as a result of a Christian commitment 
to higher education as one of the missions of Baptists. Throughout 

61 



UNIVERSITY RADIO 



its history Wake Forest has attempted to demonstrate the affirma- 
tive relationship between faith and learning, between academic 
excellence freely pursued, and the pilgrimage of students to grow 
"in wisdom and stature and in favor with God and man." 

The religious program is one expression of the University's pur- 
pose of offering religious opportunities of quality within the con- 
text of academic excellence. There are voluntary weekly worship 
services and special celebrations duringthe Church year underthe 
supervision of the University Chaplain. Discussion groups on the 
Bible, vocations, and personal growth are led by chaplains and 
students. Personal counseling is another area in which the campus 
ministers seek to serve students, faculty and staff. Opportunities 
are provided for students to work in local churches, engage in 
tutoring programs, shape and participate in summer mission 
projects. 

The Wake Forest Baptist Church is at worship each Sunday in 
Wait Chapel. Its constituency embraces students, faculty and other 
people from Winston-Salem. Although planted in the soil of Bap- 
tist tradition and associated with larger Baptist bodies, the Wake 
Forest Church has contributed to the growing ecumenism of the 
University. Its membership and mission are open to all who may 
seek its ministry and may wish to use it as an instrument for their 
mission to the world. 

Convocations 

The Opening Convocation and the Convocation celebrating 
Founders' Day each February signify the desire to bring students 
and faculty together. Everyone is expected to attend in the hope 
that the purposes which link us together can be affirmed and 
renewed on such occasions. Distinguished persons in various 
fields of endeavor participate in these programs which often in- 
clude the awarding of medallions of merit to outstanding alumni 
and friends of the University. 

University Radio Station — WFDD-FM 

The University Radio Station, WFDD-FM, broadcasts year-round 
to the campus and throughout Piedmont North Carolina. The 
station is fully licensed by the Federal Communications Commis- 
sion. Programs include music, news, sports, lectures, discussions, 
interviews, documentaries and drama. The station provides an 



62 



AWARDS 

opportunity for students to learn all phases of radio production 
while actually participating as announcers, interviewers, directors, 
newscasters, sportscasters, actors, and writers. 

Participation is open to all students. Several financial assistant- 
ships, as well as summer jobs, are available each year for qualified 
students. 

Publications 

The Student, a literary magazine, Old Gold and Black, a weekly 
newspaper, and The Howler, the University annual, are published 
by the students. 

Challenge 

CHALLENGE is a biennial symposium on contemporary Ameri- 
can affairs directed and coordinated by University students. The 
CHALLENGE staff corporately selects an issue of major concern to 
which the University directs its attention in three major ways: 1) 
noted experts are asked to relate their ideas to the University 
community, 2) students, faculty, and administrators corporately 
analyze and consider the ideas presented, making suggestions and 
analyses of their own, and, 3) an evaluative process is conducted 
whereby Wake Forest as an academic, sociological, and educa- 
tional community works to meet the exigencies of the issue under 
consideration. CHALLENGE originated from a rap session among 
students in 1964, and is now in its ninth year. Past CHALLENGE 
programs have considered such areas as "The Emerging World of 
the American Negro," "The Implications of Prosperity," "Urban 
Crisis: The Students' Response," "The Challenge of Survival: not 
man apart," and have brought such speakers as Sen. Edmund 
Muskie, Harvey Cox, Michael Harrington, Ralph Nader, Rene 
Dubos, Daniel Bell, and Sen. John Tunney. 

Medals and Other Awards 

The A. D. Ward Medal is awarded annually to the senior making 
the best address on commencement day. 

The Lura Baker Paden Medal, established in 1922 by Dean S. 
Paden (B.A., 1918), is awarded annually to the outstanding senior 
majoring in business. 

The F. B. Currin Medal is awarded annually for the best oration 
on the general topic of Christ in Modern Life. 

63 



FRATERNITIES 



The Carolina Award is presented to the major in Biology who 
writes the best paper on a subject selected by the National Biology 
Society. Given by the Carolina Biological Supply Company of Elon 
College, N. C. 

The Biology Research Award is presented to the major in Biology 
who does the best piece of original research during the year. Given 
by the Beta Rho Chapter of Beta Beta Beta of Wake Forest Univer- 
sity. 

The Forrest W. Clonts Award is awarded annually to the out- 
standing graduating senior in the Department of History. 

The Poteat Award is presented to the student in Biology 111-112 
who is adjudged the most outstanding, and plans to major in the 
department. Given by the Will Corporation of Georgia, and spon- 
sored by Beta Beta Beta. 

The William E. Speas Memorial Award is presented each year to 
the outstanding graduating senior in the Department of Physics. 

The A. M. Pullen and Company Medal is presented each year 
during commencement to the graduating accounting major who 
has reached the highest achievement in accounting studies. 

The Wall Street Journal Medal and one year's subscription to the 
Journal are received each year by the graduating senior who has 
been most outstanding in finance courses. 

The Tom Baker Award In Debate is given to the senior who has 
made the most outstanding contribution in the field of intercol- 
legiate debating. 

The Tom Baker Award In Publications is given to the senior who 
has made the most outstanding contribution in the field of student 
publications. 

The Claud H. Richards Award in Politics is presented annually to 
the outstanding graduating senior in the Department of Politics. 

The Ruth Foster Campbell Award is presented annually to the 
student whose ability in the Spanish language and spirit of joyful 
inquiry into Spanish culture have been most outstanding. 

The H. Broadus Jones Award is presented annually to the col- 
lege student whose paper shows most insight into the works of 
Shakespeare. 

The D. A. Brown Prize in Poetry is given annually to a student 
whose poems merit recognition. 

64 



HONOR SOCIETIES 



Fraternities 

The following social fraternities have been established: Alpha 
Sigma Phi, Delta Sigma Phi, Kappa Alpha, Kappa Sigma, Lambda 
Chi Alpha, Omega Psi Phi, Pi Kappa Alpha, Sigma Chi, Sigma Phi 
Epsilon, Sigma Pi, Theta Chi. 

The Interfraternity Council, under the supervision of the Faculty 
Committee on Student Life, is the governing body of the social 
fraternities. The Council endeavors to maintain a high standard of 
conduct and scholarship. The Council offers a cup to the fraternity 
whose members made the highest class grades. By order of the 
faculty, students who are on probation for any reason may not be 
initiated into any fraternity until the end of their probationary 
period. 

The following professional fraternities have been established: 
Phi Alpha Delta (law), Phi Delta Phi (law), Phi Epsilon Kappa (physi- 
cal education) and Phi Mu Alpha Sinfonia (Music). There are also 
chapters of Alpha Phi Omega, national service fraternity and the 
Student Affiliates of the American Chemical Society. 

Societies 

The following societies for women have been established: 
Fideles, SOPH, STEPS, Strings, Thymes, and Rigels. Their purposes 
are social and service. Membership is selective. 

The Intersociety Council, under the supervision of the Dean of 
Women and the Faculty Committee on Student Life, is the govern- 
ing body of the societies. 

Honor Societies 

The following honor societies have been established: Alpha 
Epsilon Delta (pre-medicine), Beta Beta Beta (biology), Delta Kappa 
Alpha (ministry), Delta Phi Alpha (German), Delta Sigma Rho-Tau 
Kappa Alpha (forensic), Eta Sigma Phi (classics,) Gamma Sigma 
Epsilon (chemistry), Kappa Mu Epsilon (mathematics), Lambda 
Alpha (anthropology), National Collegiate Players (dramatics), 
Omicron Delta Epsilon (economics), Pershing Rifles (military), Phi 
Alpha Theta (history), Phi Sigma lota (Romance languages), Pi 
Gamma Mu (social science), Rho Tau Sigma (radio), Scabbard and 
Blade (military), Phi Beta Kappa, Omicron Delta Kappa, and Mortar 
Board. There is also a Wake Forest University Student Section of 
the American Institute of Physics. 

65 



RECREATION AND ATHLETICS 



ODE is the international honor society in economics. The Eta 
Chapter of North Carolina was chartered at W.F.U. on May 22, 
1970. 

Phi Beta Kappa, an honor society founded at the College of 
William and Mary in 1776 and having chapters in many American 
colleges and universities, each year invites to membership a lim- 
ited number of students who have displayed personal qualities of 
high character and who particularly have distinguished them- 
selves in fields of liberal scholarship. 

Omicron Delta Kappa, an intercollegiate honor society which 
has as its purpose the recognition and encouragement "of intelli- 
gent, democratic leadership among college men," elects annually 
on the basis of character and eminence in one or more of the 
following five phases of campus life: "scholarship; athletics; stu- 
dent government; social and religious activities; publications; and 
forensic, dramatic, musical and other cultural activities." 

Mortar Board is an intercollegiate honor society for women. Its 
purpose is "to advance the spirit of service and fellowship among 
university women, to promote and maintain a high standard of 
scholarship and to recognize and encourage leadership." Mem- 
bership is based on service, scholarship, and leadership. 



Recreation and Intramurals 

Recognizing the importance of recreation and fitness activities in 
maintaining the well-being of students, the University provides 
extensive sports and recreational facilities and a faculty of trained 
specialists to supervise and direct activities in these areas. Each 
student is given the opportunity to develop his individual interest 
and competence to the level of proficiency he desires. There are 
several facets to this approach. First, there is an adequate Univer- 
sity health service program which is basic to the health and physical 
well-being of all students. The next step is the activity classes 
both of a required and elective nature where both women and 
men students may develop skill and interest in a wide variety of 
activities. 

On top of this base in the recreational and activity pyramid is a 
broad program of intramurals and general recreational activities 
for both men and women. Men participate in 19 different sports 
and three separate leagues: fraternity, house and independent. 
Women participate in 20 sports in two leagues: society and inde- 

66 



INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS 



pendent. More than 50% of the students take part in these pro- 
grams. Awards are presented to all team and individual champions. 

Included in the middle of the pyramid is the general recreation 
program consisting of sports and recreation clubs such as aquatics, 
gymnastics, dance, weight training, and soccer. Beyond these ac- 
tivities students are encouraged to participate on their own in a 
voluntary recreation and fitness program. 

At the top of the pyramid and growing out of the other aspects is 
the intercollegiate athletic program. This is the program for the 
athletically gifted and represents the epitome of sports participa- 
tion. 

In order to provide for this program for all students, excellent 
indoor and outdoor facilities are provided. The focal point for 
sports and athletics is the William N. Reynolds Gymnasium: four 
gymnasiums with eight basketball courts, eight handball and 
squash courts, gymnastic and wrestling room, weight training 
room, dance studio, rifle range, table tennis area, and a fully 
equipped check-out cage where students may check out a wide 
variety of sports and recreation equipment. Outdoor facilities in- 
clude three batteries of all-weather tennis courts totaling 16, quar- 
ter mile running track and infield, four football fields, five in- 
tramural fields, golf putting green, and two baseball fields. 

Research in physical fitness, cardiac rehabilitation, and motor 
development is carried on in three laboratories located in the 
gymnasium; the Physical Fitness Laboratory, Body Composition 
Laboratory, and the Motor Performance Laboratory. 



INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS FOR WOMEN 

The Director of Women' Athletics has general control over all 
women's intercollegiate athletic activities. 

The University is a member of the National Association of 
Intercollegiate Athletics for Women, Region II of the Association 



67 



BRIAN PICCOLO AWARD 



of Intercollegiate Athletics for Women, and the North Carolina 
Association of Intercollegiate Athletics for Women. These organi- 
zations have their own manuals of rules and by-laws, and the 
women's sports at Wake Forest University are conducted within 
these regulations. 

All full-time students who are in good academic standing are 
eligible to participate in the program. A full schedule of games are 
played in each of the following sports: golf, tennis, volleyball, 
basketball, and field hockey. State, Regional, and National Tour- 
naments are held in various sports. 

The Women's Intercollegiate program at Wake Forest University 
is directed and coached by members of the Physical Education 
faculty. 

INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS FOR MEN 

Athletics 

The University participates in the following eight sports: 
baseball, basketball, cross country, football, golf, swimming, ten- 
nis, and track. Scholarships are offered in each sport, partial as well 
as full. The full scholarship allowed by the National Collegiate 
Athletic Association is tuition, fees, room, board, books and $15.00 
a month incidental expenses. The University also offers a club 
program in riflery, soccer, and gymnastics and offers a very exten- 
sive intramural program in a large number of other men's and 
women's sports. 

The Director of Athletics has general supervision of the men's 
intercollegiate athletic activities. 

The University is a member of the National Collegiate Athletic 
Association and the Atlantic Coast Conference. Rules and Regula- 
tions of the NCAA, of the Conference, and of the University apply 
to all intercollegiate sports for men and eligibility of players. 

The Brian Piccolo Award 

This award is presented annually at the North Carolina-Wake 
Forest football game to the player who, as judged by the Deacon 
coaching staff, best exemplifies the qualities and courage of the 
former Deacon star, Brian Piccolo, in the University of North 
Carolina game. 



68 



ORIENTATION 



The Brian Piccolo Scholarship 

This award is presented annually to a Chicago area high school 
player bound for Wake Forest. Selection is made by the coaching 
staff. Applicants are invited by Chicago high school coaches and an 
attempt is made to select an individual who most closely 
exemplifies the spirit of Brian Piccolo. The current recipient is 
Steve Bettenhausen. 

The Arnold Palmer Award 

This award is presented annually by the Monogram Club to the 
Wake Forest Athlete of the Year. The recipient of the award is 
determined by a vote of the members of the Monogram Club. 
Trophies are also presented to the outstanding athlete in the eight 
varsity sports at a year-end All-Sports Banquet. 

The Buddy Worsham Memorial Scholarship 

This award was established by Arnold Palmer in memory of his 
college roommate who was killed in an automobile accident. It has 
been awarded to a male golfer for his four years at Wake Forest. 
Beginning in 1973, two golfers are selected for the Buddy Worsham 
Scholarship. Current recipients are Curtis Strange and Bob Byman. 

John R. Knott Scholarship 

This four year scholarship was established by alumnus John R. 
Knott of Charlotte, N. C. in 1968 to support the University Athletic 
Program. It was later restricted to golf, and since Mr. Knott's death 
in 1969, the value has increased sufficiently to include two golfers. 
Current golfers on the scholarship are Jay Haas, and one to be 
named. 



69 



HOUSING 

THE ORIENTATION AND ADVISING PROGRAM 

So that the new student can adjust comfortably to Wake Forest 
University, a three-day orientation period is scheduled im- 
mediately before the fall registration. At this time the student meets 
both formally and informally with his or her advisers to learn about 
the academic requirements of the College, its social and cultural 
life, and its heritage and traditions. 

The academic adviser assigned to a student is a member of the 
faculty or is an upperclassman (a peer adviser) who has shown 
scholarly competence and who is trained to carry out the duties of 
adviser. The student, unless he wishes to change, retains this 
adviser for his first two years at Wake Forest. At the end of the 
sophomore year, he is expected to declare his major academic 
interest and is assigned an adviser in the department of his major. 

Before registration the adviser meets with his or her new advisees 
both in groups and individually to discuss their curriculum with 
them and to give his approval to their course choices. The adviser is 
present during registration to aid his advisees in enrolling in the 
proper courses, and he or she is readily available during the year to 
help them solve whatever academic problems they may encounter. 

Although the primary duty of the adviser is to assist students in 
selecting courses which meet the basic academic requirements, an 
equally important function is to provide general support for the 
student, not only in his academic program but also in all matters 
pertaining to life at Wake Forest. The academic adviser is not a 
professional counselor, but he has a personal interest in each of his 
students and wishes to give whatever assistance is necessary to 
enable the student to adjust to college life. 

Housing 

All unmarried freshmen students are required to live in University 
residence halls except when permission is granted for freshman 
men by the Dean of Men and for freshman women by the Dean of 
Women to live off campus under one of the following cir- 
cumstances: 

(1) Residing with parents; permission to live with a relative in the 
metropolitan area of Winston-Salem. 

(2) Student is eighteen years of age or older. 

(3) By special arrangement, when space is not available. 

70 



HOUSING 

(4) Student has lost residence hall space as a result of contract 
violation. 

The residence halls are supervised by Directors of Residence 
Life, Head Residents, and student assistants under the direction of 
the Dean of Men and the Dean of Women. The staff serves as 
advisers and counselors in personal and group development with 
emphasis on interpersonal relationships in residence hall living. In 
addition to concerns about the general well-being of students the 
staff assumes responsibility for certain aspects of the physical 
maintenance of buildings. 

Married students are not ordinarily permitted to live in the resi- 
dence halls. Exceptions are made by the Dean of Men or Dean of 
Women. 

The semester charge for double occupancy in the four large 
residence halls for men is $200 per semester for front rooms in each 
suite and $190 per semester for back rooms. A few rooms are 
available for men in the New Dorm at $290 per semester for double 
occupancy. 

Single rooms in the men's residence halls are $245 per semester; 
a double room occupied as a single is $300 per semester. 

The semester charges for double occupancy in the women's 
residence halls is $220 in Johnson and Bostwick, $260 in Babcock, 
and $290 in New Dorm. 

Single rooms in the women's residence halls range from $270 to lo 
$310 per semester; a double occupied as a single may cost $320- 
$435 per semester. 

Room assignments are made in the housing office. Room rent is 
due and payable with tuition and is non-deferrable. Room rent is 
not refundable upon withdrawal from the University. 

Student Vehicle Registration 

All students are required to register vehicles being operated at 
any time on university property. A fee will be charged for registra- 
tion of all motor-driven vehicles. Bicycles operated on campus will 
be registered with the City of Winston-Salem. No fee is charged for 
bicycle registration. 



/ 



71 



HEALTH SERVICE 



Housing Regulations 

Details of regulations and conditions governing occupancy of 
University housing are found in the Application and Agreement for 
Residence Halls and in the Student Handbook under "Terms and 
Conditions of Occupancy for Wake Forest University Residence 
Halls." 

Housing for Married Students 

An apartment building containing 56 apartments is located on 
the north-west edge of the campus. A trailer park containing 35 
spaces is located on the east side of the campus. Apartments and 
trailer spaces are available only to bona fide students of Wake 
Forest University. 

Applications for either apartments or trailer spaces should be 
directed to the Director of Housing. Assignments are made on the 
basis of priorities established by the date of application, and a lease 
is executed by the student and the University. 

Food Services 

Four types of food service are available to students at Wake 
Forest University — cafeteria, grill, table service, and special dining 
service for small parties. The cafeteria menus feature multiple 
choices planned and supervised by a trained dietitian. Table ser- 
vice is provided in the Magnolia Room and gives the students a 
quiet place to enjoy eating from a menu of greater variety, as well 
as foods prepared to order. Buffets are served in the Magnolia 
Room each Wednesday noon and Thursday evening. 

University Health Service 

The University Health Service through the University Clinic and 
Hospital provide those services necessary to the student in 
maintenance of their health. Utilizing the required Pre-entrance 
Medical Report from the student's physician, the Health Service 
evaluates the student's health status prior to admission. Any 
Health problems present then or arising later are handled by the 
Health Service Staff so as to assure the student's continued educa- 
tion as far as possible without endangering his health or that of 
others. The facilities and staff of the Bowman Gray School of 
Medicine, The North Carolina Baptist Hospital, The Forsyth 



72 



PSYCHOLOGICAL SERVICES 



Memorial Hospital, and others are also used if needed. The Health 
Service also works closely with the Center for Pyschological Ser- 
vices on mental health problems. 

In the clinic a minimum charge is made for medications and 
laboratory tests, but none for office visits. Charges are made for 
University Hospital in-patient care. When it becomes necessary to 
refer patients to specialists or for studies elsewhere all costs must 
be assumed by the student. 

North Carolina State Law states that "any minor age 18 years or 
older may contract for medical services for himself or his child." 
This means that all medical information and all contacts between 
the student and the Health Service are confidential and cannot be 
revealed to anyone, including parents and administration, without 
the consent of the patient if he or she has reached 18 years of age. 

Reading Improvement Program For University Students 

A reading improvement course is available on the Wake Forest 
University campus to all students. It is designed to heip students 
read and study more effectively to achieve a greater measure of 
success in the many different areas of university work. Instruction 
centers around increasing the speed of comprehension and im- 
proving comprehension, vocabulary, and study skills. Group diag- 
nostic tests are given to determine specific weaknesses of stu- 
dents. The class meets twice each week (one hour periods) in the 
afternoons and is offered both semesters. The charge for the 
course is $85.00, which includes fees for materials and use of the 
reading machines. 

Persons interested in taking this course should make arrange- 
ments with the Dean's office. 

Center for Psychological Services 

The Center in Efird Hall serves students, faculty, and staff in 
many ways. For the student who wishes to maximize opportunities 
for academic and professional development in college, the Center 
offers educational-vocational counseling. The professionally 
trained staff provide individual and group therapy in a confidential 
setting. The Center also consults with individuals, groups and 
organizations with regard to study skills, motivation, leadership, 
and other areas in which the application of psychological princi- 
ples are sought. The Center also conducts research, offers infor- 

73 



PIEDMONT UNIVERSITY CENTER 



mation concerning students' opinions, aptitudes, and interests, 
and participates in the training of graduate students in the 
psychological disciplines. Services are free to currently enrolled 
students. 

Career Development and Placement Office Services 

The Placement Office arranges on-campus career interviews 
with business firms, government agencies, school systems, and 
other organizations, for graduating students at Wake Forest Uni- 
versity. Career information may be found in the Placement Office, 
Room 118, Reynolda Hall. The Placement Director is available dur- 
ing regular office hours for consultation on career matters. 

Human Enterprises Institute 

The Human Enterprises Institute provides learning oppor- 
tunities for clergy of all religious groups to understand industry. 
Since its establishment in 1966, it has placed clergy in educational 
centers operated by industry and in continuing education centers 
operated by universities for industry and has conducted summer 
programs for seminarians in industry. In addition to consulting 
services, it also designs conferences for denominational groups 
and seminaries. The Institute publishes a quarterly of reprints for 
clergy. 

Urban Affairs Institute 

The Wake Forest Urban Affairs Institute, established in 1968, 
serves as the means to channel the resources of the University into 
problem areas of the urban community. It also serves as a com- 
munications focal point for agencies and individuals outside the 
University. In the pursuit of its responsibilities the Institute en- 
gages in programs of education, research and community service 
utilizing the resources of both the faculty and student body. 

The Institute of Literature 

Founded in 1964, the Institute of Literature is jointly sponsored 
by the Departments of English, Classics, German, and Romance 
Languages. Its purpose is to promote the cause of humane letters 
and to manifest something of the diversity in unity which charac- 
terizes the literary heritage of the West. To achieve this purpose 
the Institute each year invites distinguished writers and scholars to 



74 



ECUMENICAL INSTITUTE 



the Wake Forest campus for extended visits. Institute lecturers 
have included such outstanding figures as W. H. Auden, Malcolm 
Cowley, James Dickey, and V. S. Pritchett (English); Gilbert 
Highet, Whitney Oates, Cedric Whitman, and John Finley (Clas- 
sics); Germaine Bree, Henri Peyre, Morris Bishop, and Alfred D. 
Menut (Romance Languages); Arthur Henkel, Taylor Starck, Erich 
Heller, and Victor Lange (German). 

The Robinson Lectures 

Samuel Robinson, the uncle of Mrs. George C. Mackie, wife of 
the late Dr. Mackie, who was a long-time physician to the Univer- 
sity, endowed a portion of his trust to the Department of Religion. 
This fund is used to sponsor the Robinson Lectures and other 
activities of the Department. 

These lectures are held biennially and have resulted in the publi- 
cation of a number of books. In addition, the funds from the trust 
are used to sponsor individual lectures which are given at more 
frequent intervals. 

Ecumenical Institute 

The Ecumenical Institute of Wake Forest University was estab- 
lished in 1968. It became co-sponsored by Belmont Abbey College 
in the spring of 1974. Its purpose is to provide a means in an 
academic setting for better understanding and wider experience in 
religion in a pluralistic society. The Institute is supported by dona- 
tions from individuals and foundations. It sponsors conferences 
between various religious groups, both on and off the two cam- 
puses. Some of the funds have been used in publication, and a 
limited number of student Fellowships are available for programs 
of study sponsored by the Institute. 

University Artists Series 

The University Artists Series presents a series of outstanding 
concerts to the University community. These are of such quality 
that they represent an extension of the Arts curriculum as well as 
entertainment for students and faculty. The Series brings artists 
who have reached the top of their fields as well as the most promis- 
ing younger artists. Among the outstanding attractions in recent 
years have been Leontyne Price, YehudiMenuhin, Marcel Marceau, 
Alicia de Larrocha, The Vienna Symphony, the Cleveland Orches- 
tra, The New York Philharmonic, and other artists and groups of 

75 



UNIVERSITY ARTISTS SERIES 



comparable quality. The Series is equally proud of the artists it has 
presented who have gone on to illustrious careers, such as Byron 
Janis, Phillippe Entremont, Janos Starker, Christopher Parkening, 
Itzhak Perlman, John Ogdon, and others. The 1976-77 season will 
feature the Orchestre de Paris conducted by Daniel Barenboim. 
The five concerts each season are chosen so that in the four years a 
student is at Wake Forest he may attend concerts by a balanced 
range of artists. Concerts are presented in Wait Chapel Auditorium, 
and students are admitted without further charge upon presenta- 
tion of the Wake Forest identification card. 



76 




T ,.V. 



i 



■■ ■ 



\ 





GENERAL INFORMATION 

Academic Calendar 

The academic calendar of Wake Forest College includes a fall 
semester ending before Christmas, a spring semester beginning in 
January and ending in May, and a summer session. Courses offered 
in the fall semester usually meet for approximately fifteen weeks. 
During the spring semester some courses meet on a fifteen-week 
schedule as in the fall, some meet for four weeks (normally during 
January), and others for the remaining eleven weeks of the semes- 
ter. A student may enroll for fifteen-week courses only, for four- 
week courses only, for four-week and eleven-week courses only, or 
under certain conditions one may combine courses from the two 
tracks during the same spring semester. The Calendar for 1976-77 
appears in the first pages of this bulletin. 

Credits; Normal Load 

Progress toward a degree is calculated in terms of credits. Most 
courses have a value of four credits, but course values vary from 
one credit to five. 

A student's normal load is 18 credits a semester or 36 credits for 
an academic year. Under unusual circumstances a student of dem- 
onstrated ability may be allowed a slightly heavier load. Twelve 
credits per semester, the minimum registration without specific 
permission to enroll as a part-time student,* constitute full-time 
status (but recipients of Veterans benefits, grants from state gov- 
ernments or other governmental aid must meet the guidelines of 
the appropriate agencies). 

During the four-week term of the spring semester, the normal 
load for those students electing a four-week course is four credits. 
With the adviser's approval, however, a student may be permitted 
to begin one fifteen-week course at the same time he is enrolled for 
an on-campus four-week course. Students and advisers with par- 
ticularly difficult scheduling problems may wish to consult with a 
staff member in the office of the dean. 

Classification 

The requirements for classification after the freshman year are as 
follows: 



Those who are full-time students during the fall term may not ordinarily become part-time students during the 
spring term. 

79 



EXAMINATIONS AND GRADES 



Sophomore — the removal of all entrance conditions and the 
completion of not fewer than 29 credits toward a degree, with a 
minimum of 58 grade points; Junior — the completion of not fewer 
than 60 credits toward a degree, with a minimum of 120 grade 
points; Senior — not fewer than 108 credits toward a degree, with a 
minimum of 216 grade points. 

Procedure in Registering 

There are five steps in registration: (1) payment of fees to the 
Treasurer; (2) securing from the Registrar's office a summary of prior 
record; (3) consultation with an adviser, who gives such assistance 
as maybe necessary in regard to the program of work; (4) sectioning 
of classes by departmental representatives; (5) checking by Regis- 
trar of official computer course cards registration with schedule of 
classes. 

No student is allowed to enter any class until registration has 
been completed. 

Registration after the Freshman Year 

During each spring semester before an announced date (see 
Calendar) students who plan to return for the fall semester must 
make a reservation deposit. An undergraduate student who fails to 
pay the deposit at the required time is not eligible to register for the 
fall semester. 

Auditing of Classes 

A student regularly enrolled on a full-time basis may audit classes 
without charge, provided that the permission of the instructor is 
obtained. A person other than a regularly enrolled full-time stu- 
dent may audit classes for a fee with the permission of the dean of 
the appropriate school and the instructor. An auditor is listed on 
the class roll as such and is subject to the usual attendance regula- 
tions and to whatever additional requirements the instructor may 
impose. If these conditions are properly fulfilled, a notation 
"audit" is entered in lieu of a grade on the instructor's final grade 
report. For the regularly enrolled student, this notation is also 
entered on his permanent record card. An auditor may receive no 
grade or credit for the course. 

Each instructor shall report to the Registrar the presence of any 
student not registered regularly or as an auditor. 

80 



PASS-FAIL GRADES 



An audit course may not be changed to a credit course, and a 
credit course may not be changed to an audit course. 

Examinations and Grades 

All examinations are conducted in accordance with the honor 
system adopted by the students and approved by the Faculty. 
Under this system the student is expected not only to refrain from 
unfairness in any form but also to report to the Honor Council 
anyone whom he knows to be guilty of cheating. Examination 
papers are accompanied by a signed statement that no aid has been 
given or received. 

Grades in each course are assigned by the instructor as follows: 
A, exceptionally high achievement; B, superior; C, satisfactory; D, 
passing but unsatisfactory; E, conditional failure; F, failure. 

Grades are assigned grade points as follows : for each credit of A, 
4 points; of B, 3 points; of C, 2 points; D, 1 point; of E and F, no 
points. The grade point average is calculated by dividing the total 
number of grade points earned by the total number of credits 
attempted, whether passed or not, with the exception of work 
taken on a pass-fail basis. 

Grade of I 

The grade of I (incomplete) may be assigned only when on 
account of illness or some other emergency a student does not 
complete the work of his course. If the work recorded as I is not 
completed within thirty days after the student enters for his next 
semester, the grade automatically becomes F. 

Grade of E 

A student who makes a grade of E on any course may be re-exam- 
ined at any regular examination period within a year, or during the 
first week of the fall semester. The re-examination permit must be 
obtained from the Registrar's Office a few days in advance. No 
grade higher than a D may be assigned as a resuit of a re- 
examination. A student who does not remove a conditional failure 
by one re-examination must repeat the course to obtain credit. 

Pass-Fail Grades 

A student may not count toward the B.A. or B.S. degree more 
than twenty-four credits taken on a Pass-Fail basis. 

81 



CLASS ATTENDANCE 



During the junior and senior years* a student is permitted to elect 
courses totaling no more than sixteen credits (and no more than 
five such credits in a given term), with the stipulation that grades for 
these courses will be recorded as Pass (P) or Fail (F) only and that 
these grades will not be counted in computing the student's grade 
point average. A grade of Pass carries full academic credit. A stu- 
dent indicates at the time of registration that he is choosing to take 
a course under this arrangement; in no case may he change from 
Pass-Fail to a letter-grade basis or vice versa after the first two weeks 
of classes. 

Some courses in the College, including those especially de- 
signed for the four-week term beginning in January, are offered 
only on a Pass-Fail basis. Except for these courses, a student may 
not select for Pass-Fail grades any course that he submits to satisfy 
the College's basic and divisional course requirements or to com- 
plete requirements for his major. Courses in the major field of 
study that are not used for satisfying the requirement for the major 
may be taken on a Pass-Fail basis except where an individual de- 
partment specifies otherwise. 

Repetition of Courses 

A student may not repeat for credit a course on which he has 
already received a grade of C or higher. (When a student repeats a 
course previously passed, credit earned for the first attempt will be 
deducted from the total credits earned. Both grades, however, will 
be considered in calculating the student's grade point average.) 

Class Attendance 

The attendance regulations specifically place the responsibility 
for class attendance upon the individual student. He is expected to 
attend classes regularly and punctually. A student should recog- 
nize that one of the most vital aspects of a residential college 
experience is attendance in the classroom and that the value of this 
academic experience cannot be fully measured by testing proce- 
dures alone. 

The members of the student body are considered sufficiently 
mature to appreciate the necessity of regular attendance, to accept 
this personal responsibility, and to demonstrate the kind of self- 
discipline essential for such performance and, conversely, to rec- 



"But see statement concerning four-week courses, page 93. 

82 



ENFORCEMENT OF REGULATIONS 



ognize and accept the consequences of failure to attend. An in- 
structor is privileged to refer to the Office of the Dean of the 
College for suitable action students who in his opinion are causing 
their work or that of the class to suffer because of absences or 
latenesses. Any student who does not attend classes regularly, or 
who demonstrates other evidence of academic irresponsibility, is 
subject to such disciplinary action as the Executive Committee may 
prescribe, including immediate suspension from the College. 

The Office of the Dean of the College maintains a list of students 
who have been absent from class (1) because of illness (when 
certified by the University Health Service) or other extenuating 
circumstances or (2) as authorized representatives of the Univer- 
sity (when their names have been submitted by appropriate Uni- 
versity officials forty-eight hours in advance of the hour when the 
absences are to commence). Such absences are considered "ex 
cused," and a record of them is available to the student's instruc- 
tors upon request. An instructor determines whether work the 
student has missed (including quizzes) may be made up. 

Enforcement of Regulations 

The enforcement of all regulations pertaining to academic mat- 
ters is a function of the faculty, or representatives of the faculty. A 
well-organized Student Government assumes responsibility, in 
co-operation with the Office of the Dean, for the regulation of the 
honor system and various other matters involving personal con- 
duct. In general, the regulations of the University are adapted to 
and intended for those who have reached such maturity that they 
may exercise self-control. All students are expected to be faithful in 
work, to be prompt and regular in attendance upon all their college 
duties, and to refrain from practices injurious to others. Those who 
neglect their work, or engage in conduct that brings reproach 
upon themselves and upon the University, or disregard the rights 
and the welfare of their students are required to withdraw from the 
University. 

Dropping a Course 

The last day in each term for dropping a class without the grade 
of F is listed in the calendar on pages 4-5 of this Catalog. A student 
who wishes to drop any course before this date must consult the 
Registrar and his faculty adviser. After this date, if he wishes to drop 

83 



MINIMUM ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS 



a course, he must consult his faculty adviser, his instructor, and the 
Dean of the College. If the Dean approves the request, he au- 
thorizes the student to discontinue the course. Except in the case 
of an emergency, the grade in the course will be recorded as F. 

If, at any time, a student shall drop any course without prior, 
written approval of the Dean, a grade of F for that course shall be 
reported by the instructor to the Registrar, and the student will be 
subject to academic probation for the followi ng semester or to such 
other penalties as the Committee on Academic Affairs of the faculty 
may impose. 

Withdrawal From College 

A student who finds it necessary to withdraw from the College is 
required to do so through the Office of the Dean of the College. If 
in the judgment of the dean the withdrawal is justified and the 
student is otherwise in good academic standing, no grades will be 
recorded on the student's permanent record for that semester. 
However, the student's standing in his courses at the time of 
withdrawal will be taken into consideration should he at a later 
date seek readmission to the College. If the withdrawal is for 
academic reasons, failing grades may be assigned in all courses in 
which the student is not doing satisfactory work. 

If a student leaves the College without officially withdrawing, he 
will be assigned failing grades in all his current courses and his 
unofficial withdrawal will be indicated on his record. 

Minimum Academic Requirements for Continuation 

Each student is expected to be aware at all times of his academic 
status and to be responsible for knowing whether he has met the 
College's minimum academic requirements for continuation as 
outlined below. 

On the basis of their cumulative records at the end of the spring 
semester, the following students are academically ineligible to 
enroll for the following fall term: 

1) Those students who, having attempted* fewer than 54 credits 
in all colleges attended, have an over-all grade point aver- 
age** of less than 1 .35 on work attempted for a grade at Wake 
Forest. 



•Work "attempted in all colleges attended" is considered to be the total number of credits at all colleges which 
have been taken with the intent to receive credit. 
"The grade point average is obtained by dividing the grade points earned by the number of credits attempted. 

84 



MINIMUM ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS 



2) Those students who, having attempted as many as 54 but 
fewer than 98 credits, have an over-all grade point average of 
less than 1.65 on work attempted for a grade at Wake Forest. 

3) Those students who, having attempted as many as 98 but 
fewer than 135 credits, have an over-all grade point average of 
less than 1 .85 on work attempted for a grade at Wake Forest. 

4) Those students who, having attempted 135 credits or more in 
all colleges attended, have an over-all grade point average of 
less than 1 .90 on work attempted for a grade at Wake Forest. 

Non-credit courses, Pass-Fail courses, CLEP, and Advanced 
Placement are not counted in the determination of grade point 
average. 

Ordinarily a student who is ineligible under the minimum re- 
quirements above may attend the first summer term at Wake Forest; 
if he is successful in raising his over-all grade point average on work 
attempted at Wake Forest to the required minimum, he may enroll 
for the fall semester. If he is unsuccessful by the end of the first 
summer term, he may attend the second term in Wake Forest; if he 
is successful then in raising his grade point average to the required 
minimum, he may apply for readmission no earlier than for the 
following spring semester. If he is unsuccessful in meeting the 
minimum requirements by theend of the second summerterm, he 
may apply for readmission no earlier than for the following sum- 
mer session. 

Requirements for continuation are to be determined by the 
catalog under which the student expects to be graduated. 

Under exceptionally extenuating circumstances beyond the con- 
trol of the student, and after consultation with the student's dean, 
an appeal from the foregoing eligibility requirements may be con- 
sidered by the Committee on Academic Affairs of the faculty. The 
Committee on Academic Affairs may also suspend from college at 
the end of any term any student whose record for that term has 
been unsatisfactory, particularly with regard to the number of 
courses passed and failed, or who has not attended class regularly 
or has otherwise ignored the rules and regulations of the College. 



85 



REQUIREMENTS FOR READMISSION 



Requirements for Readmission 

Any student seeking readmission to Wake Forest University must 
meet the minimum academic requirements for continuation (see 
above), except that: 

(1) a student who has not met these requirements may apply 
for admission to the summer school only; 

(2) a student may apply for readmission if he has been away 
from Wake Forest continuously for at least a year and a half and 
has spent that time constructively; 

(3) a student may apply for readmission after less than the year 
and a half if he has been enrolled in another college or if his 
failure to have the required average at the time of his suspension 
was due to exceptionally extenuating circumstances beyond his 
control. 

It should be understood by the student and his parents that 
meeting the requirements set forth above does not insure that the 
student will be readmitted to the University. 

Probation 

A student is responsible at all times for knowing his academic 
standing. 

Any student who at the end of the fall semester does not have the 
grade average which he will be required to have at the end of the 
spring semester will be automatically on academic probation. 

Any student who is placed on probation because of honor code 
or conduct code violations shall also be placed on such special 
academic probation as the Committee on Academic Affairs of the 
faculty shall impose. In addition, the Committee on Academic 
Affairs may at any time place on probation any student whose 
academic performance or social behavior is inconsistent with what 
the Committee deems to be the best interests of the student or the 
University. 

Any student convicted of violating the Honor Code is ineligible 
to represent the University in any manner whatsoever until the 
period of his punishment, be it suspension, probation, or any 
other form, is completed and the student is returned to good 
standing. Students who are on probation for any reason may not be 
initiated into any fraternity until the end of their probationary 
period. 

86 



INTERDISCIPLINARY HONORS 



Senior Conditions 

A candidate for graduation in his final semester who receives a 
grade of E at the close of the previous semester may apply to the 
Registrar for re-examination 30 days after the opening of the final 
semester and not less than 30 days before its close. 

All conditions must be removed 30 days before the end of the last 
term of the student's graduation year. The name of a candidate for 
graduation who has a condition after that date is dropped from the 
list of candidates. 

If a student receives a grade of E in a course in the final term of his 
graduation year, he is not allowed a re-examination before the next 
examination period. 

Reports 

A mid-term report and a final report of grades are given to 
students each term. 

Transcripts of Student Records 

Request for a copy of a student's record should be made to the 
Registrar, and should be accompanied by a remittance of one dollar 
for each copy desired. No transcript will be issued without the 
written authorization of the owner of the record. 

The Dean's List 

The Dean's List, issued at the end of each semester by the Dean 
of the College, includes all full-time students who have made a 
grade point average of 3.0 for the semester and have earned no 
grade below the level of C. Grades earned during a summer ses- 
sion are not considered in the preparation of the list. 

Graduation Distinctions 

Under the grade point system, graduation distinctions are de- 
termined as follows: 

A candidate for a baccalaureate degree who is credited with 
grade points which give him or her an average of not less than 3.80, 
in relation to the total number of courses attempted, shall be 
graduated with the distinction summa cum laude; not less than 
3.50, magna cum laude; not less than 3.00, cum laude. The entire 
record of a student is considered, with the understanding that a 
transfer student may receive no distinction which requires a grade 
point average greater than that earned in Wake Forest University. 

87 



ASIAN STUDIES PROGRAM 




Wake Forest University Semester in France 

The department of Romance Languages sponsors a Semester in 
France program at Dijon, the site of a well-established French 
university. Students are placed in courses according to level of 
ability in French, as ascertained by a test given at Dijon. The 
minimum requirement is at least one French course beyond the 
intermediate level, preferably French 221 or its equivalent. The list 
of courses, which are taught by native French professors, may be 
found under the Romance Languages course listings. 

The Asian Studies Program Semester in India 

The Asian Studies Program conducts a Semester in India Pro- 
gram under which a selected group of students spends three 
months doing academic work at an Indian college and travel in 
India as a part of the total curriculum. A student who wishes to use 
one or more of these courses to meet basic, divisional, or major 
requirements must obtain written approval of each course. When 
possible, this should be done before enrolling in the overseas 
program. Further information on this may be obtained from the 
Director of the Asian Studies Program. 



88 



STUDY ABROAD 



Wake Forest University in Spain 

The department of Romance Languages sponsors a study abroad 
program conducted at the University of Madrid. 

Students live with Spanish families selected by the program's 
resident director or a professor of Spanish from Wake Forest. The 
courses are taught by native Spanish professors attached to the 
University's Facultad de Filosofia y Letras, the Spanish equivalent 
of the college of arts and sciences. 

Course offerings and specific requirements for eligibility are 
listed under the Spanish section of the Department of Romance 
Languages in the division of the catalog headed "Courses in the 
College." 

Wake Forest-in-Venice Program 

The Wake Forest-in-Venice program permits approximately 
twenty students each semester to study in Venice. Students are 
housed in a large, comfortable building on the Grand Canal near 
St. Mark's Square, and pursue their course of study under the 
direction of a regular member of the Wake Forest Faculty. The 
program offered there varies from time to time and is supervised 
on a rotating basis by several academic departments. A student in 
the program should be able to make normal progress toward 
meeting degree requirements. A student who wishes to use one or 
more of the Venice courses to meet basic, divisional, or major 
requirements must obtain written approval for each course. When 
possible, this should be done before enrolling in the overseas 
program. Further information about the program maybe obtained 
from the Office of the Dean of the College. 

Study Abroad 

To be granted the privilege of studying abroad a student who 
plans to return to Wake Forest must plan a program of study 
relevant to his degree program at the University and must secure in 
advance the approval of the chairman of his major department and 
the Dean of the College. He must then file an approved Study 
Abroad Application with the Registrar. 

Normal credit for a full year program (36 credits) may be granted 
upon evidence of a satisfactory evaluation by the University of the 
work taken. 



89 



SUMMER SESSION ELSEWHERE 



Students are encouraged to study under one of the established 
programs sponsored by American colleges and universities. In 
some cases independent study at foreign universities may be ap- 
proved. A transcript of the record is required for posting after 
completion of approved foreign study. 

Experiment in International Living 

The Independent Study Program of The Experiment in Interna- 
tional Living is recognized by the University. This is a semester 
program, available in any one of several countries either semester. 
To participate in this program, a student must be a regularly enrol- 
led student planning to return to the University upon completion 
of the semester abroad. The program of study must be approved in 
advance by the chairman of the student's major department, the 
chairman of such other departments as may be involved and the 
Dean. The program carries a maximum of 14 credits upon satisfac- 
tory completion, subject to evaluation by the faculty of Wake 
Forest College. 

COURSES AT SALEM COLLEGE 

Wake Forest University and Salem College participate in a plan of 
exchange credits whereby courses offered at Salem and not of- 
fered at Wake Forest are available to full-time students regularly 
enrolled at Wake Forest. The same privilege is extended by Wake 
Forest to full-time Salem students. 

A Wake Forest student interested in taking a course at Salem 
must make formal application in advance, and the application must 
be approved by his faculty adviser and by the Dean of the College. 
No financial payment is necessary except in certain courses in 
which the student receives private instruction. Grades and grade 
points earned in courses at Salem are evaluated in the same way as 
they would be if the work were taken at Wake Forest. 

More detailed information about this plan is available in the 
offices of the Registrar and the Dean of the College. The plan is 
effective only during the regular academic year and not during any 
summer session. 

Summer Session Elsewhere 

A student who desires to attend summer session in another 



90 



SUMMER SESSION ELSEWHERE 



college must secure in advance the approval of the Registrar and 
the chairman of the department concerned. 

A transcript of the record is required for posting at the close of 
the summer session. 

Grades received elsewhere are not used in computing a 
student's grade average at Wake Forest. All academic work com- 
pleted on the semester hour plan at other colleges or universities 
will be converted to Wake Forest credits on the basis that 3 semes- 
ter hours equal 3.375 credits. 




91 



ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS 

The degrees conferred are Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Science, 
Master of Arts, Master of Business Administration and Master of 
Management, Juris Doctor, Doctor of Philosophy; and Doctor of 
Medicine, Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy in the 
Bowman Gray School of Medicine. 

The basic and divisional requirements for the Bachelor of Arts 
and the Bachelor of Science degrees are the same. 

The degree of Bachelor of Science is conferred only upon stu- 
dents who (1) complete a major in Accountancy, Business, Chemis- 
try*, Mathematical Economics, Mathematics, Mathematics- 
Biology, Mathematics-Business, Physical Education, Physics*, or 
Education with State teacher's certification in Science; (2) com- 
plete the degree requirements in Medical Sciences, Medical 
Technology, or the Physician Assistant Program; or (3) complete 
the requirements for the combined degree in Dentistry, Engineer- 
ing, or Forestry. 

The degree of Bachelor of Arts is conferred upon those students 
who (1) complete a major in Art, Biology, Chemistry*, Classical 
Languages, Classical Studies, Economics, English, German, His- 
tory, Music, Philosophy, Physics*, Politics, Psychology, Religion, 
Romance Languages, Sociology and Anthropology, or Speech 
Communication and Theatre Arts; or (2) complete a major in In- 
termediate Education or Education with State teacher's certifica- 
tion in Social Studies. 

Each student is responsible for acquainting himself with the 
requirements for graduation and for meeting the requirements as 
stated. 

A student who has been graduated from Wake Forest University 
with the degree of Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science may not 
thereafter receive the other of these two degrees. 

The Undergraduate Curriculum 

The undergraduate curriculum offers students considerable 
latitude in planning the first two years of their college work. Apart 
from a year of physical education, only three specific courses are 
required — one in English Composition and two in a foreign lan- 
guage. Even these may sometimes be waived under certain condi- 



*Under certain conditions, a student majoring in Chemistry or Physics may receive either a B.S. or a B.A. 
degree. For details, see the introduction to course offerings in Chemistry and Physics. 

92 



ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS 



tions. To round out their preparation for more specialized work in 
a major field, students select three courses in each of four divi- 
sions: I. Literature and the Arts; II. Natural Sciences and Mathema- 
tics; III. History, Religion, and Philosophy; and IV. Social and 
Behavioral Sciences. By the spring of the sophomore year students 
should have decided on a major field of concentration. Ordinarily 
a large part of the work of the junior and senior years is devoted to 
the major field. 



Four-Week Courses 

The schedule of the spring semester makes it possible for those 
students and professors who wish to do so to engage in non- 
traditional study for four weeks of the spring term. Under this plan 
a number of courses may be offered off -campus in this country or 
abroad, serious individual-study projects may be pursued, or a 
member of the faculty and a group of students may, while remain- 
ing on campus, devote all their time for four weeks to a single topic 
of study. Such four-week courses are graded as the instructor 
decides; that is, there may be letter grades only, Pass-Fail grades 
only, or students may be granted, at the time of registration, a 
choice between the two grading systems. Freshmen and sopho- 
mores, though not eligible for Pass-Fail grading in regular semester 
courses, may be so graded in four-week courses, provided (1) 
those students are otherwise admissible to the courses, (2) the 
courses are designated as subject to Pass-Fail grading, and (3) the 
courses are not used to satisfy basic, divisional, or major require- 
ments. 

Academic Requirements 

For the degree of Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science the 
student must complete (1) the basic and divisional course re- 
quirements, (2) a course of study approved by his major depart- 
ment, and (3) elective courses to make a total of 144 credits. No 
more than 16 of the 144 credits required for graduation may be 
earned in the following courses: Military Science 11 1,1 12, 151,152, 
211, 212, 251, 252; Music 107-120 inclusive (Ensemble courses); 
100-level courses in Physical Education other than 111 and 112. 

In addition to the above requirements for graduation, the 
student must earn a C average on all courses attempted. 

A student who transfers from another institution or takes any 
work in other institutions must earn a C average on all courses 

93 



DIVISIONAL COURSE REQUIREMENTS 



attempted in Wake Forest College and a C average on all work 
attempted at all colleges. 

Of the 144 credits required for graduation, 72 must be completed 
in Wake Forest College, including the work of the senior year. An 
exception to this rule is made in the case of combined degrees. 

A student has the privilege of graduating under the require- 
ments of the catalog under which he enters provided that he 
completes his course within six years. After the interval of six years 
he is expected to conform to the requirements specified for the 
class with which he is graduated. 

Basic Requirements 

All students enrolled in Wake Forest College must complete 
three required basic courses. However, any or all of these courses 
may be waived through procedures established by the depart- 
ments concerned. In case of such waivers, no substitutes are 
required. The courses are: 

English 110 (English Composition) or 112 (English Composition and Literature) 

Foreign Language 153 (Intermediate)* 

Foreign Language (Literature) [one course] 

French or Spanish 215 or 216 or equivalent Latin 211, 212, or 216 

Russian — any course in Russian Literature Hebrew 211 

German 211 or 212 Hindi 211 

Greek 211 or 212 Italian 215 

Divisional Requirements 

All students are required to select 3 courses from each of 4 major 
divisions of the curriculum, as follows (except that qualified ap- 
plicants for "Advanced Placement" may be exempt from these 
courses and may under certain conditions receive college credit 
for them without being required to make substitutions): 

I. Literature and the Arts: Three courses to be chosen from among the follow- 
ing: (No more than one may be chosen from each category.) 

1. English Literature 

English 160 or 165 

2. American Literature 

English 170 or 175 



*No student may repeat for credit language courses equivalent to those which were taken in high school 
unless, after taking the language placement test, the student is given permission by the advisor and by a 
committee composed of one faculty member from each of the three language departments. A student who 
begins a foreign language in college, may earn elective credit only for the first year. 



94 



DIVISIONAL COURSE REQUIREMENTS 



3. Foreign Literature II (The same course may not be used to satisfy both the 
divisional and basic course requirements.) 

a. Classical Languages 

Greek 211, 212, 231,241, or 242 
Latin 212, 216, 221, 225 or 226 
Classics 253, 254, 263, 264, 265, or 272 

b. German 211 or 212 

c. Romance Languages and Russian 

Four credits in French, Spanish, or Russian 

literature not used to satisfy the basic course requirement above. 

d. Humanities 213, 214, 215, 216 or 217 

4. Fine Arts 

Humanities 111 

II. Natural Sciences and Mathematics: Three courses to be chosen from 
among the following (The three courses are to be selected from only two 
departments.) 

1. Biology 

Biology 111, 150, 151 

2. Chemistry 

Chemistry 111, 112 [Other courses for those students with advanced 
preparation; placement determined from results of the chemistry test 
administered during orientation.] 

3. Physics 

Physics 111, 112 (one or both courses) 

4. Mathematics 

Mathematics 111 , 112, 115, 116, 157. [If one course only, may be any one 
of the five. If two, may be any of these three pairs: 111-2,115-6,111-157.] 

III. History, Religion, and Philosophy: Three courses (No more than one to be 
chosen from each category.) 

1. History [Any one course] 

History 111, 112, 113, 215, 216, 315, 341, 342, 345, 346, 349, 350 

2. Religion [Any one course] 

Any course except 218, 225, 237, 239, 240, 265, 266, 270, 273, 282, 286-287, 
292, 346, 362 

3. Philosophy [Any one course] 
Philosophy 151, 171, 172 

IV. Economics, Politics, Psychology, Sociology, and Anthropology: Three 
courses to be chosen from among the following (No more than two maybe 
selected from any one department) 

1. Economics 

Economics 111, 151, 152 [If one course only, Economics 111 or 151. If two 
courses, Economics 151-152; however, Economics 111 and any other 
Economics course may be taken by permission of the department.] 

2. Politics 

Politics 113, 114, 115 [If one course only, any of those listed. If two 
courses, any two listed or one of those listed and any other in the 
department.] 

95 



OPEN CURRICULUM 



3. Psychology 

Psychology 151 requ i red as f i rst cou rse. Second cou rse involves at least 3 
credits: in any 200 level psychology course (except 280, 281); in Psychol- 
ogy 335, 358, or 367; or in other 300 level courses taken with permission 
of instructor. 

4. Sociology and Anthropology 

Students who choose Sociology and/or Anthropology to meet divisional 
requirements may select one of the following combinations: Sociology 
151 and any other Sociology cou rse except Sociology 301 -310 or 370-371; 
or Anthropology 162 and any of the following: 252, 342-351, 353-366; 
381-386 or any other four-credit or three-credit Anthropology course 
approved by the department; or Sociology 151 and Anthropology 162, 
or vice versa. 

5. Speech Communication and Theatre Arts 

Speech Communication and Theatre Arts 153 [If this course is selected, 
the other two cou rses in Division IV must be introductory level cou rses 
in two of the other departments in this area.] 

Physical Education Requirement 

All students must complete two semesters in Physical 
Education — Course 111-112. 

Completion of Course Requirements 

The basic and divisional course requirements, along with the 
Physical Education requirement, are to be completed, where pos- 
sible, by the end of the sophomore year. Some students will find it 
necessary to postpone some of these requirements until the junior 
year in order to begin certain courses essential to the major field; 
but a minimum of three courses from among the requirements 
must appear on the student's program each semester until such 
requirements have been met. 

No course requirements may be set aside or replaced by substi- 
tutes except through regular procedures already established by 
the faculty, or through a specific vote of the faculty in regular 
session. An important exception to this rule is described below. 

The Open Curriculum 

The Open Curriculum provides the opportunity for a limited 
number of academically talented and motivated students who 
exhibit evidence of maturity and responsibility to pursue a course 
of study without necessarily fulfilling all the basic and divisional 
requirements, but within the framework of a liberal arts education. 
The most important criteria followed in selecting students for the 
Open Curriculum are achievement in formal academic studies and 

96 



UPPER DIVISION 



tests; high aspirations and exceptionally high ability combined in 
one or more academic areas; ability to express oneself; and other 
evidence of special talent or qualifications. 

The Committee on Open Curriculum, in supervising the pro- 
gram, is guided by the principles that (1) a curriculum should foster 
enthusiasm for learning, intellectual achievement, and scholarly 
habits of mind; (2) a curriculum should encourage the develop- 
ment of special talents; (3) achievement in a diversity of academic 
areas, including the humanities, natural sciences, and social sci- 
ences is instrumental in nurturing the skills, attitudes, and mastery 
of knowledge that characterize a liberally educated person; and (4) 
students in the program may benefit greatly from the advice of 
more than one member of the faculty, including members who 
may not be on the Committee on Open Curriculum. 

Admission to the Upper Division 

The work in the lower division, as specified in the preceding 
pages of this section, is intended to give the student an introduc- 
tion to the various fields of knowledge and to lay the foundation for 
concentration in a major subject and related fields during the 
junior and senior years. 

Before applying for admission to the upper division and begin- 
ning work on the major subject, a student should have 72 credits 
and 144 grade points in the lower division. In no case will a student 
be admitted to the upper division with fewer than 60 credits and 
120 grade points. 

All students at the end of the sophomore year or at the beginning 
of the junior year are required to pass a proficiency test in the use 
of the English language. 

Course of Study for the Upper Division 

Thirty days before the end of his sophomore year each student is 
required to indicate to the Registrar and to the department con- 
cerned his selection of a major subject in which he wishes to 
concentrate during his junior and senior years. Before this selec- 
tion is formally approved by the Registrar, however, the student 
must present to him a written statement from the authorized rep- 
resentative of the department in which he wishes to major that he 
has received the permission of that department. The student will 
also at this time be assigned a specific adviser from the department 
to assist him in planning his work for the junior and senior years. 

97 



MAJORS IN TWO DEPARTMENTS 



A department which rejects a student as a major will file with the 
Dean of the College a written statement including the reason(s) for 
the rejection. 

After the beginning of the junior year a student may not change 
from one major to another without the approval of the depart- 
ments concerned. 

The student's course of study for the junior and senior years 
includes the minimum requirements for the departmental major, 
together with such other courses as he shall select and his adviser 
shall approve. 

For specific course requirements in the various fields of study, 
consult the introductory statements for each department in the 
section of the catalog where course offerings are listed. 

At least half of the major must be completed in Wake Forest 
College. 

Students preparing for the ministry are advised to elect three 
courses in religion beyond the course included in the divisional 
requirements. 

Fields of Study 

The following fields of study are recognized: Accountancy, An- 
thropology, Art, Biology, Business, Chemistry, Classical Studies, 
Economics, Education, English, French, French-Spanish, German, 
Greek, History, Latin, Mathematical Economics, Mathematics, 
Mathematics-Biology, Mathematics-Business, Music, Philosophy, 
Physical Education, Physics, Politics, Psychology, Religion, Sociol- 
ogy, Spanish, and Speech Communication and Theatre Arts. 

Maximum Number of Courses in a Department 

A maximum of 48 credits in a single field of study (as in the 
paragraph above) are allowed within the 144 credits required for 
graduation. This excludes required related courses from other 
departments. 

For Dual-Major departments, 56 credits toward graduation are 
allowed in any department authorized to offer two fields of study. 
Elementary foreign language in the major field of study and Ac- 
counting 111-112 are excluded. 

These limits may only be exceeded in unusual circumstances by 
action of the Dean of the College. 



98 



SCHOOL OF LAW 



Majors in Two Departments 

A student may elect to major in two separate departments with 
the written permission of the chairman of each of the departments 
and on condition that the student meet all requirements for the 
major in the respective departments. For administrative purposes, 
the student must designate one of the two fields as his primary 
major; this major will appear first on the student's record. 

Joint Majors 

A joint major consisting of 56 credits in two departments is 
available in Mathematics-Biology, Mathematics-Business, 
Mathematical Economics and in French and Spanish in the De- 
partment of Romance Languages. 

Senior Testing Program 

All seniors are required to participate in a testing program de- 
signed to provide objective evidence of educational development 
while in college. The program will employ measures of academic 
achievement such as selected portions of the Graduate Record 
Examination and/or other tests deemed appropriate by the Execu- 
tive Committee of the faculty. The tests are given in late spring, and 
relevant results are made available to the student for his informa- 
tion. The primary purpose of the program, however, is to provide 
the college with information that will facilitate the assessment of 
the total educational process. (This program does not supplant the 
regular administrations of the Graduate Record Examination for 
those students applying for admission to graduate schools.) 

COMBINED DEGREES 

Degrees in The School of Law 

A combined course makes it possible for a student in Wake 
Forest University to receive the two degrees of Bachelor of Arts and 
Juris Doctor in six academic years or their equivalent instead of the 
seven years required if the two curricula are pursued independ- 
ently. The first three years of the combined course are in Wake 
Forest College and the last three are in the School of Law. 

A student pursuing this plan must fulfill the following require- 
ments: 

1. Complete the basic and divisional course requirements of 
Wake Forest College and become qualified for admission to 
the upper division. 

99 



MEDICAL SCIENCES 



2. Initiate an application for admission to the School of Law, and 
secure through the Law School Adviser, who is a member of 
the Law faculty, permission to pursue the combined course 
plan. (Admission to the School of Law is based on the 
applicant's entire undergraduate record, Law School Admis- 
sion Test scores, and other criteria. Therefore, permission to 
pursue the combined degree program does not constitute 
admission to the School of Law.) 

3. Perform the junior year of study in Wake Forest College under 
the supervision of the Law School Adviser. 

4. Complete at least 110 credits in Wake Forest College with a 
minimum average of C and the first full year of Law in the 
School of Law with an average sufficient for him to remain in 
the School of Law. 

The last year of the required college academic work must be 
taken at Wake Forest College. A student who transfers from 
another institution at the end of his first or second year must 
maintain a minimum average grade of C on all academic work 
undertaken during his residence at Wake Forest College. 

A student who completes this program successfully will be eligi- 
ble to receive the Bachelor of Arts degree at the end of the first full 
year in the School of Law. The Juris Doctor degree will be awarded 
the student who, having received the B. A. degree, also fulfills 
requirements for the J. D. degree as described on page 207. 

The quantitative and qualitative academic requirements set forth 
herein are minimum requirements for the successful completion 
of the combined degree program. Satisfying the requirements of 
the three-year program in the College does not necessarily entitle 
an applicant to admission to the School of Law. Admission re- 
quirements for the School of Law are given in detail on page 205 
and in the Bulletin of the School of Law. 

Degrees in Medical Sciences 

A limited number of students, by taking advantage of the special 
arrangement explained here, may receive the B.S. degree with a 
major in Medical Sciences. 

Under this plan the student fulfills the requirements for the 
degree by completing three years of work in Wake Forest College 
with a minimum average grade of C, and by satisfactorily complet- 
ing the first full year of Medicine (at least 30 semester hours) as 
outlined by the faculty of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine, 

100 



MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY 



with a record entitling him to promotion to the Second Year Class. 
At least one year (36 credits) of the required academic work must 
be completed in Wake Forest College. 

Candidates for the B.S. degree with a major in Medical Sciences 
must complete the following courses in Wake Forest College be- 
fore entering the School of Medicine for their fourth year of 
work:* 

The basic course requirements listed on page 94. 
The divisional course requirements in Divisions I, III, and IV (see 
pages 94-96). 

The physical education requirements (see page 96). 
Biology 150, 151, 152 (2 courses) 

Biology (2 courses) selected from the following: 312, 320, 321, 
326, 351, 360, 370 

Chemistry 111, 112 (2 courses) 
Chemistry 221, 222 (2 courses) 
Physics 111, 112 (2 courses) 
Mathematics (1 course) 
Electives (to make a total of 118 credits) 

The completion of the prescribed academic subjects does not 
necessarily admit any student to the School of Medicine. All other 
factors being equal, applicants who have done all their college 
work in Wake Forest College are given preference. 

Degree in Medical Technology 

Students may qualify for the Bachelor of Science degree in Med- 
ical Technology by completion of the academic requirements out- 
lined below and by satisfactory completion of the full program in 
Medical Technology offered by the Division of Allied Health Pro- 
grams of Bowman Gray School of Medicine with at least a grade of 
C in all courses taken in the program of Medical Technology. At 
least one year (36 credits) of the required academic work must be 
completed in Wake Forest College. Students seeking admission to 
the program must file application in thefall of their junioryearwith 
the Division of Allied Health Programs of Bowman Gray School of 
Medicine. t 

A B average is usually required in Biology and Chemistry for 
admission to the program. 

*See the special bulletin of the Bowman Cray School of Medicine for further information. 
tFor further information write to the Division of Allied Health Programs of the Bowman Gray School of 
Medicine. 

101 



MICROBIOLOGY 



The basic course requirements listed on page 94. 

The divisional course requirements in Division I, III, and IV (see 
pages 94-96). 

The physical education requirement (see page 96). 

Biology 150, 151, 152 (3 courses) 

Biology 326 (1 course) 

Chemistry 111, 112 

Chemistry 221, 222 

Mathematics (1 course) 

Electives (to make a minimum total of 108 credits) 

Degrees in the Physician Assistant Program 

Students may qualify for the Bachelor of Science degree in the 
Physician Assistant Program by completion of three years (108 
credits) in college with a minimum average grade of C and by 
satisfactory completion of the full 24-months course in the Physi- 
cian Assistant Program offered by the Division of Allied Health 
Programs of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine. At least one 
year (36 credits) of the required academic work must be completed 
in Wake Forest College. Candidates for the degree must complete 
the basic course requirements, the divisional course require- 
ments, and the physical education requirement, as outlined on 
pages 94-96 of this catalog. They must take at least 4 courses in 
biology, including one course in microbiology, and at least 4 
courses in the social sciences (sociology, psychology, and 
economics are recommended). A course in statistics and 3 or 4 
courses in chemistry are also recommended. 

Degree in Microbiology 

Students may qualify for the Bachelor of Science degree in Mi- 
crobiology by completion of three years (112 credits) in college 
with a minimum average grade of C and by satisfactory completion 
of a 32-hour major in Microbiology at the Bowman Gray School of 
Medicine. At least one year (36 credits) of the required academic 
work must be completed in Wake Forest College. Candidates for 
the degree must complete the basic course requirements, the 
divisional course requirements, and the physical education re- 
quirement as outlined on pages 94-96 of this catalog. 



102 



ENGINEERING 



The major in Microbiology must include Microbiology 301, 302, 
308, 311, and 312 and Biology 370. In some cases Biology 326 may be 
substituted for Microbiology 301 . Two additional courses must be 
chosen from among: Microbiology 309, 310, 313, and 314 and 
Biology 321. Required related courses are 2 courses in Physics and 
at least 2 courses in Organic Chemistry. Additional chemistry and 
mathematics courses may be suggested by the major adviser for 
students progressing towards advanced work in Microbiology. 

For further information about the Department of Microbiology, 
see the Bulletin of the Graduate School. 

Degree With Major In Dentistry 

A student may fulfill the requirements for a B.S. degree with a 
major in Dentistry by completing three years of work in Wake 
Forest College with a minimum average grade of C, and by satisfac- 
torily completing the first two years of work in one of certain 
approved dental schools designated by Wake Forest University, 
with a record entitling him to advancement to theThird Year Class. 

For this degree the requirements in Wake Forest College are the 
same as outlined above for the B.S. degree with a major in Medical 
Sciences. 

Degrees in Engineering 
The 3-2 Engineering Program 

Wake Forest University cooperates with North Carolina State 
University in offering a broad course of study in the arts and 
sciences combined with specialized training in engineering. 

The program, for outstanding students, covers five years of 
study including three initial years on the campus of Wake Forest 
University and two full years of technical training in one of the 
fields of engineering. Depending upon the field chosen, it may be 
advisable for a student to attend the summer session in the en- 
gineering school upon his transfer. 

Upon successful completion of the five years of study the stu- 
dent will receive the degree of Bachelor of Science from Wake 
Forest University and the degree of Bachelor of Science in one of 
the specialized engineering fields from North Carolina State Uni- 
versity. 

By obtaining the first degree from Wake Forest University and 



103 



ENGINEERING 



the second from an engineering college, the graduate will be well 
suited for positions of higher responsibility where public relations 
and technical knowledge are combined. This combination plan is 
recognized by nationally known educators as a wise program in 
allowing the student a broad background in the liberal arts in 
addition to the specialized and technical training involved in the 
engineering degree. 

The curriculum for the first three years must include all the basic 
course requirements for the Bachelor of Science degree, as out- 
lined on pages 94-96 of this catalog. A suggested program follows: 

Freshman Year 

1st semester 2nd semester 

English 110 Eng. Lit 160* 

Physics 111, (or 121) Physic 112, (or 122) 

Math 111 Math 112 

Foreign Language For. Lan. 211, 215 or 216 

Physical Education III Physical Ed. 112 



Amer. Lit. 170 
Physics 141* 
Philosophy 151** 
Chem 111 (or 118) 



Sophomore Year 

Physics 161 
Physics 162 
Math 251 
Chem. 112 



History** 
Science Elective 
Math 311 
Econ. 151 



Junior Year 

Science Elective 
Religion 
Econ. 152 

Psychology, Sociology 
or Politics 



This is a rigorous curriculum, demanding even for students with 
an aptitude for science and mathematics. The electives are chosen 
in consultation with the engineering adviser in the Department of 
Physics. 



'Foreign Literature is also an option for any one of these. 
"Several options are allowed in each of these disciplines. 



104 



FORESTRY 

Degrees in Forestry 

Wake Forest University cooperates with Duke University in an 
academic forestry training program. A student in this program 
devotes three years to study in the arts and sciences at Wake Forest 
University. [At least two years (72 credits) must be completed in 
Wake Forest College. He spends the summer between his junior 
and senior years and the two following years in the Duke University 
School of Forestry]. Upon the successful completion of this five- 
year course of study he receives the degree of Bachelor of Science 
from Wake Forest University and the degree of Master of Forestry 
from the Duke School of Forestry. 

A student who wishes to qualify for this program must make 
formal application for admission to the Duke School of Forestry 
not later than the end of the first semester of his third year in 
college. To qualify for admission he must have followed a planned 
course of study as outlined below, must have the official recom- 
mendation of Wake Forest University, and must have an over-all 
grade point average of at least 2.5. 

Candidates for the degree in forestry must complete the follow- 
ing three-year course before beginning study in the Duke School 
of Forestry: 

The basic course requirements listed on page 94. 

The divisional course requirements in Divisions 1,111, and IV (see 
pages 94-96). 

The physical education requirement (see page 96). 

Biology 150, 151, 152 (3 courses) 
Economics 151, 152 (2 courses) 
Chemistry 111, 112 (2 courses) 
Mathematics 111, 112 (2 courses) 
Physics 111, 112 (2 courses) 

Two courses beyond the first year introductory courses in any 
one of the biological, physical, or social sciences. 

Electives (to make a total of 116 credits) 

(Suggested electives: Biology, Chemistry, Logic, Mathematics, 
Speech.) 

Students in this program will be advised in the Department of 
Biology. 



105 



COURSES IN THE COLLEGE 

Course Numbers 

The numbers of the semester courses offered by the various 
departments are explained as follows: courses 1-99 carry no credit; 
courses 101-199 are primarily for freshmen and sophomores; 
courses 201-299, primarily for juniors and seniors; courses 301-399, 
for advanced undergraduate and graduate students; and courses 
401-499, for graduate students. The letter S used as a prefix to a 
course number indicates that the course is offered during the 
summer session only. 

Courses with odd numbers are regularly given in the fall term; 
courses with even numbers, in the spring term. However, intro- 
ductory or basic courses in many departments will beoffered every 
term so that students may arrange their work in regular sequence, 
according to the time of entrance. Accordingly, revised class 
schedules will be distributed each term, containing the name of 
each instructor and the time and location of each class. 

As the result of the University's implementation of an automated 
record-keeping system as this catalogue goes to print, certain 
course numbers will have been altered by the 1976-1977 academic 
year. 

Credits: Laboratory Courses 

In the course listings below, the value of each course, in credits, 
is given in parentheses immediately after the course number. The 
course description of a course that includes laboratory work indi- 
cates the number of hours per week normally spent in the labora- 
tory, as "Lab. — 3 hrs." 

Prerequisites and Corequisites 

The prerequisite for a course is indicated, for example, as P-153, 
meaning that course 153 in the department under consideration 
will be required for admission to the desired course. 



106 



FOUR-WEEK COURSES 



INTENSIVE FOUR-WEEK COURSES 

The following four-week courses have been offered in the past; 
for a description, see departmental listings in this catalog. Whether 
or not they are repeated in the future, this list will give some idea of 
the unique and innovative nature of courses designed specifically 
for January. For information about courses to be offered next year, 
see the supplemental January catalog published each spring. 

Anthropology 

301 Archeology of the Carolina Piedmont 

305 Man in the Tropics: A Study of Change on Roatan Island 

(Western Caribbean) 
385 Special Problem Seminar: Museum Design and Operation 
365 Field Research in Physical Anthropology 

Art 

228 Egyptian Art 

Biology 

324 Botany for Everyday Use 

352 Nutritional Physiology 

374 Methods of Electron Microscopy 

382 Human Heredity 

Chemistry 

392 Independent Study 

Classics 

227 The Twilight of the Roman Republic: From the Gracchi to 

Actium 
288 Individual Study 

Economics 

170 Public Choice 

172 International Finance 

188 Independent Study 

Education 

272 Geography Study Tour 

English 

172 Thomas Jefferson: the Man, His Style, and His Culture 

176 The Gothic Mode 

178 The Myth of the Old South in Southern Literature 

188 Literary London 

190 Bequest ofWings: Reading and Writing Children's Literature 



107 



FOUR-WEEK COURSES 



283 Workshop in Creative Writing 

377 A Reading of Robinson Crusoe 

384 A Look at James Baldwin 

389 Modern American Drama 

French 

162 French Film Festival 

181 Swiss French Civilization 

German 

150 "Man Spricht Deutsch Auch in Osterreich" 
216 Basic Conversation: Level One 

History 

160 Freud 

164 The American People and China 

166 The Era of Individualism, 1954-66 

167 The American Revolution in the South 
169 Historical Research in Washington, D.C. 

Humanities 

163 The Baroque World View 

165 Black African Literature 

Mathematics 

105 Pre-Calculus Mathematics 
154 Computer Programming 
156 Statistical Concepts 

Music 

121A Class Piano 

Philosophy 

133 Space and Time in Fact and Fiction 

Physical Education 

210 History and Sociology of Sports 
482 Data Analysis and Interpretation 

Politics 

218 Congress and Policy Making 

214 Politics in Mexico 

243 The Politics of Heinrich Boll 

255 American Policy and the Origins of the Cold War 

287 Individual Study 



108 



FOUR-WEEK COURSES 



Psychology 

100 Learning to Learn 

102 Career Exploration 

250 Psychology in Europe 

264 The Therapeutic Process 
281 Individual Study 

321 Neuropsychology 

465 Seminar in Behavior Modification 

Religion 

113 The Hebrew Prophets 
238 Religion and Science 

265 Religions in North Carolina 

266 Religious Sects and Cults 

273 Studies in Ecumenical Theology 

Sociology 

301 Religion as a Social Institution 
305 Photography in the Social Sciences 
337 Aging in Modern Society 

Spanish 

171 Contemporary Spanish-American Novel in Translation 

Speech Communication and Theatre Arts 

228 The Contemporary English Theatre 

356 Black Rhetoric 

372 Survey of Organizational Communication 



•These courses were not offered during the past year and course descriptions are not listed under the 
departments. 

109 



HONORS PROGRAM 



Interdisciplinary Honors Program 

Wake Forest University offers an interdisciplinary honors pro- 
gram for a limited number of qualified students. Students in- 
terested in admission to the program, which is supervised by the 
Faculty Committee on Honors, should consult the Coordinator of 
the Honors Program. 

During their first three years in college, participants will often 
schedule three interdisciplinary honors seminars (normally includ- 
ing two courses in the Lower Division and one course in the Upper 
Division). Many students will probably not participate formally in 
the interdisciplinary program beyond the third year, but will 
choose instead to concentrate on departmental honors work in 
their major fields. Students, however, who are not candidates for 
departmental honors and who have completed four interdiscipli- 
nary seminars with a superior record may elect Honors 281 (di- 
rected study culminating in an honors paper and an oral examina- 
tion). Those whose work in this course is superior and who have 
achieved an over-all grade point average of at least 3.0 in all college 
work will be graduated "with Honors in the Arts and Sciences." 
Those students, on the other hand, who have chosen to be candi- 
dates for departmental honors may not also be candidates for 
"Honors in the Arts and Sciences." 

The courses described below (except for Honors 281) are de- 
signed to supplement the usual general education of the freshman 
and sophomore years and the more specialized work of the junior 
year. Honors 281 will normally be scheduled in the first semester of 
the senior year. 

Faculty participants in these courses represent a diversity of 
academic disciplines. 

Honors 131, 132. (4, 4) Approaches to Human Experience (I). An inquiry into the 
nature and interrelationships of several approaches to man's experience, rep- 
resented by the work of three such men as Leonardo da Vinci, Dante, Newton, 
Gandhi, Confucius, Dostoyevsky, Descartes, Goya, Mozart, Jefferson, and Bohr. 
Seminar discussion based on primary and secondary sources, including musical 
works and paintings. Written reports and a term paper required. 
(Offered in alternate years) 

Honors 133, 134. (4, 4) Approaches to Human Experience (II). A parallel course to 

Honors 131, 132, concentrating on the work of a different set of figures such as 

Buber, Galileo, Keynes, Pascal, Camus, Picasso, Ibsen, Tagore, Sophocles, and 

Bach. 

(Offered in alternate years) 



110 



HONORS PROGRAMS 



One or more of the following courses are offered each year at the discretion of the 
Honors Committee: 

Honors 233. (4) Darwinism and the Modern World. A study of the Darwinian theory 
of evolution and the impact of evolutionary thought on fields such as economics, 
politics, psychology, literature and the other arts, and philosophy. 

Honors 235. (4) The Ideal Society. Man's effort to establish or imagine the ideal 
community, state or society, principles of political and social organization, chang- 
ing goals and values. 

Honors 237. (4) The Scientific Outlook. An exploration into the origins and de- 
velopment of the scientific method and into some of its contemporary applications 
in the natural and social sciences and the humanities. 

Honors 238. (4) Romanticism. Romanticism as a recurrent characteristic of mind and 
art and as a specific historical movement in Europe and America in the late 
eighteenth and nineteenth centuries. Emphasis upon primary materials in such 
fields as philosophy, history, literature, music and painting. 

Honors 239. (4) Man and the Irrational. The phenomenon of the irrational, with 
emphasis on its twentieth century manifestations, but with attention also to its 
presence in centuries and cultures other than our own. Such areas as philosophy, 
religion, literature, and psychology, politics and the arts will be explored. 

Honors 242. (4) The Comic View. The theory of comedy in ancient and modern 
times; the expression of the comic spirit in literature, art, music, the theater and the 
motion picture. 

Honors 244. (4) Man and the Structure of the Universe. An investigation of various 
conceptions of the universe and of their implications for man. Study will not 
necessarily be limited to the cosmologies of Ptolemy, Copernicus, and their mod- 
ern successors, but may also include theories like the Babylonian, Mayan, and 
Taoist. 

Honors 246. (4) Man and His Environment. An interdisciplinary examination of man 
and his society in relation to his environment. 

Honors 281 . (4) Directed Study. Readings on an interdisciplinary topic approved by 
the Faculty Committee on Honors; preparation of a major research or interpretative 
paper based on these readings, under the direction of a member of the Faculty; and 
an oral examination on the topic, administered by the faculty supervisor and the 
Committee on Honors. Eligible students who wish to take this course must submit a 
written request to the Committee on Honors by the end of the junior year. (Not 
open to candidates for departmental honors.) 

Departmental Honors Programs 

A number of departments in the College offer specialized hon- 
ors programs for highly qualified majors, who may be graduated 
"with Honors" in their major field. Details are given by the de- 
partments concerned. 



111 



ART HISTORY 



The University reserves the right to modify, withdraw, or make 
substitutions for any of the courses, or to change any of the instruc- 
tors announced in this catalog. Please consult supplement at time 
of registration. 

ART 

ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR BOYD (Chairman) 
ASSISTANT PROFESSOR KNOTT 
INSTRUCTORS COOK, LEGAKIS 

The major in Art requires 40 credits in Art History and in Studio 
courses. A student will generally concentrate in either Art History 
or in Studio, but will take courses in both areas. All art majors will 
have a comprehensive examination at the end of their senior year 
based on their courses of study to that time. 

One foreign language is required of all majors. Students who 
plan to pursue graduate work in Art History should have a reading 
knowledge of two languages — German, and either French or 
Italian. 

Any student interested in majoring in Art should contact the 
Chairman of the Department as soon as possible upon enteringthe 
University. 

ART HISTORY 

Courses listed below are open to qualified freshmen and 
sophomores. 

111. (4) (Humanities) Introduction to Art, Music, and Theatre: An Interdisciplinary 
Approach. A Study of the interrelationship of Music, Art, and Theatre, designed to 
foster a deeper understanding and pleasure. Students will be expected to attend 
recommended concerts, art exhibits, plays, and other appropriate activities. Staff 
provided from the Departments of Art, Music, Speech Communication and 
Theatre Arts. 

221. (4) Indian Art. A survey of Architecture, Painting, and Sculpture from earliest 
times to 1200 A.D. Mr. Gokhale 

224. (4) Oriental Art. A survey of the Architecture, Painting, and Sculpture of China 
and Japan from the Prehistoric period to 1900. Staff 

225. (4) Primitive Art. A survey of the art of Africa (South of the Sahara), Polynesia, 
New Guinea, Australia, Pre-Columbian Central and South America, and North 
America. Mr. Legakis 
227. (4) Art of the Ancient Near East. A survey of Architecture, Painting, and 
Sculpture of Egypt, Mesopotamia and Anatolia, with an introduction to Prehistoric 
European Art. Mr. Legakis 
231. (4) American Art. A survey of American Painting from 1600 to 1900. Mr. Boyd 
233. (4) American Architecture. A survey of American Architecture from 1600 to 1900, 

112 



ART STUDIO 



with emphasis on the eighteenth and early nineteenth centuries. Mr. Boyd 

241. (4) Ancient Art. A survey of Architecture, Painting, and Sculpture from the 
Prehistoric through the late Roman Period. Mr. Legakis 

242. (4) Minoan and Mycenaean Art. A survey of the Architecture, Painting, and 
Sculpture of the Minoan and Mycenaean civilizations. Mr. Legakis 

244. (3) Creek Art. A survey of Architecture, Painting, and Sculpture from the 
Prehistoric through the Hellenistic periods. Mr. Legakis 

245. (3) Roman Art. A survey of Etruscan and Roman Architecture, Painting and 
Sculpture. Mr. Legakis 

246. (4) Creek and Roman Architecture. A survey of Classical Architecture from the 
Archaic Greek through the late Roman periods. Mr. Legakis 

247. (4) Myth and Legend in Classical Art. A study of the major myths and legends in 
Greek and Roman painting and sculpture. Mr. Legakis 
250. (4) (Humanities) 20th Century American Art and Literature. An exploration of 
the ideas, values, and feelings found in the Art and Literature of Twentieth Century 
figures such as Kandinsky, Stevens, Picasso and Kafka. Mr. Knott 

Mr. Milner 
252. (4) Medieval Art. A survey of Painting and Sculpture in Europe from 400 
to 1400. Staff 

256. (2) History of Books and Printing. An examination of the development of the 
book from the invention of printing to the present. Mr. Murdock 

267. (4) European Art of the Early Renaissance. A survey of Painting and Sculpture in 
Italy and Northern Europe from 1300 to 1500, including artists such as Giotto, Jan van 
Eyck, Roger van der Weyden, Botticelli, and Leonardo da Vinci. Mr. Boyd 

268. (4) European Renaissance Art of the Sixteenth Century. A survey of Painting 
and Sculpture in Italy and Northern Europe from 1500 to 1600. P-267 is recom- 
mended. Mr. Boyd 
272. (4) Baroque Art. A survey of European Painting and Sculpture from 1600 to 1700. 

Staff 

281. (4) Modern Art to 1900. A survey of European Painting and Sculpture from 1700 
to 1900, emphasizing the nineteenth century. Mr. Knott 

282. (4) Modern Art After 1900. A survey of European and American Painting and 
Sculpture from 1900 to the present. P-281 is recommended. Mr. Knott 

283. (4) Impressionism. A detailed study of the French Impressionist painters, with 
some consideration of Impressionism in other art forms. Staff 

284. (4) Contemporary American Art. An intensive study of American Painting and 
Sculpture from 1950 to present. Staff 
286. (3) Studies in 20th Century Art: MYTH IN MODERN ART. An analysis of tradi- 
tional Western and Non-Western myths as they are expressed and interpreted by 
20th Century artists. Mr. Knott 

291. (4) Individual Study. A course of independent study with faculty guidance 
(offered on a 4, 11, or 15 week basis for full or partial credit). 

292. (4) Individual Study. A course of independent study with faculty guidance 
(offered on a 4, 11, or 15 week basis with full or partial credit). 

294. (4) Architecture Survey after 1700. A survey of European and American architec- 
ture from 1700 to the present, emphasizing the twentieth century. Staff 

113 



ASIAN STUDIES PROGRAM 



ART STUDIO 

111. (4) Introduction to Drawing. An introduction to drawing fundamentals in 
realistic and abstract styles, emphasizing composition, value, line and form. 

Mr. Cook 

112. (4) Introduction to Painting. An introduction to painting fundamentals in a 
variety of contemporary styles in the oil and acrylic media. P-Art 111. Mr. Cook 

115. (4) Introduction to Sculpture. An introduction to sculpture fundamentals in 
realistic and abstract styles with a variety of media such as wood, metal , plaster, etc. 

Staff 

116. (4) Introduction to Sculpture. A continuation of Art 115. P-115 Staff 
201, 202. (4,4) Advanced Painting. A course of individual study with faculty guid- 
ance. P-111, 112. Mr. Cook 
213, 214. (4,4) Advanced Drawing. A course of individual study with faculty guid- 
ance. P-111. Mr. Cook 
219, 220. (4,4) Advanced Sculpture. A course of individual study with faculty guid- 
ance. P-115, 116. Staff 

Four Week January Term Courses 

228. (4) Egyptian Art 

242. (4) Minoan and Mycenaean Art 

283. (4) Impressionism 

284. (4) Contemporary American Art 

Art Collection 

The T. J. Simmons Collection, presented to the College by the 
late Dr. Thomas Jackson Simmons of Gainesville, Ga., was formally 
opened to the public on June 2, 1941. It includes about sixty 
paintings, thirty-five etchings and lithographs, five pieces of 
sculpture, and several other art objects. 

The collection was enriched in 1957 by three paintings from the 
Hammer Galleries given by Mr. Arnold Kirkeby, and in 1960 by two 
paintings given by Mr. Clark Hartwell and three by Mrs. April Ruth 
Akston. Nearly all of the paintings are hung in public areas of 
various buildings on the campus. 

THE ASIAN STUDIES PROGRAM 

B. G. Gokhale, Director 

The Asian Studies Program, established in 1960 with financial 
assistance from the Mary Reynolds Babcock Foundation, is inter- 
disciplinary in its nature and involves the cooperation and re- 
sources of several departments in the humanities and social sci- 
ences. Its objectives are to broaden the university's traditional 



114 



BIOLOGY 

curriculum with the infusion of a systematic knowledge and un- 
derstanding of the cultures of Asia. 

A description of each of these courses may be found in the 
curriculum of the department concerned. 

Art 221. (4) Art of India. 

Asian Studies 211, 212. (4, 4) Asian Thought and Civilization. Some dominant 

themes in Asian thought and their influence on Asian civilizations. 

Chinese 111, 112. (4) Elementary Chinese. 

History 341 (4) Southeast Asia. 1511 to the Present. 

History 342. (4) The Middle East. From Sulaiman, the Magnificent to the Present. 

History 343, 344. (4, 4) Imperial and Modern China. 

History 345, 346. (4) History and Civilization of South Asia. 

History 349, 350. (4, 4) East Asia. 

Hindi 111, 112. (4) Elementary Hindi. 

Hindi 153. (4) Intermediate Hindi. 

Hindi 211. (4) Hindi Literature. 

Politics 234. (4) Government and Politics in East Asia. 

Politics 245. (4) Government and Politics of South Asia. 

Religion 360. (4) Hinduism. 

Religion 361. (4) Buddhism. 

BIOLOGY 

Professors Allen, Flory, Wyatt 

Associate Professors Amen, Becker, Dimmick, Esch (Chairman), 

Kuhn, McDonald, Olive, Sullivan, Weigl 
Assistant Professors Dimock, Eure, Lane, Thomas 
Adjunct Professors Gengozian, Richardson 
Adjunct Associate Professor Gibbons 

At the end of the sophomore year a student electing to major in 
Biology meets with a major adviser and at this time the course of 
study for the junior and senior years is planned. The requirements 
for completion of the major are those in effect at the time of the 
conference, since the curriculum and departmental requirements 
may change slightly during the student's period of residence at 
Wake Forest. All majors are required to take Biology 150, 151, 152. 
Co-major requirements are four full courses in physical science. 

For students declaring majors in the spring of 1977 the require- 
ment for a major is a minimum of thirty-eight credits in Biology, 
which must include one course from Biology 325, 327, 328, 338, and 
one from Biology 320, 321 , 331 , 333 , 334, 376. The thirty-eight credits 
must include at least six Biology courses carrying five credits. A 
minimum grade average of C on all courses attempted in Biology at 

115 



BIOLOGY 

Wake Forest University is required for graduation with a major in 
Biology. Students declaring a major later than the spring of 1977 
should consult with a Biology major adviser for the specific major 
requirements at that time. 

Prospective majors are strongly urged to take Chemistry 111-112 
in the freshman year and Biology 150 in the second semester of the 
freshman year. They are advised to take Biology 151 and Biology 152 
in the sophomore year as well as organic chemistry. Deviations 
from this pattern may necessitate summer work to fit the basic 
courses into an orderly sequence. 

Advanced work in many areas of Biology may require additional 
courses in mathematics, the physical sciences and other Biology 
courses. The adviser will call these to the attention of the student 
depending on individual needs. All 300 level Biology courses pre- 
sume a background equivalent to introductory and intermediate 
Biology, that is through course 152. 

Highly qualified majors are invited by the Department to apply 
for admission to the honors program in Biology. To be graduated 
with the distinction "Honors in Biology," they must complete a 
research project under the direction of a staff member and pass a 
comprehensive oral examination, in addition to maintaining a 3.3 
grade average in the major and 3.0 average overall. 

joint Major in Mathematics-Biology. The Department of Mathema- 
tics and the Department of Biology offer a joint major leading to a 
Bachelor of Science degree in Mathematics-Biology. .This interdis- 
ciplinary program, consisting of no more than 56 credits, affords the 
student an opportunity to apply mathematical methods to the 
development and analysis of biological systems. The major will 
consist of the following course requirements: Mathematics 112, 
155, 157 or 357; Biology 150, 151, 152; seven additional courses (at 
least three in each department) chosen with the approval of the 
program advisors. Program advisors: Amen and Seelbinder. 

Highly qualified majors may be invited to apply for admission to 
the honors program in the joint major. To be graduated with the 
designation "Honors in Mathematics-Biology," they must meet 
minimum requirements listed on page 8, must complete a senior 
research paper, and pass a comprehensive oral examination on the 
project. For additional information members of the staff should be 
consulted. 



116 



BIOLOGY 

111. (5) Biological Unity. Fundamental ideas pertinent to the development and 
activity of living systems. Generally not for majors. Lab — 3 hrs. 

150. (5) Biological Diversity. Phylogenetic survey and life cycle concepts of plants 
and animals. For non-majors and majors. Lab— 3 hrs. 

151. (5) Cell Biology. Molecular and cellular aspects of living systems. Lab — 3 hrs. 
P-150. 

152. (4) Biological Principles. Physiological, developmental, genetic, and ecological 
principles common to a wide range of organisms. P-151. 

301, 302. (4, 4) Internships. Off campus work-study in a public or private sector. A 
written research paper or report based on the experience is required. The student 
must have a supervisor on the job and a Wake Forest Biology faculty member to 
sponsor the project. (4 wk. term only.) Only 4 credits per term permitted. Pass-Fail. 
Not to be counted toward the major. 

312. (5) Genetics. A study of principles of inheritance and their application to plants 
and animals, including man. Laboratory work in the methods of breeding some 
genetically important organisms and of compiling and presenting data. Lab— 3 hrs. 
314. (4) Evolution. Analysis of the theories, evidences, and mechanisms of evolu- 
tion. 

318. (4) Economic Botany. A survey of the plant kingdom giving consideration to 
both the positive and negative importance of plants of all groups to man. 

320. (5) Chordates. A study of chordate animals with emphasis on comparative 
anatomy and phylogeny. Dissection of representative forms in the laboratory. Lab— 
4 hrs. 

321. (5) Parasitology. A survey of protozoan, helminth, and arthropod parasites from 
the standpoint of morphology, taxonomy, life-histories, and host-parasite relation- 
ships. Lab — 3 hrs. 

323. (4) Animal Behavior. A survey of laboratory and field research on animal 
behavior. This course may count as Biology or Psychology, but not both; choice to 
be determined at registration. 

324. (4) Botany for Everyday Use. A course to develop a knowledge and appreciation 
of common plants and plant products and plant handling. May not be taken for 
credit toward major in Biology. (4 wk. term only.) 

325. (5) Plant Anatomy. A study of comparative anatomy of the vascular plants with 
emphasis on phylogeny. Lab — 4 hrs. Not offered in 1976-77. 

326. (5) Microbiology. A study of the more important groups of microorganisms, 
with emphasis on bacteria and their activities. Lab — 4 hrs. 

327. (5) Non-vascular Plants. An examination of representative non-vascular plants 
with emphasis on morphology and phylogeny. Lab — 4 hrs. 

328. (5) Vascular Plants. A comparative survey of the vascular plants with emphasis 
on structure, reproduction, classification and phylogeny. Lab — 4 hrs. 

331. (5) Invertebrates. Systematic study of invertebrates with emphasis on func- 
tional morphology, behavior, ecorogy, and phylogeny. Lab — 3 hrs. 

333. (5) Vertebrates. Systematic study of vertebrates with emphasis on evolution, 
physiology, behavior, and ecology. Laboratory devoted to systematic, field and 
experimental studies. Lab — 4 hrs. 

334. (5) Entomology. A study of insects with emphasis on structure, development, 
taxonomy, and phylogeny. Lab — 4 hrs. 

117 



BIOLOGY 

338. (5) Plant Taxonomy. A study of the classification of seed plants with emphasis 
on a comparative study of orders and families. Lab — 4 hrs. 

340. (5) Ecology. Inter-relationships among living systems and their environments. 
Structure and dynamics of major ecosystem types. Contemporary problems in 
ecology. Lab — 4 hrs. 

341. (5) Marine Biology. An introduction to the physical, chemical, and biological 
parameters affecting the distribution of marine organisms. Lab — 3 hrs. 

342. (5) Aquatic Ecology. A course designed to cover the general principles and 
concepts of limnology and aquatic biology as they apply to lentic and lotic habitats. 
A major portion of the field studies will be centered at the Belews Creek Biological 
Station. Lab — 3 hrs. (Not offered in 1976-77.) 

343. (5) Ecology of East Africa. An introduction to the biota and environment of this 
unique region and to the evolutionary and historical factors which have shaped it. 
Course includes one semester seminar and a 17-day trip (4 wks term) to the major 
habitats and wildlife areas of Kenya and Tanzania. Permission of instructor re- 
quired. 

351. (5) Animal Physiology. Nerve, muscle and regulation physiology will be offered 
in odd numbered years and digestion, absorption and transport will be offered in 
even numbered years. Lab — 3 hrs. 

352. (4) Nutritional Physiology. Deals with nutritional needs of college age students 
and the areas where diets are usually deficient. May not be taken for credit toward 
major in Biology. (4 wk. term only.) 

354. (4) Endocrinology. A course in vertebrate physiological endocrinology with 
particular reference to phylogenesis and embryology. A section on invertebrate 
endocrinology is included. 

355. (5) Developmental Physiology. Afunctional study of the growth, development, 
and reproduction of selected organisms with emphasis on the regulatory 
mechanisms of morphogenesis. Lab — 3 hrs. 

360. (5) Development. A study of development including aspects of vertebrate, 
invertebrate, and other developmental systems emphasizing the regulation of 
differentiation. Lab — 4 hrs. 

362. (4) Immunology. A study of the components and protective mechanisms of the 
immune system. 

370. (5) Biochemistry. A lecture and laboratory course in biochemistry, including 
principles of biochemistry, chemical composition of living systems, intermediary 
metabolism, enzyme kinetics, biochemical techniques, and biochemical ener- 
getics. Lab — 3 hrs. 

372. (5) Cytology, Histology and Microtechnique. A study of the structure and 
function of cells and tissues with laboratory emphasis on methods of preparation of 
cells and tissues for examination. Lab — 4 hrs. 

374. (5) Methods in Electron Microscopy. Techniques in preparation of materials for 
examination with the electron microscope. (4 wk. term only, permission of instruc- 
tor required.) 

376. (5) Ichthyology. A comparative study of structure-function, classification and 
phylogeny of fish. Lab — 3 hrs. 

382. (4) Human Heredity. A study of the principles of heredity as applied to man. 
Emphasis will be upon inheritance of both usual and aberrant human phenotypes. 

118 



BUSINESS AND ACCOUNTANCY 



Either Biology 312 or Biology 382 may be taken for credit toward major in Biology, 
but not both (4 wk. term only.) 

391, 392. (2, 2) Special Problems in Biology. Independent library and laboratory 
investigation carried out under the supervision of a member of the staff. Pass-Fail or 
for grade at the discretion of the instructor. Permission of instructor required. 
393, 394. (2, 2) Special Problems in Biology. Courses designed for students who wish 
to continue special problems beyond 391 and 392. Pass-Fail orfor grade. Permission 
of instructor required. Not to be counted toward the major. 

395. (4) Philosophy of Biology. A seminar course dealing with the philosophic 
structure of the biologic sciences, including an examination of major conceptual 
schemes and theoretic ideas unique to biology. 

397. (2-4). Seminar in Biology. Consideration of major biological topics through 
intensive reading and discussions. 

Courses for Graduate Students* 

401-408. Topics in Biology 450. Cell Biology 

411,412. Directed Study in Biology 460. Developmental Biology 

420. Genetics (Cytogenetics) 480. Biosystematics 

430. Invertebrate Zoology 491,492. Thesis Research 

440. Physiological Ecology 591,592. Dissertation Research 

BUSINESS AND ACCOUNTANCY 

Professor Hylton, Owen 

Associate Professor Cook 

Assistant Professors Ewing, Taylor, Sekely 

Instructors Rhyne, Mader 

Lecturer Dewasthali 
General requirements for both the B.S. in Business and the B.S. in 
Accountancy. 

For each degree, the student must make the following selections 
from these required course categories: 

(a) from Natural Sciences and Mathematics: one or preferably 
two courses must be selected from Mathematics. 

(b) from the Social Sciences: at least one course must be 
selected in the Economics Department. 

The requirements for additional work in each degree are stated 
in the following descriptions: 



"For course descriptions, see the Graduate Bulletin. 

119 



BUSINESS 



Forthe major in Business, a minimum of 36 credits earned in the 
Department of Business and Accountancy is required. Included in 
the major must be: Accountancy 111 and 112; Business 211, 221, 
231, 261, 268 and 271. 

The degree, B.S. in Business, is offered for the student who 
anticipates a career in the business world. The curriculum is de- 
signed to equip the student with basic tools and knowledge which 
should enable him to perform adequately in his first position and 
to advance to more responsible positions in the management 
hierarchy. 

Students with a grade point average of at least 3.0 on all college 
work and 3.3 on all work in business are invited to apply for 
admission to the honors program in Business. A project, paper, or 
readings and/or an oral exam will be required. Those who success- 
fully complete the requirements specified by the department will 
be graduated with the designation "Honors in Business". For addi- 
tional information, interested students should consult with a 
member of the departmental faculty. 

Joint Major in Mathematics-Business. The Department of 
Mathematics and the Department of Business and Accountancy 
offer a joint major leading to a Bachelor of Science degree in 
Business-Mathematics. This interdisciplinary program prepares 
students for careers in business with a strong background in 
mathematics. The major will consist of the following course re- 
quirements: Mathematics 111, 112, 155, 157, 256 or 355; Account- 
ing 111, 112; Business 211, 221, 231; either Business 268 or 
Mathematics 357; either Business 271 or Mathematics 253; two 
additional courses chosen from the following: Accounting 252, 
278, Business 281, Mathematics 121, 348, 353, 381, or specially 
designed 4-week courses. (Economics 151-152 is strongly recom- 
mended to meet Division IV basic course requirements.) 

Highly qualified majors may be invited to apply for admission to 
the honors program in the joint major. To be graduated with the 
designation "Honors in Mathematics-Business," they must meet 
minimum requirements listed on page 8, must complete a senior 
research paper, and pass a comprehensive oral examination on the 
project. For additional information, members of the staff should be 
consulted. Program advisers J. G. May and Ewing. 



121 



ACCOUNTANCY 



211. (4) Organization and Management. The study of the basic management func- 
tions, principles, concepts, and practices in the operation of modern business 
organization. 

212. (4) Advanced Management. A study of the techniques of decision making 
utilizing case analyses, problem-solving, and report writing procedures based on 
extensive readings. P-211. 

221. (4) Principles of Marketing. Survey of marketing structures, concepts, and 
motivation of current marketing environment. Study of managerial decisions 
necessary in the distribution of industrial and consumer goods. 

222. {4) Advanced Marketing. A study of the management of marketing activities, the 
interrelationship of these activities, and their relationship to the other functions of 
the firm. P-221. 

223. (4) International Marketing. An analysis of the nature, organization, and 
methods of marketing at the international level. The course will include an in-depth 
study of the functions and problems of international trade centers. (Involves visit to 
trade center.) Usually offered in January. P-Business 211 and permission of instruc- 
tor. 

231 . (4) Financial Management. Analysis of financial decision making at the level of 
the individual business enterprise. P-Accountancy 111. 

232. (4) Advanced Financial Management. Management decision-making applied to 
the financial function, including credit, investment, and related problems. P-231 
and Accountancy 112. 

241. (4) Labor Policy. A study of selected topics in labor-management relations from 
the view of labor, management, and the public. 

261. (4) Legal Environment of Business. Study of the legal environment within which 
business decisions must be made. 

268. (4) Business Statistics. A study of statistical analysis designed to implement the 
decision-making process in business situations. P-Math 157. 
271. (4) Seminar in Quantitative Techniques in Business. Development and under- 
standing of decision tools and models to be applied to the business decision 
process. P-Math 157. 

281. (2, 3, or 4) Reading and Research. An advanced course devoted to individual 
reading and research in the field of Business. P-Permission of Instructor. 

ACCOUNTANCY 

The major in Accountancy requires a minimum of 52 credits 
earned in the Department of Business and Accountancy. Required 
courses are: Accountancy 111,112, 151 , 152, 252, 261, 271 and 273; 
Business 231, 261, and 268. 

The B.S. in Accountancy is offered to those students who expect 
to pursue a career in the accounting profession. The curriculum is 
designed to equip the student for staff and managerial positions in 
public accounting, industrial accounting, and similar positions in 



122 



ACCOUNTANCY 



non-profit institutions. One who completes the B.S. in Accoun- 
tancy is eligible to sit for the CPA examination in North Carolina. 

Students with a grade point average of at least 3.0 on all college 
work and 3.3 on all work in accountancy are invited to apply for 
admission to the honors program in Accountancy. A project, 
paper, or readings and/or an oral exam will be required. Those who 
successfully complete the requirements specified by the depart- 
ment will be graduated with the designation "Honors in Accoun- 
tancy." For additional information, interested students should 
consult with a member of the departmental faculty. 

111. (5) Basic Financial Accounting. The accounting equation and accounting cycle. 
Preparation and interpretation of financial statements. 

112. (4) Basic Managerial Accounting. Cost-profit-volume analysis, cost accounting 
concepts and capital budgeting. P-111. 

151. (4) Intermediate Accounting. A detailed analysis of theory and related problems 
for typical accounts on published financial statements. P-112. 

152. (4) Intermediate Accounting. Continuation of Accounting 151. P-151. 

201. (4) Business Law. A study of the Uniform Commercial Code. Open only to 
senior accountancy majors. P-Bus. 261. 

252. (4) Budgeting and Control. Preparation and use of budgetforcontrol purposes, 
including extensive study of standard costs. P-112. 

253. (4) Accounting Information Systems. A study of functions performed by an 
adequate information system, and methods and procedures necessary to supply 
useful data. P-252. 

254. (4) Accounting in the Not- for- Profit Sector. An examination of accounting 
theory and practice in governmental and eleemosynary organizations, including an 
examination of national income accounting. P-151. 

261. (4) Advanced Accounting Problems. A study of the more complex problems 
found in business operations-business combinations, reorganizations, and dissolu- 
tion. P-151. 

271. (5) Income Tax Accounting. Accounting for purposes of complying with the 
Internal Revenue Code. Preparation of personal and business tax returns. P-152 
273. (4) Auditing. Designed to familiarize the student with the CPA profession, with 
particular emphasis on the attestf unction. P-152 and 252. 

275. (4) CPA Review. An intensive study of CPA-type problems found on the 
Accounting Practice and Accounting Theory sections of the CPA exam. P-252 and 
261. 

278. (2, 3 or 4) Reading and Research. Directed study in specialized areas of accoun- 
tancy. P-Permission of Instructor. 



123 



CHEMISTRY 



CHEMISTRY 

Professors Baird (Chairman), P. J. Hamrick, Miller, Nowell 
Associate Professors Gross, Hegstrom, Noftle 
Assistant Professor Hinze 
Visiting Assistant Professors Blankespoor, Hempel 

The B.A. Degree in Chemistry must include Chemistry 111-112or 
118, 221-222, 341-342, 361; Mathematics through 111; and Physics 
111-112 or its equivalent. 

The B.S. Degree in Chemistry must include Chemistry 111-112or 
118, 221-222, 334, 341-342, 361, 371, 391 or 392; Mathematics 
through 112; and Physics 111-112 or its equivalent. Other courses 
which are strongly recommended forthe B.S. degree candidateare 
Mathematics 121, 251 and Physics 161, 162. 

Majors are required to complete on the letter grade basis the 
related physics and mathematics courses, both those which are 
required and those which are strongly recommended. Unless 
otherwise stated all chemistry courses are open to chemistry ma- 
jors only on a letter grade basis. 

An average of C in the first two years of chemistry is required of 
students who elect to major in this department. Admission to any 
class is contingent upon satisfactory grades in prerequisite 
courses, and registration for advanced courses must be approved 
by the department. 

The department is on the list of departments certified by the 
American Chemical Society. 

Qualified majors are considered for Honors in Chemistry. To be 
graduated with the designation "Honors in Chemistry," a student 
must meet minimum requirements listed on page 8, and must 
complete satisfactorily Chemistry 391 , 392 or an independent study 
project approved by the department and an examination covering 
primarily the independent study project undertaken. For additional 
information members of the staff should be consulted. 

Prospective majors are urged to take Chemistry 111-112 in the 
freshman year. For B.S. majors the following schedule of chemistry 
and closely related courses is strongly recommended: 



124 



CHEMISTRY 



Freshman Year Sophomore Year 

Chemistry 111-112 Chemistry 221-222 

Mathematics 111-112 Mathematics 121-251 

Physics 121-122 
Junior Year Senior Year 

Chemistry 341-342 Chemistry 361 

Chemistry 334 Chemistry 371 

Physics 161-162 Chemistry' 391 or 392* 

Chemistry, Mathematics or 
Physics Electives 
111, 112. (5, 5). College Chemistry. Fundamental chemical principles. Laboratory 
covers basic quantitative analysis. Lab — 3 hrs. 

118. (5) Principles of Chemistry. Fundamental chemical principles with emphasis on 
structural concepts. Laboratory work in basic quantitative analysis. Lab— 4 hrs. 
P-111 or permission of instructor. 

221, 222. (5,5) Organic Chemistry. Principles and reactions of organic chemisty. 
Lab^ hrs. P-112 or 118. 

323. (4 or 5) . Organic Analysis. The systematic identification of organic compounds. 
Lab^l hrs. P-222. 

324. (2 or 4). Chemical Synthesis. A library, conference and laboratory course. 
Lab^lor8 hrs. P-222. 

334. (4 or 5). Chemical Analysis. Theoretical and practical applications of modern 
methods of chemical analysis. Lab — 4 hrs. C-341. 

341, 342. (5,5) Physical Chemistry. Fundamentals of physical chemistry. Lab — 4 hrs. 
P-112 or 118; Math 111; C-Physics 111-112 or 121-122. 

361. (5) Inorganic Chemistry. Principles and reactions of inorganic chemistry. 
lab-A hrs. C-341. 

362. (4) Inorganic Chemistry. Applications of spectroscopy to inorganic systems. 
Solid state chemistry. P-361. 

371. (4) Introductory Quantum Chemistry. Introduction to the quantum theory and 
its application to chemical systems. P-342 or permission of instructor. 
381, 382. (0,0) Chemistry Seminar. Discussions of contemporary research. Atten- 
dance required of all graduate students and all chemistry majors. No credit. 
391, 392. (2,2) Independent Study. Library, conference and independent study. 
Lab — 6 hrs. 







Courses for Graduate Students 


421 


,422. 


Advanced Organic Chemistry. 




441. 


Molecular Structure. 




445. 


Thermodynamics. 




446. 


Chemical Kinetics. 




447. 


Chemical Bonding. 



*May be satisfied by Chemistry 392 in the January term. 
**For course descriptions, see the Graduate Bulletin. 



125 



CHEMISTRY 



462. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry. 

471. Quantum Chemistry. 

475. Statistical Mechanics. 

491,492. Thesis Research. 

529. Tutorial in Organic Chemistry. 

549. Tutorial in Physical Chemistry. 

569. Tutorial in Inorganic Chemistry. 

579. Tutorial in Theoretical Chemistry. 

591, 592. Dissertation Research. 




126 



CLASSICAL LANGUAGES AND LITERATURE 

Professor C. V. Harris 
Associate Professor Andronica (Chairman) 
Assistant Professor Ulery 
Instructors Heatley, F. Sanders 

The Department of Classical Languages offers three majors: 
Greek, Latin, and Classical Studies. 

A major in Greek requires forty credits in the department. Thirty- 
two of these credits must be in the Greek language. Classics 270 is 
also a requirement. 

For those who begin Latin at Wake Forest with the course 111 or 
113, a major requires thirty-six credits in the department beyond the 
elementary level (111-112 or 113). Twenty-eight of these credits 
must be in the Latin language. 

For those who begin with Latin 153 at Wake Forest, a major 
requires thirty-six credits in the department. Twenty-eight of these 
credits must be in the Latin language. 

For those who begin with a 200-level course at Wake Forest, a 
major requires thirty-two credits in the department. Twenty-four of 
these credits must be in the Latin language. 

A major in Classical Studies requires 56 credits. A minimum of 36 
credits of course work must be taken in the Department of Classical 
Languages. A maximum of 48 credits in the Department may be 
exceeded only if a student undertakes course work in both lan- 
guages, Latin and Greek. The student must take a minimum of two 
courses at the 200 level in either Greek or Latin and the following 
courses: 

Art 241 (Ancient Art), Classics 265 (Creek Literature in Translation), Classics 272 
(Latin Literature in Translation), Classics 270 (Creek Civilization), Classics 271 (Ro- 
man Civilization). 

A maximum of 16 credits may be taken in the course work listed below: * 

Art 227 (Art of the Ancient Near East), 252 (Medieval Art), 242 (Minoan and 
Mycenean Art), 244 (Greek Art), 245 (Roman Art), 246 (Greek and Roman Architec- 
ture); History 215, 216 (The Ancient World); Philosophy 201 (Ancient and Medieval 
Philosophy), 230 (Plato), 231 (Aristotle); Religion 317 (The Ancient Near East), 36^ 
(Hellenistic Religions); Hebrew 111-112, 153, 211. 



127 



CLASSICAL LANGUAGES 



Teacher certification. The requirements for certification to teach 
Latin in high school are the same as the requirements for a major in 
Latin. A major in Classical Studies serves as an appropriate 
part of the program of studies required for certification to teach 
Latin in high school. A student wishing to secure this certification 
should confer with the Chairman of the Department of Classical 
Languages. 

Highly qualified majors are invited by the department to apply for 
admission to the honors program in Latin or Greek. To be 
graduated with the designation "Honors in Latin," or "Honors in 
Greek/' they must meet minimum requirements listed on page 8 
and must complete an honors research project and pass an oral 
comprehensive examination. At least two of the courses counted 
toward the major must be seminar courses. For additional informa- 
tion members of the staff should be consulted. 



Other courses may be allowed with the permission of the Department of Classical Languages. 



128 



LATIN 



GREEK LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE 

101. (4) Intensive Introduction to Classical Creek. Greek grammar; an introduction 
to the reading of Greek, designed especially for those who have no knowledge of 
Greek and who are not contemplating further formal study of the Greek language. 
111, 112. (5,5) Elementary Creek. Greek grammar; selections from Greek prose 
writers and poets. 

153. (4) Intermediate Greek. Grammar and Xenophon's Anabasis. Thorough drill in 
syntax. 

211. (4) Plato. Selections from the dialogues of Plato. 

212. (4) Homer. Selections from the Iliad and Odyssey. 

221, 222. (3,3) Selected Readings. Intensive reading courses designed to meet 

individual needs and interests. 

231. (4) The Greek New Testament. Selections from the Greek New Testament. 

241. (3) Creek Tragedy. Euripides: Medea. This course will include a study of the 
origin and history of Greek tragedy, with collateral reading of selected tragedies in 
translation. Seminar. 

242. (3) Greek Comedy. Aristophanes: Clouds. This course will include a study of 
the origin and history of Greek comedy, with collateral reading of selected com- 
edies in translation. Seminar. 

291, 292. (2,2) Honors in Greek. Directed research for honors paper. 

II 
LATIN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE 

111, 112. (4,4) Elementary Latin. Introduction to Latin grammar. 
113. (5) Elementary Latin. Introduction to Latin grammar. Covers material of Latin 
111 and 112 in one semester. Not open to students who have had Latin 111 or 112. 
125. (4) Medieval Latin. An introduction to the literary language of Western Europe, 
A. D. 300-1300; reading and discussion of the literature in the original and in English. 
153. (5) Intermediate Latin. Grammar review and selected readings. 

211 . (4) Vergil. Intensive readings from the Aeneid, with emphasis on literary values. 

212. (4) Roman Historians. A reading of the works of Sallust and Livy, with attention 
to historical milieu and the norms of ancient historiography. 

216. (4) Roman Lyric Poetry. An interpretation and evaluation of lyric poetry through 
readings from a wide variety of the poems of Catullus and Horace. 
221. (4) Tacitus. A reading and critical analysis of the works of Tacitus. 

225. (4) Roman Epistolography. Selected readings from the correspondence of 
Cicero and Pliny the Younger and the literary epistles of Horace and Ovid. 

226. (4) Roman Comedy. Reading of selected comedies of Plautus and Terence with 
a study of literary values and dramatic techniques. 



129 



CLASSICS 

241. (3) Satire. Selected readings from Lucilius, Horace and Juvenal. Attention will 
be given to the origin and development of the genre. Seminar. 

242. (3) Satire. Readings from Petronius and the Ludus de Morte Claudii. Seminar. 

243. (3) Latin Readings. A course designed to meet individual needs and interests. 

250. (2) Prose Composition. 

267. (3) Lucretius. Readings from the De Rerum Natura, with attention to literary 
values and philosophical import. Seminar. 

262. (3) Cicero. Readings from Cicero's philosophical essays, together with a survey 
of Greek philosophical antecedents. 

265. (3) The Elegiac Poets. Readings of Tibullus, Propertius, and Ovid, along with the 

study of the elegiac tradition. Seminar. 

291, 292. (2,2) Honors in Latin. Directed research for honors paper. 

Ill 
CLASSICS 

251 . (4) Classical Mythology. A study of the most important myths of the Greeks and 
Romans. Many of the myths are studied in their literary context. 

253. (4) Creek Epic Poetry in Translation. Oral epic poetry with primary emphasis on 
the Iliad and the Odyssey of Homer and the later development of the genre. 

254. (4) Roman Epic Poetry in Translation. A study of the Latin treatment and 
development of the literary form, with emphasis on Lucretius, Vergil, Ovid, and 
Lucan. 

263. (4) Tragic Drama in Translation. A study of the origins and development of 
Greek tragedy and its influence on Roman writers, with readings from Aeschylus, 
Sophocles, and Euripides. 

264. (4) Creek and Roman Comedy in Translation. Representative works of Aris- 
tophanes, Menander, Plautus, and Terence, with attention to the origins and 
development of comedy. 

265. (4) A Survey of Greek Literature in Translation. A study of selections from Greek 
literature in English translation. A knowledge of the Greek language is not required. 

270. (3) Creek Civilization. Lectures and collateral reading upon those phases of 
Greek civilization which have particular significance for the modern world. A 
knowledge of the Greek language is not required. 

271. (3) Roman Civilization. This course consists of lectures and collateral reading 
upon the general subject of Rome's contributions to the modern world. A knowl- 
edge of the Latin language is not required. 

272. (4) A Survey of Latin Literature in Translation. A study of selections from Latin 
literature in English translation. A knowledge of the Latin language is not required. 

275. (4) Ancient and Modern Rome. Students will trace the growth of Rome and 
Roman civilization, primarily through excursions to important archaeological sites, 
visits to museums, lectures, and parallel readings. Usually offered in January. 

276. (A) Ancient and Modern Greece. A guided tour of the museums and archaeolog- 
ical sites of ancient Greece in their Byzantine and modem context, supplemented 
by lectures on Greek and Cretan-Minoan civilization. Usually offered in January. 



130 



ECONOMICS 



ECONOMICS 

Professor Wagstaff (Chairman) 
Associate Professors Cage, Moorhouse 
Assistant Professors Bidwell, Frey 
Instructor Allen 

The objectives of the economics program at Wake Forest Uni- 
versity are to help prepare students for effective participation in 
the decision-making processes of society, to develop analytical 
skills in solving economic problems, to promote a better under- 
standing of alternative economic systems, and to provide a bal- 
anced curriculum that will prepare students for graduate study or 
positions in industry and government. 

The major in Economics requires a minimum of 36 credits in the 
field of Economics, including Economics 151,152, 201, and 202.* 
The department recommends that majors take Mathematics 111, 
either to fulfill their Division II requirement or as an elective. 

The remaining courses for a major in Economics and courses in 
related fields are selected by the students and the Economics 
adviser. A minimum grade average of Con all courses attempted in 
Economics is required for graduation. 

Highly qualified majors are invited by the department to apply 
for admission to the honors program in Economics. To be 
graduated with the designation "Honors in Economics," they must 
meet minimum requirements listed on page 8, and must complete 
a satisfactory economics research project, pass a comprehensive 
oral examination on the project, and complete Economics 281 or 
287 and Economics 288. Foradditional information members of the 
staff should be consulted. 

Joint Major in Mathematical Economics. The Department of 
Mathematics and the Department of Economics offer a joint major 
leading to a Bachelor of Science degree in Mathematical 
Economics. This interdisciplinary program consisting of no more 
than 56 credits affords the student an opportunity to apply 
mathematical methods to the development of economic theory, 
models, and quantitative analysis. The major will consist of the 
following course requirements: Mathematics 111, 112, 113, 121, 
251; Economics 151, 152, 201, 202, 203; a joint seminar in mathemat- 
ical economics; three additional courses chosen with the approval 
of the program advisors. (Recommended courses are Mathematics 



'Economics 111 will satisfy the requirement for Economics 151 and 152 by permission of the department. 

131 



ECONOMICS 



253, 348, 353, 357, 358; Economics 251, 242, 287, 288.) 

Highly qualified majors may be invited to apply for admission to 
the honors program in the joint major. To be graduated with the 
designation "Honors in Mathematics-Economics, they must meet 
minimum requirements listed on page 8, must complete a senior 
research paper, and pass a comprehensive oral examination on the 
subject. For additional information, members of the staff should 
be consulted. Program advisers: Baxley and Moorhouse 

111. (5) Introduction to Economic Analysis. A one semester survey of the discipline. 
Elementary supply and demand analysis is considered in addition to more general 
topics involving the formation of national economic policy. Credit is not granted for 
this course and Economics 151 or 152. 

151. (4) Principles of Economics. A study of individual economic units in a market 
economy with some attention given to monopoly, labor unions, and poverty. 

152. (4) Principles of Economics. Attention is focused on the functioning of the 
economy as a whole with particular reference to unemployment, inflation, 
economic growth and policy. P-151. 

170. (4) Public Choice. Traditional tools of economic analysis are employed to 
explore such topics in political science as political organization, elections, coalition 
formation, the optimal provision of public goods, and the scope of government. 
Usually offered in January. P-Econ. 151-152. 

171. (4) Environmental Economics. The quality of life will be examined from an 
economic perspective. Pollution, population, resource depletion, and the energy 
crisis are some of the topics studied. Usually offered in January. P-Econ. 111, or 
151-152. 

172. (4) International Finance. A study of financial market behavior and exchange 
rate fluctuations in the financial capitals of Europe. Usually offered in January. 
P-Econ. 111, or 151-152. 

188. (4) Independent Study. A student-initiated project involving reading and re- 
search. Usually offered in January. P-Econ. 111, or 151-152, and permission of the 
department. 

201 . (4) Microeconomic Theory. Develops the theory of consu mer behavior and the 
theory of the firm with emphasis on price and output determination under various 
market conditions. P-151, 152. 

202. (4) Macroeconomic Theory. A study of Keynesian and post-Keynesian theories 
about the determination of the level of national income, employment and 
economic growth. P-151, 152. 

203. (5) Introduction to Econometrics. Economic analysis through quantitative 
methods, with emphasis on model construction and empirical research. 

205. (3) Seminar in Mathematical Economics. Calculus and matrix methods are used 
to develop basic toois of economic analysis. P-Math 111-112, Econ. 151-152. 

221 . (4) Public Finance. An examination of the economic behavior of government. 
Includes principles of taxation, spending, borrowing, and debt management. 
P-151, 152. 

222. (3) Monetary Theory and Policy. A rigorous development of the theory of supply 

132 



EDUCATION 



and demand for money plus the inter-relationship among prices, interest rates, and 
aggregate output. P-151, 152. 

242. (4) Labor Economics. Economic analysis of wages and hours, employment, 
wage and job discrimination, investment in education, and unions. P-151, 152. 

243. (3,4) Economic Demography. Various aspects of population growth and fertility 
decisions are studied from the point of view of the new economics of time alloca- 
tion. P-151 ,152. 

244. (3,4) Industrial Organization. An analysis of market structure with particular 
reference to organization practices, price formation, efficiency, and public regula- 
tion. P-151, 152. 

251. (4) International Economics. A study of international trade theory, balance of 
payments, foreign exchange, trade restrictions and commercial policies. P-151 , 152. 

252. (3,4) Economic Growth and Development. A study of the problems of 
economic growth with particular attention to the less developed countries of the 
world. P-151, 152. 

255. (3,4) Comparative Economic Systems. An objective examination of the theory 
and practices of various economic systems, including capitalism, socialism, and 
communism. P-151, 152. 

256. (4) Urban Economics. Application of economic theory to suburbanization, land 
values, urban decay, zoning, location decisions of firms and households, and 
metropolitan fiscal problems P-151, 152. 

261. (4) American Economic Development. The application of economic theory to 
historical problems and issues in the American economy. P-151, 152. 

262. (4) History of Economic Thought. A historical survey of the main developments 
in economic thought from the biblical period to the twentieth century. P-151 , 152. 
281, 282 (2,2). Contemporary Economic Problems. An economic analysis of current 
issues, with emphasis placed upon contributions of economic theory to policy 
formation. Courses are taught sequentially during one semester. The student may 
take either one or both courses. P-Permission of Instructor 

287. (3 ,4) Senior Readings. A student-faculty seminar in which selected publications 
are analyzed and discussed. P-Permission of the Instructor. Graded Pass-Fail. 

288. (4) Economic Research. Independent study and research supervised by a 
member of the economics staff. P-201, 202. 



The following pairs of courses will be taught in alternate years: Economics 222 and 244; 256 and 261; 243 and 
252. 

EDUCATION 

Professors Elmore, Parker, Preseren (Chairman) 
Associate Professors Hall, Litcher, Reeves 
Assistant Professors Clark, Milner, Roberge 
Visiting Instructor Jordan 

Ordinarily, teacher education students major in the academic 
areas in which they plan to teach. Only students planning to be 
certificated in the broad areas of Intermediate Education, Science 
or Social Studies are permitted to major in Education. A major in 
Education requires completion of the approved program in Educa- 

133 



EDUCATION 



tion and the courses listed as academic requirements for the In- 
termediate, Science or Social Studies Certificate. 

Institutional Policy. The University recognizes that the educa- 
tional profession is important to society and that the welfare of 
mankind is largely determined by the quality of educational lead- 
ership. One of the major objectives of Wake Forest University has 
been and continues to be the preparation of teachers and other 
professional school personnel. This commitment was reem- 
phasized by vote of the faculty on November 18, 1963. 

Wake Forest is committed to a high quality teacher education 
program, as evinced by selective admission to the program; a wide 
range of approved courses of professional instruction; and a 
closely supervised practicum suitable to the professional needs of 
the students. 

In addition to the professional program, the Department of 
Education provides elective courses open to all students, including 
those not in teacher education programs. Such courses supple- 
ment the work of other departments and provide generally for the 
liberal education of all students. 

Teacher Certification. The North Carolina State Department of 
Public Instruction issues the Professional Class A teacher's certifi- 
cate to graduates of the University who have completed an Ap- 
proved Program, including the specified courses in their teaching 
field(s), the prescribed courses in Education, demonstrated 
specified competencies, and receive recommendations from the 
designated official(s) of their teaching area(s) and from the Chair- 
man of the Department of Education or his designee. 

Special students not completing an Approved Program are re- 
quired to secure an analysis of their deficiencies for the Class A 
certificate from the Department of Education which will also plan a 
program to remove these deficiencies. 

Certification requirements for other states should be secured 
from the Department of Education which will assist in planning a 
program to meet certification requirements of those states. 

Admission Requirements. Admission to the teacher education 
program occurs normally during the sophomore year. Admission 
involves filing an official application with the Department of Educa- 
tion, being screened by faculty committees, and being officially 
approved by the Department of Education. 



134 



EDUCATION 



Course Requirements. The Approved Program of Teacher Educa- 
tion requires candidates to complete successfully a series of pro- 
fessional education courses. Psychology 151 and Speech 151 are 
recommended electives. The exact sequence of professional and 
academic courses varies with a student's particular program and is 
determined in conference between the candidate, his advisor, 
and/or a member of the Education faculty. In most cases, the 
majority of the professional work in the teacher education pro- 
gram is taken simultaneously during one semester of the senior 
year, according to the availability of programs. Candidates for the 
Intermediate Certificate, however, may begin course work re- 
quired for certification as early as the Sophomore year. 

While enrolled in the block semester, the student will not be 
allowed to take courses concurrently that would interfere with 
being in an assigned student teaching situation for the regular 
public school day (generally 8:00 a.m. to 3:45 p.m.) nor allowed to 
take more than one course occurring outside the regular school 
day. 

Student Teaching. Prerequisites for registering for Student 
Teaching include: 

1. Senior or graduate standing or classification as a graduate- 
level special student. 

2. Completion of course(s) in the Foundations of Education area 
and either Education 202 or 203. 

3. A grade average of at least C on all courses taken at Wake 
Forest. 

4. A grade average of at least C on all courses taken in the area of 
certification or, in case of two or more fields of certification, in 
each of the areas. 

5. Approval for admission to the Teacher Education Program. 

6. Submission of a recent tuberculin test or X-ray report showing 
"no significant abnormalities". 

7. Approval by Director of Undergraduate Teacher Education or 
the Director of Intermediate Education. 

Students are assigned to Student Teaching opportunities by 
public school officials on the basis of available positions and pro- 
fessional needs of the student and of the public school system. The 
University does not assume the responsibility for transportation to 
the schools during Student Teaching. 

135 



TEACHING AREA REQUIREMENTS 



TEACHING AREA REQUIREMENTS 

ENGLISH — 36 credits, including four credits from courses numbered 160-175; at 
least 16 credits from courses numbered 300-399; 323, 390. 

FRENCH— 36 credits, including French 153, 215, 221, 222, 224, or their equivalents; 
at least eight credits in French literature beyond 215. 

SPANISH— 36 credits, including Spanish 153, 215, 221 , 222, 223, or their equivalents; 
eight credits chosen from 224, 225, 226; at least four credits in 
Spanish literature beyond 215. 

FRENCH AND SPANISH COMBINATION— 56 credits, including French 153; eight 
credits from 215-217, 221 , 222, and 224 (or227and 228; Spanish 153; 
either 215 or 216, 221, 222, 223 or 224; and eight credits from 
225-227; plus four additional credits in literature. Equivalents may 
be substituted for any of the above. 

GERMAN — 32 credits, including German 153, 211, 212; eight credits chosen from 
German 217, 218, 219, 220; at least 12 credits in German literature 
beyond 212. 

LATIN — Based on two high school units, 36 credits in the Department of Classics, of 
which 21 must be in the Latin language. 

INTERMEDIATE EDUCATION^2 credits, including appropriate Basic and Divi- 
sional Course requirements. Eight credits in Language Arts, eight 
credits in Social Studies, eight credits in Science, eight credits in 
Mathematics, four credits in Music, four credits in Humanities, two 
credits in Physical Education. Remaining certification require- 
ments are obtained through Intermediate Educatin courses and an 
academic concentration in one of the teaching areas of the inter- 
mediate grades. 

MATHEMATICS^40 credits, including Mathematics 111 , 112, 113, 121 , 221 ,231 , 332; 
at least eight credits from other 300-level courses. 

MUSIC — 48 credits, including Music 171-174, 182, 184, 186, 187, 213, 214; plus 
Education 280, 282, 284, 291. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HEALTH-44 credits, including Physical Education 
and Health 220, 221 , 222, 224, 230, 241 , 242, 251 , 252, 258, 310, 353, 
357, 360, 363; plus Biology 111 and 15.0. 

SCIENCE — 10 credits each in Biology, Chemistry, and Physics; 8 credits in 
Mathematics; plus additional work in the area of concentration, 
Biology (20 credits), Chemistry (20 credits), or Physics (17 credits). 
NOTE: For certification in the individual fields of science, the following 
are requred: Biology — 30 credits, Chemistry — 30 credits, 
Physics — 27 credits. 

SOCIAL STUDIES-^8 credits, including 24 credits in History with at least 6-8 credits 
in U.S. History and 6-8 credits in World (European) History; 20 
credits from Politics, Sociology, Anthropology, or Economics with 
no more than 8 credits in anyone area; and 4 credits in Geography. 
NOTE: For certification in the individual fields of the social studies, the 
following are required: Economics — 24 credits, Politics — 24 cred- 
its, History — 24 credits with at least 6-8 credits in U.S. History and 
6-8 credits in World (European) History, Sociology — 24 credits. 



136 



TEACHING AREA REQUIREMENTS 



SPEECH COMMUNICATION-^4 credits, including SCTA121, 151 or152, 153, 155 or 

376, 161, 231, 252 or S355, 261, and 241 or 245 or283-284(RTVF) and 

two SCTA elective (300 level) 
THEATRE ARTS— 40-42 credits, including SCTA 121, 151, 223, 231, 226, 227, 283-284, 

322 or S324, and 327 or 328, English 329 or 323 or 369, P.E. 162 
SPEECH AND THEATRE— 50 credits, including SCTA 121 or 241 or 245, 151 or 152, 

153, 155 or 376, 161 or 227, 231, 223, 226, 252 or S355, 261, 283-284, 

321-322. 
Education courses required for a secondary or special subject certificate are: 
Education 201 or both 303 and 304, 202 or 203, 211, 251, 291, 331. 
Education courses required for an intermediate certificate are: Education 201 , 303, 
304 (select 2); 202 or 203, 211, 221, 222, 223, 251, 271 or 272, 293, 295, 296, 313. 
201. (4) Foundations of Education. Philosophical, historical, and sociological foun- 
dations of education including analysis of contemporary issues and problems. 
202or203. (2) School Practicum. Assigned experiences in elementary and secondary 
schools. Weekly seminar. 

211. (4) Educational Psychology. General principles of human development. The 
nature, theories, processses, and conditions of effective teaching-learning. Ap- 
praising and directing learning. P-201, permission of instructor. 

221 . (5) Children's Literature and Reading. A survey of the types of literature appro- 
priate for the intermediate grades and an investigation of the basic problems in 
reading. 

222. (4) The Arts in the Intermediate Grades. The development of skills in music, fine 
arts, and basic physical activities appropriate to the intermediate grades. 

223. (4) Health and Physical Education for the Intermediate Grades. The develop- 
ment of physical education skills appropriate for the intermediate grade teacher 
and an understanding of the personal and community health needs appropriate for 
this grade level. 

251. (6) Student Teaching. Observation and experience in school-related activities. 
Supervised student teaching. Graded "Pass-Fail". For requirements and prerequi- 
sites see pages 00. P-201, permission of instructor. 

271. (4) Introduction to Geography. A study of the physical environment and its 
relationship to man, including an examination of climate, vegetation, soils, water 
resources and land forms found in various regions throughout the world. 

272. (4) Geography Study Tour. A guided tour of selected areas to study physical, 
economic, and cultural environments and their influence on man. Background 
references for reading will be suggested prior to the tour. 

291. (4) Methods and Materials. Methods, materials, and techniques used in teach- 
ing the various subjects. P-201, permission of instructor. 

Teaching of English, each term. 

Teaching of Foreign Language, fall term. 

Teaching of Mathematics, spring term. 

Teaching of Music, fall term. 

Teaching of Physical Education and Health, spring term. 

Teaching of Science, fall term. 

Teaching of Social Studies, each term. 

Teaching of Speech, spring term. 



137 



TEACHING AREA REQUIREMENTS 



293. (3) Intermediate School Curriculum: Theory and Practice. General principles of 
curriculum construction and teaching methods. Introduction to the use of audio- 
visual materials and equipment. 

295. (3) Methods and Materials for Teaching Language Arts and Social Studies. A 
survey of the basic materials, methods, and techniques of teaching the language 
arts and social studies in the intermediate grades. P-permission of instructor. 
2%. (3) Methods and Materials for Teaching Science and Mathematics. A survey of 
the basic materials, methods, and techniques of teaching science and mathematics 
in the intermediate grades. P-permission of instructor. 

301. (4) Audiovisual Education. Introduction to the field of audiovisual education, 
development, and application of skills in the use of instructional materials, equip- 
ment, and programs. 

302. (4) Production of Instructional Materials. Methods of producing instructional 
materials and other technological techniques. P-301. 

303. (4) History of Western Education. Educational theory and practice from ancient 
times through the modern period, including American education. 

304. (4) Theories of Education. Contemporary proposals for educational theory and 
practice studied in the context of social issues. 

306. (4) Studies in the History and Philosophy of Education. A study of selected 
historical eras, influential thinkers, or crucial problems in education. Topics an- 
nounced annually. 

313. (4) Human Growth and Development. Theories of childhood and adolescent 
development and their educational implications physically, intellectually, emo- 
tionally, socially, and morally. 

323. (4) Educational Statistics. Descriptive, inferential, and nonparametric statistical 
procedures involved in educational research. Not open to students who have taken 
Psychology 211 and 212. Permission of instructor. 

331. (4) The School and Teaching. Organization of the school system. Bases of 
education. The curriculum. Major problems of education and teaching. The role of 
the teacher. Psychological aspects of teaching. P-201, permission of instructor. 
341. (4) Principles of Counseling and Guidance. Counseling history, philosophy, 
theory, procedure, and process. Therapeutic and developmental counseling ap- 
proaches in guidance and personnel work in educational, social, business, and 
community service agencies. 

393. (1) Reading in the Content Areas. The course provides an introduction or 
review to teaching the basic reading skills at the intermediate and secondary level; 
vocabulary, comprehension, reading rate, selection of texts, critical and interpre- 
tive reading. Particularly stressed are diagnoses of reading problems and 
techniques for correcting these problems in specific subject content areas. 



Courses for Graduate Students* 

405. Sociology of Education. 
407. Philosophy of Education. 
413. Psychology of Learning. 



"For course descriptions, see the Graduate Bulletin. 



138 



ENGLISH 

421 . Educational Research. 

431. Foundation of Curriculum Development. 

433. Supervision of Instruction. 

435. Appraisal Procedures for Counselors. 

441 . Theories and Models of Counseling. 

442. Croup Procedures in Counseling. 

443. Vocational Psychology. 

444. Individual Assessment. 

445. Counseling Laboratory and Internship. 

461 . Student Personnel Work and Higher Education. 

462. Dimensions of College Student Development. 

463. Seminar in Counseling and Student Personnel Work. 
483. Readings and Research in Education. 

491,492. Thesis Research. 

ENGLISH 

Professors Carter*, Gossett, Phillips, Potter, Wilson 

Associate Professors Fosso, Johnston, Kenion, Lovett, Shorter 

(Chairman) 

Assistant Professors Lobb, Meyer, Moss, Raynor, Roman, Speer 

Visiting Assistant Professors Bullis, Dervin 

Instructors Bonnette, Johnson, Snyder 

Lecturers McPherson, Shaw 

The prerequisite for admission to all advanced courses in English 
is any one of the courses in English and American literature num- 
bered 160, 165, 170 or 175, all of which are offered each semester. 
Courses in journalism and writing, beyond the basic requirement 
of freshman composition, are offered as related subjects in the 
English department. They may be taken as electives regardless of 
the field of study in which a student majors. 

The major in English requires a minimum of 36 credits, at Ieast28 
of which must be earned in courses in literature numbered 300and 
above. Majors must take a course in Shakespeare, one 300 level 
course in American literature, and four additional 300 level courses 
in English literature before 1900, at least two of which must be in 
literature before 1800. They must take one of the 300 level courses 
designated by the department as a seminar. Majors and their ad- 
visers will plan programs to meetthese requirements and to insure 
that the student does some work in the major literary types. 



'Absent on leave, Spring, 1976 



139 



ENGLISH 

Highly qualified majors are invited by the Department to apply 
for admission to the honors program in English. To be graduated 
with the designation "Honors in English," they must meet 
minimum requirements of a grade point average of not less than 
3.0 on all college work and 3.5 on all work in the major, complete 
satisfactorily the requirements for English majors, and in addition 
complete the requirements for English 388. For additional informa- 
tion members of the staff should be consulted. 

Unless otherwise indicated, any course in English may carry 
either3 or4credits according to the number of class meetings. The 
amount of reading and writing is adjusted to the assigned credit for 
a course. 

11. Composition Review.* Essentials of standard usage and the basic principles of 
composition; frequent exercises. No credit. Staff 

110. (4) English Composition.** Training in expository writing, frequent essays 
based upon readings. Staff 

112. (3) English Composition and Literature.** Training in expository writing based 
on the reading of literature. Admission by approval of the department. Staff 

160. Survey of Major British Writers. Eight to ten writers representing different 
periods and genres; primarily lecture. Staff 

165. Studies in Major British Writers. Three to five writers representing different 
periods; primarily discussion, with frequent short papers. Limited enrollment. Staff 
170. Survey of Major American Writers. Nine to eleven writers representing different 
periods and genres; primarily lecture. Staff 

172. (4) Thomas Jefferson: the Man, His Style, and His Culture.*** An examination of 
Jefferson's personality and literary style in relation to the culture of eighteenth- 
century America; visit to Monticello and Williasmburg, Virginia. Mr. Meyer 

175. Studies in Major American Writers. Three to five writers representing different 
periods; primarily discussion, with frequent short papers. Limited enrollment. 

Staff. 

176. (4) The Gothic Mode.*** An examination and definition of Cothicism, primarily 
in literature but also in film and legend, with an inquiry into the reasons for its 
resurgent popularity today. Mr. Snyder 

178. (4) The Myth of the Old South in Southern Literature. ***A study of the treat- 
ment of the antebellum South in Southern Literature, before and after the Civil War, 
in order to trace changing social and literary attitudes and values. Mr. Moss 

180. (2) Traditions of Humanity: The Liberal Arts. A study of major concepts of liberal 
education in the western world. Staff 



'Proficiency in the use of the English language is recognized by the Faculty as a requirement in all depart- 
ments. A composition condition, indicated by cc under the grade for any course, may be assigned in any 
department to a student whose writing is unsatisfactory, regardless of previous credits in composition. Also the 
composition of all rising juniors, both Wake Forest students and transfers, is examined for proficiency. The 
writing of Wake Forest students is checked during their last course in sophomore English; that of transfers is 
checked during the orientation period each term. For removal of a composition condition the student is 
required to take English 11 or repeat English 110 without credit during the first semester for which he registers 
following the assignment of the cc. Removal of the deficiency is prerequisite to graduation. 

"Either 110or 112 is a prerequisite for all other courses in English unless the requirement is waived. Either will 
fulfill the basic course requirement. 

140 



ENGLISH 

186. (4) Literary London.*** The course will be centered in London; students will 
work on individual projects and visit places of cultural importance in London and 
nearby areas. Mr . Lobb 

190. (4) Bequest of Wings: Reading and Writing Children's Literature.*** The 
reading of a number of books perennially popular with young and old, and a 
consideration of the problems, theoretical and practical, facing the writer of chil- 
dren's literature. Ms. Johnson 
255. (3) Recent American Poetry. Selections from the poetry of Robert Penn Warren, 
Randall Jarrell, A. R. Ammons, James Dickey, Adrienne Rich, and Denise Levertov. 

Held in Reynolda House. 

283. (4) Workshop in Creative Writing.*** A workshop in short forms of creative 
writing: fiction, drama, poetry. Regular class meetings with presentation of student 
work, and frequent individual conferences. Mr. Roman, Mr. Shaw 
299. Individual Study.*** A course of independent study with faculty guidance. By 
pre-arrangement. Staff 
377. (4) A Reading of Robinson Crusoe.*** A careful examination of the text of 
Robinson Crusoe, and an investigation of Defoe's sources, imitators, and critics. 

Mr. Lovett 

384. (A) A Look at James Baldwin.*** An examination of the thematic patterns in the 
plays and novels of James Baldwin, and an exploration of Baldwin's image of the 
young man. Miss McPherson 

385. (4) Modern American Drama.*** The history and development of the modern 
American theater, with major attention to individual plays which describe and 
delineate uniquely American experiences. Mr. Bonnette 

journalism and Writing 

270. Introduction to Journalism. Survey of the fundamental principles of news- 
gathering and news-writing; study of news and news values, with some attention to 
representative newspapers. Mr. Shaw 

272. Editing. A laboratory course in copy-editing, headline-writing, typography, and 
make-up; includes both newspaper and magazine editing. P-270. Mr. Shaw 

276. Advanced Journalism. Intensive practice in writing various types of newspaper 
stories, including the feature article. Limited to students planning careers in jour- 
nalism. P-270. Mr. Shaw 
278. History of Journalism. A study of the development of American journalism and 
its English origin; detailed investigations of representatve world papers. Mr. Shaw 

284. (2) The Essay. Primarily for those interested in writing for publication, with 
concentration on writing various types of essays. Admission by consent of the 
instructor. Mr. Shaw 

285. (2) Poetry Workshop. A laboratory cou rse in the writing of verse . Study of poetic 
techniques and forms as well as works of contemporary poets. Frequent individual 
conferences. Mr. Bullis 

286. Short Story Workshop. A study of the fundamental principles of short fiction 
writing; constant practice in writing, extensive study of short story form. Admission 
by consent of the instructor. Mr. Shaw 
383, 384. (4,4). Theory and Practice of Verse Writing. Emphasis is placed on reading 
and discussing student poems in terms of craftsmanship and general principles. 

Mr. Bullis 

** Courses (representative of the January curriculum) are not necessarily repeated every year, but were 
offered in 1976. 

141 



ENGLISH 

Advanced Courses in Literature and Language* 

310. Studies in Medieval Literature. Selected readings from areas such as religious 
drama, non-dramatic religious literature, romance literature, literary theory, and 
philosophy. (A) Mr. Shorter 

315. Chaucer. Emphasis on The Canterbury Tales and Troilus and Criseyde, with 
some attention to long minor poems. Consideration of literary, social, religious and 
philosophical background. Mr. Shorter 

320. English Drama to 1642. English drama from its beginning to 1642, exclusive of 
Shakespeare. Representative Cycle plays, Moralities, Elizabethan and Jacobean 
tragedies, comedies, and tragi-comedies. (A) Mr. Bonnette 

323. Shakespeare. Tweve representative plays illustrating Shakespeare's develop- 
ment as a poet and dramatist. Mr. Fosso 
325. Studies in English Literature, 1500-1660. Selected topics, prose, and poetry from 
the sixteenth or seventeenth centuries exclusive of drama and Milton. Emphasis on 
Elizabethan lyrics and Spenser or on Donne and the Metaphysical poets. (A) 

Mr. Fosso, Mr. Roman 
327. Milton. The poetry and selected prose of John Milton, with an emphasis on 
Paradise Lost. Mr. Roman 

330. English Literature of the Eighteenth Century. Representative poetry and prose, 
exclusive of the novel, 1700-1800, drawn from Addison, Steele, Defoe, Swift, Pope, 
Johnson, Boswell, Goldsmith, and Burns. Consideration of cultural backgrounds 
and significant literary trends. Mr. Kenion 

332. Satire. The nature of the satiric form and the satiric spirit as revealed through 
reading and critical analysis of significant examples, mostly English and American. 
(A) Mr. Kenion 

335. Eighteenth Century Fiction. Primarily the fiction of Defoe, Richardson, Field- 
ing, Smollett, Sterne, and Austen. Mr. Lovett 
350. Romantic Poets. A review of the beginnings of romanticism in English litera- 
ture, followed by study of Wordsworth, Coleridge, Byron, Keats, and Shelley; 
collateral reading in the prose of the period. Mr. Wilson 

353. The Nineteenth Century English Novel. Representative major works by Dick- 
ens, Eliot, Thackeray, Hardy, the Brontes, and others. Lectures and discussion. 

Mr. Carter 

354. Victorian Poetry. A study of Tennyson, Browning, Hopkins, and Arnold or 
another Victorian poet. Mr. Johnston 
360. Studies in Victorian Literature. Selected topics, such as development of genres, 
major texts, cultural influences. Readings in poetry, fiction, autobiography and 
other prose. Mr. Carter, Mr. Johnston 
362. Blake, Yeats, and Thomas. Reading and critical analysis of the poetry of Blake, 
Yeats, and Dylan Thomas; study of the plays of Yeats and his contemporaries in the 
Irish Renaissance, especially Synge and Lady Gregory. (A) Mr. Wilson 

364. Studies in Literary Criticism. Consideration of certain figures and schools of 
thought significant in the history of literary criticism. (A) Mr. Potter, Mr. Lobb 

365. Twentieth Century British Fiction. A study of Conrad, Lawrence, Joyce, Forster, 
Woolf and later English writers with attention to the social and intellectual back- 
grounds. Mr. Potter, Mr. Lobb 



'Courses marked (A) are normally offered in alternate years. 

142 



ENGLISH 

367. Twentieth Century Poetry. Selected American and British poets from 1900 to 
1965. Miss Phillips 

369. Modern Drama. Modern drama from its late nineteenth century naturalist 
beginnings to the contemporary existentialist-absurdist theater. Mr. Bonnette 
372. American Romanticism. Writers of the mid-nineteenth century including 
Emerson, Thoreau, Hawthorne and Melville. Mr. Dervin 

374. Intellectual and Social Movements in American Literature to 7865. Selected 
topics such as Puritanism, the Enlightenment, Transcendentalism, and Romanti- 
cism. (A) Mr. Meyer 
376. American Poetry from 1855 to 1900. Readings from at least two of the following 
poets: Whitman, Dickinson, Melville. (A) Miss Phillips 
378. Literature of the South. The aesthetic, philosophical, and sociological dimen- 
sions of the best literature of the South, from the colonial to the contemporary 
period. Writers to include the regional humorists, Faulkner, Ransom and Williams. 

Staff 
380. American Fiction from 7865 to 1915. Such writers as Twain, James, Howells, 
Crane, Dreiser, Wharton, Cather, and others. (A) Mr. Gossett 

382. Modern American Fiction, 1915 to the Present. To include such writers as Lewis, 
Hemingway, Fitzgerald, Faulkner, Steinbeck, Wolfe, Wright, Katherine Anne Por- 
ter, Mailer, Bellow, Malamud, Flannery O'Connor, Baldwin, and Styron. Mr. Moss 

386. Directed Reading. A tutorial in an area of study not otherwise provided by the 
English department; granted upon departmental approval of petition presented by 
a qualified student. Staff 

388. Honors Course in English. A conference course centering upon a special 
reading requirement and a thesis requirement. For senior students wishing to 
graduate with "Honors in English." Mr. Potter 

389. (2) The Use of the Library in Literary Research. Attention to materials, methods, 
and bibliography for study in literature. Staff 

390. The Structure of English. An introduction to the principles and techniques of 
modern linguistics applied to contemporary American English. Mrs. Speer 

Courses for Graduate Students* 

(Note: Not every course listed in this section will be given every 
year, but at least four will be offered each regular academic year, 
and normally two will be offered in the summer session.) 

415. Studies in Chaucer. Mr. Shorter 

417. English Drama to 1580. Mr. Shorter 

419. English Drama, 1580-1642. 

ATX. Studies in Spenser. Mr. Fosso 

425. Studies in Seventeenth Century 

English Literature. Mr. Fosso 

433. The Eighteenth Century English Novel. Mr. Lovett 

435. The Major Augustans. Mr. Kenion 

443. The Nineteenth Century English Novel. Mr. Carter 

*For course descriptions, see the Graduate Bulletin. 

143 



GERMAN 










445. 


English Poetry of the Nineteenth and 








Twentieth Centuries. 


Mr. Wilson 




455. 


Studies in American Fiction. 


Mr. Gossett 




457. 


American Poetry. 


Miss Phillips 




465. 


Literary Criticism. 


Mr. Potter 


491 


,492. 


Thesis Research. 


Staff 



GERMAN 

Professors Fraser, O'Flaherty 
Associate Professor Sanders 
Assistant Professors Sellner, West 

A major in German requires 37 credits beyond German 111-112, 
and should include 281 and 285. 

[If a regular course is offered in the 11 -week term it may carry less 
than 4 credits — probably 3.] 

Highly qualified majors are invited by the department to apply 
for admission to the honors program in German. To be graduated 
with the designation "Honors in German," they must meet 
minimum requirements listed on page 8, and complete a senior 
research project and pass a comprehensive examination. They are 
then graduated with the designation of "Honors in German." For 
additional information members of the staff should be consulted. 

Attention is called to the exchange program which Wake Forest 
University maintains with the Free University of Berlin (see 
page 34). 

111,112. (4,4) Elementary German. This course covers the principles of grammar and 
pronunciation and includes the reading of simple texts. Lab — 1 hr. 
150. (4) Man spricht Deutsch auch in Oesterreich. Three weeks of intensive lan- 
guage and cultural study in Vienna, Austria. Travel to Salzburg and Munich. P-1 
semester of German. Offered in January. 

152. (4) Intermediate German. The principles of grammar are reviewed; reading of 
selected prose and poetry. Open only to students who have completed three years 
of high school German. Lab — 1 hr. 

153. (5) Intermediate German. The principles of grammar are reviewed; reading of 
selected prose and poetry. Lab — 1 hr. P-111, 112. 

211, 212. (4,4) Introduction to German Literature. The object of this course is to 
acquaint the student with masterpieces of German literature. Parallel reading and 
reports. P-152 or 153. 



144 



GERMAN 

216. (4) Basic Conversation: Level One. Intensive practice of speech patterns; daily 
sessions, language laboratory practice. P-German 111 or 112 with grade of "C" or 
better. Offered in January. 

217. (4) Conversation and Phonetics. A course in spoken German emphasizing 
facility of expression. Considerable attention is devoted to phonetics. P-152 or 153 
or equivalent. 

218. (4) Composition and Grammar Review. A review of the fundamentals of Ger- 
man grammar, with intensive practice in translation and composition. P-152 or 153 
or equivalent. 

219. (4) Advanced Composition. A study of advanced grammar and composition. 
English texts will be translated into German in addition to free composition in 
German. P-218 or equivalent. 

220. (4) German Civilization. A survey of contemporary German culture, including a 
study of its historical development in broad outline. The course is conducted in 
German. P-217 or consent of instructor. 

222. (4) Nietzsche in Translation. Intensive study of selections from Nietzsche's 
works, with emphasis on his development as a writer and a thinker. P-Sophomores, 
Juniors, Seniors. Offered in January. 

231. (3) Weimar Germany. Historical and literary examination of Weimar Germany 
(1919-1933). Authors include: Thomas and Heinrich Mann, Grimm, Juenger, Johst, 
Hesse, Doeblin, Brecht, Kafka, Tucholsky, Fallada, and Stefan Zweig. German or 
History credit determined at registration. (11 weeks). 

249. (4) Old High German and Middle High German Literature. The study of major 
writers and works from these two areas emphasizes major writings of the chivalric 
period. P-211, 212 or equivalent. 

250. (4) Renaissance, Reformation and Baroque German Literature. A study of major 
writers and works from the post-chivalric period to approximately 1700. P-211, 212 
or equivalent. 

253. (4) Eighteenth Century German Literature. A study of major writers and works of 
the Enlightenment and Sturm und Drang. P-211, 212 or equivalent. 

263. (4) German Literature of the Nineteenth Century (I). Poetry, prose, dramas and 
critical works from approximately 1795 to 1848. P-211, 212 or equivalent. 

264. (4) German Literature of the Nineteenth Century (II). Readings from the begin- 
nings of Poetic Realism to the advent of Naturalism. P-211, 212 or equivalent. 
270. (3) Individual Study. Studies in literature not ordinarily read in other courses. 
P-211, 212, and permission. 

281. (4) Seminar: Twentieth Century Prose. Intensive study of certain works by 

Thomas Mann, Hesse, and Kafka, plus considerable outside reading. P-211, 212 or 

equivalent. 

285. (4) Seminar: Goethe. Faust Part I will be studied in class. Parallel readings in 

other works by Goethe will be assigned. P-211, 212 or equivalent. 

287-288. (3,3) Honors Course in German. A conference course in German literature. 

A major research paper is required. Designed for candidates for departmental 

honors. 



145 



HISTORY 

HISTORY 

Professors Covey, Gokhale, Hendricks, Perry, Smiley, Stroupe, 

Tillett, Yearns, Zuber (chairman) 

Associate Professors Barnett*, Barefield, Berthrong, McDowell, 

Mullen, J. H. Smith 

Assistant Professors Hadley, Hoffman, Sinclair, Williams 

The History major consists of a minimum of 36 credits. It must 
include History 310, from six to eight credits in U. S. history, from 
six to eight credits in European history and three or four credits in 
non-western history. No more than two courses from History 111 , 
112, 113 may be counted toward the major. 

Highly qualified majors are invited by the department to apply 
for admission to the honors program in History. To be graduated 
with the designation "Honors in History," they must meet 
minimum requirements listed on page 8, complete satisfactorily 
History 287, 288, and pass a comprehensive written examination. 
For additional information members of the staff should be con- 
sulted. 

Students contemplating graduate study should plan to take re- 
quired and general survey courses early in their college careers, 
should include Historiography, and should acquire a reading 
knowledge of one modern foreign language (preferably French, 
German or Russian) for the M.A. degree and two for the Ph.D. 
degree. For information regarding the Master of Arts degree in 
History at Wake Forest University consult the Bulletin of the 
Graduate School. 

111. (4) Europe from the Renaissance to 1789. A survey. Staff 

112. (4) Europe from 1789 to 1914. A survey. Staff 

113. (4) Europe and the Twentieth Century World. A survey from 1914to the present. 

Staff 

131. (2) European Historical Biography. Study of biographies of several men and 
women who have influenced the history and civilization of Europe. Mr. Mullen 
151, 152. (4,4) The United States. Political, social, economic, and intellectual as- 
pects. 151 : before 1865; 152: after 1865. Staff 
160. (4) Freud. An investigation of Freud's basic ideas in the context of his time. 
Books to be read include The Interpretation of Dreams, Civilization and Its Discon- 
tents, and Jones's biography in the Trilling abridgment. Mr. Barefield 



'Absent on leave, Spring 1976. 



146 



HISTORY 

162. (4) From the Forest of Wake to the Red Hills of Forsyth: The History of Wake 
Forest University. A survey of the history of Wake Forest from its beginning. To 
include reading assignments, lectures and talks from those who remember life on 
the old campus, a look at the oral and written history projected now in progress, 
and a brief visit to the town of Wake Forest. Mr. Hendricks 

163. (4) Russian History and Culture from the Source. A study tour of historic sites 
and cultural centers of the Soviet Union. Anne and Lowell Tillett 

164. (4) The American People and China. A topical study of the images and attitudes 
of Americans toward China. All students will read John K. Fairbank's The United 
States and China and A. T. Steele's The American People and China, after which they 
will select individual topics on which to present oral reports. Additional readings 
will stress conflicting interpretations of major issues in Sino-American relations. 

Mr. Sinclair 

165. (4) Contemporary Conflict. A study of the background of four conflicts creating 
tension in the contemporary world. The conflicts to be studied will be selected by 
the class members. Mr. Yearns 

166. (4) Era of Individualism, 7954-7966. An intensive study of the period 1954-1966 
during which privileged prosperous Americans shared in seeking civil and personal 
rights for the freshly rediscovered deprived minorities. A nostalgic examination of 
the time of optimism between McCarthyism and the rise of the Nixonian "Silent 
Majority," when there was hope that a society could provide both equal opportunity 
to all its citizens and special rewards for the citizens who excelled individually. Much 
responsible student participation will be expected with the possbility of an exam. 
No limit but size of class will influence type of instruction. Pass/Fail. Cost: Texts. 
Usually offered in January term. 

167. (4) The American Revolution in the South. Readings, lectures, discussions and 
field trips relating to military, governmental, economic, social and cultural aspects 
of the South, 1774-1783. North Carolina will be emphasized. Croups and/or private 
field excursions to revolutionary sites will be conducted under the supervision of 
the instructor. A research project and report will be required. Pass/Fail. Student's 
individualized program will determine cost. Permission of instructor required. 20 
students. Usually offered in January. 

215, 216 (4, 3 or 4) The Ancient World. Critical focus on the Greeks in the fall and 
Romans in the spring, but in global context of palelolithic to medieval; 
psychological-philosophical stress. Mr. Covey 

221. (4) Middle Ages. A survey of European history, 400-1300, stressing social and 
cultural developments. Mr. Barefield 

222. (4) The Renaissance and Reformation. Europe from 1300 to 1600. Social, cul- 
tural, and intellectual developments stressed. Students may take either segment of 
the course separately as provided below. Mr. Barefield. 

223. (2) The Renaissance. See 222 for description. 

224. (2) The Reformation. See 222 for description. 

231. (3) Weimar Germany. (11 weeks) Historical and literary examination of Weimar 
Germany (1919-1933). Authors include: Thomas and Heinrich Mann, Hans Grimm, 
Juenger, Johst, Hesse, Doeblin, Brecht, Kafka, Tucholsky, Fallada, and Stefan 
Zweig. German or History credit to be determined at registration. Messrs. Fraser, 
Doeblin, McDowell 



147 



HISTORY 

232. (2) European Historical Novels. Study of the accuracy and value, from the 
standpoint of the historian, of a selection of historical novels. Mr. Mullen 

240. (4) Afro-American History. The role of Afro-Americans in the development of 
the United States with particular attention to African heritage, forced migration, 
Americanization, and influence. Mr. Smith 

264. (3) Economic History of the United States. The economic development of the 
United States from colonial beginnings to the present. Mr. Perry 

265. (4) American Diplomatic History. An introduction to the history of American 
diplomacy since 1776, emphasizing the effects of public opinion on fundamental 
policies. Mr. Perry 
271. (4) Colonial Latin America, 1492-1825. Cultural configurational approach. 

Mr. Covey 

286. (4) Individual Study. A project in an area of study not otherwise available in the 
History department; permitted upon departmental approval of petition presented 
by a qualified student. Staff 

287, 288. (4,4) Honors Course in History. A two-semester sequence of seminars on 
problems of historical synthesis and interpretation. Designed for seniors who are 
candidates for distinction in history. Staff 

310. (4) Seminar. Offered by members of the staff on topics of their choice. A paper 
is required. Staff 

311 , 312. (4,4) Social and Intellectual History of Modern Europe. Intellectual trends 
in Western European Civilization. Fall: seventeenth and eighteenth centuries; 
spring: nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Mr. Berthrong 

316. (4) France and England in the Twelfth and Thirteenth Centuries. The structure of 
society, the nature of law, church-state relations, intellectual developments. P-315 
or permission of instructor. Mr. Barefield 

319,320. (4,4) Germany. Fall: origins of the German nation and the rise of Prussia in a 
context of particularism, Spring: from the First World War to divided Germany. 

Mr. McDowell 

321. (4) France: Old Regime and Revolution. The reconstruction of political and 
social order following the Wars of Religion; the Enlightenment; the collapse of the 
Monarchy. Mr. Williams 

322. (4) France Since the Revolution. The quest for a new internal order and the 
reaction of France to an era of rapid change; from the fall of Robespierre to the 
departure of Charles de Gaulle. Mr. Williams 

323. 324. (4,4) England. A political and social survey, with some attention to conti- 
nental movements. Fall: to 1603; spring: 1603 to present. 

Messrs. Barnett, Hadley 
325. (4) Tudor and Early Stuart England. A constitutional and social study of England 
from 1485 to 1641. (Not offered 1974-75) 

Mr. Barnett 
329, 330. (4,4) Modern England. Political, social, economic, and cultural history of 
England since 1714. Fall: to 1815; spring: since 1815. (Not offered 1975-1976) 

Mr. Hadley 
331, 332. (4,4) Russia. Primarily political, with some attention to cultural and social 
developments. Fall: the Russian Empire; spring: the Soviet Union. Mr. Tillett 



148 



HISTORY 

333 (4) European Diplomatic History, 1848-1914. Research-discussion seminar, with 
emphasis on topics from the Bismarck era. Mr. Mullen 

335, 336. (4,4) Twentieth Century Europe. Emphasis on international questions and 
the changing position of Europe in the world. Fall: 1914 to 1939; spring: 1939 to the 
present. Mr. McDowell 

341. (4) Southeast Asia from 1511 to Present. A survey of the history and culture of 
Southeast Asia underWestern Colonial systems with special reference to economic, 
social and cultural developments, the rise of nationalism and emergence of new 
nation-states. 

342. (4) The Middle East from Suleiman, the Magnificent, to Present. Major subjects 
covered will be rise and fall of the Ottoman Empire, the Arabs and Persians under 
Ottoman hegemony, rise of Arab Nationalism and emergence of the modern Arab 
states and their rolls in post-World War II era. 

343. (4) Imperial China. Development of traditional institutions in Chinese society 
to 1644; attention to social, cultural and political factors, emphasizing continuity 
and resistance to change. (Not offered 1975) Mr. Sinclair 

344. (4) Modern China. Manchu Dynasty and its response to the Western challenge; 
1911 Revolution; warlord era and rise of the Communists; Chinese Communist 
society; cultural Revolution. (Not offered 1976) Mr. Sinclair 

345. 346. (4,4) History and Civilization of South Asia. An introduction to the history 
and civilization of South Asia. Emphasis on historical developments in the social, 
economic, and cultural life. Mr. Cokhale 
347. (4) India in Western Literatures. A one-semester historical survey of images of 
India in Western literatures with special reference to religious and philosophical 
ideas, art, polity, society and culture. 

349, 350. (4,4) East Asia. An introduction to the social, cultural and political de- 
velopment of China, Japan, and Korea. Fall: to1600; spring: since1600. Mr. Sinclair 
351 , 352. (4,4) Social and Intellectual History of the United States. The relationship 
between ideas and society. Religion, science, education, architecture and immigra- 
tion are among the topics discussed. Mr. Zuber 

353. (4) Colonial English America, 1582-1774. Determinative episodes, figures, al- 
legiances, apperceptions, and results of the period, organically considered. 

Mr. Covey 

354. (4) Revolutionary and Early National America 1763-1820. The American Revolu- 
tion, its causes and effects, the Confederation, the Constitution, and the new 
nation. Mr. Hendricks 

355. (4) The Westward Movement. The role of the frontier in United States history, 
1763-1890. Mr. Smiley 

356. (4) Jacksonian America, 1820-1850. The United States in the age of Jackson, 
Clay, Calhoun and Webster. A biographical approach. Mr. Hendricks 

357. (4) The Civil Warand Reconstruction. The political and military events of the war 
and the economic, social, and political readjustments which followed. Mr. Yearns 



149 



INTERDEPARTMENTAL COURSES 



358. (4) U. S. from Reconstruction to World War I. National progress and problems 
during an era of rapid industrialization. Mr. Yearns 

359. (4) Twentieth Century America, I. The transition of America from World War I to 
the eve of World War II with special emphasis on the "Roaring Twenties" and the 
New Deal. Mr. Smith 

360. (4) Twentieth Century America, II. Recent United States development from 
Pearl Harbor to the eve of the present. Mr. Smith 

362. (4) American Constitutional History. Origins of the constitution, the controver- 
sies involving the nature of the union, and constitutional readjustments to meet the 
new American industrialism. Mr. Yearns 

363, 364. (4,4) The South. Geography, population elements, basic institutions, and 
selected events. Mr. Smiley 

365. (4) Women in American History. A survey of the roles and activities of women in 
America, with emphasis upon selected individuals. Mr. Smiley 

366. (4) Studies in Historic Preservation. An analysis of history museums and agen- 
cies and of the techniques of preserving and interpreting history through artifacts, 
restorations, and reconstructions. (By permission of instructor.) Mr. Hendricks 

367. 368. (4,4) North Carolina. Selected phases of the development of North 
Carolina from colonial beginnings to the present. Fall: to 1789; spring: since 1789. 

Mr. Stroupe 

391, 392. (4,3) Historiography. The principal historians and their writings from 
ancient times to the present. Fall: European historiography; spring: American 
historiography. Mr. Perry 

Courses for Graduate Students* 

431,432. Seminar. Staff 

463, 464. American Foundations. Mr. Covey, Staff 

481,482. Directed Reading. Staff 

491,492. Thesis Research. Staff 



*For course descriptions, see the Graduate Bulletin. 

INTERDEPARTMENTAL COURSES 

Humanities 

111 . (4) An Introduction to Music, Art, and Theatre: An Interdisciplinary Approach. A 
study of the interrelationship of music, art, and theatre, designed to foster a 
deeper understanding and pleasure. Students will be expected to attend recom- 
mended concerts, art exhibits, plays and other appropriate activities. Staff provided 
from the departments of Music, Art, Speech Communication and Theatre Arts. 
163. (4) The Baroque World View. This course will examine man's view of himself 
during the baroque period through a study of a small number of the period's 
cultural manifestations, such as Italian opera, religious architecture, meditative 
poetry, table manners, and demonology. Works by Monteverdi, Rubens, Corneille, 
and Shakespeare, among others, will be considered. All readings will be in English, 
although students with a knowledge of a foreign language will be encouraged to 
use that knowledge. Offered in January. 

150 



INTERDEPARTMENTAL COURSES 



165. (4) Black African Literature. A general introductory course. Study of the origins 
and development of black African literature. Analysis of representative works of 
poetry, fiction, essays. Readings and classes are in English. (Originals in French will 
also be available for majors.) Discussions, occasional lectures, reports and papers. 
Offered in January. 

213. (4) Studies in European Literature. A study of approximately 12 works in 
translation taken from European literature. Satisfies divisional requirement. 

214. (4) Contemporary Fiction. A study of contemporary European and Latin Ameri- 
can fiction in translation. 

215. (4) Germanic and Slavic Literature. A study of approximately 12 works in 
translation taken from Germanic and Slavic literature. (Offered in alternate years.) 
216 (4) Romance Literature. A study of approximately 12 works in translation taken 
from Romance literatures. (Offered in alternate years). 

217. (4) European Drama. A study of selected works in translation, from the seven- 
teenth to the twentieth century, by major continental dramatists. 
225. (4) Nineteenth Century Romanticism: Philosophy and Art. A study of the 
romantic motif as expressed in the philosophy and the art of Europe and the United 
States in the nineteenth century. 

241. (4) Eighteenth Century France. A survey of the chief literary, political, and 
philosophical aspect of eighteenth century France, along with a survey of contem- 
porary artistic movements in painting, sculpture, and architecture. 
250. (4) Discovering the Visual and Verbal Modes of the Twentieth Century. An 
exploration of the ideas, values and feeling found in the art and literature of 
representative twentieth century figures: Kandinsky, Stevens, Picasso, Kafka, 
Leger, Beckett, Klee, lonesco, Pollock, Faulkner, Chagall, Barth, and others. 
350. (4) What the Arts Have Been Saying Since 1800. An experiment in developing 
interpretive judgment and insight, regarding music, painting, and literature as 
articulations of frontier consciousness of the period, held in Reynolda House. 
358. (3) An Editor Looks at the Rights of American Citizens (1965-1976). Current 
developments in the field of constitutional rights as seen by a newspaper editor. 
Mr. Carroll 

373.(4) France in the Thirties: Literature and Social Consciousness. A study in English 
of Malraux, Artaud, Ciraudoux and Breton. 

374. (4) French Literature in the Mid-Twentieth Century. A study of the literature of 
the forties and fifties and its evolution from "commitment" to "disengagement." 
Authors read will include Sartre, Camus, Beckett, Robbe-Grillet, lonesco, Duras, 
Sarrante. 

375. (4) The French Theatre Between 1930 and 1960: Theory and Practice. Study of 
works by Giraudoux, Cocteau, Anouilh, Sartre, Camus, Beckett, lonesco, Genet. 

378. (4) Autobiography as Genre. A study of autobiography as a form of fiction. 
Reading of Rousseau's Confessions, followed by certain autobiographies of twen- 
tieth century French authors. Taught in English 

379. (4) The Literary Works of jean Paul Sartre. A critical study of his evolution as 
reflected in his novel and plays from Nausea to The Prisoners of Altona. 

380. (3) Albert Camus. A critical study of his evolution as a writer. 



151 



MATHEMATICS 



Social Sciences 

381, 382. (4,4) Interdisciplinary Study and Reserach in Developing Areas. This 
course, designed to introduce students to problems facing developing areas, in- 
cludes directed studies, intensive field research, and data analysis. 

MATHEMATICS 

Professors Gentry, Sawyer, Seelbinder 

Associate Professors Baxley, Carmichael, Howard*, Gaylord 

May, Graham May, Waddill 
Assistant Professors Hayashi, Kuzmanovich 
Alfred T. Brauer Instructor Kirkman 
Instructor Mazzola 

A major in mathematics requires 40 credits. 

A student must include courses 111 , 112, 113, 121 , 221 , one of the 
courses 311, 317, 352, 357, and at least two additional 300-level 
courses. A prospective teacher in the education block may take 231 
in lieu of the course from 311, 317, 352, or 357. Lower Division 
students are urged to consult a member of the department before 
enrolling in courses other than those satisfying Division II re- 
quirements. 

The Mathematics Department, along with the departments of 
Economics, Business and Accountancy, and Biology, offers the 
following joint majors. 

Joint Major in Mathematical Economics. The Department of 
Mathematics and the Department of Economics offer a joint major 



'absent on leave, Spring 1976 



152 



MATHEMATICS 



leading to a Bachelor of Science degree in Mathematical 
Economics. This interdisciplinary program affords the student an 
opportunity to apply mathematical methods to the development of 
economic theory, models, and quantitative analysis. The majorwill 
consist of the following course requirements: Mathematics 111, 
112, 113, 121 , 251 ; Economics 151 , 152, 201 , 202, 203; a joint seminar 
in mathematical economics; three additional courses chosen with 
the approval of the program advisors. (Recommended courses are 
Mathematics 253, 348, 353, 357, 358; Economics 251 , 242, 287, 288.) 
Program advisors: Baxley and Moorhouse. 

Joint Major in Mathematics-Business. The Department of 
Mathematics and the Department of Business and Accountancy 
offer a joint major leading to a Bachelor of Science degree in 
Business-Mathematics. This interdisciplinary program prepares 
students for careers in business with a strong background in 
mathematics. The major will consist of the following course re- 
quirements: Mathematics 111, 112, 155, 157, 256 or 355; Account- 
ing 111, 112; Business 211, 221, 231; either Business 268 or 
Mathematics 357; either Business 271 or Mathematics 253; two 
additional courses chosen from the following: Accounting 252, 
278, Business 281, Mathematics 121, 348, 353, 381, or specially 
designed 4-week courses. (Economics 151-152 is strongly recom- 
mended to meet Division IV basic course requirements.) 

Joint Major in Mathematics-Biology. The Department of 
Mathematics and the Department of Biology offer a joint major 
leading to a Bachelor of Science degree in Mathematical Biology. 
This interdisciplinary program affords the student an opportunity 
to apply mathematical methods to the development and analysis of 
biological systems. The major will consist of the following course 
requirements: Mathematics 112, 155, 157 or 357; Biology 150, 151, 
152; seven additional courses (at least three in each department) 
chosen with the approval of the program advisors. Program ad- 
visors: Amen and Seelbinder. 

Highly qualified majors are invited by the department to apply 
for admission to the honors program in Mathematics or in the joint 
majors. To be graduated with the designation "Honors in 
Mathematics" or "Honors in (Joint Major)," they must meet 
minimum requirements listed on page 8, and complete satisfac- 
torily a senior research paper and pass a comprehensive oral and 



153 



MATHEMATICS 



written examination. For additional information members of the 
staff should be consulted. 

105. (4) Pre-Calculus Mathematics. Selected topics deal with the structure of 
number systems and the elementary functions. Taught in 4-week term. Nor to be 
counted on major in Mathematics. 

111, 772, 773. (5, 5 or 4,4) Calculus with Analytic Geometry I, II, III. Differential and 
integral calculus and basic concepts of analytic geometry, multivariable calculus. 
No student will be allowed credit for both 116 and 111. Lab.— 2 hrs. for 111, 112. 
115, 116. (5,5 or 4) Finite Mathematics with Calculus I, II. Logic, sets, probability, 
matrices, linear programming, markov chains, theory of games and concepts from 
differential and integral calculus. No student will be allowed credit for both 116 and 
111. Lab.— 2 hrs. 

121. (4) Linear Algebra. Vectors and vector spaces, linear transformations and 
matrices, linear groups and determinants. 

154. (4) Computer Programming. Introduction to computer programming and oper- 
ation. Taught in 4-week term. No student will be allowed credit for both 154 and 155 
without departmental approval. 

155. (2) Introduction to Fortran Programming. Basic FORTRAN programming. Lec- 
ture and laboratory Vi semester. Graded on Pass/Fail basis. Lab. — 2 hrs. No student 
will be allowed credit for both 154 and 155 without departmental approval. 

156. {4) Statistical Concepts. An introductory course for the student of statistics who 
has a limited mathematical background. Includes descriptive techniques, fre- 
quency distributions, statistical inference, regression, and correlation. Emphasis is 
placed on how statistics can be used in society. Taught in 4-week term. No student 
will be allowed credit for both 156 and 157. 

157. (5 or 4). Elementary Probability and Statistics. Probability and distribution 
functions; means and variances; sampling distributions. Lab. — 2 hrs. No student 
will be allowed credit for both 156 and 157. 

221 . (4) Modern Algebra I. An introduction to modern abstract algebra through the 
study of groups, rings, integral domain and fields. P-121. 

231. (4) Euclidean Geometry. Postulates, definitions, theorems and models of Eu- 
clidean geometry. 

251. (4 or 3) Ordinary Differential Equations. Linear equations with constant coeffi- 
cients, linear equations with variable coefficients, existence and uniqueness 
theorems for first order equations. P-112. 

253. (4) Operations Research. Mathematical models and optimization techniques. 
Studies in allocation, simulation, queuing, scheduling and network analysis. P-111, 
P-115 or equivalent. 

256. (4) Programming Languages. FORTRAN IV, COBOL, and Assembly languages. 
Advanced computer techniques. P-154 or 155. 

311,312. (4, 4 or 3) Advanced Calculus I, II. Limits and continuity in metric spaces, 
differentiation and Riemann-Stieltjes integration, sequences and series, uniform 
convergence, power series and Fourier series, partial differentiation and functions 
of n real variables, implicit and inverse function theorem. P-113. 

317. (4) Complex Analysis I. Analytic functions, Cauchy's theorem and its conse- 
quences, power series and residue calculus. P-113. 



154 



MATHEMATICS 



322. (4 or 3) Modern Algebra II. A continuation of modern abstract algebra through 
the study of additional properties of groups and fields and a thorough treatment of 
vector spaces. P-221. 

323, 324. (4, 4 or 3) Matrix Theory I, II. Basic concepts and theorems concerning 
matrices and real number functions defined on preferred sets of matrices. P-121. 
332. (4 or 3) Non-Euclidean Geometry. Postulates, definitions, theorems, and mod- 
els of Lobachevskian and Riemannian geometry. 

345, 346. (4,4 or 3) Elementary Theory of Numbers, I, II. Properties of integers, 
congruences, arithmetic functions, primitive roots, sums of squares, magic 
squares, applications to elementary mathematics, quadratic residues, arithmetic 
theory of continued fractions. 

348. (4or3). Combinatorial Analysis. Enumeration techniques, includinggenerating 
functions, recurrence formulas, the principle of inclusion and exclusion, and 
Polya's theorem. 

351. (4) Applied Analysis. Topics which have proven useful in the physical sciences, 
including vector analysis and complex analysis. 

352. (4) Partial Differential Equations. The separation of variables technique for the 
solution of the wave, heat, Laplace, and other partial differential equations, to- 
gether with the related study of the Fourier transform and the expansion of func- 
tions in Fourier, Legendre, and Bessel series. 

353. (4 or 3) Mathematical Models. Development and application of probabilistic 
and deterministic models. Emphasis will be given to constructing models which 
represent systems in the social, behavioral, and management sciences. P-Math 253 
or Management Science 462. 

355. (4) Numerical Analysis. A computer-oriented study of analytical methods in 
mathematics. Lecture and laboratory. P-112 and 154 or 155. 

357,358. (4,4 or 3) Mathematical Statistics I, II. Probability distributions, mathemati- 
cal expectation, sampling distributions, estimation and testing of hypotheses, re- 
gression, correlation and analysis of variance. P-113. 

361 . (2, 3 or 4) Selected Topics. Topics in mathematics which are not considered in 
regular courses or which continue study begun in regular courses. Content varies. 
381. (2) Independent Study. Library and conference work. 



Courses for Graduate Students* 



411, 


412. 


Real Analysis. 


415, 


416. 


Seminar in Analysis. 




418. 


Complex Analysis II. 


421, 


422. 


Abstract Algebra. 


423, 


424. 


Seminar on Theory of Matrices 


425, 


426. 


Seminar in Algebra. 


431, 


432. 


General Topology 


435, 


436. 


Seminar on Topology 


437, 


438 


Seminar on Geometry 


445, 


446. 


Seminar on Number Theory. 


491, 


492. 


Thesis Research. 



"For course descriptions, see the Graduate Bulletin. 

155 




_ 1'jiMnrr 



MUSIC 

MILITARY SCIENCE 

Lieutenant Colonel William A. Scott, Professor 
Major Paul E. Cook, Assistant Professor 
Major Stephen J. Gamble, Assistant Professor 
Major Anderson H. Walters, Assistant Professor 
Captain Jesse C. Brackett, Assistant Professor 
Captain Floyd L. Griffin, Assistant Professor 
Sergeant Major Donald K. Vick, Assistant 
Master Sergeant Charles E. Norton 
Marter Sergeant Elmer E. Parker 

111, 112. (2,2) First Year Basic. ROTC and National Defense; basic military skills. 
Academic subject.* Lab** 

151,152, (2,2) Second Year Basic. Leadership; styles and theoretical orientation in a 
contemporary military environment; intermediate military skills. Lab** 
211,212. (2,2) First Year Advanced. Preparation for summer camp; small unit tactics; 
communications and military orienteering; military formations; advanced military 
skills Academic subject.* P-credit for basic. Lab** 

251,252. (2,2) Second Year Advanced. Planning and supervision of leadership 
laboratory program; active duty orientation; military administration; law and logis- 
tics. Academic subject.* P-211, 212. Lab** 

MUSIC 

Professor Robinson 

Assistant Professors Damp, Giles, LeSiege 
Visiting Assistant Professor Fairbanks 
Instructor Hoirup 
Director of Bands Burgess 

Part-Time Instructors Angell, Berlin, Burgess, Felmet, Fulcher, 
Harris, Johnson, Kroeger, Lazarus, Whitaker 

The major in Music consists of a Basic Curriculum of 38 credits: 
MusicTheory 171-174 (16 credits), Music History 213-214 (8 credits), 
10 credits of Applied Music and 4 semesters of Ensemble. 



"This subject, either elective or required, will be one which furthers the professional qualifications of the 
student as a prospective officer in the U.S. Army. In cases where a student is pursuing a discipline which is 
narrowly restricted with few electives, the PMS will resolve any conflict in favor of the student's degree 
requirements. 

"Students will elect to participate in various skill modules including but not limited to orienteering, moun- 
taineering, marksmanship, competitive drill. 



157 



MUSIC 

The music major will supplement this Basic Curriculum with ten 
additional credits by electing one of the following areas of con- 
centration or by devising an integrated course of study with 
another department. 

Music Theory. Electives: Music 271, 272, 273, 275, 276; Education 
280, 282. 

Composition. Theory electives and/or supplementary enroll- 
ment in Music 273. 

Music History. Electives: Music 211, 215, 219, 221, 222, 223, 224, 
276; Education 280; selected courses in the Departments of Art and 
History. 

Church Music. Music 211, 212; Education 282. 

Performance. Education 284 (Music Literature Seminar), Senior 
Recital (additional applied music credits to be arranged), Music 
Theory/History electives. 

Music Education. Music 182, 184, 186, 187; Education 280, 282, 
284, 291; piano or guitar proficiency; full or half-recital. 

Highly qualified majors are permitted to apply for admission to 
the honors program in Music. To be graduated with the designa- 
tion "Honors in Music," a candidate must complete one of the 
following requirements: (1) a senior research paper; (2) an original 
composition; (3) an analytical lecture related to music performed 
in a public recital. 

Any student interested in majoring in Music should ask for an 
appointment with the chairman of the department as soon as 
possible upon entering the university. 

Music Theory 

101. (4) Introduction to the Language of Music. Music terminology, scales, keys, 

intervals, chords, rhythms, forms. Primarily for students not majoring in music. 

(Offered in alternate years.) 

171, 172, 173, 174. (4, 4, 4, 4) Music Theory I, II, III, IV. A sequence of four courses 

which involves the development of several basic musical skills (recognition of the 

elements of music and their relationships, sight-singing, dictation, analysis using 

visual and aural sources). The study of technical information including terminology, 

notation, transpositions, stylistic concepts, basic analytical and compositional 

theories. P-ability to read music. 

271. (2) Counterpoint. A survey of contrapuntal compositional techniques of the 

16th, 18th and 20th centu ries, including analysis of representative compositions and 



158 



MUSIC 

practical experience using contrapuntal techniques. P-174. (Offered in alternate 
years.) 

272. (2) Form and Analysis. A study of analytical writings of theorists and composers, 
and the development of practical analytical skills as they can be used in research 
and performance preparation. P-174 or consent of instructor. (Offered in alternate 
years.) 

273. (1 or2) Composition. Individual instruction in the craft of musical composition. 
May be repeated for credit. P-174 or consent of instructor. 

275. (2) History of Theory. A survey of theoretical writings on musical acoustics, 
instruments and notation from Classical Greece to the present. P-consent of in- 
structor. (Offered in alternate years.) 

276. (2) Current Practices. A survey of 20th century compositional techniques, 
notation and performance problems involving the study of music and theoretical 
writings associated with major trends from 1900 to the present. P-174 or consent of 
instructor. (Offered in alternate years.) 

Music History 

102. (3) Survey of Musical Styles. The development of a vocabulary for music 
through focused listening to selected composers of the Renaissance, Baroque, 
Classic, Romantic and Modern periods. 

103. (4) Beethoven. An introductory musical experience emphasizing the works of 
this especially comprehensive composer. Beethoven's conformities to and depar- 
tures from Viennese style and his prophecy of Romanticism will be special con- 
cerns. (Offered in alternate years.) 

211. (4) Seminar in Church Music. A survey of the great oratorios, cantatas, anthems, 
hymns, and organ compositions of the church, with emphasis on their proper 
liturgical setting. 

212. (4) Music in the Church. Function of the church musician and the relationship 
of his work to the overall church program. 

213. 214. (4,4) Music History. A survey of the history of Western music from Anicent 
Greece to the present day. P-172 or consent of instructor. 

215. (2) Philosophy of Music. A survey of philosophical writings about music. 
Musical aesthetics; social, religious and political concerns. P-consent of instructor. 
(Offered in alternate years.) 

219. (4) The Music of the Middle Ages and Renaissance. A study of Medieval and 
Renaissance music; its philosophy, theory and performance practices. This course 
will include a survey of current research and experience transcribing from old 
notational systems into modern notation. P-consent of instructor. (Offered in alter- 
nate years beginning Fall 1976.) 

221. (4) The Music of the Baroque. A study of the major composers, musical styles, 
forms and genre from 1600 to 1750. (Offered in alternate years.) 

222. (4) The Music of the Viennese Classic Period. The works of Haydn, Mozart, 
Beethoven and Schubert. (Offered in alternate years.) 

223. (4) The Musicof the Romantic Age. The major national styles, composers, forms 
and genre of the nineteenth century. (Offered in alternate years.) 



159 



MUSIC 

224. (4) Twentieth Century Music. The major musical styles, techniques and media 
of contemporary music from Debussy to the present. (Offered in alternate years.) 



Music Education 

182. (2) Vocal Methods. An examination of various vocal methods, techniques and 
music used in group singing. (Offered in alternate years.) 

184. (2) Brass and Percussion Instruments. Fundamentals of playing and teaching 
brass and percussion instruments. (Offered jointly with Salem College in alternate 
years.) 

186. (2) String Instruments. Fundamentals of playing and teaching all instruments of 
the string family. (Offered in alternate years.) 

187. (2) Woodwind Instruments. Fundamentals of playing and teaching all principal 
instruments of the woodwind family. (Offered in alternate years.) 

280. (Education, 2) Orchestration. A study of the orchestral and wind band instru- 
ments; survey of how composers have used them throughout history, and de- 
velopment of practical scoring and manuscript skills. P-172 or consent of instructor. 
(Offered in alternate years.) 

282. (Education, 2) Conducting. A study of choral and instrumental conducting 
techniques, including practical experience with ensembles. P-174. 
284. (Education, 3 or 4) Music Literature Seminar. A survey of repertoire, including 
an examination of teaching materials, in the student's special area of interest. 
291. (Education, 4) Teaching of Music. The teaching and supervision of choral and 
instrumental music in the public schools, grades 1-12. P-174. (Offered through 
Salem College.) 

Honors and Independent Study 

298. (2 or 4) Independent Study. A project in an area of study not otherwise available 
in the Music Department. By pre-arrangement. 

299. (4) Honors in Music. Independent study for Honors candidates who have 
fulfilled the specified departmental and college requirements. 

Ensemble 

Departmental ensembles are open to all students. Credit is 
earned on the basis of one credit per semester of participation. 

111, 112. Opera Workshop. Study, staging and performance of standard and con- 
temporary operatic works. Enrollment by permission of instructor. 
113, 114. Orchestra. Study and performance of orchestral works from the classical 
and contemporary repertoire. 

115, 116. University Choir. Study and performance of sacred and secular choral 
compositions. Membership by audition. 

117. Marching Deacons Band. Performs for most Wake Forest football games. 
Meerts twice weekly during the fall term. No audition requirement. 



160 



MUSIC 

118. Concert Band. Study and performance of music for wind band. Meets twice 
weekly during the spring term. Enrollment by permission of instructor. 

119, 120. Symphonic Wind Ensemble. Study and performance of music for wind 
ensemble. Meets twice weekly. Regular performances on and off campus including 
an annual tour. Membership by audition only. 

121, 122. Jazz Ensemble. Study and performance of written and improvised jazz for 
an 18 to 22 member ensemble. Three (1 hour) class meetings per week. Public 
performances, annual jazz festival. Membership by audition only. 
123, 124. Piano Ensemble. Study of the elements of accompanying and ensemble 
playing through class discussion and studio experience. 

Applied Music 

Applied music courses are open to all college students with the 
consent of the instructor. Credit is earned on the basis of lesson 
duration and weekly preparation . One credit per semester implies a 
half-hour of instruction weekly and a minimum of one hour of daily 
practice. Two credits per semester implies an hour of instruction 
weekly and a minimum of two hours of daily practice. With the 
permission of the music staff and with a proportional increase in 
practice a student may earn three or four credits per semester. An 
applied music fee is charged for all individual instruction. 

Individual Instruction. 161 (fall), 162 (spring); one credit per semester. 261 (fall), 262 
(spring); two credits per semester. May be repeated for credit. Technical studies and 
repertoire of progressive difficulty selected to meet the needs and abilities of the 
individual student. Instruction available at Wake Forest in the following instruments 
(letter indicated after each instrument is added to the course number): Violin (A); 
Flute (E), Oboe (F), Clarinet (G), Saxophone (I), Trumpet (J), French Horn (K), Organ 
(O), Piano (P), Percussion (Q), Classical Guitar (R), Voice (V). Other instruments 
usually available by special arrangement with Salem College and the North Carolina 
School of the Arts: Viola (B), Cello (C), Double Bass (D), Bassoon (H), Trombone (L). 
165P. (1) Class Piano. Scales, chords, inversions, appropriate repertoire with em- 
phasis on sight-reading, harmonization, simple transposition. Designed for the 
beginning piano student. 

165V, 166V. (1,1) Class Voice. Introduction to the fundamental principles of singing- 
concepts of breath control, tone and resonance. 



161 



PHILOSOPHY 



PHILOSOPHY 

Professor Helm 

Associate Professors Hester *, Pritchard (Chairman) 

Assistant Professors Lewis, Vorsteg 

Instructor Dickason 

A major in philosophy requires 36 credits. The courses must 
include 261 and either 161 of 271, two courses from the history 
sequence (201, 211, 222), and one course from each of the follow- 
ing: A (230, 231, 241, 242); B (279, 285, 287); C (294, 295). 

The Spilman Philosophy Seminar, open to advanced students in 
philosophy, was established in 1934 through an endowment pro- 
vided by Dr. Bernard W. Spilman. The income from the endow- 
ment is used for the seminar library, which now contains about 
4,000 volumes. Additional support for the library and other de- 
partmental activities is provided by the A. C. Reid Philosophy 
Fund, which was established in 1960 by friends of the Department. 
The furniture in the library and seminar room was donated in 
honor of Mr. Claude Roebuck and Mr. and Mrs. W. A. Hough, by 
their families. 

Two distinguished alumni of the College have made possible the 
establishment of a lectureship and a seminar. The late Guy T. 
Carswell of Charlotte, North Carolina, has endowed the Guy T. and 
Clara Carswell Philosophy Lectureship, and a gift from Mr. James 
Montgomery Hester of Long Beach, California, has established the 
James Montgomery Hester Philosophy Seminar. In addition, a 
lectureship bearing his name has been instituted in honor of Mr. 
Claude V. Roebuck. 

Highly qualified majors are invited by the department to apply for 
admission to the honors program in philosophy. To be graduated 
with the designation, "Honors in Philosophy," a student must: (1) 
meet the minimum requirements specified on page 8; (2) submit 
an acceptable prospectus for an honors thesis by November for 
graduation in the spring semester or by May for graduation in the 
fall semester; (3) present a satisfactory paper based on the prospec- 
tus; and (4) show an acceptable level of performance in a discus- 
sion of his thesis with his honors advisor and at least one other 
member of the department. 



'Absent on leave, Spring 1976. 



162 



PHILOSOPHY 



133. (4) Space and Time in Fact and Fiction. Are space and time fundamentally 

different? Are they properties of the physical world or of minds only? Are they finite 

or infinite in extension and duration? Other questions will cover problems and 

paradoxes in the concept of space and in the concept of time travel. 

151. (4) Basic Problems of Philosophy. An examination of the basic concepts of 

several representative philosophers, including their accounts of the nature of 

knowledge, man, Cod, mind, and matter. 

161. (4) Logic. An elementary study of the laws of valid inference, recognition of 

fallacies, and logical analysis. 

171, 172. (4,4) Meaning and Value in Western Thought. A critical survey of religious 

and philosophical ideas in the Western World from antiquity to modern times. 

(Either 171 or 172 will satisfy the philosophy or religion requirement. Both 171 and 

172 will satisfy both the philosophy and religion requirements. Choices will be 

determined at registration.) 

201. (4) Ancient and Medieval Philosophy. A survey of major philosophers from the 

Presocratics to the late Medieval Scholastics. P-151 or 171 or 172. 

211. (4) Modern Philosophy. A survey of major philosophers from Descartes to 

Nietzsche. P-151 or 171 or 172. 

222. (4) Contemporary Philosophy. A survey of major philosophers from Russell to 

Sartre. P-151 or 171 or 172. 

230. (4) Plato. A detailed analysis of selected dialogues covering Plato's most impor- 
tant contributions to ethics, political philosophy, theory of knowledge, 
metaphysics, and theology. P-151 or 171 or 172. 

231. (4) Aristotle. A study of the major texts, with emphasis on metaphysics, ethics 
and theory of knowledge. P-151 or 171 or 172. 

241. (4) Kant. A detailed study of selected works covering Kant's most important 
contributions to theory of knowledge, metaphysics, ethics, and religion. P-151 or 
171 or 172. 

242. (4) Hegel, Kierkegaard, and Sartre. An examination of selected sources em- 
bodying the basic concepts of Hegel, Kierkegaard, and Sartre, especially as they 
relate to each other in terms of influence, development, and opposition. P-151 or 
171 or 172. 

261. (4) Ethics. A critical study of selected problems and representative works in 
ethical theory. P-151 or 171 or 172 

271 . (4) Symbolic Logic. Basic concepts and techniques of modern deductive logic, 
beginning with the logic of truth functions and quantification theory. Attention will 
be given to advanced topics such as descriptions, classes, and number, and to 
issues in the philosophy of logic. 

279. (4) Philosophy of Science. A systematic exploration of the conceptual founda- 
tions of scientific thought and procedure. P-151 or 171 or 172. 
285. (4) Philosophy of Art. A critical examination of several philosophies of art, with 
emphasis upon the application of these theories to particular works of art. P-151 or 
171 or 172. 

287. (4) Philosophy of Religion. A systematic analysis of the logical structure of 
religious language and belief, including an examination of religious experience, 
mysticism, revelation, and arguments for the nature and existence of God. P-151 or 
171 or 172. 
290. (4) Readings in Philosophy. A discussion of several important works in 

163 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION 



philosophy or closely related areas. P-151 or 171 or 172. 

294. (4) Seminar in Epistemological Problems. A senior course requiring a major 
research paper. P-151 or 171 or 172. 

295. (4) Seminar in Metaphysical Problems. A senior course requiring a major 
research paper. P-151 or 171 or 172. 

297, 298. (4,4) Seminar: Advanced Problems in Philosophy. Senior courses treating 
selected topics in philosophy. P-151 or 171 or 172. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 

Professor Barrow 

Associate Professors Hottinger, Ribisl 

Assistant Professors Adams, Casey, Crisp, Ellison. 

Instructors Boone, David, Earls, Perkins, Wiegardt 

Lecturer Dellastatious 

The purpose of the Department of Physical Education is to or- 
ganize, administer and supervise the following programs: (1) RE- 
QUIRED PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAM consisting of condi- 
tioning activities, varied team and individual sports, special correc- 
tive and remedial instruction to all students with physical problems 
according to the individual's need, and to teach some basic infor- 
mation on posture and body mechanics, physiological principles, 
and practical health facts which must be observed to maintain a 
state of health and physical fitness. (2) INTRAMURAL SPORTS 
PROGRAM which allows all students to participate and specialize 
in sports which will be of lifelong benefit. (3) SUPERVISED RECRE- 
ATION PROGRAM consisting of varied recreational and leisure 
time activities. (4) PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION PROGRAM 
which will offer the necessary preparation for those interested in 
the fields of Health, Physical Education, Recreation and Athletic 
Coaching. 

Required Physical Education 

Physical Education 111 and 112 are required of all freshmen and 
transfer students who have not complied with this requirement. 
For those students enrolled in ROTC Physical Education 111 and 
112 requirement may be postponed until the sophomore year but 
must be completed by the end of that second year of attendance in 
Wake Forest University. 

111, 112. (1,1) Physical Education. A basic course consisting of body mechanics, 
basic health and physiological principles, dance, exercise and sports designed to 
develop fundamental skills. Students' needs and interests will be met through 
controlled election of activities based upon standardized proficiency examination 
and/or previous experiences. 

164 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION 



111, 112. (1 ,1) Physical Education (Special). A course consisting of remedial instruc- 
tion or limited activity for students with special problems, handicaps or medical 
excuses. 

Elective Physical Education 

For those students who wish to specialize in sports activities 
beyond the requirement, a varied sports program is offered. Any 
course listed below may be elected for one credit toward gradua- 
tion. Prerequisite, Physical Education 111-112. 

Hours to be arranged 



156. Beginning Figure Skating 

158. Advanced Life Saving 

159. Beginning Coif 

160. Intermediate Coif 

161. Beginning Tennis 

162. Techniques of Dance Move- 
ment 

Contemporary Dance (Prerequisite 
PE 762 or Permission of 
Instructor) 
Gymnastics 

165. Beginning Bowling 

166. Beginning and Inter- 
mediate Swimming 

167. Advanced Swimming; 
Beginning Scuba 



163. 



164. 



168. Life Saving; Water Safety 
Inst. Course 

169. Weight Training and 
Conditioning 

170. Handball; Squash Racquets 

171. Intermediate Racquetball 

172. Water Ballet; Synchronized 
Swimming 

173. Conditioning 

174. Intermediate Tennis 

175. Intermediate Bowling 

176. Officiating Women's Sports 
Ml . Snow Skiing; Bowling 

178. Recreational Games 

180. Horseback Riding/Bowling 

184. Advanced Tennis 



Courses For Major Students 

Students desiring to elect a major in Physical Education and 
Health and to satisfy the state requirements for a teaching certifi- 
cate must be of Junior Standing. Biology 111 and 150 will be re- 
quired and the following courses in Physical Education and Health: 
220, 221 , 222, 224, 230, 241 , 242, 251 , 252, 258, 310, 353, 357, 360, 363. 

Highly qualified majors are invited by the department to apply 
for admission to the honors program in Physical Education. To be 
graduated with the designation "Honors in Physical Education," 
they must meet minimum requirements listed on page 8, partici- 
pate satisfactorily in Physical Education 382 and pass a comprehen- 
sive written examination. Upon satisfactory completion of these 
requirements, they will be recommended for graduation with 
"Honors in Physical Education." For additional information mem- 
bers of the staff should be consulted. 



165 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION 



Any student interested in majoring in Physical Education should 
ask for an appointment with the chairman of the department as 
soon as possible upon entering the university. 

210. (3) History and Sociology of Sports. A study of the historical and sociological 
bases underlying sports, games, dance, and gymnastics and the impact these forces 
now have on society and culture. 

211. (2) Foundations of Health and Physical Fitness. A presentation of the physiolog- 
ical, psychological, and sociological foundations of personal health and physical 
fitness. 

220. (1) Aquatics. Presentation of knowledge, skill, and methods of teaching aqua- 
tics. 

221. (4) Methods and Materials in Gymnastics and Dance. Presentation of knowl- 
edge, skill and methods of teaching gymnastics and dance. 

222. (4) Methods and Materials in Teaching and Coaching Team Sports. Presentation 
of knowledge, skill, and methods of teaching, coaching, and officiating team 
sports. 

224. (4) Methods and Materials in Team and Individual Sports. Theory and practice in 
organization and teaching selected team and individual sports included in a com- 
prehensive physical education program. 

230. (2) First Aid and Athletic Training. A study of first aid techniques and the care 
and treatment of athletic injuries. 

241 . (2) Farly Childhood Motor Development. This course deals with developmental 
stages of fundamental motor skills and with the perceptual process involved in 
motor learning. 

242. (2) Physical Education for the Elementary School. Presentation of knowledge 
and methods of teachingthe physical education activities forthe elementary school 
program. 

251. (3) Principles of Physical Education. A general introductory course and orienta- 
tion into physical education and its relation to general education and the present 
organization of society. 

252. (4) Anatomy and Physiology. A course to proyide students of physical educa- 
tion with a functional knowledge of the anatomic structure and physiologic func- 
tion of the human body. 

258. (3) Organization and Administration of Health and Physical Education. A course 
in problems and procedures in health and physical education and the administra- 
tion of an interscholastic athletic program. 

310. (2) Applied Field Study. A course involving application of theory and methods 
of solving problems in a specialized area according to the student's immediate 
career goals. (Prerequisite PE 251 or Permission of Instructor). 

353. (3) Physiology of Exercise. The course presents the many effects of muscular 

activity on the processes of the body which constitute the scientific basis of Physical 

Education. 

357. (4) Kinesiology and Adapted Physical Education. A study of the principles of 



166 



PHYSICS 

human motion based on anatomical, physiological and mechanical principles, and 
the application of these principles along with other special considerations in de- 
veloping a program for the atypical student. 

360. (3) Evaluation and Measurement in Health and Physical Education. A course in 
measurement techniques and beginning statistical procedures to determine pupil 
status in established standards of health and physical education which reflect the 
prevailing education philosophy. 

363. (3) Personal and Community Health and Safety Education. A course presenting 
personal, family, and community health problems; a study of safety in the schools. 
382. (1-4) Independent Study in Health and Physical Education. Library conferences 
and laboratory research performed on an individual basis. 

Courses for Graduate Students* 

451 . Philosophical Bases of Physical Education. 

453. Advanced Physiology of Exercise. 

456. Advanced Evaluation and Measurement in Health, 
Physical Education, and Recreation. 

470. Curriculum in Health and Physical Education. 

471 . Motor Learning and Performance. 

472. Motor Behavior in Early Childhood. 

475. Supervision of Health and Physical Education. 

480. Readings in Physical Education, Health, 
and Recreation. 

481 . Research in Physical Education. 

482. Da fa Analysis and Interpretation. 

483. Seminar in Physical Education. 
491 , 492. Thesis Research 

Physics 

Professors Brehme, Haven, Shields, Turner, G.P. Williams, 

Jr. (Chairman) 
Associate Professor Kerr 

The program of courses for each student majoring in Physics will 
be determined through consultation with the student's major ad- 
viser. 

In addition to the courses prescribed by the College, the re- 
quirements for the B.A. and B.S. Degrees with a major in Physics 
are: 



•For course descriptions, see the Graduate Bulletin. 



167 



PHYSICS 

The B.A. degree requires 37 credits in Physics, and must 
include courses 141, 161, 162, 345, and two from 230, 235 and 
351. 

The B.S. degree requires 45 credits in Physics, and must include 
courses 311, 312, 343, 344, 345, 346. 

For either degree, two courses in Chemistry (or Chemistry 118), 
and Math 251 are required. 

A typical schedule for the first two years for either program is: 

Freshman Year Sophomore Year 

Physics 111, 112 or 121, 122 Physics 141, 162 

Mathematics 111, 112 Mathematics 251 

Language Basic and Divisional 

Basic and Divisional Requirements 
Requirements (5 courses) 

If a student does not take Physics 111, 112 or 121, 122 in the 
freshman year, one of these sequences may be taken in the 
sophomore year and the degree requirements in Physics may still 
be completed by the end of the senior year. 

No student may be a candidate for a degree with a major in 
Physics unless he earns a grade of C or better in General Physics or 
is given special permission by the staff. 

Highly qualified majors are invited by the department to apply 
for admission to the honors program in Physics. To be graduated 
with the designation "Honors in Physics," they must meet 
minimum requirements listed on page 8, and complete satisfac- 
torily Physics 381 and pass a comprehensive written examination. 
They are then graduated with the designation "Honors in Physics." 
For additional information members of the staff should be con- 
sulted. 

Members of the staff may also be consulted regarding the en- 
gineering program described on page 103. 

101, 102. (4,4) Natural Philosophy. A study of the history, philosophy and social 

impact of the physical sciences. 

105. (4) Descriptive Astronomy. An introductory study of the universe, from the 

solar system to the galaxies. 

108 (2) Energy and the Environment. A descriptive, non-mathematical introduction 

to the concept of energy and its note in the environment. 

111, 112. (5,5) Introductory Physics. A course for freshmen and sophomores. Lab — 

2hrs. 

121, 122. (5,5) General Physics. A course designed for those who expect to major in 

physics or chemistry. Lab — 2 hrs. C-Math 111. 

168 



POLITICS 

141. (4) Elementary Modern Physics-Jhe development of 20th Century Physics & 
Introduction to Quantum ideas, P-112 or 121 and C; Math 112. 

161. (5) Introductory Mechanics. The fundamental principles of mechanics. P-111 or 
121, and Mathematics 111; or equivalent: Lab — 3 hrs. 

162. (5) Introductory Electricity. The fundamental principles of electricity, mag- 
netism and electromagnetic radiation. P-112, C-Math 112 Lab — 3 hrs. 

230. (4) Electronics. Introduction to the theory and application of transistors and 

electronic circuits. P-162, or equivalent. Lab — 3 hrs. 

235. (5) Physical Optics and Spectra. A study of physical optics and the quantum 

treatment of spectra. Lab — 3 hrs. 

301,302. ( (4,4) Advanced General Physics. A course designed for science teachers. 

Credit is not allowed for graduate students in the department of Physics. Lab — 2 hrs. 

311. (4) Mechanics. A senior level treatment of analytic classical mechanics. 
Mathematics 251. 

312. (4) Electromagnetic Theory. A senior level treatment of classical electromag- 
netic theory. P-162, Mathematics 251. 

343, 344. (4,4) Modern Physics. Application of the elementary principles of quantum 
mechanics to atomic and molecular physics. 

345, 346. ( 1,1) Modern Physics Laboratory. (Vi per sem.) The laboratory associated 
with Physics 343, 344. Lab— 3 hrs. 

351. (4,4) Thermodynamics and Statistical Mechanics. Introduction to classical and 
statistical thermodynamics and distribution functions. 

381. (4) Research. Library, conference and laboratory work performed on an indi- 
vidual basis. 

Courses for Graduate Students* 

412. Classical Mechanics. 455. Magnetic Properties of Solids 

413. Electro magnetism. 470. Statistical Mechanics 
441,442 Quantum Mechanics 480. Special Theory of Relativity 

452. Solid State Physics 491,492. Thesis Research 

POLITICS 

Professor Richards 

Professor of Asian Studies Gokhale 

Associate Professors Broyles, Fleer (Chairman), Moses, 

Reinhardt**Schoonmaker,***Sears, Steintrager 
Visiting Assistant Professor Fairbanks 

In its broadest conception, the aim of the study of politics is to 
understand the way in which policy for a society is formulated and 
executed, and to understand the moral standards by which policy 
is or ought to be set. This center of interest is often described 
alternatively as the study of power, of government, of the state, or 



'For course descriptions, see the Graduate Bulletin. 
**Absent on leave, Spring 1976. 
'"Absent on leave, Fall 1975. 



169 



POLITICS 

of human relations in their political context. For teaching pur- 
poses, the study of politics has been divided by the Department 
into the following fields: 1) American politics, 2) comparative poli- 
tics, 3) political philosophy, and 4) international politics. Introduc- 
tory courses in the first three of these fields provide broad and 
flexible approaches to studying political life. 

Department Requirements for Major. The major in politics shall 
consist of 36 credits of which no more than 4 credits may be earned 
in 4-week courses. These courses must include the following: 

a. A first course selected from: 

Politics 113. Introduction to Politics: American Politics 
Politics 114. Introduction to Politics: Comparative Politics 
Politics 115. Introduction to Politics: Political Theory 

b. Any one introductory or advanced course in each of the four 
fields of the discipline. These courses must be restricted to 
non-seminar courses. 

c. One seminar in politics. Normally, a student will take no more 
than one seminar in each field and no more than three seminars 
overall. 

A minimum grade average of C on all courses attempted in 
Politics is required for graduation. 

Honors in Politics. Highly qualified majors are invited by the 
department to apply for admission to the honors program in Poli- 
tics. To be graduated with the designation "Honors in Politics," 
they must successfully complete Politics 284 and two seminar 
courses, and pass an examination. For additional information 
members of the staff should be consulted. 

Social Science Division Requirement. A student who selects 
Politics to fulfill the social science division requirement must take 
one of the following for the first course: Politics 113, 114, or 115. 
The second course may be selected from any course in the De- 
partment. 

Introductory Courses 

A student must take one of the following as the first course in the 
Department. More than one may be taken. Ordinarily, a student is 
expected to take Politics 113 as the first course in the Department. 

113. (4) Introduction to Politics: American Politics. .The nature of politics, political 
principles, and political institutions with emphasis on their application to the 
United States. Staff 



170 



POLITICS 

114. (4) Introduction to Politics: Comparative Politics. Political processes and prin- 
ciples as applied to traditional, developing and mature states. Staff 

115. (4) Introduction to Politics: Political Theory. Major systematic statements of the 
rules and principles of political life. Representative writers: Tocqueville, Dahl, 
Aristotle. Staff 

American Politics 

210. (4) American Public Policy Analysis. Analysis of the substance of public prob- 
lems and policy alternative. Examination of why government pursues certain 
policies and the consequences of those policies. 4-weeks course. Staff 

211. (4) Political Parties and Political Behavior. An examination of party competition, 
party organizations, the electorate and electoral activities of parties, and the re- 
sponsibilities of parties for governing. Fleer 
213. (4) Public Administration. Introduction to the study of public administration 
emphasizing policymaking in government agencies. Staff 
218. (4) Congress and Policy Making. An examination of the composition, authority 
structures, external influences, and procedures, with emphasis on their implica- 
tions for policy making in the United States. Fleer 

220. (4) American Presidency. Emphasis on the office and the role. Contributions by 
contemporary presidents considered in perspective. Staff 

221. (4) North Carolina Politics. A study of three major components of the state's 
political system: electoral competition, legislative politics, and executive politics 
(particularly the office of governor). 4-weeks course. Fleer 

222. (4) Urban Problems and Politics. Political structures and processes in American 
cities and suburbs as they relate to the social, economic, and political problems of 
the metropolis. Richards 

225. (4) American Constitutional Law: Separation of Powers and the Federal System. 
An analysis of Supreme Court decisions affecting the three branches of the national 
government and federal-state relations. Richards 

226. (4) American Constitutional Law: Civil Liberties. Judicial interpretations of First 
Amendment freedoms, racial equality, and the rights of the criminally accused. 

Richards 

227. (4)The Judicial Process. An analysis of the role of courts and the legal systems in 
the American political process. Richards 

Comparative Politics 

231 . (4) Western European Politics. Analysis of the political systems of Great Britain, 
France, and Italy, focusing primarily on the problem of stable democracy. 

Schoonmaker 

232. (4) Government and Politics in the Soviet Union. Analysis of the institutions and 
processes of politics in the USSR and examination of political developments in the 
other states of Eastern Europe. Moses 

233. (4) Modern German Politics. A study of the political systems of twentieth- 
century Germany with comparison and contrast of political behavior and gov- 
ernmental institutions of West Germany and East Germany. Schoonmaker 



171 



POLITICS 

234. (4) Government and Politics in East Asia. An analysis of the political institutions 
and processes in China and Japan with emphasis on the problems of moderniza- 
tion. Reinhardt 

235. (4) The Poltics of Revolution. The comparative study of revolution as a historical 
phenomenon and as an alternative means of change in the contemporary world. 
Analysis of the nature, the background and causes, the processes, the varieties and 
the consequences of revolution and an attempt to assess the capabilities or poten- 
tial of some current movements purporting to be revolutionary. Some revolutions 
receiving particular attention are those of England, France, Russia, Mexico, Cuba, 
and China and some broad movements included are the New Left and contempor- 
ary anarchism in the United States and Western Europe. Moses 

236. (4) Government and Politics in Latin America. Comparative analysis of the 
institutions and processes of politics in the Latin American region. Moses 
238. (4) History, Culture and Political Change. The study of how major cultures 
articulate or symbolize their existence either in history or moving through history. 
Special attention will be given to an evaluation of current concepts applied to 
political change. Reinhardt 

241. (4) Cuban Revolution. An analytical study of the Cuban Revolution which seeks 
to describe and explain what has happened during the course of the Revolution and 
to understand it in terms of how, why, and "so what." 4-weeks course. Moses 

242. (4) Problems in Comparative Politics. An intensive study of one or more major 
problems in contemporary comparative politics. Staff 
245. (4) Government and Politics of South Asia. A study of the governments of India, 
Pakistan, Nepal, and Ceylon. Emphasis on political organizations, party structures, 
and subnational governmental systems. Gokhale 

International Politics 

251. (4) Fundamentals of Internatonal Politics. Fundamental theoretical questions of 
international politics with special emphasis on existing international patterns. Sears 

252. (4) Current Problems in International Politics. An intensive study of one or more 
major problems of contemporary international politics. Sears 

254. (4) American Foreign Policy. The principles and policies which characterize 
America's approach to the world in the contemporary period. Sears 

255. (4) The Origins and Nature of the Cold War. An examination of the historical 
circumstances which led to the Cold War, of alternate explanations of its origins and 
the relationship of these explanations to various theories of foreign policymaking 
and international politics. Sears 

Political Philosophy 

271. (4) Political Life and the Natural Order. Inquiry into the origins, basic charac- 
teristics, and limitations of political philosophy. Representative writers: Plato, Aris- 
totle, Machiavelli. Broyles, Steintrager 

272. (4) Equality and Liberty. The arguments for and against democracy and repub- 
licanism, majority rule and the rights of man. Representative writers: Locke, Rous- 
seau, J. S. Mill. Broyles, Steintrager 

273. (4) Radical Critiques of Political Society. Anarchist, socialist, and communist 
criticisms of and alternatives to existing political societies with special attention on 
such problems as utopianism and alienation. Representative writers: Sorel, Marx, 
Marcuse. Broyles, Steintrager 

172 



PSYCHOLOGY 



274. (4) Political Philosophy, Revelation, and History. The nature and impact of 
general theories of history, both theological and secular, as they intersect with and 
affect political philosophy. Representative writers: St. Augustine, Hegel, Voegelin. 

Steintrager 

275. (4) Theory of the American Polity. Critical examination into the intent of the 
Framers and the nature of the American polity. Representative writers: The 
Federalists, Jefferson, Lincoln. Broyles 

276. (4) Civic Life and Political Orders. Characteristic citizen qualities of alternative 
political orders described by political philosophers, poets, and statesmen. Rep- 
resentative writers: Aristotle, Kant, Shakespeare. Broyles 

277. (4) Theory of Representation and British Two-Party System. A study of British 
elections and theories of representation, with particular attention to the theoretical 
challenges raised to the two-party system and on behalf of proportional representa- 
tion. 4-weeks course. Steintrager 

Honors and Individual Study 

284. (4) Honors Study. A conference course with a faculty committee. Readings in 
several politics fields are the basis for an extensive paper on a subject of special 
interest to the student. This course will betaken in the senior year by all candidates 
for department honors. Staff 

287. (2, 3, or 4) Individual Study. Internships, work-study projects, and other 
individual study programs. (See Department for details.) Staff 

Seminars in Politics 

291. (4) Seminar in American Politics. Readings, research, and independent study on 
selected topics. Admission to the course is by permission of the Department only. 

Fleer, Richards 

292. (4) Seminar in Comparative Politics. Readings, research, and independent 
study on selected topics. Admission to the course is by permission of the Depart- 
ment only. Moses, Reinhardt, Schoonmaker 

293. (4) Seminar in International Politics. Readings, research, and independent 
study on selected topics. Admission to the course is by permission of the Depart- 
ment only. Sears 

294. (4) Seminar in Political Philosophy. Readings, research, and independent study 
on selected topics. Admission to the course is by permission of the Department 
only. Broyles, Steintrager 

Psychology 

Professors John E. Williams, Beck, Dufort 

Associate Professors Catron, Hills, Richman, Woodmansee 

Assistant Professors Falkenberg, Patty, Frank B. Wood 

Visiting Assistant Professor Falbo 

Instructor Best 

Adjunct Assistant Professor Gretchen J. Belovitz 

Lecturer Austin 



173 



PSYCHOLOGY 



Psychology 151 is prerequisite for all courses of a higher number. 
Courses numbered below 151 do not count toward the social sci- 
ence divisional requirements or toward the psychology major. 
Psychology 211, or special permission of the instructor, is pre- 
requisite for all 300 level courses, except 335, 344, 358 and 367. 

It is recommended that students who are considering psychol- 
ogy as a major, take Psychology 151 in their freshman year and 
Psychology 211 in the fall of their sophomore year. An average of C 
in Psychology courses is required at the time the major is elected. 
The major in psychology requires the completion of a minimum of 
40 credits in Psychology including 151, 211, 212, and 313. In addi- 
tion, the major student must complete one course from each of the 
following groups: (a) 320, 326, 329, and 333; (b) 351, 355, and 362. 
No more than 48 psychology credits may be counted toward the 
college graduation requirement. 

Highly qualified majors are invited by the department to partici- 
pate in the honors program in psychology. To be graduated with 
the designation "Honors in Psychology," the student must meet 
the minimum requirements listed on Page 8, complete satisfac- 
torily a special sequence of courses (381, 383), and pass an oral or 
written examination. In addition the honors student will normally 
have a non-credit research apprenticeship with a faculty member. 
For more detailed information, members of the staff should be 
consulted. 

100. (4) Learning to Learn. A workshop to help people improve their learning skills 
through the application of basic principles of learning, remembering, etc. Students 
at all levels welcomed. No prerequisite. 

102. (4) Exploration of Career Planning. Examination of educational-vocational plan- 
ning as a personal process, based on knowledge of self and the work world. No 
prerequisite. 

151 . (4) Introductory Psychology. A systematic survey of psychology as the scientific 
study of behavior. Prerequisite to all courses of a higher number. 
211, 212. (5,5) Research Methods in Psychology. Introduction to the design and 
statistical analysis of psychological research. Two labs/week. P-151. 
239. (4) Altered States of Consciousness. Examination of altered states of con- 
sciousness with special reference to sleep and dreams, meditation, hypnosis and 
drugs. P-151. 

241. (3 or 4) Developmental Psychology. Survey of physical, emotional, cognitive, 
and social development in humans from conception to death. P-151. 

245. (3 or 4) Survey of Abnormal Behavior. Study of problem behaviors such as 
depression, alcoholism, antisocial personality, the schizophrenias and pathogenic 
personality patterns with emphasis on causes, prevention, and the relationships of 
these disorders to normal life styles. P-151. 



174 



PSYCHOLOGY 



264. (4) The Therapeutic Process. Theories and laboratory practice of a variety of 
psychotherapeutic methods with a special emphasis on developing the student's 
facilitative skills as a therapeutic agent. P-151. 

265. (4) Human Sexuality: A Changing Scene. An exploration of the psychological 
and physiological aspects of human sexuality, with attention to changing sexual 
mores, sexual deviances, sexual dysfunction and sex-related roles. P-151. 

270. (1, 2 or 3) Topics in Psychology. The student selects from among a group of 
short (1 credit) courses dealing with topics of special interest. The courses meet 
sequentially, not concurrently, and several options are offered in each portion of 
the semester. 

270.01 Theories of Personality 270.09 Race and Young Children 

270.02 Theories of Social Behavior 270.10 Business and Industry 

270.03 Theories of Development 270.11 Intelligence 

270.04 Interpersonal Attraction 270.12 Special Topics 

270.05 Attitudes and Attitude Change 270.13 Biofeedback 

270.06 Group Behavior 270.14 Emotion 

*270.07 Human Sexuality 270.15 Applications of Psychology 

270.08 Aggression 

275. (4) Issues in Psychology. Seminar on contemporary theoretical and research 
issues in psychology. P-151. 

280. (1-4) Directed Study. Student research performed under faculty supervision. 
P-151 and instructor's consent. 

281. (4) Individual Study. A special project conducted under faculty supervision. 
P-151 and departmental approval. 

313. (4) History and Systems of Psychology. The development of psychological 
thought and research from ancient Greece to present trends, with emphasis on 
intensive examination of original sources. P-211, or instructor's consent. 

320. (4) Physiological Psychology. Neurophysiological and neuroanatomical expla- 
nations of behavior. P-211, or instructor's consent. 

321. (4) Neuropsychology. Language, memory, perceptual, and motor deficits aris- 
ing from brain damage are studied in the context of human information processing 
and the issue of brain localization of function. P-211, or instructor's consent. 

323. (4) Animal Behavior. A survey of laboratory and field research on animal 
behavior. This course may count as Biology or Psychology, but not both; choice to 
be determined at registration. P-lnstructor's permission. 

326. (4) Learning Theory and Research. Theoretical and experimental issues in the 
psychology of learning. P-211. 

329. (4) Perception. Survey of theory and research findings on various sensory 
systems (vision, hearing, touch, taste, etc.). P-211. 

333. (3 or 4) Motivation of Behavior. Survey of basic motivational concepts and 
related evidence. P-211. 

335. (4) Fundamentals of Human Motivation. Description and analysis of some 
fundamental motivational phenomena with special reference to human problems: 
includes reward and punishment, conflict, anxiety, affection, needs for achieve- 
ment and power, aggression, creativity and curiosity. P-151. 

*May not be taken for credit by one who has taken Psychology 265. 

175 



PSYCHOLOGY 



344. (4) Abnormal Psychology. Descriptive analysis of the major types of abnormal 
behavior with attention to organic, psychological, and cultural causes, and major 
modes of therapy. Offered only in summer session. Not to be taken for credit by 
graduate students in psychology. P-151. 

351 . (4) Personality Research. The application of a variety of research procedures to 
the study of human personality. Research projects required. P-211. 
355. (4) Research in Social Psychology. Methodological issues and selected research 
in the study of the human as a social animal. Field research projects required. P-211. 
358. (4) Psychology of Woman. Intensive study of the behavior of women and its 
personal application, including consideration of biological, social, and motiva- 
tional factors. P-151. 

361. (4) Operant Conditioning and Behavior Modification. Principles, theory, and 
experimental research in operant learning, with applications to the modification of 
behavior in various populations and situations. P-211. 

362. (4) Psychological Tests and Measurements. Theory and application of 
psychological assessment procedures in the areas of intelligence, aptitude, voca- 
tional interest, and personality. P-211. 

363 (3 or 4) Survey of Clinical Psychology. An overview of the field of clinical 
psychology. P-245 and senior or graduate standing, or instructor's consent. 

367. (4) Effectiveness in Parent-Child Relations. A survey of popular approaches to 
child-rearing, with examination of the research literature on parent-child interac- 
tion, and actual training in parental skills. P-151. 

369. (4) Contemporary Applications of Psychology. Supervised field experience in 
applied psychology. P-211 and instructor's consent. 

370. (1, 2, or 3) Advanced Topics in Psychology. The student selects from among a 
group of short (1 credit) courses dealingwith topics of special interest. The courses 
meet sequentially, not concurrently, and several options are offered in each por- 
tion of the semester. P-211. 

370.01 Information Processing 

370.02 Memory 

*370.03 Comparative Animal Behavior 

370.04 Behavior Genetics 

370.05 Developmental Disorders 

370.06 Special Advanced Topics 

381. (3) Honors Seminar. Seminar on selected problems in psychology. Intended 
primarily for students in the departmental honors program. P-211 and instructor's 
consent. 

383. (3) Honors Research. Seminar in selected issues in research design, followed by 
independent empirical research under supervision of a member of the departmen- 
tal faculty. P-212 and instructor's consent. 

390. (4) Advanced Theory and Method. Seminar in a selected area of psychological 
theory and research. P-211. 

392. (4) Contemporary Problems in Psychology. Seminar treatment of current theory 
and research in several "frontier" areas of psychology. Principally for senior majors 
planning to attend graduate school. P-211 and senior standing. 

*May not be taken for credit by one who has taken Psychology 323 or Biology 323. 

176 



RELIGION 

Courses for Graduate Students* 

415, 416. Research Design and Analysis in Psychology. 

427. Behavior Theory. 

428. Human Learning and Cognition. 
437. Motivation and Emotion. 

452. Social-Developmental Psychology. 

457. Research Methods in Personality. 

461 . Theory and Practice of Psychological Testing. 

465. Seminar in Behavior Modification. 

468. Instrumentation for Psychological Research. 

482. Readings and Research in Psychology. 

489. Contemporary Problems in Psychological Theory. 

491,492. Thesis Research. 

RELIGION 

Professors E. W. Hamrick, Angell, Bryan, Griffin, Mitchell, 

Talbert 

Associate Professors Dyer, Collins, Horton 

Assistant Professor R. C. Wood, Jr. 

Visiting Lecturer Lester 

The Department of Religion offers courses in instruction de- 
signed to give every student entering Wake Forest an opportunity 
to acquire at least an introduction to the life, literature and the 
most important movements in the field of religion. It also seeks to 
give the students preparing for specialized service, as religious 
education directors, ministers, and missionaries, the foundational 
courses needed for further study. 

One course in Religion is required of all degrees. Any course 
offered by the Department will be accepted to meet the require- 
ment except those numbered 218, 225, 237, 239, 240, 265, 266, 270, 
273, 282, 286-287, 292, 346, 362. 

A Major in Religion requires a minimum of thirty-two credits, at 
least half of which must be in courses above the 100-level. 

Pre-seminary students are advised to include in their program of 
study, in addition to courses in Religion, courses in Philosophy, 
Ancient History, Public Speaking, and two languages, Greek or 
Latin, and German or French. 



*For course descriptions, see the Graduate Bulletin. 



Ml 



RELIGION 



Highly qualified majors are invited by the department to apply 
for admission to the honors program in Religion. To be graduated 
with the designation "Honors in Religion/' they must meet 
minimum requirements listed on page 8, and must apply to the 
Chairman of the Department for admission to the honors program. 
Normally this is to be done by February of the junior year. Upon 
completion of all the requirements, the candidate will be 
graduated with "Honors in Religion." For additional information 
members of the staff should be consulted. 

111. (4) Introduction to the Old Testament. A survey of the Old Testament'designed 
to introduce the student to the history, literature and religion of the ancient 
Hebrews. 

112. (4) Introduction to the New Testament. A survey of the literature of the New 
Testament in the context of early Christian history. 

113. (4) The Hebrew Prophets. A study of the background, personal characteristics, 
function, message, contribution, and present significance of the Hebrew prophets. 

114. (4)The Wisdom Literature. An introduction to the Wisdom Literature of the Old 
Testament with special attention to Proverbs, Job and Ecclesiastes. 

115. (4)/esus and the Synoptic Cospels. A study of Jesus' proclamation and activity 
in the light of modern critical research on the gospels. 

120. (4) Introduction to the Bible. A consideration of prominent themes found in the 
Old and New Testaments. (May be taken only by students who do not take Religion 
111 or 112.) 

131. (4) Basic Christian Ethics. The Biblical and theological foundations of the 
Christian Ethic and its expression in selected contemporary problems. 

160. (4) Early Rabbinic Judaism. An introduction to the literature and thought of the 
early Rabbis. 

161. (4) World Religions. The place of religion in life and the origin, nature, and 
accomplishments of the living religions of the world, studied from the historical 
point of view. 

164. (4) History of Christianity. A rapid survey of the history of the Christian Church. 
166. (4) American Religious Life. A study of.the history, organization, worship and 
beliefs of American religious bodies, with particular attention to cultural factors. 
171, 172. (4,4) Meaning and Value in Western Thought. A critical survey of reli- 
gion and philosophy in the Western world from antiquity to modern times. This 
course may count as Religion or Philosophy, but not both; choice determined at 
registration. 

173. (4) An introduction to Christian Theology. A study of the ground structure and 
content of Christian belief. 

176. (4) Theology and Modern Literature. A study of modern literary artists whose 
themes are primarily theological, from Hopkins to Tolkien. 

201 . (4) Phenomenology of Religion. A study of selected religious phenomena and 
of their meaning and function within human existence. 



178 



RELIGION 



216. (4) Poetic Literature of the Old Testament. A study of Hebrew Poetry — its types, 

its literary and rhetorical characteristics, and its significance in the faith of ancient 

Israel. 

218. (4) Seminar in the Mediterranean World. Travel and study in such countries as 

Greece, Italy, Turkey, Egypt, Lebanon, Syria and Israel. 

225. (4) The Gospel Genre. Consideration of the apocryphal gospels and of non- 
Christian writings that assist in answering the question : What is a gospel? Pass/fail, 
optional. Talbert 

226. (4) Early Christian Theologians: Paul. An introduction to the Pauline interpreta- 
tion of Christianity and its place in the life of the early church. 

227. (4) Early Christian Theologians: The Fourth Evangelist. An examination of the 
Johannine interpretation of Jesus and Christian faith. 

236. (4) Church and Community. An examination of the basic needs and trends of 
the contemporary community, especially the rural and suburban, in the light of the 
Christian norms for "the good community". 

237. (4) Black Religion and Black Churches in America. Survey of literature on these 
themes with an examination of the historical background and special attention to 
the contemporary area. 

238. (4) Religion and Science. An analysis of the relationship between science and 
religion in world culture. 

239. (4) Ethical Value Systems in Confrontation, Conflict, and Creativity. Exposure to 
Third World cultures by travel to Africa, Asia, or Latin America. Pass/fail. Bryan 

240. (4) Principles of Religious Education. A study of the theory and practice 
of religious education with emphasis on the basic foundations in religion and 
education. 

265. (4) Religion in North Carolina. A study of the major religious groups in North 
Carolina, with a special emphasis upon their historical backgrounds. Visits to 
historical churches and other sites will be made. Pass/fail. Griffin 

266. (4) Religious Sects and Cults. An examination of certain religious sects in 
America, including such groups as Jehovah's Witnesses, communal groups, Black 
Muslins, etc. Pass/fail. Mitchell 
270. (4) Walker Percy. A theological examination of his novels and essays, his 
Southern stoic background, and his use of European existentialism. Letter grade. 

Wood 
273. (4) Studies in Ecumenical Theology. A study of the ecumenical movement 
among Christians in the Twentieth Century, especially as related to the World 
Council of Churches and the Vatican. The course involves visits to Geneva and 
Rome. Pass/fail. Angell 

276. (4) The Problem of Evil from Job to Shakespeare. A comparative analysis of 
the source and remedy of evil in Job, Aeschylus, Sophocles, Plato, Dante, and 
Shakespeare. 

277. (4) Christian Literary Classics. A study of Christian texts which are masterpieces 
of literature as. well as faith, including works by Augustine, Dante, Pascal, Bunyan, 
Milton and Newman. 

282. (4) Honors Course in Religion. A conference course including directed reading 
and the writing of a research report. 



179 



RELIGION 

286, 287. (4,4) Directed Reading. A project in an area of study not otherwise available 
in the Religion Department; permitted upon departmental approval of a petition 
presented by a qualified student. 

292. (4) Teaching of Religion. A study of the teaching of religion in church, school 
and community. This course may be credited as Education for those who are 
applicants for a state teacher's certificate in religious education. 

314. (4) Introduction to Biblical Archaeology. A survey of the contributions of Near 
Eastern archaeology to Biblical studies. 

315, 316 (4,4). Field Research in Biblical Archaeology. A study of the religion and 
culture of the ancient Near East through the excavation and interpretation of an 
ancient site. 

317. (4) The Ancient Near East. A comparative study of ancient Near Eastern cultures 
and religions, with special emphasis on Israel's relationships with surrounding 
peoples. 

321. (4) The Quest for the Historical Jesus. An investigation of the possiblity and 
relevance of historical knowledge about Jesus through a consideration of the 
seminal "Lives of Jesus" since the eighteenth century. 

322. (4) The Epistle to the Hebrews. Reading and discussion of Hebrews in the light 
of first century Judaism and Christianity. 

334. (4) Christian Ethics and Contemporary Culture. A study of the encounter 

between the Christian Ethic and the value systems implicit in certain social areas 

such as economics, politics, race and sex. 

346. (4) Theological Foundations of Religious Education. A study of theological 

methodology, theories of learning and philosophies of education in terms of their 

implications for religious education. 

350. (4) Psychology of Religion. An examination of the psychological elements in the 

origin, development, and expression of religious experience. 

354. (4) Religious Development of the Individual. A study of growth and develop- 
ment through childhood and adolescence to adulthood, with emphasis on the role 
of the home and the church in religious education. 

355. (4) Theology of Pastoral Care and Counseling. A study of the relationship 
between theology and the purpose, theories and methods of pastoral care. Permis- 
sion of instructor. Lester 

360. (4) Hinduism. A study of the fundamental features of the Hindu tradition. 

361. (4) Buddhism. A study of the Buddhist tradition, its fundamental features, and 
its impact on the cultures of Asia. 

362. (4) Post-Biblical Judaism. The rise and development of post-Biblical (Rabbinic) 
Judaism until modern times. 

363. (4) Hellenistic Religions. Consideration of available source materials, questions 
of method, and bibliography related to such Hellenistic religions as the mysteries, 
Hellenistic Judaism and Gnosticism. 

365. (4) History of Religions in America. A study of American religions from Colonial 
times until the present. 

373. (4) The History of Christian Thought. A study of the history of Christian thought, 
beginning with its Hebraic and Greek backgrounds and tracing its rise and de- 
velopment to modern times. 

374. (4) Contemporary Christian Thought. An examination of the major issues and 
personalities in modern theology. 

180 



ROMANCE LANGUAGES 



376. (4) The Origins of Existentialism. A study of the principal 19th century figures 
who form the background for 20th century existentialism: Goethe, Kierkegaard, 
Nietzsche, Dostoevsky, and Tolstoy. 

Hebrew 

111,112. (4,4) Elementary Hebrew. A course for beginners in the classical Hebrew of 
the Bible with emphasis on the basic principles of Hebrew grammar and the reading 
of Biblical texts. Both semesters must be completed. 

153. (4) Intermediate Hebrew. Intensive work in Hebrew grammar and syntax based 
upon the readings of selected texts. Readings will emphasize post-Biblical Hebrew 
P-111, 112, or equivalent. 

211. (4) Hebrew Literature. The readingand discussion of significant Biblical Hebrew 
texts. P-153. 

212. (4) Hebrew Literature II. The reading and discussion of significant Biblical and 
post-Biblical texts. To be offered on demand. P-153. 

Courses for Graduate Students* 

Directed Reading. 

Old Testament Theology. 

Old Testament Exegesis. 

New Testament Theology. 

New Testament Exegesis. 

Seminar in Historical Types of Christian Ethics. 

Seminar in Religious Education. 

Theory and Practice of Pastoral Counseling. (Permission of 

instructor) 
Clinical Pastoral Education. 
Seminar in Eastern Religion. 
Seminar in Christian History. 
Seminar in History of Christian Thought. 
Theology and the Aesthetic. 
Thesis Research. 

ROMANCE LANGUAGES 

Professors Bryant, King, Parker**, Robinson, Shoemaker, Tillett 

Visiting Professor Archie 

Assistant Professors Glenn, Johnson, Ljungquist 

Lecturers Artom, Hansberger, Rodtwitt, Speer 

Instructors Daniel, Gokhale, LaBarre, Whitchurch, Wixson 

A major in French or Spanish requires a minimum of 36 credits 
excluding credits in elementary language. Of these at least 24 
should be in literature. 



401, 


,402. 




416. 


418, 


419. 




421. 


423, 


.424. 




438. 




448. 




451. 


455, 


456. 




461. 




466. 




475. 




480. 


491, 


492. 



*For course descriptions, see the Graduate Bulletin. 
"Absent on leave, Spring 1977. 



181 



FRENCH 

A joint major is offered in the Department of Romance Lan- 
guages in French and Spanish, consisting of 56 credits in the two 
languages and literatures, excluding elementary language. 

Highly qualified majors are invited by the department to apply 
for admission to the honors program in French or Spanish. To be 
graduated with the designation "Honors in Romance Languages," 
they must meet minimum requirements listed on page 8, complete 
French or Spanish 281 , and pass a comprehensive written and oral 
examination. The oral examination may be conducted, at least in 
part, in the student's major language. For additional information 
members of the staff should be consulted. 

Self-Instructional Language 101 (4) 

A self-instructional language course covering the principles of 
grammar and pronunciation in one of the less commonly-taught 
languages, such as Japanese, Swedish, Arabic, or Thai. Individual 
self-instruction in the language of the student's choice through the 
use of recorded material and textbooks. Admission by petition to 
the Foreign Language Placement Review Committee. (Elective 
credit only; does not satisfy either basic or divisional course re- 
quirements). 

French 

111, 112. (4,4) Elementary French. A course for beginners, covering the principles of 
French grammar and emphasizing speaking, writing and the reading of elementary 
texts. Lab — 1 hr. 

113. (5) Review of Elementary French. A one-semester course emphasizing pronun- 
ciation and comprehension, grammar essentials, and reading. Intended for stu- 
dents who have previously studied French but whose preparation is inadequate for 
French 153. Not open to those who have taken 111-112. Lab — 2 hrs. 

153. (5) Intermediate French. A review of grammar and composition with practice in 
conversation. Reading of selected texts. Lab — 2 hrs. P-111, 112. or 2 yrs. h.s. 
153x. (4) Intermediate French. Open to students by placement or permission. Lab — 
2 hrs. 

161. (4) Introduction to the French Press. The course would aim at making the 
students familiar with the main daily papers and weeklies published in France today 
and the different factions of political opinions to which they cater. There would be 
many opportunities for reading, talking and debating in French as well. Offered in 
January. 

162. (4). French Film Festival. The focus of this course is a series of French films, 
chosen to encourage lively debate. Each film will be introduced with a discussion of 
cinematography, cinema history, and French life, as they pertain to the film. A 



182 



FRENCH 

debate will follow each showing. Since the films are subtitled, a knowledge of 
French is not necessary. Offered in January. 

181. (4) Swiss French Civilization. The course is designed to acquaint the student 
with the Swiss people and their civilization through living for a few weeks in 
families. Visits will be made to points of cultural interest, including historical, 
literary, and artistic interest and other aspects of the civilization. A journal and a 
paper, both in French, describing in detail some aspect of Swiss French civilization, 
will be required. Offered in January. 

185. (4) Paris, Cultural Center of France. A study of Paris monuments on location to 
explore the development of the city as capital and cultural center of France. No 
prerequisites. Does not count toward major. Usually offered in the Summer Ses- 
sion. 
199. (4) Individual Study. By permission. Offered in January. 

214. (4) Masterpieces of French Literature. Selected readings in French literature 
designed to satisfy either basic or divisional foreign literature requirements. P-153 
or equivalent. Offered in the Summer Session. 

215. (4) Masterpieces of French Literature. Reading of selected texts in French from 
the seventeenth to the twentieth centuries. Parallel reading and reports. P-153 or 
equivalent. 

216. (4) Survey of French Literature from the Middle Ages through the Eighteenth 
Century. Study of selected texts, parallel reading, and study of trends and move- 
ments. Taught largely in French. P-153 or permission of the department. 

217. (4) Survey of French Literature of the Nineteenth and Twentieth Centuries. 
Study of selected texts, parallel reading, and study of trends and movements. 
Taught largely in French. P-216 or permission. 

220. (4) The French Literary Tradition. A course designed for the non-French major 
who wishes to gain a general background in French literature and literary history. 
Readings in French, lecture and discussions in English. Satisfies divisional require- 
ment; does not count toward major. P-215. 

221. (4) Conversation and Composition. Practice in speaking and writing French, 
stressing correctness of sentence structure, phonetics, pronunciation, fluency and 
vocabulary of everyday situations. Lab — 2 hrs. P-153 or equivalent. 

222. (4) Composition and Review of Grammar. A systematic review of the fundamen- 
tal principles of comparative grammar, with practical training in writing idiomatic 
French. P-153 or equivalent. 

224. (4) French Civilization. An introduction to French culture and its historical 
development. Emphasis on intellectual, artistic, political, social and economic life 
of France. P-221 or permission of instructor. 

227. (2) History of French Civilization. An introduction to the historical development 
of French culture, including consideration of its intellectual, artistic and political 
heritage. Taught in French. P-221 or permission of instructor. 

228. (2) Contemporary France. A study of present day France, including aspects of 
geography and consideration of social, political and educational factors in French 
life today. Taught in French. P-221 or permission of instructor. 

231. (4) Medieval French Literature. A survey of French literature of the Middle Ages 
with cultural and political backgrounds. Selected masterpieces in original form and 
modern transcription. P-216 or 217, or permission. 



183 



FRENCH 

232. (4) Seminar in Medieval French Literature. Study of selected topics of the 
period. Topics may vary from year to year. P-216 or 217, or permission. 

233. (4) Sixteenth Century French Literature. The literature and thought of the 
Renaissance in France,with particular emphasis on the works of Rabelais, Mon- 
taigne, and the major poets of the age. P-216 or 217, or permission. 

234. (2) Seminar in Sixteenth Century French Literature. Study of selected topics of 
the period. Topics may vary from year to year. P-216 or 217, or permission. 

241 . (4) Seventeenth Century French Literature. A study of the outstanding writers of 
the classical age. P-216 or 217, or permission. 

242. (4) Seminar in Seventeenth Century French Literature. Study of selected topics 
of the period. Topics may vary from yar to year. P-216 or 217, or permission. 

243. (2) Seventeenth Century French Literature, I. Descartes, Pascal, and the birth of 
the classical theatre with Corneille. P-216 or 217, or permission. 

244. (2) Seventeenth Century French Literature, II. Two dramatists: Racine, Moliere. 
Two moralists: La Fontaine, La Bruyere. P-216 or 217, or permission. 

251. (4) Eighteenth Century French Literature. A survey of French philosophical and 
political literature of the eighteenth century. Emphasis on Montesquieu, Voltaire, 
Diderot, Rousseau, and L'Encyclopedie. P-216 or 217, or permission. 

252. (4) Seminar in Eighteenth Century French Literature. Study of selected topics of 
the period. Topics may vary from year to year. P-216 or 217, or permission. 

261. (4) Nineteenth Century French Literature. A study of French literature of the 
nineteenth century with cultural and political backgrounds. P-216or217, orpermis- 
sion. 

262. (4) Seminar in Nineteenth Century French Literature. Study of selected topics of 
the period. Topics may vary from year to year. P-216 or 217, or permission. 
263.(4) Trends in French Poetry. A study of the development of the poetic genre, 
with analysis and interpretation of works from each period. P-216 or 217, or permis- 
sion. 

264. (4) The French Novel. A broad survey of French prose fiction, with critical study 
of several masterpieces in the field. P-216 or 217, or permission. 

265. (4) French Drama. A study of the chief trends in French dramatic art, with 
reading and discussion of representative plays. P-216 or 217, or permission. 

266. (2-4) Seminar in French Poetry. Materials may vary from year to year. P-216 or 
217, or permission. 

267. (2-4) Seminar in the French Novel. Materials mayvaryfromyeartoyear. P-216or 
217, or permission. 

268. (2-4) Seminar in the French Drama. Materials may vary from year to year. P-216 
or 217, or permission. 

271. (4) Twentieth Century French Literature. A study of general trends and of 
representative works of the foremost prose writers, dramatists and poets. P-216 or 
217, or permission. 

272. (4) Seminar in Twentieth Century French Literature. Study of selected topics of 
the period. Topics may vary from year to year. P-216 or 217, or permission. 

281. (3-5) Directed Study. Extensive reading and/or research, to meet individual 
needs. P-permission of department. Required for departmental honors. 



184 



FRENCH 

371. (4) Surrealism: origins theories, evolution and impact. This course will examine 
the interconnections between surrealist poetry and painting and the work of three 
poets: Breton, Eluard and Aragon. Conducted in French. P-221 or equivalent. 

372. (4) Proust. Study of substantial portions of Proust's A la Recherche du Temps 
perdu, its structure, its themes and their significance both in a historical and an 
aesthetic context. Conducted in French. P-221 or equivalent. 

373. (4) French images of America. A study of French points of view on the U.S.A. 
through the reading of texts beginning with deTocquevilleand ending with Michel 
Butor's Mobile. The course will attempt to relate them to a variety of circumstances 
and influences, political, sociological and more particularly cultural. P-221 or equiv- 
alent. 

Wake Forest University Semester in France 

The department of Romance Languages sponsors a Semester in 
France program at Dijon, the site of a well established French 
university. Students go as a group, accompanied by a Wake Forest 
professor. 

Requirements: No particular major is required for eligibility. 
However, a student (1) should be of junior standing and (2) should 
have taken as prerequisite French 221 or its equivalent, or at very 
least one French course beyond the intermediate level. 

Instruction and supervision: Students are placed in courses ac- 
cording to their level of ability in French, as ascertained by a test 
given at Dijon. Courses are taught by native French professors. The 
resident director supervises residential and extracurricular affairs, 
and has general oversight of independent study projects. 

Courses at the Universite de Dijon, Faculte des Lettres 
et Sciences Humaines 

F223, (2-4) French Grammar and Linguistics. Practical work in French language 
beginning with residence in a French family. Continued study of phonetics, gram- 
mar, composition, and practice in pronunciation. 

F229. (2-4) French Civilization. Residence in a French language locality. Study of 
home life, education, religious practices, etc. Excursions to points of historical and 
cultural significance. Paper on some aspect of culture, to be evaluated by the 
Director of the Semester in France program. 

F231. (4) History of France. Social and cultural history of France from Middle Ages to 
present. Credits in history. 

F240. (2-4) Independent study of one of several fields. Scholar's journal and re- 
search paper. Supervision by the Director of the Semester in France and evaluation 
by the department for which credit is granted. Work may be supplemented by 
lectures on the subject given at the Universite de Dijon Faculte des Lettres et 
Sciences Humaines. 

F275. (2-4) French Literature. The novel, theater, and poetry of France, largely of the 
period since 1850. 

185 



CHINESE, etc. 

Chinese 

111, 112. (4,4) Elementary Chinese. Emphasis on the development of listening and 
speaking skills in Mandarin. Brief introduction to the writing system. Basic sentence 
patterns are covered. Lab — 1 hr. 

Hindi 

111, 112. (4,4) Elementary Hindi. Attention will be given mainly to basic Hindi 
grammar, vocabulary building, simple composition and conversation. Lab — 1 hr. 

153. (4) Intermediate Hindi. Advanced practice in Hindi composition, conversation 
and introduction to literary Hindi. Lab — 1 hr. P-111, 112 or equivalent. 

211. (4) Hindi Literature. Reading and translation of selected texts in prose and 
poetry and journalistic Hindi. Lab — 1 hr. P-153. 

Italian 

113. (5) Elementary Italian. Intensive course for beginners, emphasizing the struc- 
ture of the language and oral practice. Recommended for students in the Venice 
program and for language majors. Offered every semester. Lab — 2 hrs. (5 hrs. class 
per week) 

153. (5) Intermediate Italian. Continuation of 113 with emphasis on reading and 
speaking. Lab — 2 hrs. P-1 13 or two years high school Italian. [5 hrs. class per week] 

153x. (4) Intermediate Italian. Open to students by placement or permission. 
Lab — 2 hrs. 

215. (4) Introduction to Italian Literature. Reading of selected texts in Italian. Satis- 
fies basic requirement in language. Offered in the spring. P-153 or equivalent. 

V221. (4) Spoken Italian. Course in oral Italian, offered only in Venice. Students are 
placed in small groups according to their levels of fluency. Elective credit. 

Norwegian 

190, 191. (4,4) The Norwegian Language. Independent study of the language and 
directed reading of texts in Norwegian. Primarilyfor students specializing in foreign 
languages. 

Russian 

111, 112. (4,4) Elementary Russian. The essentials of Russian grammar, conversa- 
tional drill, and reading of elementary texts. Admission with the consent of the 
instructor. Lab — 2 hrs. 

153. (5) Intermediate Russian. Training in principles of translation with grammar 
review and conversation practice. P-112 or equivalent. Lab — 2 hrs. 
153x. (4) Intermediate Russian. Open to students by placement or permission. Lab 
—2 hrs. 

165. (4) Solzhenitsyn: The Politics of Literature. Reading and discussion of all the 
works of Solzhenitsyn available in English. One long paper. Offered in January. 
215. (4) Introduction to Russian Literature. Reading of edited texts from the 
nineteenth century. P-153 or equivalent. 

186 



SPANISH 

216. (4) Introduction to Russian Literature. Reading of edited texts from the twen- 
tieth century. P-153 or equivalent. 

217. (4) Seminar in Nineteenth Century Russian Literature. A study of the foremost 
writers with reading of representative works. P-153 or equivalent. 

218. (4) Seminar in Contemporary Russian Literature. Reading of representative 
works in Russian with discussion of political and cultural backgrounds. P-153 or 
equivalent. 

Spanish 

111, 112. (4,4) Elementary Spanish. A course for beginners, covering grammar 
essentials, and emphasizing speaking, writing, and the reading of elementary texts. 
Lab — 1 hr. 

113. (5) Review of Elementary Spanish. A one-semester course emphasizing pro- 
nunciation and comprehension, grammar essentials, and reading. Intended for 
students who have previously studied Spanish but whose preparation is inadequate 
for Spanish 153. Not open to those who have taken 111-112. Lab — 2 hrs. 
153. (5) Intermediate Spanish. A review of grammar and composition with practice 
in conversation. Reading of selected texts. Lab — 2 hrs. P-2yrs., h.s. orequivalent. 
153x. (4) Intermediate Spanish. Open by placement or permission. Lab — 2 hrs. 

161. (4) The Spanish Romancero. Study of the importance of the Romancero in the 
literature and life of Spain, focusing on the older ballads of the Middle Ages and 
Renaissance periods. Offered in January. 

162. (4) A Panorama of Drama. A brief sampling of Spanish drama from its early 
period to the contemporary theater, studying, in Spanish, representative works 
from each major period (approximately 6 plays. The class will select one play to 
present in Spanish with students having directing and acting responsibilities.) 
Offered in January. 

171. (4) Contemporary Spanish-American Novel. A detailed study of a novel in 
Spanish by each of five or six outstanding contemporary Spanish-American 
novelists, such as Julio Cortazar, Carlos Fuentes, and Gabriel Garcia Marquez. 
Usually offered in January. 

181. (4) Colombia: Study Tour of Bucaramanga, Call, and Medellin. Travel within 
Colombia and residence in one of its major cities in homes of private families for a 
period of three weeks. 

Students will receive informal but regular instruction in spoken Spanish and in 
one of the following aspects of Colombian culture: anthropology, political, social, 
or economic history, or recent literature. 

Homestay and study will be complemented by visits to the theater and to sites of 
anthropological, historical, and political interest within and without the city of 
primary residence. Offered in January. 

182. (4) Introduction to Madrid. Familiarization with the Spanish people, Spanish 
culture, and daily life in Madrid during the one-month orientation period preceding 
the beginning of formal classes at the University of Madrid. Classes in conversa- 
tional and idiomatic Spanish, excursions to points of historical and artistic interest, 
lectures on selected topics. 

199. (4) Spanish Individual Study. By permission. Offered in January. 



187 



SPANISH 

214. (4) Introduction to Hispanic Literature. Selected readings in Spanish and 
Spanish-American literature. Designed as a substitute for either Spanish 215 or 216. 
P-153 or equivalent. Offered during the Summer Session only. 

215. (4) Major Spanish Writers. Reading of selected texts from the nineteenth and 
twentieth centuries. Parallel reading and reports. P-153 or equivalent. 

216. (4) Major Spanish American Writers. Reading of selected texts. Parallel reading 
and reports. P-153 or equivalent. 

221. (4) Conversation and Composition. Practice in speaking and writing Spanish, 
stressing correctness of sentence structure, phonetics, pronunciation, fluency and 
vocabulary of everyday situations. Lab — 1 hr. P-153. 

222. (4) Advanced Grammar and Composition. A systematic review of the funda- 
mental principles of comparative grammar, with practical training in writing idioma- 
tic Spanish. Lab — 1 hr. P-153 or equivalent. 

223. (4) Latin American Civilization. The culture and its historical development. 
Emphasis on intellectual, artistic, political, social and economic life. P-215 or 216. 

224. (4) Spanish Civilization. The culture and its historical development. Emphasis 
on intellectual, artistic, political, social, and economic life. P-215 or 216. 

225. (4) Survey of Spanish Literature from the Middle Ages through the Seventeenth 
Century. Extensive reading and study of trends and influences. P-215 or 216. 

226. (4) Survey of Spanish Literature from the Eighteenth Century to the Present. 
Extensive reading and study of trends and movements. P-215 or 216. 

227. (4) Survey of Spanish American Literature. Extensive reading and study of works 
from the Colonial through the contemporary periods, with emphasis on the late 
nineteenth and twentieth centuries. P-215 or 216. 

234. (4) Spanish Prose Fiction Before Cervantes. A study of the several types of prose 
fiction, such as the sentimental, chivalric, pastoral, Moorish, and picaresque novels 
prior to 1605. P-215 or 216. 

235. (4) Seminar in Spanish Prose Fiction Before Cervantes. A study of the develop- 
ment of several types of Spanish prose fiction before the Quixote. P-215 or 216. 

241. (4) Golden Age Drama. A study of the major dramatic works of Lope de Vega, 
Calderon de la Barca, Tirso de Molina, Ruiz de Alarcon, and others. P-215 or 216. 

242. (4) Seminar in Golden Age Drama. A study of selected dramatic works of the 
period. Selections may change from year to year. P-215 or 216. 

243. (4) Cervantes. Intensive study of the life and works of Cervantes, with special 
emphasis on the Quixote and the exemplary novels. P-215 or 216. 

244. (2) Seminar in Cervantes. A study of special aspects of Cervantes' works. 
Emphasis may vary from year to year. P-215 or 216. 

251. (4) Spanish Lyric Poetry. A study of the develpment of the poetic genre, with 
analysis and interpretation of works from each perid. P- 215 or 216. 

252. (2) Seminar in Hispanic Poetry. Study of selected topics which may vary from 
year to year. P-215 or 216. 

261 . (4) Nineteenth Century Spanish Novel. A study of the novels of Valera, Pereda, 
Galdos, Pardo Bazan, Blasco Ibahez and their contemporaries. P-215 or 216. 
265. (4) Spanish American Novel. A study of the novel in Spanish America from its 
beginning through the contemporary period. P-215 or 216. 



188 



SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY 



266. (4) Seminar in Spanish American Novel. A study of one or more categories of 
Spanish American novels. Materials may change from year to year. P-215 or 216. 

271. (4) Modern Spanish Drama. A study of the principal dramatic works from the 
Romantic movement through the contemporary period. P-215 or 216. 

272. (2) Seminar in Modern Spanish Drama. Materials may change from year to year. 
P-215 or 216. 

273. (4) Modern Spanish Novel. A study of representative Spanish novels from the 
"Generation of '98" through the contemporary period. P-215 or 216. 

274. (2) Seminar in Modern Spanish Literature. A study of selected topics which may 
vary from year to year. P-215 or 216. 

281. (3-5) Directed Study. Extensive reading and/or research, to meet individual 
needs. P-permission of department. Required for departmental honors. 

Wake Forest University Semester in Spain 

The Department of Romance Languages is affiliated with Stetson 
University in the operation of a study abroad program conducted 
at the University of Madrid. Courses are taught by native Spanish 
professors attached to the University's Facultad de Filosofia y Let- 
ras, the Spanish equivalent of the college of arts and sciences. 
Students live with Spanish families selected by the program's resi- 
dent director, normally a professor of Spanish from either Wake 
Forest University or Stetson. The resident director also coordinates 
and supervises the student's academic program and has general 
oversight of his extracurricular activities. 

Requirements: Students must have acquired junior standing, 
have completed two years of college Spanish or the equivalent, 
and be approved by both the major department and the depart- 
ment of Romance Languages. No particular major is required for 
eligibility. 

Course Offerings: Approximately thirty courses are available in 
the fields of Spanish language and literature, art, history, 
philosophy, economics, political science, and sociology. Course 
organization and teaching methods in most cases are similar to 
those in American universities, but all classes are conducted in 
Spanish. 



189 



SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY 

Professors Banks, Patrick 

Associate Professors Earle (Chairman), Evans, Gulley, Tefft, 

Woodall 

Assistant Professors Maultsby, McWilliams, Perricone 

A major in Sociology requires 36 credits and must incltide 
Sociology 151, 371 and 372. 

A major in Anthropology requires 36 credits and must include 
Anthropology 162, 252, 351, 352, 356 or 359, Mathematics 157 and 
one of the following Anthropology courses : 379, 381 , 382, 383, 384 
or some other course offering intensive field research training 
(with the permission of the undergraduate adviser and instructor). 

Only four credits from Anthropology 381-382 and four credits 
from Anthropology 383-384 may be used to meet major require- 
ments. Additional courses would be counted within the limits 
specified for a single field of study. 

Highly qualified majors are invited bythedepartmenttoapplyfor 
admission to the honors program in Sociology and Anthropology. 
To be graduated with the designation "Honors in Sociology" or 
"Honors in Anthropology," they must meet minimum require- 
ments listed on page 8, they must complete a senior research 
project, write up this research, and satisfactorily defend this work in 
an oral examination. For additional information members of the 
staff should be consulted. 

SOCIOLOGY 

151. (3 or 4) Principles of Sociology. General introduction to the field: social 
organization and disorganization, socialization, culture, social change and other 
aspects. 

152. (3 or 4) Social Problems. Survey of contemporary American social problems. 
Credit is not allowed for 344 if this course is taken. P-151. 

205. (3 or 4) Photography in the Social Sciences. Explores the use of photography as a 
research technique for the social sciences. Camera and darkroom instruction in- 
cluded. Usually offered in January. Permission of instructor. 
248. (3 or 4) Marriage and the Family. The social basis of the family, emphasizing the 
problems growing out of modern conditions and social change. 
301. (3) Religion as a Social Institution. A cross-cultural study of religious organiza- 
tions, cults and sects. Examination of the forms of organization and their relation- 
ship to other social factors. Usually offered in January. P-151. 



190 



SOCIOLOGY 




302. (3) The Sociology of Cults. A social scientific assessment of cults as new and 
deviant religious movements within modern industrial society. Examination of the 
history, doctrine, organization and appeal of movements. Usually offered in 
January. 

303. (4) The Police and Society. A study of the position and role of the police in 
modern society. Examination of the nature of social control in human societies, the 
role of the police in social control, the police in France, England and the United 
States, the extent, causes and treatment of crime in America. Usually offered in 
January. Permission of instructor. 

310. (3) Death and Dying. Study of some of the basic issues and problems of modern 
man in accepting and facing death. Offered in January. Permission of instructor. 



191 



ANTHROPOLOGY 



333. (3 or 4) The Urban Community, A survey of materials relating to the community 

as a unit of sociological investigation with emphasis on the urban setting. Of 

particular value for social work or community planning. P-151. 

335. (3 or 4) Medical Sociology. Analysisof the social variables associated with health 

and illness and with the practice of medicine. P-151. 

337. (3 or 4) Aging in Modern Society. Basic social problems and processes of aging. 

Social and psychological issues will be discussed. P-151. 

340. (3 or 4) Sociology of Child Development. Socialization through adolescence in 
the light of contemporary behavioral science, emphasizing the significance of social 
structure. P-151. 

341. (3 or 4) Criminology. Crime: its nature, causes, consequences and methods of 
treatment and prevention. P-151. 

342. (3 or 4) Juvenile Delinquency. The nature and extent of juvenile delinquency; 
an examination of prevention, control, and treatment programs. P-151 and permis- 
sion of instructor. 

344. (3 or 4) Social Deviation and Disorganization. A theoretical approach to social 
problems. Emphasis is on the relationship between social structure and social 
problems. Credit is not allowed for 152 if this course is taken. P-151. 

345. (3 or 4) Seminar on Social Change. An analysis of the nature and theories of 
social change, including the causes and types of social change, the social effects of 
invention, the adjustment of social institutions to technological change, and the 
impact of future technology on society. P-151. 

346. (3 or 4) Seminar on Social Utopias. Survey of major Utopian literature. Emphasis 
is placed upon both the social organization in Utopian proposals and their implicit 
critique of current society and social ideologies. P-151. 

358. (3 or 4) Population and Society. Techniques used in the study of population 
data. Reciprocal relationship of social and demographic variables. P-151. 

359. (3 or 4) Race and Culture. Racial and ethnic group prejudice and discrimination 
and its effect on social relationships. Emphasis on psychological and sociological 
theories of prejudice. P-151. 

360. (3 or 4) Social Stratification. Methods for locating and studying social classes in 
the U.S. class structure, function, mobility, and inter-class relationships. P-151. 
371-372. (4) The Sociological Perspective. A two semester course dealing with the 
development and application of majortheories and research methods in sociology. 
A continuing effort is made to enable the student to deal with current 
theoretically-oriented research. P-151 and permission of instructor. 

380. (3 or 4) Social Statistics. Basic statistics, emphasizing application in survey 
research. One who takes this course may not receive credit in Bus. Adm. 268, or 
Math. 157. 

385, 386. (3 or 4) Special Problems Seminar. Intensive investigation of current 
scientific research within the discipline which concentrates on problems of con- 
temporary interest. Permission of instructor. 

ANTHROPOLOGY 

162. (3 or 4) General Anthropology. Basic concepts of anthropology, focusing upon 
the biological and socio-cultural evolution of man from Pleistocene to present and 
an analysis of his contemporary cultural diversity. 

192 



ANTHROPOLOGY 



207. (4) Mountain Folklore in North Carolina. The role folklore plays in all human 
cultures in general and in the culture of the mountain people of western North 
Carolina in particular. Field trips to mountain counties will be conducted. Usually 
offered in January. 

252. (3 or 4) Cultural Anthropology. A cross-cultural analysis of human institutions 
concentrating on non-industrial societies. P-162. 

260. (2) Archeological Laboratory Practicum. Instruction in artifact cleaning, preserv- 
ing, cataloging, and analysis; preparation of museum exhibits; familiarization with 
darkroom procedures, drafting and report preparation. Permission of instructor. 

261. (2) Cultural Anthropology Practicum. Directed in-depth experience in cultural 
anthropology. P-162. 

262. (2) Physical Anthropology Lab Practicum. Practical experience in current prob- 
lems in. physical anthropology. P-162. 

301. (4) Archaeology of the Carolina Piedmont. Readings and field research directed 
toward collecting and interpreting data on the prehistoric and early historic cultures 
of the piedmont region of North Carolina. Usually offered in January. Permission of 
instructor. 

305. (4) Conflict and Change on Roatan Island (Honduras). Readings and field 
research focusing upon the barriers and processes of socio-cultural and technolog- 
ical change in a heterogeneous island community. P-162 and permission of instruc- 
tor. Usually offered in January. 

306. (4) Stokes County Cave Men: Excavation of a Prehistoric Rock Shelter. Instruc- 
tion in the mapping, excavation and preliminary analysis of an archeological site 
including field techniques such a surveying and photography. Usually offered in 
January. 

342. (3 or 4) Peoples and Cultures of Latin America. Ethnographic focus on the 
elements and processes of contemporary Latin American cultures. P-162 or permis- 
sion of instructor. 

343. (3 or 4) Anthropology and Developing Nations. Analytic survey of problems 
facing emerging nations and the application of anthropology in culture-change 
programs. P-162 or permission of instructor. 

344. (3 or 4) Medical Anthropology. The impact of Western medical practices and 
theory on non-Western cultures and anthropological contribution to the solving of 
world health problems. P-162. 

351. (3 or 4) Bioanthropology. Introduction to biological (physical) anthropology: 
human biology, evolution and variability. P-162. 

352. (1) Laboratory Methods in Physical Anthropology. Basic methods utilized by 
physical anthropologists to gather data, such as blood grouping, measurement, 
dermatoglyphics, dental casting. One two-hour lab per week. Permission of in- 
structor. Required of majors as complement to 351. 

353. (3 or 4) Peoples and Cultures of Africa. The ethnology and prehistory of Negro 
Africa south of the Sahara. P-162. 

354. (3 or 4) Primitive Religion. The world-view and values of nonliterate cultures as 
expressed in myths, rituals and symbols. P-162 or Soc. 151. 

355. (3 or 4) Language and Culture. An introduction to the relations between 
language and culture including methods for field research. P-162. 

356. (3 or 4) Old World Pre-History. Introduction to prehistoric archaeology: field 
and laboratory techniques, with survey of world prehistory. P-162. 

193 



SPEECH COMMUNICATION 



357. (3 or 4) Personality in Culture. A seminar designed to study the psycho- 
dynamics of social personality and national character. P-162 or Soc. 151. 

358. {3 or 4) The American Indian. Ethnology and prehistory of the American Indian. 
P-162. 

359. (3 or 4) Prehistory of North America. The development of culture in North 
America as outlined by archaeological research, with an emphasis on paleo-ecology 
and socio-cultural processes. P-162. 

360. (3 or 4) Archaeology of the Southeastern United States. A study of human 
adaptation in the Southeast from the Pleistocene to the present, emphasizing the 
role of ecological factors in determining the formal aspects of culture. P-162. 

362. (3 or 4) Seminar: Human Ecology and Geography. The relations between man 
and his inorganic and organic environment as mediated by culture. P-162 or permis- 
sion of instructor. 

363. (3) American Indian Origins. Possible origins and subsequent dispersion of 
American Indians. Pertinent information from a variety of disciplines will be 
considered but physical anthropology will be stressed. Permission of instructor. 

364. (3 or 4) Forensic Physical Anthropology. Identification of partly decomposed or 
skeletonized human remains in a legal context. Principles of age, sex, race, indi- 
viduation and recognition of wounds. Permission of instructor. 

365. (2, 3 or 4) Field Research in Physical Anthropology. Training in techniques for 
the study of problems of physical anthropology, carried out in the field. Permission 
of instructor. Usually offered in January or summer session. 

366. (3 or 4) Primates and Fossil Man. Investigation of primate and human evolution, 
both in anatomy and behavior. P-162 or permission of instructor. 

371. (3 or 4) European Peasant Communities. Lectures, reading and discussion on 
selected communities and their sociocultural context, including folklore, folk art, 
and processes of culture change. P-162 or permission of instructor. 

379. (3 or 4) Research Methods in Anthropology. Introduction to the principal 
research techniques used in anthropology. P-162. 

381, 382. (4,4) Archaeological Research. The recovery of anthropological data 
through the use of archaeology, taught in the excavation and interpretation of a 
prehistoric site. P-162. 

383, 384. (4, 4) Field Research in Cultural Anthropology. Training in techniques for 
the study of foreign cultures, carried out in the field. P-162. 

385, 386. (3 or 4) Special Problems Seminar. Intensive investigation of current 
scientific research within the discipline which concentrates on problems of con- 
temporary interest. Permission of instructor. 

SPEECH COMMUNICATION AND THEATRE ARTS 

Professors Shirley, Burroughs, Welker 
Associate Professors Tedford, Wolfe 
Assistant Professor Hazen 
Instructors Fullerton, May, Rouzan 
Director of Debate, McLean 

For convenience in advising majors, the department has divided 
the study of Speech Communication and Theatre Arts into the 



194 



SPEECH COMMUNICATION 



following fields: (1) communication theory, (2) rhetoric-public ad- 
dress, (3) radio-television-film, (4) theatre arts, and (5) speech 
pathology-correction. It is possible for a student either to concen- 
trate in one of the first four fields or to take courses across the 
breadth of the discipline. Specific courses of study are worked out 
in consultation with departmental advisers. 

A major is Speech Communication and Theatre Arts consists of a 
minimum of 40 credit units at least 8 of which must be at the 300 
level. In order for an SCTA course to count towards a student's 
major, the student must earn a grade of C or higher in the course. 

Those students majoring in Speech Education and Theatre Arts 
Education are expected to take specific courses which meet the 
requirements for Teacher Certification. Information concerning 
these courses may be obtained from departmental advisers. 

Highly qualified majors are invited by the department to apply 
for admission to the honors program in Speech Communication 
and Theatre Arts. To be graduated with the designation "Honors in 
Speech Communication and Theatre Arts," they must meet 
minimum requirements listed on page 8, as well as successfully 
complete Course 281. For additional information members of the 
staff should be consulted. 

The following three courses apply to each of the areas within the 
department: 

280. (4) Special Seminar. The intensive study of selected topics in communication. 
Topics may be drawn from any theory or concept areas of communication -such as 
persuasion, organizational communication, film or theatre. 

281 . (4) Honors in Speech Communication and Theatre Arts. A conference course 
involving intensive work in the area of special interest for selected seniors who wish 
to graduate with departmental honors. 

282. (4) Independent Study. Special research and readings in a choice of interest to 
be approved by a faculty adviser. 

283. 284. (2, 2) Debate, Radio-TV-Film, or Theatre Arts Practicum. Individualized 
projects in the student's choice of debate, radio-TV-film or theatre arts; includes 
organizational meetings, faculty supervision, and faculty evaluation. No students 
may register for more than two credit units of Practicum in any semester. Further, 
no student will be allowed to take more than a total of eight credit units in 
practicum, only four credits of which may be counted toward a major in Speech 
Communication and Theatre Arts. PASS-FAIL ONLY. 

Communication-Public Address 

151. (4) Public Speaking I. A study of the nature and fundamentals of speech 
communication. Practice in the preparation and delivery of short speeches. 

195 



SPEECH COMMUNICATION 



152. (4) Public Speaking II. The preparation and presentation of short speeches to 
inform, convince, actuate, and entertain. P-151. 

153. (4) Interpersonal Communication. The course is divided into three parts: 
communication theory, person-to-person communication, and small group in- 
teraction. 

155. (4) Croup Communication. An introduction to the principles of discussion and 
deliberation in small groups with practice in group problem-solving and discussion 
leadership. 

161. (4) Voice and Diction. A study of the principles of voice and production with 
emphasis on phonetics as a basis for correct sound formation. 

231. (4) Oral Interpretation of Literature. Fundamentals of reading aloud with em- 
phasis on selection, analysis, and performance. 

251 . (4) Persuasion. A study of the variables and contexts of persuasion in contem- 
porary society. 

252. (4) Argumentation and Debate. A study of the principles of argumentation. 
Practical experience in researching and debating a public policy question. 

253. (4) Rhetorical Theory. A survey of the forms of rhetorical discourse in modern 
society with emphasis on major theories. 

259. (4) The Rhetoric of the Women's Movement. A rhetorical study of the speeches 
of women activists and the impact of those speeches and arguments from 1819 to 
the present. Informal discussions will be supplemented by a report on a historical 
figure and by a contemporary issue analysis of why the issue won or lost support in 
context of the times, the arguments raised, the speaker and her style. Taught during 
the four weeks of January. 

261. (4) Clinical Management of Speech and Language Disorders. Methods used to 
correct speech disorders of voice, rhythm, language and articulation. Observation 
of methods used with selected cases in clinical or public school setting. Offered 
alternate fall semesters. 

262. (4) Audiology. Clinical audiology, including anatomy, physiology, disorders of 
the hearing mechanism and interpretations of basic measurements of auditory 
function. Offered alternate spring semesters. 

263. (4) Speech and Language Disorders I. Study of the disorders of language, 
articulation and rhythm with special emphasis on functional disorders. Focus is on 
the role the therapist plays in assisting the speech handicapped child. Offered 
alternate fall semesters. 

264. (4) Speech and Language Disorders II. Consideration of etiology and symptoms 
of speech and language problems due to organic disorders of voice, articulation, 
language and hearing. Offered alternate spring semesters. 

280. (4) Special Seminar. The intensive study of selected topics in communication. 
Topics may be drawn from any theory or concept areas of communication such as 
persuasion, organization communication, film or theatre. 

281 . (4) Honors in Speech Communication and Theatre Arts. (See previous descrip- 
tion.) 

282. (4) Independent Study. (See previous description.) 



196 



THEATRE ARTS 



283, 284. (2, 2) Debate Practicum. (See previous description.) 

354. (4) American Public Address. The history and criticism of American public 

address from colonial times to the present. 

S-355. (4) Directing the Forensic Program. A pragmatic study of the methods of 

directing high school and college forensics with work in the Wake Forest High 

School Speech Institute. (Summer only.) 

356. (4) Black Rhetoric. Study of selected black American speakers and their 

speeches. By listening to recorded speeches, reading manuscripts and background 

information, and discussing the speakers, the class will trace the development of 

black rhetoric from the Colonial period to the present. Particular emphasis will be 

placed on the abolitionist, anti-segregationist, and black power movements. 

Taught during the four weeks of January. 

371. (4) Research in Communication. An introduction to design and statistical 
procedures for research in communication. 

372. (4) Survey of Organizational Communication. An introduction to the role of 
communication in organizations with emphasis on field applications. Offered in 
January only. 

373. (4) Communication Theory. An introduction to theory-building in communica- 
tion and the major contemporary approaches to the operation of communication. 
P-153, or permission of the instructor. 

374. (4) Mass Communication Theory. Theoretical approaches to the role of com- 
munication in reaching mass audiences and its relationship to other levels of 
communication. Offered in alternate years. 

375. (4) Communication and Conflict. A study of communication in conflict situa- 
tions on the interpersonal and societal levels. P-153, or permission of instructor. 
Offered in alternate years. 

376. (4) Small Croup Communication Theory. Advanced study of the principles of 
small group interaction and discussion leadership. P-155, or permission of the 
instructor. 

378. (4) Semantics and Language Behavior. A study of the syntactic and semantic 
aspects of communicative messages. 

Radio-Television-Film 

241 . (4) Introduction to Broadcasting. A Study of the historical, legal, economic, and 
social aspects of broadcasting. 

245. (4) Introduction to Film. Historical introduction to motion pictures through the 
study of various kinds of films and their relationship to society. 

281 . (4) Honors in Speech Communication and Theatre Arts. (See previous descrip- 
tion.) 

282. (4) Independent Study. (See previous description.) 

283. 284. (2, 2) Radio-TV-Film Practicum. (See previous description.) 

341. (5) Radio-TV-Film Production. Advanced radio-television-film production 
workshop. P-283, 284. 

342. {4) Seminar in Radio-TV. Extensive readings in and discussions of fundamental 
theory and current issues in radio and TV. P-241. 

346. (4) Film Criticism. A study of film aesthetics through an analysis of the work of 
selected film-makers and film critics. P-245. 

197 



THEATRE ARTS 



Theatre Arts 

121. (4) Introduction the the Theatre. A survey of all areas of Theatre Art. Experience 
in laboratory and University Theatre productions. Lab — 3 hrs. 
223. (4) Stagecraft. A study in the basic elements of theatre technology. Practical 
experience gained in laboratory and University Theatre productions. Open to 
freshmen and sophomores by permission of instructor. Lab — 5 hrs. 

226. (4) Theories of Acting. A study of acting theories and fundamental acting 
techniques. Open to freshmen and sophomores by permission of instructor. Lab — 
2 hrs. 

227. (4) Theatre Speech. An intensive course in the analysis and correlation of the 
physiological, physical, and interpretative aspects of voice and diction on the stage. 

228. (4) The Contemporary English Theatre. An examination of the English theatre 
through reading, lectures, seminars, and attendance at numerous live theatre 
performances. The participants will be expected to submit written reactions to the 
plays which are seen. There will be ample time to allow for visits to museums, 
libraries, and historic places. Permission of instructor required. Taught in London, 
England, during the four weeks of January. 

281 . (4) Honors in Speech Communication and Theatre Arts. (See previous descrip- 
tion.) 

282. (4) Independent Study. (See previous description.) 

283. 284. (2, 2) Theatre Arts Practicum. (See previous description.) 

320. (4) Theatrical Scene Design. A study of the theories and styles of stage design 
and their application to the complete play. P-121 and 223, or permission of instruc- 
tor. 

321. (4) Play Directing. An introduction to the theory and practice of play directing. A 
grade will not be granted for this course until the student has completed SCTA 322, 
PLAY PRODUCTION LABORATORY. Lab —2 hrs. P-121 and 226, or permission of 
instructor. 

322. (2) Play Production Laboratory. A laboratory in the organization, the techniques 
and the problems encountered in a dramatic production. The production of a play 
for public performance will be required. P-321. 

S-324. (4) Directing the Drama Program. A study of the function of drama in the 
educational curriculum with emphasis on the secondary level. Laboratory work in 
the High School Speech Institute. Lab — 6 hrs. 

325. (4) Advanced Acting. A concentrated study of the actor's art through theory and 
practice. P-226 or permission of instructor. 

327. (4) Theatre History I. A survey of the development of the theatre from its origins 
to 1870, includes lectures, readings and reports. 

328. (4) Theatre History II. A survey of the development of the modern theatre from 
1870 to the present day, includes lectures, readings and reports. 

Courses for Graduate Students 

421. (3) Modern Theatre Production 

423. (3) Advanced Directing. 

426. (3) Evolution of Dramatic Theory: Seminar. 



198 



428. (3) The Play 

451. (3) Classical Rhetoric 

452. (3) Contemporary Rhetoric 

453. (3) Seminar in Persuasion 

454. (3) Rhetorical Criticism 

463. (3) Proseminar in Communication. 

474. (3) Research and Theory of Organizational Communication 

480. (3) Special Seminar 

481.482. (3, 3) Readings and Research in Speech Communication and 

Theatre. 

491,492. (3, 3) Thesis Research. 




199 



GRADUATE SCHOOL 

From 1866 until 1949 Wake Forest College conducted limited 
graduate programs in several academic disciplines. On January 13, 
1961, the Trustees established the more formally organized Divi- 
sion of Graduate Studies and announced that beginning in Sep- 
tember, 1961 , the College would resume course and research work 
leading to the degree Master of Arts in the Departments of Biology, 
Chemistry, English, History, Mathematics, and Physics. In Sep- 
tember, 1964, the Department of Psychology was added to this 
group. The Departments of Physical Education and Religion inau- 
gurated master's degree programs in thefall of 1967. In September, 
1969, the Department of Speech introduced work leading to the 
M. A. degree. A year later the Department of Biology began work 
leading to the Ph. D. degree. A doctoral program in the Depart- 
ment of Chemistry was begun in 1972. 

On June 12, 1967, when Wake Forest College became Wake 
Forest University, the name of the Division of Graduate Studies 
was changed to the Graduate School. Also on that date, the De- 
partment of Education began offering programs of study leading to 
the Master of Arts in Education degree. 

Candidates for the degree Master or Arts are required to com- 
plete successfully a minimum of twenty-four hours of course work, 
write a thesis for which six hours of credit are allotted, and pass a 
reading examination in one modern foreign language, or, in some 
disciplines, substitute a demonstration of competency in a special 
skill such as computer programming or statistics. The require- 
ments for the Master of Arts in Education degree are essentially the 
same except that prospective counselors may write a research 
report instead of a thesis. 

The Graduate School will have twenty full tuition scholarships 
available to be awarded for the summer of 1976 and a total of about 
one hundred assistantships, fellowships, and scholarships for the 
academic year 1976-1977. 

The Bulletin of the Graduate School, an application for admis- 
sion form, and an application for grant form may be obtained by 
writing the Dean of the Graduate School, Box 7487, Reynolda 
Station, Wake Forest University, Winston-Salem, North Carolina 
27109. 



200 



SCHOOL OF MANAGEMENT 



THE BABCOCK GRADUATE SCHOOL OF MANAGEMENT 
Administration and Faculty* 

James Ralph Scales, President 

Frank J. Schilagi, Dean and Associate Professor of Management 

Bernard L. Beatty, Assistant Dean for Program Management and 

Associate Professor of Management 
Harry F. Kelsey, Jr., Director of the Center for Management 

Development and Assistant Professor of Management 
Judson D. DeRamus, Associate Director of the Center for Man- 
agement Development 
John M. Zerba, Director of Admissions 
\ear\ B. Hopson, Librarian and Director of Budget 
Meyer W. Belovicz, Associate Professor of Management 
Robert S. Carlson, Professor of Management 
James M. Clapper, Assistant Professor of Management 
Jack D. Ferner, Lecturer in Management 
J. Timothy Heames, Lecturer in Management 
H. Russell Johnston, Associate Professor of Management 
Dennis J. Kulonda, Assistant Professor of Management 
Laurence S. Mannis, Assistant Professor of Management 
Peter R. Peacock, Associate Professor of Management 
Robert W. Shively, Associate Professor of Management 
Robert N. White, Lecturer in Management 

General Statement 

Individuals wishing to prepare themselves for careers in man- 
agement through studies at the graduate level should direct their 
attention to the programs offered in the Babcock Graduate School 
of Management. The Babcock School offers programs leading to 
the Master of Business Administration or the Master of Manage- 
ment degrees. Programs are designed to prepare students for 
careers in both the private and public sectors of our economy. 

The Babcock School is prepared not only to train students in- 
terested in graduate study, but has a systematic program of career 
education for operating managers and administrators. The corner- 
stone of the career education program is the MBA-Executive Pro- 
gram. The MBA-Executive Program is designed for executives who 
wish to continue to update their managerial skills. 

Through the generosity of the Z. Smith Reynolds Foundation 
and Mrs. Nancy Susan Reynolds, the Babcock School occupies a 
completely modern building honoring the memory of Charles H. 
Babcock. 

•See Administration and Faculty sections for full information. 

201 



SCHOOL OF MANAGEMENT 



Admission Test 

The Babcock Graduate School of Management requires all ap- 
plicants for admission to take the Graduate Management Admis- 
sions Test (formerly the ATG5B), a test administered by Educational 
Testing Service. This score is only one of a number of factors used 
in consideration of prospective students for admission. 

Applicants should write GMAT, Educational Testing Service, Box 
966, Princeton, New Jersey 08540 for an application form. 

Fellowships and Financial Aid 

Financial assistance in the Babcock School is available in the 
form of fellowships, grants, assistantships, and deferred payment 
loans. Fellowships and assistantships are awarded on the basis of 
both need and potential for outstanding performance. Awards are 
made only after admission to the school. 

Graduate Curriculum 

The objectives of the graduate curriculum are: a) mastery of a 
common body of knowledge contained in courses which comprise 
the "core" curriculum, b) acquisition of process skills to apply 
accumulated knowledge to managerial problems, and c) develop- 
ment of the ability to manage in a changing environment. 

The core curriculum is divided into five centers of learning and 
proficiency must be demonstrated in the courses contained 
therein: 

Behavioral Science 

401 — Individual, Group, and Organizational Behavior 

Environmental Analysis 

411 — Microeconomics 

413 — External Environment 

412 — Macroeconomics 

Organization Functions 
421 — Management Functions 
431 — Managerial Accounting 
441 — Financial Management 
451 — Marketing Management 
463 — Business Strategy & Policy 



202 



SCHOOL OF MANAGEMENT 



Quantitative Methods 

433 — Programming Methods 

461 — Operations Management 

462 — Management Science 

471 — Probability and Applied Statistics 

Systems Science 

422 — Electronic Data Processing and Control 

432 — Nature and Analysis of Systems 




203 



SCHOOL OF LAW 

Faculty* 

James Ralph Scales, President 

Pasco M. Bowman II, Dean and Professor of Law 

Buddy O. H. Herring, II, Assistant Dean and Assistant 

Professor of Law 
Richard Gordon Bell, Professor of Law 
Rhoda Bryan Billings, Associate Professor of Law 
James E. Bond, Associate Professor of Law 
Leon Henry Corbett, Jr., Professor of Law 
Hugh William Divine, Professor of Law 
Esron McGruder Faris, Jr., Professor of Law 
Henry Conrad Lauerman, Professor of Law 
Robert E. Lee, Professor of Law 
Howard L. Oleck, Professor of Law 
Sylvester Petro, Professor of Law 
Charles P. Rose, Jr., Associate Professor of Law 
David F. Shores, Associate Professor of Law 
James E. Sizemore, Professor of Law 
George K. Walker, Associate Professor of Law 
James A. Webster, Jr., Professor of Law 

Law Library 

Vivian Lunsford Wilson, Law Librarian 

Kenneth A. Zick, Acquisitions and Reference Librarian 

Mary H. Day, Circulation Librarian 

Melanie Laura Sale, Catalogue Librarian 

Adjunct Faculty 

Paul B. Bell, Lecturer- in- Law 

John M. Fisher, Lecturer in Law 

G. Dudley Humphrey, Lecturer in Law 

Malcolm E. Osborn, Lecturer in Law 

General Statement 

The School of Law was established as a department of Wake 
Forest College in 1894, the first instructor being Professor N. Y. 
Gulley, who served as dean from 1905 until his retirement from 
active administration iVi 1935. The School of Law is fully approved 



'See Administration and Faculty sections for full information. 

204 



LAW 

by all national and state accrediting agencies. It is a member of the 
Association of American Law Schools, and is listed as an approved 
school by the American Bar Association, by the Board of Law 
Examiners and Council of the North Carolina State Bar, and by the 
University of the State of New York. 

The selection and treatment of the courses of study offered in 
the School of Law, and the method of instruction employed, are 
designed to afford comprehensive and thorough training in the 
broad field of legal education and to equip students to practice in 
any jurisdiction where the Anglo-American law system prevails. 
The achievement of these purposes necessitates, first, the re- 
quirement of adequate and appropriate preliminary education in 
order to assure an intellectual maturity and cultural background 
against which legal principles and problems can be understood in 
their social, economic and moral, as well as in their legal aspects; 
second, a comprehensive study of the theories and doctrines of 
the Anglo-American system of law and their statutory modification. 

The School of Law has as its objective, not only to train a student 
in legal principles and doctrines, but also to stimulate his reason- 
ing powers, to prepare him to present legal propositions logically 
and analytically, and to develop in the student a profound sense of 
legal ethics, professional responsibility and the duty of the lawyer 
to society. 

The School of Law has its separate building, modern in all re- 
spects and designed to accommodate the continued growth and 
future development of the School and the expansion of its pro- 
gram in the field of legal education. The law building, which is a 
handsome four-story structure, contains many attractive and use- 
ful features including air-conditioning. 

The Law Library contains approximately 65,000 volumes, care- 
fully selected to avoid unnecessary duplication and to insure the 
greatest possible usefulness. 

Admission Requirements 

The academic requirements for admission to the School of Law, 
as a candidate for the J.D. degree, may be satisfied by any one of 
the following methods: 

(1) An academic degree from an approved college or university. 



205 



LAW 

(2) The completion of three years of academic work prescribed in 
the "Combined Course" in Wake Forest College. .(See pages 99-101 
for details.) 

The School of Law does not admit applicants without an 
academic degree, except applicants from Wake Forest College 
who pursue the "Combined Course" plan of three years of accept- 
able academic work in Wake Forest College. 

The academic requirements set forth above are minimum re- 
quirements, and satisfaction of these requirements does not 
necessarily entitle an applicant to admission. The School of Law 
considers not only the scholastic average, but also the nature and 
subject-matter of the courses taken by the applicant. In addition, 
an applicant for admission is required to take the Law School 
Admission Test. 

There is no rigidly prescribed pre-legal curriculum for admission 
to the School of Law. Since the law, in its application and as a 
subject of study, touches so many phases of life, it has been 
considered unwise to require an inflexible preparatory course. The 
School of Law does recommend the inclusion of as many of the 
following courses as possible in any pre-law program of study: 
English Composition, History of the United States, History of Eng- 
land, European History, Constitutional History, Government of the 
United States, State and Local Government, Comparative Gov- 
ernment, International Relations, Literature, Foreign Languages, 
Speech, Psychology, Philosophy, Logic, Natural Sciences, 
Mathematics, Principles of Economics, Accounting, and Invest- 
ments. 

Application for admission to the School of Law must be made in 
writing on a form furnished by the School of Law. Participation in 
the Law School Data Assembly Service is required. 

Beginning students are admitted to the School of Law only at the 
opening of the fall session. 

Admission to Advanced Standing. A student from a law school 
which is a member of the Association of American Law Schools, 
who is otherwise qualified, may in the discretion of the faculty be 
admitted to advanced standing for the J.D. degree. The student 
must be eligible for readmission to the law school from which he 
proposes to transfer. The last year of work on the basis of which the 
degree is granted must be taken in the Wake Forest University 
School of Law. 

206 



LAW 

Admission Test 

The School of Law requires all applicants for admission to take 
the Law School Admission Test, a test administered by Educational 
Testing Service. The applicant's score on the Test will be consi- 
dered among other factors in passing on his application for admis- 
sion to this Law School. 

Applicants should write Law School Admission Test, Educational 
Testing Service, P. O. Box 944, Princeton, New Jersey, 08540, for 
application forms for taking the Test, for the Bulletin of Informa- 
tion regarding the Test, and for the Law School Data Assembly 
Service forms. 

Scholarships and Student Aid 

The School of Law has a number of scholarships available for 
each beginning class. Some of these scholarships are awarded on 
the basis of character, scholarship and financial need. Additional 
scholarships in a larger amount and covering full tuition are availa- 
ble for each beginning class and are awarded on the basis of 
character and exceptional scholastic achievement without regard 
to financial need. 

The University administers several loan programs for the benefit 
of students who are in need of financial aid. 

In addition, a number of law students are afforded limited em- 
ployment as Law Library assistants and dormitory counselors, but 
usually after the completion of their first year. 

Degree of J.D. 

The degree of Juris Doctor (J.D.) will be awarded to the student 
who (1) is admitted to the School of Law as a regular student, (2) 
thereafter spends the equivalent of three academic years in resi- 
dent study in the School of Law, (3) successfully completes eighty- 
four semester hours of law, including all required courses, and (4) 
attains a cumulative weighted average of 67 or more on all work 
required for graduation. 

The Summer Session 

The School of Law operates a summer session of nine weeks, the 
work of which is carefully planned with reference to the cur- 
riculum of the regular academic year, and which may be used 



207 



LAW 

either to supplement the regular curriculum or as a substitute for 
part of it. Courses are offered during the summer session for 
advanced students only. 

Further Information 

Descriptions of the system of grading and examinations, general 
scholastic regulations, student organizations, prizes and awards, 
and the complete course of study are contained in a special Law 
School Bulletin, issued annually. Requests for this Bulletin, and 
other correspondence concerning the School of Law, should be 
addressed to The Dean, School of Law, Wake Forest University, 
P. O. Box 7206 Reynolda Station, Winston-Salem, N. C. 27109. 




Margaret Truman Daniel and President Scales lift the first spade of 
dirt for the Fine Arts Building. 



208 



THE 1976 SUMMER SESSION 

Two Five-Week Terms — May 24 — June 26; June 28 — August 4 



The Summer Session of 1976 will provide two five-week terms. 
Students may enroll for one or two courses in each five-week term. 
Some accounting, mathematics and science courses are five cred- 
its; most other courses will provide four credits each, although a 
few will provide one or two credits. Eight credits per term is 
considered a normal load. 

Most classes are scheduled during the morning hours, for one 
seventy-five minute period. Science courses with laboratories 
meet from 8:00 a.m. to 1 :00 p.m. All classes will meet daily, Mon- 
day through Friday, and on alternate Saturdays. 

The courses offered are designed to meet the needs of regular 
Wake Forest students, incoming freshmen, visiting students from 
other colleges, and public school teachers seeking renewal of 
certificates. There will be courses in Anthropology, Biology, Busi- 
ness and Accountancy, Chemistry, Classics, Economics, Educa- 
tion, English, French, History, Humanities, Mathematics, 
Philosophy, Politics, Psychology, Physics, Religion, Sociology, 
Spanish, and Speech. The Department of Education will offer a 
course in Directed Teaching for college graduates interested in 
qualifying for a class A teaching certificate. 

Graduate courses leading to the Master of Arts degree will be 
offered in the departments of English, History, and Psychology. 
Opportunities for research toward the Master of Arts degree, but 
not graduate courses, will be provided in the departments of 
Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics, and Physics. 

A special program, the Master of Arts in Education, will be 
offered for teachers who desire to complete a Master's program in 
summer sessions. 



209 



BOWMAN GRAY SCHOOL OF MEDICINE 

Administration Officers* 

James Ralph Scales, President 
Manson Meads, Vice President for Medical Affairs 
Richard Janeway, Dean 

H. O. Goodman, Associate Dean (Biomedical Graduate Edu- 
cation) 
Clyde T. Hardy, Jr., Associate Dean (Patient Services) 
Donald M. Hayes, Associate Dean (Community Health Sci- 
ences) 
C. Nash Herndon, Associate Dean (Research Development) 
Warren H. Kennedy, Associate Dean (Administration) and 

Director, Division of Resource Management 
Emery C. Miller, Jr., Associate Dean (Continuing Education) 
James C. Leist, Assistant Dean (Continuing Education) 
John D. Tolmie, Associate Dean (Student Affairs) 
B. Lionel Truscott, Associate Dean (Admissions) 
Michael D. Sprinkle, Librarian 

Origin and Development 

The School of Medicine was established at Wake Forest in 1902. 
It was renamed the School of Medical Sciences in 1937 and oper- 
ated as a two-year medical school until 1941 , when it was moved to 
Winston-Salem as a four-year medical school in association with 
the North Carolina Baptist Hospital. It was renamed the Bowman 
Gray School of Medicine of Wake Forest University in recognition 
of the benefactor who made the expansion possible. 

Facilities 

The main teaching hospital of the medical school is North 
Carolina Baptist Hospital which recently was expanded to 655 
beds. The hospital serves as a secondary and tertiary referral center 
for the community and an area consisting of several southeastern 
states. 

In addition to the general hospital facilities available, Baptist 
Hospital, with its new 16-story patient tower, contains a 38-bed 
intensive care unit, a 14-bed coronary care unit, a 70-bed progres- 
sive care unit, a six-bed clinical research unit, a new 17-room 
operating suite with an adjoining 17-bed recovery room, and a 
six-bed hemodialysis unit. 



•See Administration and Faculty sections. For the complete faculty roster, see the special bulletin of The 
Bowman Gray School of Medicine, which may be obtained by request to The Office of Admissions, Bowman 
Cray School of Medicine, Winston-Salem, North Carolina 27103. 



211 



MEDICINE 



The medical school and hospital buildings join to form a single 
unit, resulting in close correlation of clinical and basic science 
teaching programs. 

A multi-million dollar expansion program, initiated in 1963 has 
virtually doubled the size of the medical center. The first phase of 
the construction was accomplished in 1969 with the completion 
of four buildings — the Hanes Building, a major addition to 
the medical school; the Charles H. Babcock Auditorium, a 400- 
seat facility equipped with modern audiovisual systems; a 
55,500-square-foot instructional center for allied health programs; 
and a new power plant. 

These facilities have permitted a significant increase in the en- 
rollment of students and an expansion of educational and research 
programs. They also have enabled the medical school to adopt a 
new curriculum, designed to better prepare today's students for 
the practice of tomorrow's medicine. 

With the completion of the Reynolds Tower, inpatient care at the 
medical center will approximate 200,000 days a year. Ambulatory 
patient visits to the medical center total more than 150,000 per year. 
And an active emergency room serves over35, 000 visits. A recently 
completed ambulatory care center provides facilities for an en- 
larged emergency department, ambulatory clinics, a cancer re- 
search center and the sections on orthopedics, radiation therapy 
and physical therapy. 

Requirements for Admission 

The majority of applicants complete four years of under- 
graduate work. However, applicants who have demonstrated ex- 
ceptional ability and have completed 90 semester hours will be 
considered. 

In order for the student entering medical school to be prepared 
for his courses, he must have acquired certain basic scientific 
information. Such information is ordinarily obtained in the follow- 
ing undergraduate courses: 

2 semesters of general biology 
2 semesters of general chemistry 
2 semesters of organic chemistry 
2 semesters of general physics 

It should be emphasized that, in listing the above scientific 
requirements, it is not intended to minimize the importance of 

212 



MEDICINE 



other less specific educational requirements. 

In addition to the material listed above, the student should 
acquire extensive knowledge of man as the product of his social, 
physical, and emotional environment. The desired training is given 
in courses in Philosophy, Religion, Economics, Sociology, History, 
Literature, Mathematics, Language, and Psychology. The student is 
urged to acquaint himself as widely in these fields of knowledge as 
time and his inclination will permit. 

Early Acceptance Program 

The University has begun an experimental program with a few 
selected undergraduate schools whereby exceptionally qualified 
students will be selected at the end of their second year of under- 
graduate work and offered a place in the School of Medicine upon 
graduation from undergraduate school. The purpose for the se- 
cured status would be to emphasize factors other than grades as 
criteria for the selection of students to study medicine. A physi- 
cian, in addition to needing an alert and growing mind, should 
possess many other desirable personal traits such as integrity, 
discretion, motivation, judgment and concern which will enable 
him to function effectively. Some medical students may be 
selected on the basis of their strong personal potential for 
medicine. 

Early acceptance will allow a student to develop fully his educa- 
tional background without undue apprehension concerning 
grades and will not require excessive emphasis to be devoted to 
science. In addition to academic flexibility, students will be af- 
forded professional counsel from both the School of Medicine and 
the undergraduate school. 

Students will be selected jointly by the Admissions Committeeof 
the School of Medicine and the Pre-Medical or Health Professions 
Committee of the undergraduate school. A student may initiate an 
application himself or may be invited to apply by the Wake Forest 
University Pre-Medical Committee. 

Admission 

Students are selected on the basis of academic performance, 
character, and general fitness for the study of medicine. No stu- 
dent will be admitted who is ineligible, because of scholastic dif- 
ficulties or misconduct, to re-enroll in a school previously at- 



213 



MEDICINE 



tended. Only those applicants who have completed their training 
in an approved institution in the United States or in Canada will be 
considered for admission. 

Graduate Studies 

Course work is offered leading to the Doctor of Philosophy 
degree with a major in Anatomy, Biochemistry, Microbiology, 
Pharmacology, Physiology and Comparative and Experimental 
Pathology. In addition, course work leading to the M.S. degree is 
offered in Anatomy, Biochemistry, Microbiology, Pharmacology, 
Physiology, and Comparative and Experimental Pathology. A pro- 
gram leading to the Master of Science degree is offered in the 
Department of Comparative Medicine for students who hold the 
D.V.M. degree. The Master of Science degree in Medical Sciences 
is offered to qualified students including medical students and 
persons holding the M.D., D.V.M. or D.D.S. degrees. This 
graduate program may be carried out in any department or section 
of the medical school with the approval of the Committee on 
Graduate Studies. 

M.D.-Ph.D. Program 

Students who are enrolled in the School of Medicine and who 
have completed satisfactorily the first year of studies may, if they so 
desire, express their interest in an M.D.-Ph.D. program by present- 
ing their credentials to the M.D.-Ph.D. Committee. If accepted, 
the combined program may be completed in seven years, or, in 
exceptional cases, in six years. 



214 



FACULTY 
THE BOWMAN GRAY SCHOOL OF MEDICINE 

INSTRUCTION* 

James C. Abell (1973) Clinical Instructor in Pediatrics 

A.B., M.D., North Carolina. 

Jean Dofflemoyer Acton (1964) Associate Professor of Microbiology 

B.S., M.A., Ph.D., Virginia. 

Carlton N. Adams (1951) Clinical Associate Professor of 

b.s., wake Forest; m.d., Duke. Obstetrics and Gynecology 

Richard M. Aderhold (1971) Clinical Assistant Professor of Psychiatry 

M.D., North Carolina. 

Eben Alexander, Jr. (1949) Professor of Neurosurgery 

A.B., North Carolina; M.D., Harvard. 

Elms L. Allen (1973) Clinical Assistant Professor of Medicine 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Cray. 

Harvey H. Allen (1970) Clinical Instructor in Surgery 

B.A., Lincoln; M.D., Meharry. 

Katherine H. Anderson (1944) Associate Professor of Pediatrics 

B.S., Carnegie; M.D., Cornell. 

Stephen G. Anderson (1970) Associate Professor of Obstetrics 

m.d., Emory. an( j Gynecology 

Carol A. Appolone (1974) Instructor in Pediatrics (Social Work) 

B.A., University of Tennessee; M.S.W., Tulane. 

Robert K. Arthur (1975) Clinical Instructor in Obstetrics 

B.S., Mercer; M.D., Maryland. anc j Gynecology 

E. Reid Bahnson (1953) Clinical Assistant Professor of Medicine 

A.B., North Carolina; M.D., University of Pennsylvania. 

Khosrow Bahrani (1972) Clinical Instructor in Psychiatry 

M.D., Tehran University. 

Frances C. Baird (1975) Instructor in Pathology 

B.A., Berea; M.S., Wisconsin; M.D., Bowman Cray. 

Marshall R. Ball (1975) Instructor in Radiology 

m.d., Bowman Gray. (Neuroradiology) 

Ralph W. Barnes (1969) Research Assistant Professor of Neurology 

B.S.E.E., Duke; M.S.E., Pennsylvania; Ph.D., Duke. 

Harold B. Bates (1970) Clinical Instructor in Urology 

A.B., Mercer; M.D., Bowman Cray. 

Edward S. Beason (1972) Assistant Professor of Surgery 

B.A., Vanderbilt; M.D., Alabama. (Plastic Sureery) 

David L. Beavers (1955) Assistant Professor of Dental Surgery 

B.S., Wake Forest; D.D.S., Northwestern. 

Daniel R. Beerman (1973) Instructor in Pediatrics (Social Work) 

B.A., St. Andrews; M.Div., Princeton; M.S.W., Rutgers University. 

H. Dean Belk (1975) Clinical Assistant Professor 

A.B., Duke; M.D., South Carolina; M.S., Ohio State. f Community Medicine 

Gretchen J. Belovicz (1975) Instructor in Neurology 

B.A., Hobart and Wm. Smith; M.S., Ph.D., Purdue. (Neuropsychology) 

Jerry Lee Bennett (1970) Clinical Instructor in Pediatrics 

B.S., North Carolina State; M.D., Bowman Cray. 

* Names are arranged alphabetically. Date following names indicates year of appointment. More than one 
date indicates separate appointments. 



215 



FACULTY 



Paul Benoit (1972) 

B.S., M.S., St. Louis; Ph.D., Missouri. 

John F. Benson (1975) 

B.S., M.D., Maryland 

David Merrill Biddulph (1970) 

B.S., Utah; M.S., Ph.D., Illinois. 

Alexander A. Birch (1972) 

B.S., M.D., University of Michigan. 

Ignacio Bird (1965) 

A.B., Cornell; M.D., Yale. 

Robert F. Blackard (1974) 

B.S., North Carolina State; M.D., Bowman Cray. 

Thomas L. Blair (1945) Clinical Assistant Professor of Periodontia 

B.S., d.d.s., M.S., University of Pittsburgh. an( j Dental Surgery 

Damon D. Blake (1956) 

B.S., Washington; M.D., Columbia. 

Delmar E. Bland (1964) 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

Frederick A. Blount, Jr. (1954) 

A.B., North Carolina; M.D., University of Pennsylvania. 

Walter J. Bo (1960) 

B.S., M.S., Marquette; Ph.D., Cincinnati. 

Meredith G. Bond (1974) 

B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Ohio State. 



Associate Professor of Community Medicine 
(Allied Health) Associate in Anatomy 

Clinical Instructor in Medicine 

Associate Professor of Anatomy 

Associate Professor of Anesthesia 

Clinical Assistant Professor of Radiology 



Clinical Assistant Professor 
of Anesthesia 



Professor of Radiology 
Clinical Assistant Professor of Medicine 



Clinical Assistant Professor of 
Pediatrics 

Professor of Anatomy 



Instructor in Comparative Medicine 
Associate in Anatomy 

Vernard F. Bond, Jr. (1954) Clinical Assistant Professor of Medicine 

A.B., George Washington; M.D., Johns Hopkins. Associate in Physiology 

David K. Booth (1973) Instructor in Community Medicine 

A.B., Missouri; P. A., Bowman Gray. (Allied Health) 



Richard B. Boren, III (1971) 

M.D., Duke. 

J. Frances Bounous (1974) 

B.A., St. Andrews Presbyterian; M.D. Bowman Gray 



Louise E. Boushy (1973) 

B.S., N. C. State; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

Edwyn T. Bowen, Jr. (1964) 

B.S., Davidson; M.D., Emory. 

William H. Boyce (1952) 

B.S., Davidson; M.D., Vanderbilt. 

Cray T. Boyette (1974) 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

George E. Bradford (1950) 

M.D., University of Tennessee. 

William A. Brady (1974) 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

Louisa P. Branscomb (1975) 

B.A., Randolph-Macon; M.A., Wake Forest. 

Ralph W. Brauer (1966) 

A.B., Columbia; M.Sc, Ph.D., Rochester. 

Patricia D. Breedin (1969) 



Robert S. Brice, Jr. (1969) 

A.B., M.D., Duke. 



Clinical Assistant Professor of Psychiatry 

Clinical Instructor in Pediatrics 

Clinical Instructor in Psychiatry 

Clinical Assistant Professor of 
Pediatrics 

Professor of Urology 
Clinical Instructor in Medicine 

Clinical Assistant Professor of 
Otolaryngology 

Instructor in Neurology 

Instructor in Biomedical Communications 
(Audio-Visual Resources) 



Tilman C. Britt, Jr. (1974) 

M.D., Bowman Gray. 



Associate in Biochemistry 
Associate in Physiology 

Instructor in Community Medicine 
(Allied Health) 

Clinical Instructor in Medicine 
Clinical Instructor in Medicine 



216 



FACULTY 

Alvin Brodish (1975) Professor of Physiology 

B.A., Drake; M.S., Iowa; Ph.D., Yale. 

Thomas R. Bryan, Jr. (1974) Clinical Instructor in Community 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Cray. Medicine (Allied Health) 

Vardaman M. Buckalew, Jr. (1973) Professor of Medicine 

A.B., North Carolina; M.D., University of Pennsylvania. and Physiology 

Paul C. Bucy (1974) Clinical Professor of Neurology 

b.a., M.S., m.d., Iowa. and Neurosurgery 

Billy C. Bullock (1965) Associate Professor of Comparative Medicine 

D.V.M., Texas A& M. 

William H. Burch (1974) Clinical Instructor in Community 

m.d., western Reserve. Medicine (Allied Health) 

James O. Burke, Jr. (1974) Clinical Instructor in Community 

B.S., Davidson; M.D., Univ. of North Carolina. Medicine (Allied Health) 

Richard L. Burt (1949) Professor of Obstetrics and Gynecology 

B.S., Springfield; M.S., Ph.D., Brown; M.D., Harvard. 

James E. Byrum, Jr. (1974) Instructor in Emergency Services 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Cray. and Medicine 

James P. Caldwell (1974) Clinical Instructor in Medicine 

B.S.E.E., Newark; M.D., University of Vermont. 

David L. Camp (1974) Instructor in Community Medicine 

B.S., Florida State; M.S., Florida State; Ph.D., State Univ. of Iowa (Allied Health) 

Kenneth P. Carlson (1970) Clinical Instructor in Urology 

B.A., M.D., Emory. 

John L. Carter (1972) Clinical Instructor in Psychiatry 

B.S., M.D., Howard University. 

Philips J. Carter, Jr. (1973) Clinical Instructor in Orthopaedic 

B.S., M.D., tulane. Sursery 

David Caver (1945) Clinical Professor of Medicine 

B.A.,, M.D.., Duke. 

Robert T. Chambers (1970) Clinical Assistant Professor of Pediatrics 

b.a., m.d., Duke. Clinical Associate in Community Medicine 

James E. Chapman (1975) Clinical Instructor in Obstetrics 

B.S., Carson-Newman; M.D., Bowman Gray. and GvneCOlORV 

Jesse P. Chapman, Jr. (1973) Clinical Assistant Professor of Surgery 

A.B., Alabama; M.D., Pennsylvania. 

James A. Chappell (1963) Associate Professor of Community Medicine, 

a.b., Vanderbilt; m.d., Bowman Gray. Associate in Pediatrics 

Robert E. Chase (1973) Clinical Assistant Professor of Anesthesia 

B.S., M.S., M.D., Marquette. 

Henry M. Chilton (1975) Instructor in Radiology 

B.S., Mercer; Pharm. D., Tennessee. (Radiopharmacy) 

R. Perry Clark (1972) Clinical Instructor in Obstetrics and Gynecology 

X.B., Princeton; M.D., Kentucky. 

Thomas E. Ciark (1971) Associate Professor of Sociology 

B.A., Mississippi College; B.D., New Orleans Baptist Theological Seminary; M.S., Ph.D., Florida State. 

Thomas L. Clarke (1970) Clinical Instructor in Obstetrics and 

m.d., Meharry. Gynecology 

Thomas B. Clarkson, Jr. (1957) Professor of Comparative Medicine 

D.V.M., Georgia. 

Ronald Leroy Collins (1974) Assistant Professor of Medicine 

B.S., University of South Carolina; M.D., Johns Hopkins. 

W. Stuart Collins (1973) Clinical Instructor in Psychiatry 

B.S., Davidson; M.D., Duke. 

217 



FACULTY 

Paul B. Comer (1973) Assistant Professor of Anesthesia 

B.A., Arizona; M.D., Baylor. 

John S. Compere (1973) Assistant Professor of Psychology 

A.B., Mississippi; B.D., Southeastern Baptist Theological Seminary; M.A., Wake Forest; Ph.D., 
University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill. 

Elizabeth Conrad (1949) Clinical Associate Professor of Pediatrics 

A.B., Duke; M.D., Johns Hopkins 

M. Robert Cooper (1967) Professor of Medicine 

B.S., North Carolina State; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

Donald L. Copeland (1975) Associate Professor of Family Medicine 

B.S., Davidson; M.D., North Carolina. 

A. Robert Cordell (1957) Professor of Surgery 

B.S., North Carolina; M.D., Johns Hopkins. Associate in Physiology 

Maurice Couturier (1967) Clinical Assistant Professor of Obstetrics 

m.d., Bowman Gray. an( j Gynecology 

Robert J. Cowan (1970) Associate Professor of Radiology 

A.B., M.D., North Carolina. 

Robert W. Cowgill (1962) Professor of Biochemistry 

B.A., Kansas; M.S., Rensselaer; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins 

Hylton K. Crotts (1951) Clinical Instructor in Dental Surgery 

D.D.S., University of Pennsylvania. 

James E. Crowe (1972) Assistant Professor of Radiology 

B.S., Belmont College; M.D., Bowman Gray. and Pediatrics 

Andrew J. Crutchfield (1955) Clinical Assistant Professor of Medicine 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Virginia. 

Carol C. Cunningham (1970) Assistant Professor of Biochemistry 

B.S., M.S., Oklahoma State; Ph.D., Illinois. 

Jerome J. Cunningham (1974) Assistant Professor of Radiology 

B.S., Florida; M.D., Florida. 

D. Patrick Currie (1973) Assistant Professor of Urology 

B.S., Davidson College; M.D., Duke. 

Robert M. Dacus, III (1972) Clinical Instructor in Obstetrics 

B.S., Furman; M.D., Bowman Gray. and Gynecology 

Ivan W. F. Davidson (1961) Professor of Pharmacology 

b.s., Manitoba; m.a., Ph.D., Toronto. Associate in Physiology 

Courtland H. Davis, Jr. (1952) Professor of Neurosurgery 

A.B., George Washington; M.D., Virginia. 

E. L. Davis (1971) Clinical Instructor in Medicine 

B.S., Morehouse; M.D., Howard. 

John D. Davis (1975) Instructor in Medicine 

A.B., Harvard; M.D., Pennsylvania. (Rheumatology) 

John P. Davis (1951) Clinical Assistant Professor of Medicine 

A.B., Washington & Lee; M.D., University of Pennsylvania. 

Wayne E. Davis (1970) Clinical Instructor in Urology 

M.D., Duke. 

William H. Davis, Jr. (1959) Clinical Assistant Professor of Pediatrics 

B.S., M.D., Duke. 

Lawrence R. Dechatelet (1969) Associate Professor of Biochemistry, 

B.s.„ M.S., Ph.D., Loyola. Research Associate in Medicine 

Ernesto E. De La Torre (1960) Clinical Instructor in Neurosurgery 

B.S., La Salle School; M.D., Havana Meical School. 

John W. Denham (1972) Assistant Professor of Community Medicine 

B.S., Davidson; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

lohn H. Dilworth (1973) Clinical Instructor in Orthopaedic Surgery 

B.A., M.D., Virginia. 

218 



FACULTY 

Elia Dimitri (1970) Clinical Assistant Professor of Pediatrics 

B.A., East Tennessee State; M.D., Tennessee. 

Robert Diseker (1972) Assistant Professor of Community Medicine 

A.B., South Carolina; Dr. P.H., M.S.P.H., UNC School of Public Health. 

Robert L. Dixon (1970) Assistant Professor of Radiology (Physics) 

B.S., Ph.D., South Carolina. 

William H. Dodge (1974) Research Assistant Professor of Medicine 

B.S., Millsaps; M.S., Ph.D., Mississippi. (Oncology) 

Owen William Doyle (1974) Clinical Assistant 

b.s., Notre Dame; m.d., Yale. Professor of Radiology 

Henry Drexler (1964) Professor of Microbiology 

B.S., Pennsylvania State; Ph.D., Rochester. 

Charles H. Duckett (1975) Associate Professor of Family Medicine 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Cray. 

Presley Z. Dunn (1968) Clinical Assistant Professor of Pediatrics 

B.S., M.D., North Carolina. 

Ira Gordon Early (1960) Clinical Assistant Professor of Medicine 

M.D., Bowman Cray. 

James F. Earnhardt (1969) Clinical Instructor in Pediatrics 

b.s., Davidson; m.d., North Carolina. Clinical Associate in Community Medicine 

John H. Edmonds, Jr. (1970) Professor of Medicine 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Cray. 

Kenneth E. Ekstrand (1973) Assistant Professor of Radiology 

Ph.D., Cornell University. (Radiologic Physics) 

Carlene W. Eisner (1975) Instructor in Obstetrics and Gynecology 

B.s., Georgia, m.d., Medical College of Georgia. Instructor in Family Medicine 

Clifton W. English (1974) Instructor in Community Medicine 

B.A., Univ. of Dayton; P. A., Bowman Gray. (Allied Health) 

Donald L. Evans (1975) Assistant Professor of 

B.S., M.S., Missouri; Ph.D., Univ. of Arkansas. Microbiology and Immunology 

Jack C. Evans (1974) Clinical Instructor in Community 

b.a., m.d., Duke. Medicine (Allied Health) 

William S. Farabow (1972) Clinical Instructor in Obstetrics 

m.d., Emory. an( j Gynecology 

John C. Faris (1973) Clinical Instructor in Radiology 

A.B., Duke; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

John H. Felts (1955) Professor of Medicine 

B.S., Wofford; M.D., Medical College of South Carolina. 

William C. Ferguson (1975) Clinical Instructor in Surgery 

A.B., M.D., North Carolina. 

Carolyn Ferree (1974) Assistant (Radiation Therapy) 

B.A., North Carolina; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

Robert A. Finch (1970) Assistant Professor of Anatomy 

A.B., Oberlin; Ph.D., Case Western Reserve. 

James A. Finger (1967) Clinical Lecturer in Community Medicine (Public Health) 

B.S., South Carolina; M.D., Medical College of South Carolina; M.P.H., North Carolina. 

John I. Fishburne, Jr. (1975) Associate Professor of 

A.B., Princeton; M.D., Medical University of South Carolina Obstetrics and GvneCOloSV 

Associate Professor of 
Anesthesiology 

Herbert M. Floyd (1975) Instructor in Anesthesia 

B.S., N. C. State; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

Robert V. Ford, Jr. (1974) Clinical Instructor in Pediatrics. 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

219 



FACULTY 

H. Francis Forsyth (1946) Professor of Orthopaedic Surgery 

A.B., M.D., Michigan. 

J. H. Smith Foushee, Jr. (1954) Clinical Associate Professor of Pathology 

m.d., Jefferson. and Associate in Obstetrics and Gynecology 

James W. Fredrickson (1974) Instructor in Medical Systems Planning 

B.B.A., M.B.A., Wake Forest. 

Gerald W. Friedland (1975) Professor of Radiology (Gastroenterology) 

M.B., Ch.B., Pretoria; M.R.C.P., Royal College of Physicians; M.D., Pretoria. ° 

David H. Fuller, Jr. (1972) Clinical Assistant Professor of Psychiatry 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray; M.P.H., North Carolina. 

Amon L. Funderburk (1975) Clinical Instructor in Medicine 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Cray. (EndocrinoloSV) 

James C. Gaither (1970) Clinical Instructor in Medicine 

B.S., Davidson; M.D., Washington University. 

Paul Geniec (1971) Clinical Instructor in Otolaryngology 

B.S., Arizona; M.D., Utah. 

Nitya R. Ghatak (1974) Associate Professor of Pathology 

Associate Professor of Pathology M.B., University of Calcutta. 

Robert L. Gibson 1971 Assistant Professor of Anesthesia 

B.S., Richmond; M.D., Medical College of Virginia. 

Robert W. Gibson, Jr. (1972) Clinical Instructor in Psychiatry 

A.B., North Carolina; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

Frederick W. Glass (1973) Assistant Professor of Emergency Services 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

Richard R. Glenn (1962) Clinical Assistant Professor of Pediatrics 

M.D., Bowman Gray. 

Albert P. Glod (1953) Clinical Instructor in Surgery 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Cray. 

Ismael R. Goco (1975) Clinical Instructor in Surgery 

A. A., M.D., University of St. Thomas (Philippines). 

Richard J. Godfrey (1973) Instructor in Psychiatry 

B.A., Atlantic Christian College; M.S.W., North Carolina. 

Harold O. Goodman (1958) Professor of Medical Genetics (Pediatrics) 

B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Minnesota. 

Joseph G. Gordon (1968) Associate Professor of Radiology 

m.d., Meharry. and Associate Dean 

Louis Gottlieb (1968) Clinical Instructor in Ophthalmology 

B.S., Brooklyn College of Pharmacy; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

Willis J. Grant, III (1971) Clinical Assistant Professor of Psychiatry 

A. B. , M.D., North Carolina. 

John H. Gray (1968) Clinical Instructor in Medicine 

B.S., Davidson; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

Francis W. Green (1964) Clinical Assistant Professor of Medicine 

A.B., M.D., North Carolina. 

Harold D. Green (1945) Gordon Gray Professor of Physiology 

b.s., d.Sc, Wooster; m.d., Western Reserve. Associate in Pharmacology 

Associate in Medicine 

Frank C. Greiss, Jr. (1960) Professor of Obstetrics and Gynecology 

A.B., M.D., Pennsylvania. 

Albert O. Griffin (1970) Clinical Assistant Professor of Medicine 

b.s., Wake Forest; m.d., Bowman Gray, clinical Associate in Community Medicine 

Mary I. Griffith (1946) Clinical Associate Professor of 

m.d., University of Tennessee. Obstetrics and Gynecology 

Anthony G. Gristina (1971) Professor of Orthopaedic Surgery 

B.A., New York University; M.D., Albany Medical College. 



220 



FACULTY 

David L. Groves (1969) Associate Professor of Microbiology 

B.S., Marietta; M.S., Ph.D., Wisconsin. 

Marcus M. Culley (1957) Associate Professor of Psychiatry 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

Charles G. Gunn, Jr. (1961) Clinical Assistant Professor of Community 

b.s., Davidson; M.D., Duke. Medicine (Industrial Medicine) 

John P. Gusdon, Jr. (1967) Professor of Obstetrics 

b.a., m.d., Virginia. an( j Gynecology; Associate in Microbiology 

Thomas S. Guy, III (1974) Instructor in Community Medicine 

B.A., Wake Forest; P. A., Bowman Gray. (Allied Health) 

Paul Gwyn, Jr. (1970) Cllinical Instructor in Surgery (Plastic Surgery) 

A.B., Princeton; M.D., Columbia University College of Physicians and Surgeons. 

Richard E. Hall (1973) Assistant Professor of Physiology 

A.B., Indiana; Ph.D., California. 

Robert W. Hamilton (1974) Assistant Professor of Medicine 

B.A., Delaware; M.D., State University of New York. 

Clyde T. Hardy, Jr. (1941) Lecturer in Clinic Management 

B.A., Richmond. 

Paul D. Harkins (1974) Clinical Instructor In Orthopaedic Surgery 

B.S., M.D., Pittsburgh. 

James A. Harrill (1941) Professor of Otolaryngology 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Pennsylvania. 

Lloyd H. Harrison (1971) Assistant Professor of Urology 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

John W. Hartz (1974) Assistant Professor of Pathology 

A.B., Albion; Ph.D., Wisconsin; M.D., Harvard. 

Donald C. Hartzoe (1964) Clinical Assistant Professor of Medicine 

B.S., Salem; M7D., Bowman Gray. 

Donald M. Hayes (1959) Professor of Community Medicine 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray. Associate Professor of Medicine 

Mary Ann Hayes (1972) Instructor in Pediatrics (Psychology) 

A.B., A.M., Michigan. 

Robert N. Headley (1963) Professor of Medicine 

B.S., M.D., Maryland. 

Stephen W. Hebert (1975) Instructor in Psychiatry 

B.S., N. C. State; M.D., Bowman Gray. an( j f am \\y Medicine 

Joseph R. Hedgpeth (1973) Clinical Instructor in Obstetrics and 

A.B., Duke; M.D., Bowman Gray. CvneCOloSV 

Jefferson B. Helms (1975) Clinical Instructor in Medicine 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray School of Medicine. 

Clara M. Heise (1972) Assistant Professor of Radiology 

B.S., Brooklyn College; Ph.D., State University of Iowa. (Biochemistry) 

Eugene R. Heise (1969) Assistant Professor of Microbiology 

B.S., Wittenberg; M.S., Iowa; Ph.D., Wake Forest Associate in Surgery 

John F. Hennessy (1974) Assistant Professor of Medicine 

A.B., Rockhurst College; M.D., Kansas. 

C. Nash Herndon (1942) Professor of Medical Genetics (Pediatrics) 

aeeAdmhli^-'' J j efferson ' Instructor in Medicine 

Associate Dean for Research Development 

Anne Herndon (1975) Assistant Professor of Psychology 

B.A., Mary Baldwin; M.A., Ph.D., Maryland. 

Gerald N. Hewitt (1975) Lecturer in Hospital Administration 

B.A., Wake Forest; M. Div., Southeastern Baptist Theological Seminary 

Felda Hightower (1944) Professor Surgery 

B.S"!, Wake Forest; M.D., Pennsylvania. 

221 



FACULTY 



A. Theodore Hill, Jr. (1968) 

B.S., Miami; M.D., Bowman Cray. 

Alanson Hinman (1952) 

B.A., Stanford; M.D., Johns Hopkins. 

Ivan L. Holleman, Jr. (1960) 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Cray. 

George W. Holmes (1941) 

A.B., Duke; M.D., Medical College of Virginia. 

Howard D. Homesley (1975) 

A.B., M.D., North Carolina. 

Charles M. Howell, Jr. (1954) 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Pennsylvania. 

Julius A. Howell (1957) 

LL.B., B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Pennsylvania. 

A. Sherrill Hudspeth (1963) 

M.D., Bowman Cray. 

William J. Huff (1975) 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.S., Florida; Ph.D., North Carolina 



Clinical Instructor in Medicine 

Associate Professor of Pediatrics 
Associate in Neurology 

Associate Professor of Pathology 

Clinical Associate Professor of 
Orthopaedic Surgery 

Assistant Professor of Obstetrics 
and Gynecology (Oncology) 

Professor of Medicine (Dermatology 
and Allergy); Associate in Pathology 

Professor of Surgery (Plastic Surgery); 
Lecturer in Medical Jurisprudence 

Associate Professor of Surgery 

Instructor in Radiology 
(Radiation Physics) 



Frank H. Hulcher (1958) 

B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic. 

David Hunter (1974) 

M.S., Emory. 

Benjamin F. Huntley (1961) 

M.D., Harvard. 

Carolyn C. Huntley (1957) 

A.B., Mount Holyoke; M.D., Duke. 

Phillip M. Hutchins (1970) 

B.S., North Carolina State; M.S., Ph.D., Wake Forest 



Associate Professor of Biochemistry 



Instructor In Radiology 
(Nuclear Medicine Technology) 

Clinical Assistant Professor of Medicine 

Professor of Pediatrics 

Associate Professor of Physiology 
(Biomedical Engineering) 

H. Samuel Imamura (1970) Clinical Instructor in Medicine 

B.A., Seinan Cakuin University; B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Cray. 



Thomas H. Irving (1967) 

B.A., Pennsylvania; M.D., Hahnemann 



Professor of Anesthesia 
Associate in Pharmacology 

Harold N. Jacklin (1969) Clinical Assistant Professor of Ophthalmology 

B.S., Muskingum; M.D., State University of New York. 

Fabian B. Jackson (1973) Instructor in Physiology 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.S., Emory; Ph.D., Bowman Cray. 



Francis M. James, III (1968) 

B.S., Swarthmore; M.D., Hahnemann. 

George W. James (1951) 

B.S., M.D., Tennessee. 

Paul M. James, Jr. (1970) 

A.B., Swarthmore; M.D., Hahnemann. 

Richard Janeway (1966) 

A.B., Colgate; M.D., Pennsylvania. 
(See Administration) 

AN Jarrahi (1974) 

M.D. Tehran Medical School. 

Howard A. Jemison, Jr. (1970) 

B.A., Ohio Wesleyan; M.D., Bowman Gray. 



Bowman Cray. 



Royal G. Jennings (1970) 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D. 

Christine A. Johnson (1975) 

A.B., Wheaton College; M.D., Tufts. 

Henry W. Johnson (1959) 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Cray. 



Associate Professor of Anesthesia 

Clinical Associate Professor of Dermatology 

Associate Professor of Surgery 

Professor of Neurology and Dean 



Clinical Assistant Professor of Psychiatry 

Clinical Instructor in Community 
Medicine (Student Health) 

Clinical Instructor in Dermatology 

Assistant Professor of Pediatrics 
(Hematology) 

Clinical Assistant Professor of Pediatrics 



222 



FACULTY 



Joseph E. Johnson, III (1972) 

B.A., Vanderbilt; M.D., Vanderbilt University School of Medicine. 



Frank R. Johnston (1950) 

B.S., Presbyterian; M.D., Duke. 

Don Carl Jones (1971) 

B.S., Tufts University; Ph.D., Bowman Gray. 

Frederic R. Kahl of (1975) 

A.B., Univ. of Rochester; M.D., Chicago. 

C. Hege Kapp (1964) 

^.S., North Carolina; CM., M.D., McCill. 

John S. Kaufmann (1962, 1970) 

B.S., Ph.D., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Cray 



Professor of Medicine 



Professor of Surgery 



Assistant Professor of Pathology 
(Biochemistry) 

Assistant Professor of Medicine 
(Cardiology) 

Clinical Instructor in Medicine 



Paul R. Kearns (1967) 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Cray. 

Julian F. Keith (1972) 

M.D., Bowman Cray. 

Theodore A. Keith (1975) 

B.A., Duke; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

David L. Kelly, Jr. (1965) 

B.S., M.D., North Carolina. 

Doris Sanders Kelsey (1966) 

B.A., Austin Peay State; M.D., Vanderbilt. 

Charles L. Kennedy (1970) 

B.S., Johnson C. Smith; M.D., Meharry. 

Robert M. Kerr (1966) 

B.S., Bucknell; M.D., Cornell. 

Bok Soo Kim (1969) 

M.D., M.S., Yonsei University, Korea. 

Keith R. Kooken (1975) 

M.D., Indiana. 

Thomas J. Koontz (1974) 

B.A., M.D., North Carolina. 

Arnold S. Kreeer (1971 ) 



Associate Professor of Medicine 
and Pharmacology 

Clinical Assistant Professor of Obstetrics 
and Gynecology 

Professor of Family Medicine 

Clinical Instructor in Medicine 
(Cardiology) 

Associate Professor of Neurosurgery 

Associate Professor of Pediatrics 

Clinical Instructor in Pediatrics 

Associate Professor of Medicine 

Assistant Professor of Pathology 

Clinical Instructor in Surgery 

Clinical Instructor in Surgery 

Assistant Professor of Microbiology 



B.S., Brooklyn College of Pharmacy; M.S., Ph.D., Michigan. 

Frederick W. Kremkau (1971) Research Assistant Professor of Medicine 

and Research Associate in Neurology 



B.E.E., Cornell; M.S., Ph.D., Rochester. 



Wayne A. Krueeer (1970) 

B.S., M.S., John Carroll; Ph.D., Illinois. 

Louis K. Kucera (1970) 

B.A., St. John's; M.S., Creighton; Ph.D., Missouri 



Assistant Professor of Anatomy 
Associate Professor of Microbiology 



Elam S. Kurtz (1975) 

B.S., Lebanon Valley College; M.D., Western Reserve 

William A. Lambeth, Jr. (1957) 

M.D., Duke. 



Clinical Assistant Professor 
Community Medicine 

Clinical Assistant Professor of Medicine 



Leroy B. Lamm (1975) 

B.A., Duke; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

Ralph R. Landes (1953) 

B.S., Wisconsin; M.S., M.D., Chicago. 

Chauncey M. Lane, Jr. (1973) 

A.B., North Carolina; M.A. Appalachian State. 



Clinical Associate Professor of Psychiatry 
Lecturer in the History of Medicine 



Instructor in Community Medicine 
(Allied Health) 

Ralph A. Latham (1975) Lecturer in Plastic Surgery 

B.S., B.D.S., The Queen's University of Belfast; Ph.D., Liverpool. (Orthodontia- Dentistry) 



Michael R. Lawless (1974) 

A. A., Lee College; B.A., M.D., Texas. 



Assistant Professor of Pediatrics 



223 



FACULTY 

Eva S. Leake (1963) Research Associate Professor of Microbiology 

B.S., Universidad Autonoma de Mexico; Ph.D., Instituto Politecnico, Mexico, D-F. 

Norman H. Leake (1972) Adjunct Associate Professor of 

b.s., M.S., Ph.D., Virginia. Pharmacology 

Noel D. M. Lehner (1966) Associate Professor of Comparative 

B.S., D.V.M., Illinois; M.S., Wake Forest. Medicine 

Laurence B. Leinbach (1957) Associate Professor of Radiology 

A.B., North Carolina; M.D., Harvard. 

James C. Leist (1974) Instructor in Community Medicine 

Ed.D., M.S., Indiana; B.S., Southeast Missouri State. and Assistant Dean 

Melvin Levitt (1970) Associate Professor of Physiology 

B.S., M.A., Roosevelt; Ph.D., Michigan State. 

Edward M. Lieberman (1968) Associate Professor of Physiology 

B.S., Tufts; M.A., Massachusetts; Ph.D., Florida. Associate in Neuroloey 

Eugene B. Linton (1962) Clinical Associate Professor of Obstectrics 

B.S., Davidson; M.D., Medical College of Virginia. and CvnecolosV 

J. Maxwell Little (1941) Professor of Pharmacology 

A.B., M.S., Emory; Ph.D., Vanderbilt. Associate in Physiology 

Carroll H. Long (1975) Clinical Assistant Professor of 

A.B., Princeton; M.D., Pennsylvania; M.S., Tulane. Community Medicine 

Paul D. Long (1973) Clinical Instructor in Orthopaedic Surgery 

M.D., university of Michigan Medical School. 

William B. Lorentz, Jr. (1974) Associate Professor of Pediatrics 

B.A., West Virginia; M.D., Jefferson Medical College. (Nephrology) 

Harriet L. Loucas (1975) Instructor in Community Medicine 

B.S., City College of C.U.N.Y.; M.P.H., North Carolina. 

Samuel H. Love (1955) Associate Professor of Microbiology 

B.A., Virginia; M.S., Miami, Ohio; Ph.D., Pennsylvania. 

Stephen C. Lowder (1974) Assistant Professor 

B.A., North Carolina; M.D., Virginia. Qf Medicine 

George C. Lynch (1954) Professor of Medical Illustrations 

John E. Lynch (1973) Lecturer in Hospital Administration 

B.S., University of North Dakota; M.A., University of Missouri; L.L.B., Blackstone School of Law. 

Arthur S. Lynn, Jr. (1970) Clinical Instructor in Medicine 

B.S., Davidson; M.D., North Carolina. 

David R. Mace (1967) Professor of Family Sociology 

B.Sc, London; B.A., M.A., Cambridge; Ph.D., Manchester. 

Ronald B. Mack (1975) Associate Professor of Community Medicine 

B.S., Loyola; M.D., Stritch School of Medicine. (Allied Health) 

H. Rembert Malloy (1970) Clinical Instructor in Surgery 

B.S., Johnson C. Smith; M.D., Howard. 

William F. Maready (1975) Lecturer in Medical Jurisprudence 

A.B., J.D., North Carolina. 

James M. Marlowe (1974) Clinical Instructor in Orthopaedic Surgery 

B.S., M.D., North Carolina 

Richard B. Marshall (1975) Professor of Pathology 

B.A., M.D., Boston University. 

James F. Martin (1950) Professor of Medical Sonics 

A.B., Marietta; M.D., Western Reserve. Associate in Radiology 

Edwin H. Martinat (1963) Clinical Associate Professor of 

m.d. Bowman Gray. Orthopaedic Surgery 

Clinical Associate in Community Medicine 



224 



FACULTY 

Thomas N. Masters (1974) Associate in Physiology 

B.S., Eastern Illinois; Ph.D., Loyola University. 

James D. Mattox, Jr. (1973) Instructor in Psychiatry 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Cray. 

James A. Maultsby (1973) Clinical Instructor in Orthopaedic Surgery 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Cray. 

W. Joseph May (1961) Associate Professor of Obstetrics and 

B.A., High Point; M.D., Bowman Gray. GvneCOloSV 

C. Douglas Maynard (1966) Professor of Radiology 

B3., WakeTorest; M.D., Bowman Cray. Associate in Neurology 

David R. Maynard (1972) Clinical Assistant Professor of Anesthesia 

B.S., Davidson; M.D., Duke. 

Kenneth F. McCain (1968) Clinical Instructor in Pediatrics (Allergy) 

B.S., M.D., North Carolina. 

Charles E. McCall (1968) Professor of Medicine 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

William McCall, Jr. (1959) Clinical Assistant Professor of Medicine 

M.D., Duke. 

James G. McCormick (1970) Research Associate Professor of 

B.s., Buckneii; m.a., Ph.D., Princeton. Otolaryngology (Experimental Psychology) 

Charles E. McCreieht (1954) Associate Professor of Anatomy 

B.S., M.S., Ph. a, George Washington. 

Charles P. McGraw (1973) Research Assistant Professor of Neurology, 

b.s., Belmont Abbey; M.S., East Texas state Associate in Anatomy, Associate in 

un.vers.ty; Ph.D., Texas a & m Neurosurgery, and Associate in Physiology 

Lawrence McHenry (1972) Professor of Neurology 

B.A., Pomona College; M.D., University of Oklahoma, School of Medicine. 

William M. McKinney (1963) Associate Professor of Neurology 

b.a., North Carolina; m.d., Virginia. Research Associate in Radiology 

Robert C. McKone (1961) Associate Professor of Pediatrics 

B.A., B.S., North Dakota; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

Ross L. McLean (1971) Professor of Medicine 

B.S., Bowdoin College; M.D., Johns Hopkins. 

William T. McLean, Jr. (1966) Associate Professor of Neurology 

B.s., Wake Forest; m.d., Bowman Gray. Associate Professor of Pediatrics 

Mary R. McMahan (1974) Instructor in Pathology 

B.S., Stetson University; M.A., Kansas; Ph.D., Iowa State. 

James T. McRae (1972) Assistant Professor of Emergency Services 

B.A., Mississippi College; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

Manson Meads (1947) Professor of Medicine and Vice President 

A.B., University of California; M.D., Temple; D.Sc, Temple. f or Health Affairs 

(See Administration) 

Robert L. Means (1970) Clinical Assistant Professor of Surgery 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Cray. 

Jesse H. Meredith (1958) Professor of Surgery 

B.A., Elon; M.D., Western Reserve. 

Isadore Meschan (1955) Professor of Radiology 

B.A., M.A., M.D., Western Reserve. 

Rachel F. Meschan (1971) Clinical Assistant Professor of Obstetrics 

M.B., B.S., University of Melbourne; M.D., Bowman Gray. and Gynecology 

Research Associate in Radiology 
Virgil M. Messer (1973) Clinical Instructor in Medicine 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

David D. Meyer (1973) Clinical Instructor in Neurology 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Cray. 

225 



FACULTY . 

Robert L. Michielutte (1970) Research Associate Professor 

B.A., Knox; M.S., Ph.D., Florida State. qj SodoloSV 

Alma E. Miller (1972) Clinical Instructor in Psychiatry 

B.S., Le Moyne; M.D., Meharry. 

Emery C. Miller, Jr. (1955) Professor of Medicine 

A B. North Carolina; M.D., Johns Hopkins. Associate in Physiology 

(See Administration) . . • * r-> 

and Associate Dean 

Henry S. Miller, Jr. (1960) Professor of Medicine 

m.d., Bowman Cray. Associate in Physiology 

Inglis J. Miller, Jr. (1971) Assistant Professor of Anatomy 

B.S., Ohio State; Ph.D., Florida State. 

Thomas H. Milner, III (1975) Clinical Instructor in Radiology 

B.S., Georgia; M.D., Medical College of Georgia. 

Grover R. Mims, III (1973) Assistant Professor of Anesthesia 

B.S., Carson-Newman; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

John H. Monroe (1956) Clinical Associate Professor of 

B.s., North Carolina; m.d., Harvard. Obstetrics and Gynecology 

William G. Montgomery (1971) Clinical Associate Professor of Urology 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.6., Bowman Gray. 

Dixon M. Moody (1973) Associate Professor of Radiology 

M.D., University of Texas, Southwestern Medical School. (Neuroradiology) 

John A. Moore (1970) Lecturer in Comparative Medicine 

B.S., D.V.M., M.S., Michigan State. 

Lathan T. Moose (1970) Clinical Instructor in Urology 

B.S., North Carolina State; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

Robert P. Morehead (1941) Clinical Professor of Pathology 

B.S., M.A., B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Jefferson. 

Victor D. Morris (1974) Associate Professor of Community Medicine 

B.A., Denver; M.A., Stanford; Ph.D., Florida State. (Allied Health) 

John C. Mueller (1971) Instructor in Medicine 

a.b., Harvard; m.d., Tufts. Instructor in Family Medicine 

Hyman B. Muss (1974) Assistant Professor of Medicine 

B.A., Lafayette; M.D., New York Downstate Medical Center. 

Richard T. Myers (1950) Professor of Surgery 

A.B., North Carolina; M.D., Pennsylvania. 

Quentin N. Myrvik (1963) Professor of Microbiology 

B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Washington. 

John W. Nance (1975) Clinical Assistant Professor of 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray. Community Medicine 

Clay H. Napper (1964) Clinical Instructor in Medicine 

A.B., Missouri; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

Brooks E. Neff, Jr. (1972) Instructor in Otolaryngology (Audiology) 

B.A., M.S., Ph.D., University of Southern Mississippi. 

David S. Nelson (1971) Clinical Assistant Professor of 

B.s., Geneva; m.d., Bowman Gray. Emergency Services 

A. Ray Newsome (1974) Clinical Instructor in Medicine 

M.D., North Carolina. 

J. Isaac Newton (1972) Clinical Instructor in Obstetrics and Gynecology 

B.S., M.D., North Carolina. 

John H. Nicholson (1961) Clinical Assistant Professor of Medicine 

B.S., Citadel; M.D., Medical College of Virginia. 

H. Bryan Noah (1974) Clinical Instructor in Orthopaedic Surgery 

B.S., North Carolina State; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

Robert E. Nolan (1961) Clinical Assistant Professor of Surgery 

B.S., Adelbert College of Western Reserve; M.D., Western Reserve. 

226 



FACULTY 

Abdel M. Nomeir (1974) Instructor in Neurology (Sonic Medicine) 

m.b., ch.B., d.m., m.d.. Faculty of Medicine, Egypt. Instructor in Medicine 

(Ultra-Sound) 

Charles M. Norfleet, Jr. (1946) Clinical Associate Professor of Urology 

B.S., Davidson; M.D., Pennsylvania. 

Thomas M. Nosek (1973) Instructor in Physiology 

B.S., Notre Dame; Ph.D., Ohio State. 

Joseph A. Noto (1971) Clinical Instructor in Surgery 

B.S., University of Scranton; M.D., Pennsylvania. 

Thomas F. O'Brien, Jr. (1961) Professor of Medicine 

B.A., Princeton; M.D., Yale. 

Ruth O'Neal (1954) Associate Professor of Pediatrics 

A.B., Transylvania; M.D., Medical College of Virginia; M.S., Minnesota. 

William C. Park, Jr. (1974) Adjunct Instructor in Community Medicine 

B.S., The Citadel; M.B. A., Wake Forest University, Babcock Graduate School of Management. 

Curtis L. Parker (1975) Assistant Professor of Anatomy 

B.S., Knoxville College; Ph.D., Tennessee. 

Michael D. Parker (1974) Assistant Professor of Medicine 

B.S., Florida State; M.D., Duke. 

Peter E. Parker (1970) Clinical Assistant Professor of Surgery 

B.A., Ohio Wesleyan; M.D., Ohio State. 

Roger E. Parker (1972) Assistant Professor of Physiology and 

B.S., Ph.D., University of Tennessee. Pharmacolosv 

Charles E. Parkin (1967) Associate Professor of Anesthesia 

B.S., Memphis State; M.D., Tennessee. 

Betsy A. Parsley (1972) Clinical Instructor in Pediatrics 

B.A., Elon; M.D., Bowman Cray. 

Richard B. Patterson (1961) Professor of Pediatrics 

B.S., Davidson; M.D., Bowman Cray. 

Larry A. Pearce (1969) Assistant Professor of Neurology 

B.s., wake Forest; m.d., Bowman Cray. Associate in Pharmacology 

William S. Pearson (1966) Associate Professor of Psychiatry 

B.s., m.d., North Carolina. Associate in Obstetrics and Gynecology 

Timothy C. Pennell (1966) Associate Professor of Surgery 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

D. Russell Perry, Jr. (1956) Clinical Assistant Professor of 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray. Pediatrics 

Darwin W. Peterson (1973) Assistant Professor of Physiology 

B.S., M.S., Nevada; Ph.D., University of Alabama School of Medicine. 

Tom A. Petty (1958) Clinical Assistant Professor of 

a.b., Austin; m.d., Arkansas. Obstetrics and Gynecology 

James L. Pharris (1971) Associate Professor of Community Medicine 

B.S., Rhode Island State College; M.S., Eastern New Mexico; (Allied Health) 

Ph.D., Connecticut. 

Keith M. Phillips (1974) Assistant Professor of Pediatrics 

B.S., Nebraska; M.D., Western Reserve. 

Wesley F. Phillips (1975) Clinical Instructor in Family Medicine 

B.S., Greenville College; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

James R. Philp (1973) Associate Professor of Medicine 

M.B., Ch.B., B.Sc, M.R.C.P., M.D., Edinburgh. 

Carl S. Phipps (1974) Clinical Instructor in Medicine 

B.S., North Carolina; M.D., North Carolina. 

Louis Pikula (1971) Clinical Instructor in Surgery (Neurosurgery) 

B.S., John Carroll; M.D., Bowman Cray. 

John M. Pixley (1961) Clinical Assistant Professor of Psychiatry 

B.A., Denison; M.D., Ohio State. 

227 



FACULTY 

George Podgorny (1971) Clinical Assistant Professor of 

B.s., Maryviiie; m.d., Bowman Gray. Emergency Services 

Michael J. Pollak (1974) Clinical Instructor in 

b.a., Adeiphi; m.d., Medical College of Virginia. Obstetrics and Gynecology 

Frank E. Pollock (1963) Clinical Assistant Professor of Orthopaedic 

b.a., m.d., Ohio state. Surgery 

G. Joseph Poole (1972) Associate Professor of Radiology 

B.S., North Carolina State; M.D., Bowman Gray. (Neuroradiology) 

Associate in Neurology 
Thomas L. Presson (1973) Clinical Instructor in Orthopaedic Surgery 

B.S., M.D., North Carolina. 

Robert W. Prichard (1951) Professor of Pathology 

M.D., George Washington. 

James T. Proctor (1973) Clinical Professor of Psychiatry 

b.a., m.d., Kansas. (Child Psychiatry) 

Richard C. Proctor (1950) Professor of Psychiatry 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

William R. Proffit (1975) Lecturer in Plastic Surgery (Orthodontics) 

B.S., D.D.S., North Carolina, Ph.D., Medical College of Virginia; M.S., Washington. 

Milton Raben (1970) Professor of Radiology (Radiation Therapy) 

B.S., Rensselaer Polytechnic; M.D., Tufts. 

Angus C. Randolph (1948) Professor of Psychiatry 

B.A., Princeton; M.D., Virginia. 

Carlos E. Rapela (1959) Professor of Physiology 

m.d., Faculty of Medical Sciences of the Associate in Pharmacology 

University of Buenos Aires. ° 

S. Leo Record, Jr. (1975) Clinical Instructor in Family Medicine 

B.S., High Point College; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

Charles N. Remy (1962) Professor of Biochemistry 

B.S., Syracuse; Ph.D., New York Upstate Medical Center. 

Martin I. Resnick (1975) Instructor in Urology 

B.A., Alfred University; M.D., Bowman Gray; M.S., Northwestern University. 

Joyce H. Reynolds (1974) Clinical Instructor in 

B.S., North Carolina; M.D., Bowman Gray. Emergency Services 

A. Leonard Rhyne (1964) Associate Professor of Community Biostatis 

B.A., North Carolina; Ph.D., North Carolina State. 

Frederick Richards, II (1970) Assistant Professor of Medicine 

B.S., Davidson; M.D., South Carolina. 

Stephen H. Richardson (1963) Professor of Microbiology 

B.A., California; M.S., Ph.D., Southern California. 

Robert P. Rieker (1974) Assistant Professor of Pediatrics 

A.B., College of the Holy Cross; M.D., Tufts. 

Clyde F. Ritchie, Jr. (1971) Instructor in Community Medicine 

B.S., Alderson-Broaddus College. (Allied Health) 

Jack M. Rogers (1969) Assistant Professor of Psychiatry 

B.S., Alabama; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

Bryant H. Roisum (1972) Clinical Instructor in Psychiatry 

B.S., M.D., Wisconsin. 

Walter M. Roufail (1970) Clinical Instructor in Medicine 

M.D., Cairo University. 

George D. Rovere (1973) Assistant Professor of Orthopaedic Surgery 

B.A., Syracuse; M.D., State University of New York, College of Medicine at Syracuse. 

Lawrence L. Rudel (1973) Assistant Professor of Comparative Medicine 

B.S., Colorado; M.S., Ph.D., University of Arkansas Medical Center. 

Alfred J. Rufty, Jr. (1972) Assistant Professor of Medicine 

M.D., Louisiana State University School of Medicine. 

228 



FACULTY 

Richard W. St. Clair (1967) Associate Professor of Pathology 

B.s., Ph.D., Colorado state. (Physiology); Associate in Physiology 

William M. Satterwhite, Jr. (1970) Clinical Assistant Professor of 

B.S.. Wake Forest; M.D., Duke. Otolaryngology 

Robert T. Savage (1970) Assistant Professor of Anesthesia 

a.b., m.d., North Carolina. Associate in Community Medicine 

C. Glenn Sawyer (1952) Professor of Medicine 

m.d., Bowman Cray. Associate in Physiology 

William F. Savers (1972) Clinical Instructor in Pediatrics 

a.b., m.D. North Carolina. Clinical Associate in Community Medicine 

Modesto Scharyj (1962) Associate Professor of Pathology 

B.A., Cracow; M.D., Vienna, Austria. 

John L. Schultz (1972) Clinical Assistant Professor of Radiology 

B.A., North Carolina; M.D. Bowman Cray. 

Frank B. Sellers (1972) Clinical Instructor in Orthopaedic Surgery 

A.B., Erskine; M.D., Bowman Cray. 

Louis DeS. Shaffner (1951) Professor of Surgery 

A.B., North Carolina; M.D., Harvard. 

Zakariya K. Shihabi (1972) Assistant Professor of Pathology 

B.S., Alexandria; M.S., Texas A & M; Ph. D., South Dakota. (Clinical Chemistry) 

Jimmy L. Simon (1974) Professor of Pediatrics 

A.B., California (Berkeley); M.D. University of California School of Medicine. 

Thomas E. Simpson (1972) Clinical Instructor in Surgery 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Cray. 

Sara H. Sinai (1975) Instructor in Pediatrics 

B.S., Wake Forest: M.D., North Carolina. 

James E. Sizemore (1975) Lecturer in Medical Jurisprudence 

B.S., East Tennessee State; LL.B., Wake Forest; LL. M., New York University School of Law. 

N. Sheldon Skinner, Jr. (1972) Professor of Physiology 

B.S., Auburn University; M.D. Medical College of Alabama. Professor of Medicine 

M. Madison Slusher (1973) Assistant Professor of Ophthalmology 

B.A., Harvard; M.D. University of Kentucky School of Medicine. 

J. Baldwin Smith (1974) Assistant Professor of Neurology and 

B.s., old Dominion; m.d., Medical College of virgina. Assistant Professor of Pediatrics 

Leo B. Snow (1963) Clinical Assistant Professor of Radiology 

M.D., Temple. 

M. Frank Sohmer, Jr. (1956) Clinical Assistant Professor of Medicine 

M.D., Bowman Cray. 

Judith B. Soper (1975) Instructor in Community Medicine 

B.S.N., University of Arkansas School of Nursing; M.A. Ed., Wake Forest University. 

Jack B. Spainhour, Jr. (1973) Clinical Instructor in Medicine 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray. (Gastroenterology) 

Richard L. Spencer, Jr. (1970) Clinical Instructor in Psychiatry 

B.S., Belmont Abbey; M.D., Medical College of Virginia. 

Riley E. Spoon (1946) Clinical Instructor in Dental Surgery 

B.S., Wake Forest; D.D.S., Baltimore College of Dental Surgery. 

Edward V. Spudis (1958) Clinical Associate Professor of Neurology 

B.S., M.D., Maryland; M.S., Minnesota. 

Charles L. Spurr (1957) Professor of Medicine 

B.S., Bucknell; M.S., M.D., Rochester. 

Charles C. Stamey (1962) Clinical Assistant Professor of Pediatrics 

A.B., North Carolina; M.D. Harvard. 

John Allen Stanley (1967) Associate Professor of Ophthalmology 

A.B., Dartmouth; M.D., Harvard. 

229 



FACULTY 

J. Michael Sterchi (1974) Instructor in Surgery 

B.A., M.D., Cincinnati. 

Barbara J. Still (1975) Instructor in Pediatrics (Psychology) 

B.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute; M.A., Wake Forest. 

Lloyd J. Story (1970) Clinical Instructor in Medicine 

B.A., East Tennessee State; M.D., Tennesee. 

Sandra Stoterau (1974) Instructor in Pediatrics 

B.A., Montana; M.S., Arizona. (Speech Pathology) 

Jack W. Strandhoy (1973) Assistant Professor of Pharmacology 

b.s., Illinois; M.S., Ph.D., Iowa. (Neuropharmacology) 

Wilford P. Stratten (1974) Assistant Professor of Pharmacology 

B.S., Rose Polytechnic; Ph.D., Indiana. 

Llewellyn S. Stringer Jr. (1971) Clinical Assistant Professor of 

M.D., Medical College of Virginia. Anesthesia 

Cornelius F. Strittmatter, IV (1961) Odus M. Mull Professor of 

B.S., Juniati; Ph.D., Harvard. Biochemistry 

H. Ray Sturkie (1974) Clinical Instructor in 

m.d., Medical College of Alabama. Obstetrics and Gynecology 

Samuel A. Sue (1973) Clinical Instructor in Orthopaedic Surrgery 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

Marvin B. Sussman (1975) Professor of Sociology 

B.A., New York; M.S., George Williams College; M.A., Ph.D., Yale. Acting Administrator 

David Tate (1968) Clinical Instructor in Pediatrics 

B.A. Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

Blucher E. Taylor (1968) Clinical Instructor in Obstetrics 

A.B., North Carolina; M.D., Bowman Gray. and Gynecology 

Mary H. Taylor (1970) Clinical Instructor in 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray. Community Medicine 

Thomas B. Templeton (1964) Clinical Assistant Professor of Medicine 

A.B., North Carolina; M.D., lefferson. 

James J. Thomas (1964) Clinical Assistant Professor of Pediatrics 

B.A., M.D., Illinois. 

Benjamin E. Thompson (1973) Clinical Instructor in Surgery 

A.B. North Carolina; D.D.S., M.S., University of (Dentistry- PrOSthodontiCS) 

North Carolina School of Dentistry. ' 

Claire M. Timberlake (1972) Instructor in Neurology 

b.a., Kansas. (Stroke Epidemiology) 

Helen L. Tinnin (1970) Adjunct Associate Professor of Community Medicine 

B.A., California (Berkeley); Ph.D., Ohio State. 

John D. Tolmie (1970) Associate Professor of Anesthesia 

b.a., Hobart; m.d., McGiii, Montreal. and Associate Dean 

James F. Toole (1962) Walter C. Teagle Professor of Neurology 

B.A., Princeton; M.D., Cornell; LL.B., LaSalle. 

Alberto Trillo (1975) Assistant Professor of Pathology 

m.d., National University of Mexico; Associate in Comparative Medicine 

Ph.D., University of Western Ontario. 

Parks DeW. Trivette (1956) Clinical Assistant Professor of Pediatrics 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

B. Lionel Truscott (1968) Professor of Neurology; Associate Dean 

B.A., Drew; M.A. Syracuse; M.S., Ph.D., M.D., Yale. 
(See Administration) 

Henry C. Turner (1967) Assistant Professor of Anesthesia 

A.B., M.D., North Carolina. 

James E. Turner (1974) Assistant Professor of Anatomy 

B.A., Virginia Military Institute; M.S., Richmond; Ph.D., Tennessee. 

230 



FACULTY 

Robert A. Turner, Jr. (1971) Associate Professor Medicine Associate in 

A.B., North Carolina; M.D., Medical College of Alabama. Rehabilitation Medicine 

Kenneth V. Tyner (1970) Clinical Assistant Professor of Surgery 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Temple. 

Robert C. Underdal (1970) Clinical Instructor in Orthopaedic Surgery 

B.A., Concordia College; B.S.. North Dakota; M.D., Bowman Cray. 

Henry L. Valk (1950) Professor of Medicine 

A.B., North Carolina; M.D., Duke. 

Horatio P. VanCleve (1975) Associate Professor of Family Medicine 

M.D., Minnesota. 

Clark E. Vincent (1964) Professor of Sociology 

A.B., M.A., Ph.D., California (Berkeley). 

Helen P. Vos (1969) Assistant Professor of Community 

B.s., Calvin College. Medicine (Allied Health) 

William D. Wagner (1972) Assistant Professor of Comparative Medicine 

B.S., Geneva College; M.S., Ph.D., West Virginia University. 

B. Moseley Waite (1967) Associate Professor of Biochemistry 

B.S., Rollins; Ph.D., Duke. 

Lawrence C. Walker, Jr. (1972) Clinical Instructor in Obstetrics 

B.A., North Carolina; M.D., Duke. and Gynecology 

Roscoe L. Wall, Jr. (1953) Clinical Associate Professor of 

b.s., wake Forest; m.d., lefferson. Obstetrics and Gynecology 

Keeling A. Warburton (1974) Clinical Instructor in Obstetrics and Gynecology 

M.D., Michigan 

Walter A. Ward (1967) Assistant Professor of Otolaryngology 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Cray. 

Benedict L. Wasilauskas (1971) Assistant Professor of Pathology 

B.S., Mount Saint Mary's College; Ph.D., Connecticut. Associate in Microbiology 

Finley C. Watts (1967) Research Assistant Professor of 

B.S., Wake Forest; Ph.D., Walden University. Radiology (Health Physics) 

Lester Earl Watts (1965) Associate Professor of Medicine 

m.d., Bowman Cray. Associate in Community Medicine 

Frederick B. Weaver (1970) Clinical Instructor in Medicine 

a.b., Catawba College; m.d., Clinical Associate in Community Medicine 

Bowman Cray. 

Richard C. Weaver (1954) Professor of Ophthalmology 

M.D., Washington. 

Richard L. Weaver (1975) Assistant Professor of Pediatrics 

B.A., M.D., Florida. 

Duke B. Weeks (1971) Associate Professor of Anesthesia 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

Earl P. Welch, Jr. (1975) Clinical Instructor in Surgery 

B.S., M.D., North Carolina. 

Charles R. Welfare (1951) Clinical Assistant Professor of Medicine 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Pennsylvania. 

O. Theodore Wendel, Jr. (1974) Instructor in Neurology 

B.A., St. Andrews Presbyterian College; M.S., Ph.D., Wake Forest. (Neuropharmacology) 

Associate in Allied Health 
Robert T. Westmoreland (1974) Assistant Professor of Anesthesia 

B.A., Furman; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

Charles M. Westrick (1970) Clinical Instructor in Dental Surgery 

D.D.S., Michigan. 

Douglas R. White (1974) Assistant Professor of Medicine 

B.S., M.D., Chicago. 

Emmett R. White (1970) Clinical Assistant Professor of Radiology 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

231 



FACULTY 

Donald L. Whitener (1951) Clinical Associate Professor of 

a.b., Catawba; m.d., Johns Hopkins. Obstetrics and Gynecology 

Joseph E. Whitley (1960) Professor of Radiology 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Cray. 

Nancy O'N. Whitley (1969) Associate Professor of Radiology 

m.d., Bowman Cray. (Diagnostic Radiology) 

Clinical Assistant Professor of Medicine 



John C. Wiggins, Jr. (1951) 

A.B., North Carolina; M.D., H 



arvard. 

Kathryn B. Williams (1973) Instructor in Psychology 

B.A., Miami; M.A., Wake Forest. 

Kenan B. Williams (1954) Clinical Assistant Professor of Pediatrics 

A.B., North Carolina; M.D., Jefferson. 

Rodney C. Williams (1972) Instructor in Radiology (Electronics) 

B.S., Atlantic Christian; M.S., Syracuse; M.A., Wake Forest. 

S. Clay Williams, Jr., (1955) Clinical Assistant Professor of Medicine 

A.B., Princeton; M.D., Pennsylvania. 

Margie A. Wills (1975) Instructor in Community Medicine 

B.A., Lander. 

Hal T. Wilson (1971) Associate Professor of Community 

a.b., m.d., Michigan. Medicine (Allied Health) 

James R. Winning (1972) Lecturer in Community Medicine 

B.S., Clemson; M.A., East Tennessee State. (Allied Health) 

Richard L. Witcofski (1961) Professor of Radiology (Radiological Physics); 

B.S., Lynchburg; M.S., Vanderbilt; Ph.D., Wake Forest. Associate in Neurology 

John R. Wolfe (1975) Clinical Instructor in Medicine 

B.A., Virginia; M.D., Medical College of Virginia. (Rheumatology) 

Frank B. Wood (1975) Assistant Professor of Neurology 

b.a., m.a. wake Forest; m. Div., Southeastern Assistant Professor of Psychiatry 

Bapt.st Theological Seminary; Ph.D., Duke. (Neuropsychology) 

Fred M. Wood (1972) Clinical Instructor in Orthopaedic Surgery 

B.A., Mississippi; M.D., Tennessee. 

Donna B. Woodmansee (1973) Instructor in Psychiatry 

B.A. Denver; M.A., Wake Forest. 

Wallace Chi-li Wu (1974) Assistant Professor of Medicine 

M.B., B.S., University of Hong Kong. 

James D. Yopp, Jr. (1972) Clinical Instructor in Medicine 

B.S., North Carolina State; M.D., Bowman Cray. 

Ernest H. Yount (1948) Professor of Medicine 

A.B., North Carolina; M.D., Vanderbilt. 

Robert Zammit (1968) Clinical Instructor in Obstetrics and 

B.S., St. Peter's College; M.D., Creighton University. Gynecology 

Hasan I. Zeya (1973) Research Assistant Professor of Medicine 

I.St, C.M. College, India; M.D., Darbhanga Medical College, India; Ph.D., University of North 
Carolina School of Medicine. 



232 



THE BOWMAN GRAY SCHOOL OF MEDICINE 
*PROFESSORS EMERITI 



John R. Ausband (1952-1975) Professor Emeritus of Otolaryngology 

B.A., Asbury College; M.D., Bowman Cray. 

Fred K. Garvey (1941-1969) Professor Emeritus of Urology 

M.D., University of Cincinnati School of Medicine. 

Belmont A. Helsabeck (1941-1975) Clinical Assistant Professor 

m.d., Medical College of Virginia. Emeritus of Ophthalmology 

Lucile W. Hutaff (1948) Professor Emeritus of Community Medicine, 

b.s., Wisconsin; m.d., Rochester. Assistant Professor Emeritus of Medicine 

Zelma A. Kalnins (1956-1975) Associate Professor Emeritus 

M.D., University of Latvia. Q f Clinical Cytology 

Frank R. Lock (1941-1973) Professor Emeritus of Obstetrics and Gynecology 

A.B., Cornell; M.D., Tulane. 

Robert L McMillan (1941-1971) Professor Emeritus of Clinical Medicine 

B.S., M.D., Duke. 

Leland E. Powers (1968-1974) Professor Emeritus of Community 

M.D., Iowa; M.S. P.H., Michigan. Medicine 

R. Winston Roberts (1947-1975) Professor Emeritus of 

M - D -' Duke - Ophthalmology 

William H. Sprunt, Jr. (1941-1963) Professor Emeritus of Clinical Surgery 

B.S., Davidson; M.D., Pennsylvania. 

Howard M. Starling (1941-1975) Clinical Associate Professor 

m.d., Medical College of Virginia. Emeritus of Surgery 

Roscoe L. Wall (1942-1956) Professor Emeritus of Anesthesia 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Jefferson Medical College. 



'Dates following names indicate period of service. 



233 



ALLIED HEALTH 



Katherine H. Anderson (1969) 

B.S., Carnegie; M.D., Cornell. 



Paul E. Benoit (1972) 

B.S., M.S., Saint Louis; Ph.D., Mississippi 

Patricia Dane Hale Breedin (1969) 
T. R. Bryan (1974) 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Cray. 

William H. Burch (1974) 

M.D., Western Reserve. 

James O. Burke, Jr. (1974) 

B.S., Davidson; M.D., North Carolina. 

David Lawrence Camp (1974) 

B.S., M.S., Florida State; Ph.D., Iowa. 

Clifton W. English (1974) 

B.A., Dayton. 

Jack C. Evans (1974) 

B.A., M.D., Duke. 

Thomas S. Guy, III (1974) 

B.A., Wake Forest. 

David Hunter (1974) 

B.S., Medical College of Georgia; M.S., Emory. 

Chauncey M. Lane, Jr. (1969) 

A.B., North Carolina; M.A., Appalachian. 



Associate Professor and 

Associate Medical Director of 

Physician Assistant Program 

Associate Professor 

Instructor 

Clinical Instructor 

Clinical Instructor 

Clinical Instructor 

Instructor 

Instructor 

Clinical Instructor 

Instructor 

Instructor 

Instructor 

Instructor 



Harriet Lee Loucas (1974) 

B.S., City College of New York; M.P.H., North Carolina, Chapel Hill. 

Ronald B. Mack (1975) Associate Professor 

B.S., Loyola University of Chicago; M.D., Stritch School of Medicine of Loyola University. 



Victor D. Morris (1974) 

B.A., Denver; M.A., Stanford; Ph.D., Florida State. 

John C. Mueller (1975) 

A.B., Harvard; M.D., Tufts University School of Medicine. 

Jimmie L. Pharris (1971) 

B.S., Rhode Island State; M.S., Eastern New Mexico; 
Ph.D., Connecticut. 

Clyde F. Ritchie, Jr. (1971) 

B.S., Alderson-Broaddus. 

Helen Pauline Vos (1969) 

B.S., Calvin. 

O. Theodore Wendel, Jr. (1974) 

B.A., St. Andrews Presbyterian; M.S., Ph.D., Bowman Cray. 

Margie Amelia Wills (1975) 

B.A., Lander. 

Hal T. Wilson (1971) 

a.b., Michigan; m.d., Michigan Medical School Associate in Community Medicine, 

Associate in Medicine and 
Medical Director of Physician Assistant Program 

James R. Winning (1972) Lecturer 

B.S. Clemson; M.A. East Tennessee. 



Associate Professor 

Clinical Instructor 

Associate Professor and 

Director of Physician 

Assistant Program 

Instructor 

Assistant Professor 

Instructor 

Instructor 

Associate Professor, 



234 



DEGREES CONFERRED MAY 19, 1975 



Doctor of Philosophy 



Lloyd B. Gallimore, Jr. 
Benjamin Martin Garrison 
Jean Carol Parker 



Everette Grover Smith, Jr. 

Patsy Wang 

Walter Thomas Woods, Jr. 



Master 

Jennifer Kay Absher 

George Hamilton Bell, Jr. 

Lucille M. Espey 

Barbara Maria Quigley Fernandez 

Bruce Marvel Gosser 

Franklin Bailey Green 

Lynn Henry Hallman 

Elisabeth Ross Hamrick 

Kent Walter Haraburda 

Winthrop S. Headley 

Vernon Lamar Helms 

Gary William Johnson 

Leon R. Lorenc 



of Arts 

Karen Patricia McCarthy 
Susan Edna Mauger 
Teddy Richard Monroe 
James Steven Reznick 
Henrietta Delores Scarborough 

Rhedrick 
Sharon Leah Sherrill 
Seton Norris Tomyn 
Anne Bingham Tornow 
J. Franklin Whitley 
Lorraine Yasinski 
Walter Henry Zultowski 



Master of Arts in Education 



Linda Lugenia Arey 

Beverly A. Barnes 

Margaret Higgins Bennett 

Judith Heller Bowman 

Margaret Clinton Steffens Braun 

James H. Brooks 

Susan Michaela Hyde Festin 

Carol Manning Gosser 

Tarn Spicer Hutcheon, Jr. 



Catherine Ann Jourdan 
Betty Louise Rankin 
Mark Spurgeon Rose 
Joseph M. Snow 
Judith Barnes Soper 
Katherine Powers Suggs 
Anne-Marie Tague 
Michele Donovan Wichham 



C. Murray Bartley 
Patricia Ann Dougherty 



Master of Science 



Larry E. Sain 
Roger Lee Seagle 



Doctor of Medicine 



Jack Edwin Amos 

Theodore Starbuck Anderson, Jr. 

Bruce Griffey Armstrong 

Fred Jackson Ballenger 

Larry Jarrett Barnhill, Jr. 

William Carroll Blackerby III 

Steven Charles Bowman 

Douglas Ray Boyette 

James Hedrick Bradford 



William Stevenson Browner 

J. P. Burnette 

Ronald Renord Caldwell 

Kenneth Charles Carter 

Henry Stewart Cochran 

Sidney S. Curry 

Donald Andrew Dewhurst II 

Richard Mark Fowler IV 

Margaret Grimsley Froneberger 



236 



Stephen Kirk Garrison 
Thomas Moss Ginn 
Lawrence Howard Goodman 
Docia Elizabeth Hickey 
LeRoy George Hoffman, Jr. 
Rosalyn Ruth Isaacs 
Willard Lee Kennedy 
Vincent Arthur Kiley 
Stephen Walter Kirley 
Gary Louis Lemoncelli 
Louis Allen Levy 
Thomas Smither Long 
Arthur Raymond Marshall III 
Rick Howard Martin 
Barry Marshall Mayberry 
Norman Michael Mayer 
William Marshall McKenzie, Jr. 
Samuel Baggett McLamb, Jr. 
Nelson Ike Mozia 
Neill Hector Musselwhite III 
Samuel Carl Newsome 
Carroll John Painter 
Stephen Peck 
Thomas Herbert Philbrick 



Jeffrey David Powell 
Edward Allison Ramsey 
Clifford Anthony Reed 
Michael Leo Reeves 
Richard Henry Reindollar 
Roger Lee Roark 
Joseph P. Rowlett III 
Frederick Douglas Sanders 
Richard Joseph Schroer 
Michael Coleman Scruggs 
James William Serene 
Mary Bruce McKenzie Serene 
Edwin H. Shoaf, Jr. 
Lynn Beecher Spees 
Charles Lewis Spurr, Jr. 
John Hinnes Tinga 
John Barrett Walker III 
Edward Shaw Warren 
Petra Kruithof Warren 
Donald Wexler 
Donald Nash Whitaker, Jr. 
Hal Breen Woodall 
Garland W. Yarborough 



Julius Alembik 
John Huske Anderson 
Kenneth John Anderson 
James Wesley Backus 
Richard Paxton Badham, Jr. 
James F. Bailey, Jr. 
Thomas Irvin Barrows 
Albert Robert Bell, Jr. 
Duane Russell Bell 
Dennis Gordon Bengtson 
Robert Alton Benson 
Dennis M. Biety 
David Yates Bingham 
William Herbert Boone 
David Howerton Bowden 
Stephen John Braun 
Ernest Lawson Brown, Jr. 
Heath Denton Bumgardner, Jr. 
David Barrett Burge 
Vessie Jean Burkins 
David Alan Chambers 
Geoffrey Lowell Chase 
William Sutton Cherry, Jr. 
Michael Robert Cline 
Thomas Walter Cole 



Juris Doctor 

Francis Xavier Coman 
Bruce Hartmann Connors 
Timithy Robert Cosgrove 
Harvey Lindenthal Cosper, Jr. 
Christopher Cyclone Covey 
James Darrell Cox 
Ronald McKinley Cowan 
Jack Lowell Cozort 
Charles Lemuel Cromer 
Christopher Stevenson Crosby 
Dwight Lowrance Crowell III 
Thomas Terrell Crumpler 
Robert Lejay Cummings 
George Gray Cunningham 
James Melvin Day 
William Rade DeGraw, Jr. 
Anthony Samuel di Santi 
Nicholas John Dombalis 
Katherine Reeves Duncan 
Frank Roberts Edrington II 
Marshall Henry Hood Ellis 
Samuel Clifton Evans, Jr. 
Edward Marcus Ferguson, Jr. 
Rebecca Jean Ferguson 
Russell Fulton Ferree 
237 



James Ronald Fitzner 
David Clayton Francisco 
Ann Scott Fulton 
Christopher Gordon Furlong 
Richard Weisner Gabriel 
Edward Lee Gavin II 
Edward Vernon Ferrell Glenn 
Melvin Douglas Goines 
Allan Baylor Gray 
Carl William Gray 
David Wesley Greenfield 
Michael Ralph Greeson, Jr. 
Henry Averill Harkey 
Charles Howard Henry, Jr. 
Danny Glenn Higgins 
Gregory Lewis Hinshaw 
Claude Byron Holden 
Dorsey David Hostler 
Jeffrey Paul Hunt 
Douglas Raymond Hux 
Daniel Smith Johnson 
Thomas Morgan Johnson 
Michael Francis Joseph 
Craig A. Kawanmoto 
Morris Wayne Keeter 
Anita Jo Kinlaw 
John Wood Kneas 
Gary Stephen Lawrence 
William David Lee 
Richard Merritt Lewis 
Anne Billings Lupton 
Paul Edward Marth 
John McGougan Martin 
William Everette Martin 
Rodney Carrington Mason 
Margaret Ellen McDermott 
Donald Jackson McFadyen 
John Franklin McGeorge, Jr. 
John Franklin McKellar 
John Frederick McNeill 
Cama Clarkson Merritt 
Gordon Alan Miller 
Robert Edward Morey 
Nancy Sellars Mundorf 



Mary Irene Murrill 
James Wiley Narron 
Joyce Riddle Neely 
Don Samuel Neill 
William Van Overman 
Anne Marie Page 
James Wilson Page 
William Douglas Parsons 
Phyllis Sturdivant Penry 
John Esten Peterson, Jr. 
Mary Ellen Pipines 
John Bernard Pirog 
John Andrew Porter 
Bruce Winder Radford 
Sharon Sue Terrell Rayle 
Robert Nelson Richardson 
James Keel Roberson 
Bertram John Schaeffer 
Darrell Lee Sechrest, Jr. 
William Leon Senter 
Woodrow Wilson Seymour, Jr. 
Randolph Edison Shelton, Jr. 
Otto Borden Shreaves, Jr. 
Robert Frederick Siler 
Paul Allen Sinai 
David Clark Smith, Jr. 
Richard DeWitte Sparkman 
Haywood Ray Starling, Jr. 
James Isaac Stephens 
Paul Andrew Stephens, Jr. 
Marler Slate Tuttle, Jr. 
Walter Ray Vernon 
Frank Anthony Viteritto 
James Kenneth Waldroup 
Charlie Carlton Walker, Jr. 
James Grier Wallace 
Michael Gregory Walsh 
David Dockery Ward 
James Paul Weaver 
Stanley Winborne West 
William Edwin Wheeler 
Frederick Brant Wilkins, Jr. 
David Lewis Wilson, Jr. 



Master of Business Administration 



Norbert Akalibet Akisikpak 
Lee Fredrick Anderson 
George Foust Bason, Jr. 
Edgar Lawrence Belcher 



William Fleming Belk 
Charles Blackmon 
John P. Bond III 
William Reginald Bonnevie 



238 



Gregory Richard Bosiack 
Eugene Scott Bowers III 
Jesse Cornelius Brackett, Jr. 
William Archibald Bradsher 
Barbara Jean Brown 
Carl B. Bumgarner 
Robert Thomas Cross III 
Andrew Robert Crowe 
Richard Meader Curtis 
Freddie Redwan David 
Ibrahima Diagne 
Edward Marvin Dillabough 
Howell Mason Epperly 
Eric Festin 

Robert James Flanagan 
Judith W. Freeman 
Steven Minor Parker 
J. P. Petree 

Eugene Connelly Pridgen 
Robert Carl Proffitt 
Thomas Martin Prybylo 
Joseph P. Rawley 
Marc Edward Reinecke 
William Ellis Rodenbeck 
Perry Renfrow Safran 
Robert Thomas Savage, Jr. 
James Ross Spencer III 
James Howe Steeg 
John Shelton Steele 
Roberto Ernesto Suarez 
Cabell Mayo Tabb, Jr. 
Joseph David Taylor III 



Eric Porcher Teeter 
Embra Lee Thomas 
Walter Lloyd Tillman, Jr. 
Nicholas D. Ursini 
John Tyler Warden 
Robert Alexander Wickham 
David Leslie Wolf 
William Ralph Ziegler, Jr. 
James Alan Fulp 
Beth Glass Gilbert 
William Blair Gwyn, Jr. 
Charles Joseph Hamlin 
John Trompen Harmeling, Jr. 
Otto David Hasse 
Billy H. Hauser 
Jay Wensel Hobson 
Ke-Chang Hsu 
David Carr Hurd 
Amelia Tillery Johnson 
David Craig Johnson 
Richard Arthur Johnson 
Lular Ann Jones 
Michael Riley Jordan 
Deborah Ann Kalcevic 
Douglas Edward Leckie III 
F. Gordon Lindley 
Lorinda B. Lomas 
Kenneth Parker McCandless 
Richard K. McMackin 
William Henry Martin 
Michael Collins Miller 
Thomas A. Norris III 



Bachelor of Arts 



Bruce A. Abel 
Beth Abernathy 
Richard Van Wert Adams, III 
Paul Richard Adcock, Jr. 
John Michael Aho 
Douglas Lee Allen 
Robert Lee Allen 
Patricia Ann Allred 
Edward Lee Altemose 
James Robert Anderson 
Daniel John Antanaitis 
Robert Gladstone Anthony, Jr. 
Jimmie Baynes Apple, Jr. 
Rebecca Jean Armentrout 
Barbara Ann Arneson 
Nicholas Robert Bach 



Mary Frances Bailey 
Alfred Lecarpentier Baker 
Lynne Elizabeth Baker 
Mary Carol Banister 
Elizabeth Dodson Barineau 
Peter Hawkes Barrows 
Robert Knight Barrows, Jr. 
Elizabeth von Deilen Bartlett 
Jennie Marriott Bason 
Marta Elizabeth Baucom 
Sandra Bean 
Mark Alan Beardmore 
George Taylor Beattie, Jr. 
John David Bennett 
John Charles Blackley, III 
Barbara Owen Blake 



239 



Ronald Gene Blake 
Edward Molette Blanchard, Jr. 
Kent Bernard Blevins 
Betty-Jane Boehmer 
Edward Joseph Boroski 
Louise Cochrane Boteler 
William Edmund Bovender 
Julia Barbara Bowers 
Melissa Ann Bowers 
Joseph Wisler Bowman 
William Henry Bowne, III 
Charles Walton Boyter, Jr. 
Barbara Alice Bracey 
Charles Andrew Bradley 
James Donald Bradsher, Jr. 
Julia Morgan Brannon 
Margaret Dee Bratcher 
Kathleen Hiers Brewin 
Benjamin Ray Brewster 
Troy Gene Briles 
Donna Lucille Browder 
Sarah Baity Brown 
Tommy Cecil Brown 
Teresa Diane Brown 
Teresa Louise Brown 
Christopher William Brunn 
Diane Leigh Bunting 
Robert Garvey Burchette, Jr. 
Michael Delane Burleson 
Pattie Susan Burnett 
Graham Vance Byrum, Jr. 
Suzanne Cameron 
Marlena Colleen Cannon 
Pamela Ann Cargal 
Helen Nalley Carpenter 
Linda Ruth Carter 
Michael Joseph Champlin 
Vickie Jean Cheek 
Lawrence Harris Chewning, III 
Mark Curtis Christie 
Julian Griffin Clark, Jr. 
Nancy Louise Clasen 
Jack Oscar Clayton 
Jonathan Moore Cloud 
Samuel Leonard Cobb 
Deborah Gray Coe 
David Harold Coggins 
Danny Ray Cone 
John Crawford Cooke 
Michael Ross Corbett 
Deborah Ann Cordes 



Janet Adelaide Cording 

Steven Neil Corey 

Jean Marie Craddock 

Giles Franklin Crowell 

Lydia Leigh Currin 

John Phillips Daniel 

Elizabeth Jean Daniels 

Gayla Ann Dealy 

John DeBroder 

Salvatore Michael DeCanio, Jr. 

Nora Rene DeLapp 

Diane Lynn Denny 

Deborah Dent 

Robert Edward Denton, Jr. 

Craig Allan DeRidder 

Earl Frederick Dewey, II 

Charles Brayton Dillon 

Michael G. Disney 

Katherine Elena Dobbins 

June Elizabeth Dockery 

Peter A. Donelan 

Charles Thomas Dorman, Jr. 

David Ray Dorton 

Laidler Elizabeth Dowda 

Charles Roy Drake, Jr. 

Kenneth Michael Durkin 

Roy Woodrow Edwards, Jr. 

Stephen Frederick Ellis 

Patricia Mary Endler 

Sara Helm Eshleman 

I la Annette Evans 

Mutter Demetrice Evans 

Guy Franklin Fain, III 

Brenda Lou Farr 

Edwin Lee Farrar 

Harry Joseph Ferber, II 

Stanley Trevor Ferger, Jr. 

John Vaughn Ferguson 

George Allan Ferre, Jr. 

Thomas Watson Ferrell, Jr. 

Becky Jo Fields 

Terri Dale Fisher 

Jeremy Flachs 

Jannis Victoria Floyd 

Leland Jan Fogleman 

Deborah L. Frazier 

John Reece Funderburk, III 

Kathleen Helen Fyffe 

John K. Gallaher, Jr. 

Linda Marcus Gard 

Bruce Alan Gardner 



240 



Carla Gail Gardner 
Jane Marie Garrison 
Patricia Lynn Garrity 
Gayle Matthews Gentry 
John Scott Gentry 
Lillian Louise Gibbs 
Betsy Gilpin 
Patricia Ellen Gilroy 
Ronald Lane Godwin 
Douglas Lee Gollehon 
Jeffrey Mark Golliher 
Pamela Jane Graham 
Patricia Ann Gray 
Adrian Hugh Greene 
Carlton Sheddred Gregory 
Richard Kent Gregory 
Dorian Hayes Gunter 
Michael Sumner Gurney 
Holley Porter Haizlip 
Susan Roberta Hakala 
Catherine Mary Hall 
Lynn Ann Hamilton 
Elizabeth Bain Hammond 
Barbara Frances Hankins 
Deanie Mae Harris 
Matt Clifton Harris 
Thomas C. Hausman 
Michael Daniel Heafner 
Nancy Faye Morrison Heafner 
Kimberly Jane Hedrick 
Stephen Clinton Helton 
Douglas Stephen Henderson 
James Frederick Hendrix, Jr. 
James Perry Hendrix 
Vivian Colleen Hendrix 
Stephen Alvie Herman 
Beverly Ann Hill 
Danny Keith Hilley 
Michael Stewart Hipp 
Joseph Barry Hipps 
William Richard Hitchens, III 
Daniel Andrew Hix 
John Hicks Hodges, Jr. 
Douglas M. Hoffman 
Leslie Eve Hoffstein 
Barbara Jane Hofmaier 
Susan Van Cortlandt Hofmann 
Steven Clayton Holladay 
Leon Drew Holloway 
George Marvin Holt, III 
Elizabeth Anne Hope 



Betty Jane Hopper 
Betty Caroline Horton 
Carla Dianne Howell 
Charles David Hoyle 
Alice Farrington Huff 
Sally Walker Hurd 
Melinda Gail Inman 
William Craig Jackson 
Hugh Shockley Jacobs, Jr. 
Charles Dennis Jakubchak 
John William Jelich, III 
James Reynold Jernigan 
Dean Sherrill Johnson 
Early Blair Johnson, III 
James Henry Jones 
Keith Clarence Jones 
Linda Lea Jones 
Patricia Louise Jones 
Anna Hughes Jordan 
Walter Daniels Joyner 
Wingate Gordon Joyner, Jr. 
William Scott Jumper 
Elizabeth Ann Kahn 
Emmanuel O. Keku 
David Harris Kennedy 
Linda Lee Kent 
Barbara Elizabeth Keon 
Janet' Lynn Ki Mian 
William Stephen King 
George Kenneth Knox 
Diane Jackson Komondorea 
Stanley Ray Koonts 
Gary Paul Kraus 
William K. Krebs 
Rebecca Lynn Krueger 
Isaac Franklin Kuhn, Jr. 
William Hanna Kutteh 
Wayne Howard Lambert 
Phillis Jean Lambeth 
Judith Ann Lane 
Bette McCarthy Lanzillo 
Michael James Larson 
Lucy Ann Lennon 
Gary Eugene Lewis 
Wilder Glover Little, Jr. 
Guinn Batten Littleton 
Joseph Thomas Liverman, Jr. 
Datha Gary London 
Nanette Marie Lucas 
Susan Lupo 
Joseph Lee McBane 

241 



Martha Marie McBrayer 

David Jefferson McCombs 

Susan Christine McCormack 

Barbara Cloward McCormick 

Mary Victoria McDonald 

William Louis McDuff 

Marsha Ann McElrath 

Richard Gale McGarry 

John David McGirt 

Michael Norman McKee 

James Carlton McLamb 

Richard Wayne McManus 

George Daniel Magee 

Mary Sue Magee 

James Malenkos, III 

Bruce Ingram Mallette 

Marie Yuen May Mann 

Ann H. Marshall 

Huey Brant Marshall 

Bentford Eugene Martin 

Becky Irene Matthews 

Terry L. Matthews 

Steven Gary Mayer 

Olin Max Melton, Jr. 

Stephen Ray Melvin 

Darlyne Menscer 

Marvin Alexander Meredith 

Mary Kay Meredith 

Albert Thomas Michaels 

John Irvin Millis 

Anne Louise Minard 

John Alex Mincey 

Ronnie Monroe Mitchell 

Ronald Steven Monroe 

Richard L. Montgomery 

Patsy Ruth Moore 

Rhonda Ann Moore 

Jennifer Sue Moreland 

James Lauder Morgan, Jr. 

James Reid Morgan 

Harry A. Morris 

Elizabeth Lamar Moss 

Ollis Jon Mozon, Jr. 

Jimmy Laird Myers 

Pamela Diann Myers 

Cecile Edith Naylor 

Lydia Elizabeth Mayhew Nelson 

Gary Scott Nichols 

Ramona Louise Nichols 

Thomas Aiyevbekpen Obaseki 

Joseph Olusegun Obebe 



Samuel Hunter Ogburn 
Olamide Fola Ogunyemi 
Janice Carol Opalinski 
Gladys Marian Osborne 
Laurence Kent Packard 
Reynolds Vanstory Parker 
Michael Ray Parrish 
Harry Allan Paul, Jr. 
Richard Neil Pechstein 
Glenn Collins Peck, Jr. 
Murray Anne Peeler 
Victoria Leigh Perkins 
Philip Cameron Perry 
Angela Ruth Peterman 
Marilyn Ruth Pettit 
Frank Parker Philips, III 
Harriett Sherlene Pickard 
Charles Harley Pippitt, Jr. 
Robert G. Plage 
Gail Verna Plauka 
Ira Carey Podlofsky 
Martha Elizabeth Poe 
Elaine Ruth Pope 
Norma Lou Pope 
Rodney Earl Spainhour Powell 
Kim Suzanne Price 
Margaret Cowan Price 
Sarah Geddie Pridgen 
Marvin Lewis Prince, Jr. 
Lovetta Pugh 
Edward Rudolf Raffo 
Linda Lee Rankin 
John David Reeder 
Donna Sue Reeves 
Ryan Walsh Regal 
Elizabeth Lodor Rhame 
Allison Ann Rhyne 
Paul Conrad Rhyne, III 
Robert James Rice, Jr. 
Elizabeth Faye Richardson 
Stephen Emery Richardson 
William Watkins Richardson 
Sally Ann Roberson 
Roscoe Connell Roberts 
Kent A. Robertson 
Linda Sue Robertson 
Ann Michelle Robinson 
Karen Elene Robinson 
Kenneth Wayne Robinson 
Patricia Frances Robinson 
Amelia Carrie Rodriquez 



242 



Rebecca June Routh 
Jamie Elizabeth Russell 
Samuel F. Rutland, III 
Olayide Akanbi Safi 
John William Satterfield 
Scott Page Sawin 
John Clayton Schroeder 
Christopher James Schubert 
James Randolph Schulz 
Susan Beauchamp Selvey 
William Jeffress Senter, Jr. 
Mark Stephen Sexton 
Elizabeth Anne Shattuck 
Bonnie Louise Shaw 
Whitney Ray Shaw 
Rebecca Jane Sheridan 
Keith Allan Sherman 
James Michael Shrader 
Sheila Ann Shropshire 
Deborah Jean Shull 
Richard Zane Shultzaberger 
Henry Whitener Sigmon 
Cassandra Sue Simmons 
Denise Kaye Simmons 
Mary Alma Simpson 
Chris Ann Slater 
Neal Cray Sloan 
Denise Gail Smith 
Paula Lynnell Smith 
Robin Lina Smith 
Theodore Lawson Smoots 



Vicki Marie Sparks 
Thomas Warren Spencer 
Charles Bernard Spivey, Jr. 
Robert Woodward Stader 
Richard Walter Stallings 
Timothy Hayward Stare 
Pamela Garrison Starling 
Robert Marion Starnes 
Carl Bradford Steinbauer 
Deborah Dawn Steiner 
Gena Lynn Stephenson 
Douglas Garrett Stevens 
William Dale Stevens 
Carl Wayne Stocks 
Michael Stephen Stout 
Gretchen Lee Stratmann 
Sharon Heidi Strieker 
Gary Lee Summers 
Bruce Allan Sydnor 
John Daniel Sykes, Jr. 
Misty Mary Ruth Talbert 
Barbara Terrell 
Marshall Jackson Thames, Jr. 
Jill Kathleen This 
Mark Stanton Thomas 
Jane Elliott Thompson 
Susan Randolph Thomson 
Michael David Thornton 
Phillip Carlisle Thrailkill 
Clarence Wade Tolbert 



Bachelor of Science 



Cynthia Jane Anderson 
William Courtney Argabrite 
William Marvin Armour, III 
Gale Elizabeth Arnold 
Stanley Statham Austin 
Melinda Jane Ayton 
George Leemon Batten, Jr. 
Linnea Jane Blomquist 
Mary Roberta Blue 
Bennett Ruth Bower 
Henry Worth Boyce, III 
Edward William Bradley, Jr. 
John Lee Brigham 
Philip Lloyd Brooks 
Steven Robert Brower 
Gary Wayne Brown 
James Brooks Buchanan 



Thomas Ware Bunn 
David Joseph Burge 
Mary John Cacavias 
Susan Lee Campbell 
Grover Cleveland Carico, III 
Mark Edwin Carlson 
Patricia Denise Carlsson 
Keith lyman Carter 
Leah dee Joyce Carter 
Avery Ted Cashion, III 
Christopher Clark 
Debbie Hearn Coffield 
Gilmer Ellis Collette, Jr. 
Nancy Berneice Corlew 
Lynn Dell Corpening 
Debra Gene Crittenden 
Ned Daniels Danieley 



243 



Deborah Leah Darden 

David Clarke Darnell 

John Barry Diffenderfer 

William Patrick Donnelly 

John R. Doster 

Matthew Howard Dyer 

Edward Merritt Farmer 

Lawrence F. Fernandez 

Eva Constance Fox 

Robert Armistead Gary, IV 

Walter Clayton Gaynor 

Mark Steven Gerlach 

Jo Anne Green 

Quincy Stanford Halliday, III 

Amelia W. Hardwick 

Cylinda Shull Hazen 

Rebecca Jean Heppert 

Charles Homer Hunsucker 

Hanidi Bin Husain 

James Austin Hylton 

Deborah Ann Jacobson 

Stephen Paul Jolley 

Suzanne Lorraine Jowdy 

Linda Jean Kalmbach 

John Franklin Kavanewsky 

David Williams Kilbride 

Janice Lynn Kulynych 

Robert Franklin Lemons, Jr. 

John Webb Lesesne 

William Craig Linehan 

Richard Ericson Lipcsei 

Catherine Sue McCleney 

Lynn Susanne Magness 

Joseph Reid Marks, Jr. 

Thomas Lee Martin 

Louis Edward Matthews, Jr. 

David Edward Mebs 

Barry Dean Miller 

James Thomas Miller 

Susan Evans Millis 

Debra Lee Ann Milne 

Brenda Ann Monteith 

Daniel R. Moody 

Harry Holman Moore, Jr. 

Jo Ann Mustian 

Bonnie Sue Myers 

Garland Scott Nelson 

Charles Donavon Niven 

Michael Leo Norman 

Anthony Ehidiame Odion-Esene 

Jacquelyn Sue Osburn 



Jack Neil Parsons 
Kathye Stratton Partlow 
John Wesley Payne, Jr. 
Deborah Ann Pease 
James Pinno 
Janet Poulos 

Jeanette Mary Lannon Reavis 
Michael Ray Reeves 
Marie Annette Williams Roark 
William John Robinson 
Mack Leroy Roebuck 
Jeannette Ruth Rosche 
Deborah Anne Roy 
Tedra Sue Rumsey 
Mark Gregory Samsen 
Robert Lee Saunders 
Richard William Scheiner 
Charles H. Schilling, Jr. 
Richard Barton Schwartz 
Catherine Senters 
Kerry Lee Shannon 
Kendall Jones Shaw, Jr. 
Patricia Louise Smith 
Perry Grover Smith, II 
Charles Steven Smoot 
Kathy Ellen Stephens 
Norman Keith Sugg 
Beverly Elaine Tate 
Jeffrey Luther Teeter 
Thomas Eugene Temples 
Lucy Dawn Trammel 
James Stuart Voris 
Thomas Kent Wagoner 
William Frank Watson 
Richard Wesley Webb 
Pamela Ann Welch 
Richard Branch Wilson 
Brenda Gayle Wyrick 
Lucinda Jeanne Yost 
David Lee Tomaselli 
Mary Waters Tompkins 
Brian Edward Toomey 
George DeHaven Townsend 
Kathie Gail Trice 
Curtis Heigh Tucker 
Carol Wrenn Turlington 
Gilman Rackley Tyler, Jr. 
Richard Allen Vaught 
Donna Sue Wagner 
Stephen Allen Walker 
Susan Louise Walker 



244 



Susan Kristine Wanner 
James Randolph Ward 
Alton Lee Warren 
John Barr Watkins, III 
E. Spencer Watts 
Stephen Andrew Webb 
William Ralph Webb, Jr. 
Stephen Rowe Webster 
Stephen Newkirk Weed 
Victoria Lynn Welborn 
Nancy Warren Wellford 
Alexander Scott Wells 
Evelyn Jean West 
James Block Wheless, Jr. 
Jimmie Joe Wheless, Jr. 
Ellen Whitaker 
Kathy Teresa Whitmire 
Floyd Edwin Wike 
Robert Edmond Wilhoit 
Sara Christine Wilkerson 
Ann Emile Williams 



Robert Quentin Williams 
Robert Reese Williams, Jr. 
Nan Virginia Williamson 
John Kenneth Williford, Jr. 
Emily Claire Willingham 
Charles Monroe Wilmoth 
Charles Baxter Wilson 
Courtney Lee Wilson 
Thomas Jeffrey Wilson 
Thimothy John Wilson 
John Merrill Windelberg 
Mark Randall Wisner 
Helen Woehrle 
Gwendolyn Lee Woods 
Britt Anne Wright 
Tamra Jean Wright 
John Thompson Bruton Wyatt 
Anne York 

Christine Phyllis Young 
Theodore F. Zerbe 



245 



HONORARY DEGREES May 19, 1975 

William Perry Crouch Doctor of Divinity 

Claude Flynn Howell Doctor of Humanities 

Barbara Jordan Doctor of Laws 

Lewis Franklin Powell, Jr Doctor of Laws 

Barnes Woodhall Doctor of Science 

HONORS AND AWARDS 

FROM THE SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 
Graduating with Honors in Biology: Donna Lucille Browder, 

Charles Roy Drake, Jr., Susan Lupo, Marvin Alexander Meredith, Angela 
Ruth Peterman, Charles Harley Pippitt, Jr., John David Reeder, 

Sharon Heidi Strieker 
Graduating with Honors in Economics: Jimmie Baynes Apple, Jr., 

Sarah Geddie Pridgen 
Graduating with Honors in English: Carala Gail Gardner, Patricia Ellen Gilroy, 

Elizabeth Ann Kahn, James Randolph Schultz, 

Mark Stephen Sexton, John Daniel Sykes, Jr., Evelyn Jean West 

Graduating with Honors in German: Linda Marcus Gard, 

Susan Roberta Hakala 
Graduating with Honors in History: Mark Curtis Christie, John Crawford Cooke, 

Bentford Eugene Martin, Laurence Kent Packard, 
James Randolph Schulz 
Graduating with Honors in Mathematics: Leah dee Joyce Carter, 

Debra Gene Crittenden, Deborah Leah Darden, Mark Gregory Samsen 
Graduating with Honors in Music: Teresa Louise Brown 

Graduating with Honors in Politics: Mark Stanton Thomas 

Graduating with Honors in 

Physical Education: Kathye Stratton Partlow 

Graduating with Honors in 

Psychology: Rebecca Jean Armentrout, Barbara Ann Arneson, 

Lynne Elizabeth Baker, Marlena Colleen Cannon, 

Jonathan Moore Cloud, Terri Dale Fisher, Lillian Louise Gibbs, 

Susan Van Cortlandt Hofmann, Isaac Franklin Kuhn, Jr., Linda Sue Robertson, 

Susan Beauchamp Selvey, Richard Walter Stallings 

Graduating with Honors in Religion: Mark Stephen Sexton 

Graduating with Honors in Spanish: Jill Kathleen This 

Mary Waters Tompkins 
Graduating with Honors in Speech Communication 
and Theater Arts: Melissa Ann Bowers, Robert Edward Denton, Jr., 

Steven Gary Mayes, Clarence Wade Tolbert 



THE FORREST W. CLONTS AWARD FOR EXCELLENCE 

IN HISTORY: John Irvin Mi His 

THE CLAUD H. RICHARDS AWARD FOR EXCELLENCE 

IN POLITICS : Albert Stanley Meiburg 

and Mark Stanton Thomas 



246 



THE TOM BAKER AWARD IN PUBLICATIONS: Betty Lynn Gilpin 

THE JOSEPH B. CURRIN MEDAL IN RELIGION: Richard Gale McGarry 

THE AMERICAN BIBLE SOCIETY AWARD FOR EXCELLENCE 

IN BIBLICAL SCHOLARSHIP: Adrian Hugh Greene 

THE H. BROADUS JONES AWARD IN SHAKESPEARE: Roger Eugene Solt 

THE D.A. BROWN PRIZE IN POETRY: Doug Breen Abrams 

THE RUTH FOSTER CAMPBELL AWARD FOR EXCELLENCE 

IN SPANISH : //// Kathleen This 

LURA BAKER PADEN MEDAL: Linda Jean Kalmbach 

A. M. PULLEN MEDAL: John Lee Brigham 

THE M.D. PHILLIPS PRIZE IN CLASSICAL LANGUAGES: Katherine Elena Dobbins 
THE JOHN Y. PHILLIPS PRIZE IN MATHEMATICS: Mark Gregory Samsen, 

Stephen Paul Jolley 
THE A. D. WARD MEDAL: Winning Orator 



247 



PHI BETA KAPPA 
Members of the Class of 1 975 



Jimmie Baynes Apple 
Rebecca Jean Armentrout 
Millie H. Avery Lochridge 
Alfred Lecarpentier Baker 
Lynne Elizabeth Baker 
Mary Roberta Blue 
Donna Lucille Browder 
David Andrew Bryan 
Vickie Jean Cheek 
Mark Curtis Christie 
Debra Gene Crittenden 
John Phillips Daniel 
Elizabeth Jean Daniels 
Diane Lynn Denny 
Earl Frederick Dewey, Jr. 
David Ray Dorton 
Charles Roy Drake, Jr. 
Brenda Lou Farr 
John Vaughn Ferguson 
Linda Dale Fickling 
Linda Marcus Gard 
Barbara E. Garrison Faucette 
Lillian Louise Gibbs 
Pamela Jane Graham 
Adrian Hugh Greene 
Adrian Mark Griffin 
Michael Sumner Gurney 
Susan Roberts Hakala 
Daniel Andrew Hix 
Leslie Eve Hoffstein 
Barbara Jane Hofmaier 
Carla Dianne Howell 
Charles Homer Hunsucker 
Stephen Paul Jolley 
Linda Jean Kalmbach 
Isaac Franklin Kuhn, Jr. 



Phillis Jean Lambeth 
Guinn Batten Littleton 
Michael Norman McKee 
James Malenkos III 
Bentford Eugene Martin 
Louis Edward Matthews, Jr. 
Albert Stanley Meiburg 
Darylene Menscer 
Joseph Craig Merrell 
John Irvin Millis 
Debra Lee Barile Milne 
Roxanna J. Moore 
Elizabeth Lamar Moss 
Pamela Diann Myers 
Cecile Edith Naylor 
Murray Anne Peeler 
Gail Verna Plauka 
Sarah Geddie Pridgen 
Lovetta Pugh 

Jeanette Mary Lannon Reavis 
John David Reeder 
Elizabeth Faye Richardson 
Patricia Frances Robinson 
Mark Gregory Samsen 
Susan Beauchamp Selvey 
Mark Stephen Sexton 
Elizabeth Anne Shattuck 
Kendall Jones Shaw, Jr. 
Gary Lee Summers 
John Daniel Sykes, Jr. 
Barbara Terrell 
Jill Kathleen This 
Mark Stanton Thomas 
Stephen Newkirk Weed 
Nancy Warren Wellford 
Evelyn Jean West 



FROM THE BOWMAN GRAY SCHOOL OF MEDICINE 

Annie J. Covington Memorial Award: James H. Bradford 

David E. Davenport 



C. B. Deane Memorial Award: 
Pediatric Merit Award: 
Obstetrics-Gynecology Merit Award: 
Robert P. Vidinghoff Memorial Award: 
Faculty Award: 
Upjohn Achievement Award: 



William S. Browner 

John H. Tinga 

Samuel B. McLamb, Jr. 

James D. Sink 

Edwin H. Shoaf, Jr. 



248 



Seniors Elected to Alpha Omega Alpha: 

Everett H. Alsbrook, Jr. Edwin H. Shoaf, Jr. 

Theodore S. Anderson, Jr. James D. Sink 

Douglas R. Boyette Lynn B. Spees 

J. P. Burnette Charles L. Spurr, Jr. 

Thomas M. Ginn John H. Tinga 

Michael C. Scruggs Donald Wexler 

Hal B. Woodall 

FROM THE SCHOOL OF LAW 

Wake Forest Law Review Prize: 

Student Advocacy Award: 

The Warren A. Seavey Award: 

Law Week Award : 

Judge Edwin M. Stanley Prize: 

SCRIBES Award: 

Corpus Juris Secundum Student Awards: 



Hornbook Series Award: 



William Edwin Wheeler 
Bruce Hartman Connors 
Stanley Winborne West 
Marshall H. H. Ellis 
1974— Michael G. Walsh 
Claude Byron Holden 
1973— James D. Cox 
1974_Marshall H. H. Ellis 
1975 — Ronald McKinley Cowan 

1973 — Bruce H. Connors 
1974 — William E. Martin 
1975— William E. Martin 



American Jurisprudence Prizes, Members of the Class of 1975: 

WINNERS, 1972-73 WINNERS, 1973-74 WINNERS, 1974-75 



John H. Anderson II 
Stephen J. Braun 
Charles L. Cromer 
James M. Day 
Marshall H. H. Ellis 
Melvin D. Goines 
Paul E. Marth 
James W. Narron 
Randolph E. Shelton 
Robert F. Siler 
Stanley W. West 



John H. Anderson II 
Kenneth J. Anderson 
James F. Bailey, Jr. 
Stephen J. Braun 
Geoffrey L. Chase 
William S. Cherry, Jr. 
Ronald M. Cowan 
James D. Cox 
James M. Day 
Anthony S. diSanti 
Carl W. Gray 
Anne B. Lupton 
Donald J. McFadyen 
Paul E. Marth 
John M. Martin 
William E. Martin 
James W. Narron 
Joyce R. Neely 
James W. Page 

FROM THE DEPARTMENT OF MILITARY SCIENCE 

President's Trophy: Cadet Captain George M. Holt III 

Superior Cadet Decoration: Cadet Major Mark S. Thomas 

Reserve Officers' 
Association Medal: Cadet Lieutenant Colonel David C. Darnell 



Bruce H. Connors 
Harvey L. Cosper, Jr. 
Ronald M. Cowan 
James D. Cox 
Melvin D. Goines 
Carl W. Gray 
William E. Martin 
James W. Narron 
Sharon S. Rayle 
Bertram J. Schaeffer 
Robert F. Siler 
M. Slate Tuttle 
Stanley W. West 



249 



THE COMMENCEMENT MARSHALS 

Mary Frances Robinson — Chief Faculty Marshall 
Leah Elizabeth Henry — Chief Student Marshall 

Ann Elizabeth Laney 
Almena Cheryl Lowe 
Kathryn Ann McMurtry 
Stuart Craig Markman 
Robert Graham Melton 
Strauss Mac Moore 
Mary Harte Padgett 
Jeri Lee Radich 
Deborah Leah Richardson 
Dianne Anita Sales 
Scott Alan Smith 
Stephen Neal Smith 
Cathy Denise Taylor 
Robin Kenton Vinson 
Knox Haynesworth White 
Regina Annette Whitehead 
Gwendolyn Mae Williams 



Douglas Breen Abrams 
Karen Romaine Bissell 
Richard Ray Carlson 
Constance Elizabeth Cole 
Julia Kristiane Covey 
Stephen Birchall Duin 
Susan Diane Dunn 
David Richardson Elliot 
Robert Stanfill Ellison 
Wayne Matthew Furin 
Deborah Lynne Fyffe 
Judith Kay Haughee 
Henry Leon Hicks 
Stephen Glenn Hix 
Joanne Holth 
Joan Jenning Hope 
Roberto Jehu Hunter 
Elizabeth Faye Jordan 



GRADUATION DISTINCTIONS 



FROM THE SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 



Richard Van Wert Adams III 
John Michael Aho 
Patricia Ann Allred 
James Robert Anderson 
Robert Gladstone Anthony, Jr. 
Barbara Ann Arneson 
Elizabeth Dodson Barineau 
Jennie Marriott Bason 
George Leemon Batten, Jr. 
Sandra Bean 
Mark Alan Beardmore 
John Charles Blackley III 
Barbara Owen Blake 
Edward Molette Blanchard, Jr. 
Linnea Jane Blomquist 
Betty-Jane Boehmer 
Bennett Ruth Bower 
Julia Barbara Bowers 
Joseph Wisler Bowman 
Charles Walton Boyter, Jr. 
Margaret Dee Bratcher 
Kathleen Hiers Brewin 
John Lee Brigham 
Sarah Baity Brown 
Tommy Cecil Brown 
Teresa Diane Brown 
Teresa Louise Brown 
Christopher William Brunn 
Michael Delane Burleson 
Pattie Susan Burnett 
Marlena Colleen Cannon 
Grover Cleveland Carico III 
Mark Edwin Carlson 
Helen Nalley Carpenter 
Leah dee Joyce Carter 
Julian Griffin Clark, Jr. 
Nancy Louise Clasen 
Jonathan Moore Cloud 
Debbie Hearn Coffield 
John Crawford Cooke 
Michael Ross Corbett 
Lynn Dell Corpening 
Giles Franklin Crowell 
Ned Daniels Danieley 
Deborah Leah Darden 



Cum Laude 

Salvatore Michael DeCanio, Jr. 
Robert Edward Denton, Jr. 
Charles Brayton Dillon 
Katherine Elena Dobbins 
June Elizabeth Dockery 
Peter A. Donelan 
William Patrick Donnelly 
Kenneth Michael Durkin 
Matthew Howard Dyer 
Stephen Frederick Ellis 
Ha Annette Evans 
Guy Franklin Fain III 
Thomas Watson Ferrell, Jr. 
Terri Dale Fisher 
Jeremy Flachs 
Deborah L. Frazier 
Kathleen Helen Fyffe 
Bruce Alan Gardner 
Carla Gail Gardner 
Betsy Gilpin 
Patricia Ellen Gilroy 
Douglas Lee Gollehon 
Jeffrey Mark Golliher 
Carlton Sheddred Gregory 
Dorian Hayes Gunter 
Catherine Mary Hall 
Elizabeth Bain Hammond 
Barbara Frances Hankins 
Matt Clifton Harris 
Michael Daniel Heafner 
Nancy Faye Morrison Heafner 
Kimberly Jane Hedrick 
Rebecca Jean Heppert 
Beverly Ann Hill 
Michael Stewart Hipp 
Susan Van Cortlandt Hofmann 
Betty Jane Hopper 
Alice Farrington Huff 
Charles Homer Hunsucker 
Melinda Gail Inman 
Deborah Ann Jacobson 
John William Jelich III 
Keith Clarence Jones 
Linda Lea Jones 
Elizabeth Ann Kahn 



251 



John Franklin Kavenewsky 
Barbara Elizabeth Keon 
Michael James Larson 
William Craig Linehan 
Wilder Glover Little, Jr. 
Joseph Thomas Liverman, Jr. 
Susan Lupo 

David Jefferson McCombs 
Susan Christine McCormack 
Mary Victoria McDonald 
Marsha Ann McElrath 
John David McCirt 
James Carlton McLamb 
Ann H. Marshall 
Becky Irene Matthews 
Terry L. Matthews 
Steven Gary Mayer 
Marvin Alexander Meredith 
Barry Dean Miller 
Anne Louise Minard 
Ronnie Monroe Mitchell 
Brenda Ann Monteith 
Richard L. Montgomery 
Harry Holman Moore, Jr. 
Patsy Ruth Moore 
Jennifer Sue Moreland 
Harry A. Morris 
Ollis Jon Mozon, Jr. 
Jimmy Laird Myers 
Joseph Olusegun Obebe 
Olomide Fola Ogunyemi 
Laurence Kent Packard 
Jack Neil Parsons 
Kathye Stratton Partlow 
Deborah Ann Pease 
Glenn Collins Peck, Jr. 
Victoria Leigh Perkins 
Angela Ruth Peterman 
Marilyn Ruth Pettit 
Charles Harley Pippitt, Jr. 
Robert G. Plage 
Gail Verna Plauka 
Norma Lou Pope 
Rodney Earl Spainhour Powell 
Kim Suzanne Price 
Edward Rudolf Raffo 
Jeanette Mary Lannon Reavis 



Allison Ann Rhyne 
Marie Annette Williams Roark 
Sally Ann Roberson 
Linda Sue Robertson 
Ann Michelle Robinson 
Karen Elene Robinson 
John William Satterfield 
Scott Page Sawin 
Christopher James Schubert 
James Randolph Schulz 
Catherin Senters 
Rebecca Jane Sheridan 
Richard Zane Shultzaberger 
Denis Kaye Simmons 
Patricia Louise Smith 
Paula Lynnell Smith 
Perry Grover Smith II 
Richard Walter Stallings 
Carl Bradford Steinbauer 
Deborah Dawn Steiner 
Kathy Ellen Stephens 
Sharon Heidi Strieker 
Norman Keith Sugg 
Misty Mary Ruth Talbert 
Phillip Carlisle Thrailkill 
Clarence Wade Tolbert 
Mary Waters Tompkins 
Kathie Gail Trice 
Carol Wrenn Turlington 
James Stuart Voris 
Susan Kristine Wanner 
John Barr Watkins III 
Richard Wesley Webb 
Pamela Ann Welch 
Ellen Whitaker 
Kathy Teresa Whitmire 
Floyd Edwin Wike 
Robert Quentin Williams 
Nan Virginia Williamson 
John Kenneth Williford, Jr. 
Emily Claire Willingham 
Charles Baxter Wilson 
Mark Randall Wisner 
Britt Anne Wright 
Lucinda Jeanne Yost 
Christine Phyllis Young 



Robert Lee Allen 
Jimmie Baynes Apple, Jr. 



Magna Cum Laude 

Rebecca Jean Armentrout 
Alfred Lecarpentier Baker 

252 



Lynne Elizabeth Baker 
Mary Roberta Blue 
Melissa Ann Bowers 
Donna Lucille Browder 
Vickie Jean Cheek 
Mark Curtis Christie 
Debra Gene Crittenden 
Elizabeth Jean Daniels 
Diane Lynn Denny 
Earl Frederick Dewey II 
David Ray Dorton 
Charles Roy Drake, Jr. 
Brenda Lou Farr 
John Vaughn Ferguson 
Linda Marcus Gard 
Lillian Louise Gibbs 
Pamela Jane Graham 
Adrian Hugh Greene 
Susan Roberta Hakala 
Daniel Andrew Hix 
Barbara Jane Hofmaier 
Carla Dianne Howell 
Stephen Paul Jolley 
Linda Jean Kalmbach 
Isaac Franklin Kuhn, Jr. 
Phillis Jean Lambeth 

John Phillips Daniel 
Michael Sumner Gurney 
Leslie Eve Hoffstein 
Michael Norman McKee 
Darlyne Menscer 
Deborah Lee Ann Milne 



Guinn Batten Littleton 
James Malenkos III 
Bentford Eugene Martin 
Louis Edward Matthews, Jr. 
John Irvin Millis 
Rhonda Ann Moore 
Pamela Diann Myers 
Cecile Edith Naylor 
Murray Anne Peeler 
Elaine Ruth Pope 
Sarah Geddie Pridgen 
Lovetta Pugh 
John David Reeder 
Elizabeth Faye Richardson 
Patricia Frances Robinson 
MarkGregory Samsen 
Mark Stephen Sexton 
Elizabeth Anne Shattuck 
Kendall Jones Shaw, Jr. 
John Daniel Sykes, Jr. 
Barbara Terrell 
Mark Stanton Thomas 
E. Spencer Watts 
Stephen Newkirk Weed 
Evelyn Jean West 

Summa Cum Laude 

Elizabeth Lamar Moss 
Susan Beauchamp Selvey 
Gary Lee Summers 
Jill Kathleen This 
Nancy Warren Wellford 



FROM THE SCHOOL OF LAW 



John Huske Anderson 
Bruce Hartman Conners 
Ronald McKinley Cowen 
James Darrell Cox 
Charles Lemuel Cromer 
Melvin Douglas Goines 
Paul Edward Marth 



Cum Laude Graduates 

William Everette Martin 
Cama Clarkson Merritt 
James Wiley Narron 
Robert Frederick Siler 
David Clark Smith, Jr. 
Stanley Winborne West 



FROM THE BABCOCK SCHOOL OF MANAGEMENT 



Graduates with Distinction 

Amelia Tillery Johnson 
Lorinda B. Lomas 



Eugene Connelly Pridgen 



253 



DEGREES CONFERRED DECEMBER 21, 1974 



Earl Franklin Ellis, Jr. 
Edward Lea Hadden 



Doctor of Philosophy 



George William Melchior 
Thomas Leigh Raymond 
Otto Theodore Wendel, Jr. 



Ahmad Khalil Ardat 
Osborne Allen Brines II 
Allen Jay Lippman 
Lewis Grundy McCall, Jr. 



Master of Arts 



Jeffrey Michael Minick 
Charles Hart Nielsen 
David Lawrence Parker, III 
Richard Allen Valentino 
Carolyn Lineberger Wall 



Master of Arts in Education 



Sandra Paker Adams 
Kathleen Maria Horgan 



Herbert Larry McRacken 
Judith Morrow Ours 
Grady Edward Tunstall 



Mary Margaret Bendig 



Master of Science 



Larry Dean Gray 
Karin Jean Kylberg 



Doctor of Medicine 



Everett Harold Alsbrook, Jr. 
Richard Alan Brodkin 
Michael Stephen Bullock 
David Earl Davenport 
Rheim Brinton Jones 
Richard Lee McCoy 



Maynard Robert Olsen 
Stephen Patrick Poolos 
Stephen M. Rees 
David Knight Shelton, Jr. 
James David Sink 
Ronald Cleveland Stewart 
Yvonne Jackson Weaver 



William Carroll Turner 



Juris Doctor 



254 



DEGREES CONFERRED FEBRUARY 7, 1975 



Bachelor of Arts 



Millie H. Avery 
Dean Robert Brendel 
John M. Browning 
John Ruben Cook, Jr. 
David Preston Coward 
Susan Dailey Deaton 
William Christopher Doss 
William Odell Duggins 
Mark Royster Farmer 
Martha Susan Fleetwood 
David Andrew Ceraty 
Michelle Rosser Griffin 
Mary Kathryn Hall 
Susan Lucille Hamrick 
David Christian Hasty 
Lea Kimberley Holton 
Barbara Ellen Homey 
Walter Richard Jamison 
Margaret Brown Johnson 
Robert John Joseph Kirchman 
Alma M. Ledbetter 
Frank Coble Leonard, Jr. 
Jean Ferrell Lybrook 
Ann Ausband McDuff 
Elisa Marie Matney 
Albert Stanley Meiburg 



Roxanna Joy Moore 

Melvin Kenneth Morgan II 

Janet Laurie Paul 

Delta Dawn Perdue 

Susan Paget Pope 

Nona Hanes Porter 

Pamela Lee Powers 

William Gustav Rasch III 

Robert L. Reid, Jr. 

Bruce B. Robbins 

John M. Sandlin 

David Peter Shouvlin 

Susan Allen Sherrill 

Susan Helena Smith 

William Herbert Smith 

Danny Mack Stegall 

George Frederick Streblow, Jr. 

Deborah Lynn Talbert 

Mary Jane Thanos 

Peter Ralph Thomas 

Michael K. Trimble 

Ann Merrick Turner 

Janet Ann Weir 

Joseph Mark Westervelt 

Stephen Jeffery Winters 



Bachelor of Science 



John Lewis Alsobrooks 
James Gideon Clayton, Jr. 
Edward Thomas Frackiewicz, Jr. 
Jaime Benjamin G. Gonzales, Jr. 
Jonathan Foster Hale 
Deborah Walck Haynes 
Miriam Jean Heller 



Susan Clio Holloway 
Patricia Dale Joyce 
Martha Ann Kilby 
Steven Carroll Lee 
Laura Graham Montgomery 
Henry Adolph Paula 
Rodney Barrett Vickery 



Bachelor of Business Administration 

Archie Lynn Renegar 



Master of Arts 



Earl Thomas Fife 



255 



Graduation Distinctions 

Cum Laude 



William Odell Duggins 
Mary Kathryn Hall 
Deborah Walck Haynes 
Miriam Jean Heller 
Margaret Brown Johnson 
Steven Carroll Lee 



Millie H. Avery 



Melvin Kenneth Morgan II 
Nona Hanes Porter 
Robert L. Reid Jr. 
Susan Allen Sherrill 
Mary Jane Thanos 



Magna Cum Laude 

Roxanna Joy Moore 



Albert Stanley Meiburg 



Summa Cum Laude 



Graduating with Honors in Anthropology: 
Graduating with Honors in Politics: 



Nona Hanes Porter 
Albert Stanley Meiburg 



256 



DEGREES CONFERRED AUGUST 2, 1975 

Doctor of Philosophy 

Michael Steven Taplits 



Freddie Ambers Lewis 



Anthony Tung Yeung 



Judy Ann Andrews 
James Jeffrey Ashton 
Foy Edmond Baillie, 
Charlotte Anne Brillhart 
Margaret Kay Harris 
Sandra Myers Johnson 
Elizabeth Eddins Laughridge 
David Baird Mast 



Master of Science 



Master of Arts 



Joseph Benedict Mazzola 
Mark Holt Meinrath 
Richard J. Mirenda 
John Eugene Murnane III 
Thomas Dwight Rains 
Rebecca Ann Stallings 
Norma Wright 



Master of Arts in Education 



Michael Thomas Bridges 
Mary Elise Cagle 
William Morris Catlett 
Nancy W. Elliott 
Peter Ho Chuen Fan 
Martha Reynolds Farabee 
Susan Elizabeth Gamble 
Chrys Jay Harris 



Gerald W. Wilson 



Robert Edward Lee Allen 
David Darden Bartholomew 
James Otto Brawley, III 
David Andrew Bryan 
Stephen Frank Chambers 
Julie Kristiana Covey 
Linda Dale Fickling 
Bruce James Goodrich 
Michael Ernest Greene 
Albert Earle Gurganus 
Steven Richard Holland 
Peter Kentfield Holm 
David Mitchell Long 
Andrew Cooper Mann 
Meta Miriam Masket 
Jeanne Miller 



Jack Michael Levitz 
Nancy Laura Liles 
Charlene Bolz Mann 
Richard Gray Minor 
Grace Dianne Mitchell 
Vicki Anne Switzer 
Candice Patricia Warren 



Juris Doctor 



Bachelor of Arts 



Michael Dwight Morris 
C. Russell Patterson 
Helen Camille Patterson 
Edward Gray Payne 
Peggy Ann Priory 
Janet Emily Purdue 
Sally Nading Fleenor Reed 
Stephen Reed Reppert 
Wlliam Dale Robertson 
Victoria Lane Roemer 
Isaac Hayes Sims 
Craig Andrew Smith 
Donald Edwin Starrette 
Demory Braxton Strickland, Jr. 
Thomas Jamile Tony 
Johnnie Alonza Whitley 



257 



Bachelor of Science 



Samuel Andrew Cain 
Janice Elaine Daugherty 
Andrew S. English 
Charles Harris Kirkman, Jr. 



William John LaVasque 
Joseph Craig Merrell 
John C. Pernell, Jr. 



GRADUATION DISTINCTIONS 



Stephen Frank Chambers 
Julie Kristiana Covey 
Janice Elaine Daugherty 
Albert Earle Gurganus 



David Andrew Bryan 



Joseph Craig Merrell 



Cum Laude 

Andrew Cooper Mann 
Meta Miriam Masket 
Jeanne Miller 
Peggy Ann Priory 

Magna Cum Laude 

Linda Dale Fickling 

Summa Cum Laude 



ROTC GRADUATES COMMISSIONED 

May 1975 



Douglas L. Allen : 



Regular Army 

William K. Krebs* 
Bruce A. Sydnor 



United States Army Reserve 

David C. Darnell* George D. Magee 

Robert E. Denton, Jr.* Harry H. Moore, Jr. 

William P. Donnelly* Mark S. Thomas* 

George M. Holt, III Alexander S. Wells 

John K. Williford, Jr.* 

July 1975 

Avery T. Cashion, III 
Marshall J. Thames, Jr. 



'Distinguished Military Graduates 



258 



ENROLLMENT— FALL 1975 

Men Women 



Graduate School 

Reynolda Campus 

Regular 
Unclassified 

Hawthorne Campus 

Regular 
Unclassified 



Totals 



97 


111 


208 


24 


14 


38 


52 


23 


75 


6 


4 


10 


179 


152 


331 



Wake Forest College 

Seniors 

Juniors 

Sophomores 

Freshmen 

Unclassified 



440 


216 


656 


461 


233 


694 


475 


272 


747 


496 


308 


804 


27 


22 


49 



1,899 



1,051 2,950 



School of Law 

Third Year 
Second Year 
First Year 



126 


17 


143 


114 


25 


139 


151 


32 


183 



391 



74 



465 



Bowman Gray School of Medicine 

Fourth Year 
Third Year 
Second Year 
First Year 



79 


5 


84 


81 


16 


97 


66 


21 


87 


79 


22 


101 


305 


64 


369 



Babcock Graduate School of 

Management 
TOTAL 



171 



2,945 



28 



199 



1,369 4,314 



259 



SUMMER SESSION OF 1975 



Men 



Women Totals 



First Term 

Graduate School 

Reynolda Campus 

Regular 
Unclassified 

Hawthorne Campus 

Regular 
Unclassified 

Wake Forest College 

Regular 
Unclassified 



51 


59 


110 


2 


6 


8 


44 


12 


56 











!76 


98 


374 


36 


99 


135 



Law School 

Second Term 

Graduate School 

Reynolda Campus 

Regular 
Unclassified 

Wake Forest College 

Regular 
Unclassified 

Special Summer Session 

Graduate School 

Reynolda Campus 

Regular 
Unclassified 

Wake Forest College 

Regular 
Unclassified 



Duplicates, attended First 
and Second Sessions 

Duplicates, attended Summer 
and Regular Sessions 

FINAL TOTAL 



62 



12 



74 



47 


61 


108 


3 


5 


8 


!17 


83 


300 


36 


75 


111 



1 


2 


3 


9 


46 


55 


2 


2 


4 


7 


8 


15 


793 


568 


1,361 


206 


153 


359 


350 


188 


538 

4,778 



260 



Registration by Subject 

Accounting 396 

Anthropology 331 

Art 135 

Biology 847 

Business 452 

Chemistry 675 

Chinese 3 

Classics 74 

Economics 487 

Education 557 

English 1399 

French 521 

German 205 

Creek 27 

Hebrew 7 

Hindi 1 

History 1031 

Honors 40 

Humanities 189 

Italian 60 

Latin 128 

Mathematics 994 

Military Science 99 

Music 458 

Philosophy 410 

Physical Education 1254 

Physics 219 

Politics 460 

Psychology 876 

Religion 685 

Russian 24 

Sociology 433 

Spanish 397 

Speech 471 



261 



Geographical Distribution 



Counties in 

Alamance 45 

Alexander 4 

Alleghany 

Anson 3 

Ashe 9 

Avery 2 

Beaufort 8 

Bertie 

Bladen 6 

Brunswick 1 

Buncombe 31 

Burke 13 

Cabarrus 19 

Caldwell 14 

Camden 1 

Carteret 4 

Caswell 6 

Catawba 37 

Chatham 6 

Cherokee 5 

Chowan 2 

Cleveland 25 

Columbus 12 

Craven 10 

Cumberland 35 

Currituck 

Dare 1 

Davidson 56 

Davie 11 

Duplin 9 

Durham 41 

Edgecombe 8 

Forsyth 563 

Franklin 10 

Gaston 34 

Gates 3 

Graham 1 

Granville 10 

Greene 6 

Guilford 158 

Halifax 19 

Harnett 8 

Haywood 25 

Henderson 9 



North Carolina 

Hertford 7 

Hoke 5 

Hyde 

Iredell 44 

Jackson 3 

Johnston 13 

Jones 2 

Lee 12 

Lenoir 16 

Lincoln 15 

McDowell 10 

Macon 4 

Madison 1 

Martin 7 

Mecklenburg 181 

Mitchell 1 

Montgomery 8 

Moore 15 

Nash 19 

New Hanover 19 

Northampton 4 

Onslow 10 

Orange 10 

Pasquotank 3 

Pender 3 

Perquimans 

Person 13 

Pitt 9 

Polk 2 

Randolph 21 

Richmond 8 

Robeson 33 

Rockingham 29 

Rowan 41 

Rutherford 16 

Sampson 9 

Scotland 11 

Stanley 7 

Stokes 22 

Surry 42 

Swain 2 

Transylvania 4 

Union 19 

Vance 9 



262 



Wake 128 

Warren 2 

Washington 

Watauga 7 

Wayne 14 



Wilkes 25 

Wilson 18 

Yadkin 24 

Yancey 1 



States 



Alabama 8 

Alaska 2 

Arizona 2 

Arkansas 3 

California 31 

Colorado 4 

Connecticut 47 

Delaware 41 

District of Columbia 21 

Florida 184 

Georgia 81 

Hawaii 1 

Idaho 

Illinois 55 

Indiana 14 

Iowa 7 

Kansas 4 

Kentucky 26 

Louisiana 6 

Maine 7 

Maryland 186 

Massachusetts 19 

Michigan 21 

Minnesota 5 

Mississippi 2 

Missouri 6 



Montana 1 

Nebraska 6 

Nevada 2 

New Hampshire 9 

New Jersey 219 

New Mexico 1 

New York 149 

North Dakota 1 

Ohio 106 

Oklahoma 9 

Oregon 

Pennsylvania 207 

Rhode Island 3 

South Carolina 124 

South Dakota 

Tennessee 67 

Texas 17 

Utah 4 

Vermont 2 

Virginia 313 

Washington 6 

West Virginia 43 

Wisconsin 8 

Wyoming 

U.S. Citizens Abroad 7 

Territories 1 



Foreign Countries 



Canada 1 

Columbia 4 

Egypt 1 

France 4 

Germany 1 

India 5 

Iran 1 

Ivory Coast 1 

Japan 2 

Lebanon 1 

Lesotho 1 

Liberia 1 

Malaysia 1 

Mexico 1 



Nicaragua 1 

Nigeria 2 

Philipines 1 

Portugal 1 

Rhodesia 1 

Senegal 1 

Spain 1 

Sir Lanka 1 

Syria 1 

Taiwan 8 

Thailand 3 

Turkey 1 

Venezuela 3 

Zambia 1 



263 



BOARD OF TRUSTEES 

Wake Forest University 

Terms Expire December 31, 1976 

Carl E. Bates, Charlotte Gloria Flippin Graham, Wilson 

Howard Bullard, Jr., Fayetteville Robin K. Vinson, Winston-Salem 

E. Lee Cain, High Point Frank B. Wyatt, High Point 

Thomas H. Davis, Winston-Salem D. E. Ward, Lumberton 
Floyd Fletcher, Durham 

Terms Expire December 31, 1977 

J. Donald Bradsher, Roxboro C. Kitchin Josey, Scotland Neck 

Joseph Branch, Raleigh James R. Nance, Fayetteville 

Dewey Herbert Bridger, Jr., Bladenboro Mrs. Charles Lee Smith, Jr., Raleigh 

J. Edwin Collette, Winston-Salem R. F. Smith, Jr., Hickory 
Egbert L. Davis, Jr., Winston-Salem 

Terms Expire December 31, 1978 

E. E. Ferrell, Jr., Black Mountain W. Boyd Owen, Waynesville 

Robert R. Forney, Shelby Lonnie B. Williams, Wilmington 

C. C. Hope, Jr., Charlotte William L. Wyatt, Jr., Raleigh 

John M. Lewis, Raleigh Robert W. Yelton, Shelby 
Mary Lide Morris, Burlington 

Terms Expire December 31, 1979 

Polly Lambeth Blackwell, Winston-Salem Charles Brantley Martin, Tarboro 

John M. Cheek, Jr., Durham James W. Mason, Laurinburg 

James R. Gilley, Winston-Salem George W. Paschal, Jr., Raleigh 

Brent Kincaid, Lenoir Leon L. Rice, Jr., Winston-Salem 
Petro Kulynych, North Wilkesboro 

OFFICERS 

(For one-year terms beginning January 1, 1976) 

E. Lee Cain, High Point, Chairman 

Egbert L. Davis, Jr., Winston-Salem, Vice Chairman 

Elizabeth S. Drake, Box 7226, Winston-Salem, Secretary 

John G. Williard, Box 7354, Winston-Salem, Treasurer and Assistant Secretary 

Womble, Carlyle, Sandridge & Rice, Drawer 84, Winston-Salem, General Counsel 

J. William Straughan, Box 7227, Winston-Salem, Associate General Counsel 



264 



COMMITTEES OF THE TRUSTEES 

EXECUTIVE 

Chairman of the Board, Cain 76 

Vice Chairman of the Board, Davis, E. '77 

Chairman of Academic Affairs, Paschal 79 

Chairman of Athletics, Wyatt, F. 76 

Chairman of Buildings and Grounds, Graham '76 

Chairman of Finance, Hope '78 

Chairman of Investments, Collette '77 

Chairman of Planning and Development, Fletcher '76 

Chairman of Student Life, Smith, R. F. '77 

Member at Large, Branch '77 

Member at Large, Mason '79 

ACADEMIC AFFAIRS 

Paschal '79, Chairman; Blackwell '79, Lewis '78, Smith, Mrs. C. L. '77, Williams '78. 

ATHLETICS 

Wyatt, F. '76, Chairman; Bridger '77 , Josey '77 , Owen '78, Ward 76. 

BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS 

Graham 76, Chairman; Bates 76, Bradsher 77, Bullard 76, Martin 79. 

FINANCE 

Hope 78, Chairman; Branch 77, Cheek, J. 79, Forney 78, Nance 77. 

INVESTMENTS 

Collette 77, Chairman; Davis, T. 76, Kulynych 79, Rice 79, Wyatt, W. L 78 

PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT 

Fletcher 76, Chairman; Davis, E. 77, Gilley 79, Kincaid 79, Yelton 78. 

STUDENT LIFE 

Smith, R. F. 77, Chairman; Ferrell 78, Mason 79, Morris 78, Vinson 76. 

SPECIAL COMMITTEES 
1976 

NOMINATION OF OFFICERS OF THE CORPORATION 

Bates 76, Chairman; Graham 76, Smith, Mrs. C. L. 77, Ward 76, Wyatt, W. L. 78. 

NOMINATION OF TRUSTEES 

Nance 77, Chairman; Lewis 78, Vinson 76. 

FINE ARTS BUILDING COMMITTEE 

Allen, Charles M., Department of Biology, Chairman; Cain 76, Davis, E. 77, 

Graham 76, Hope 78. 

MEDICAL CENTER BOARD 

Terms expiring December 31, 1976: Bradsher 77, Collette 77, Morris 78, Smith, R. 

F. 77. 

Terms expiring December 31, 1977: Blackwell 79, Forney 78, Paschal 79, Rice 79. 

REYNOLDA GARDENS 

Nicholas B. Bragg, Chairman Walter S. Flory, Jr. R. L. Wyatt 

Robert C. Conrad Mrs. Thomas B. Follin Paul McGill, 

Gerald Esch Julie Lambeth Superintendent of 

Gardens, Ex Officio 

265 



BOARDS OF VISITORS 

Wake Forest University 
January 1, 1976 
Arnold Palmer, Chairman Law School Board 

University Board of Visitors Leon L. Rice, Jr., Chairman 

Walter E. Greer, Jr., Honorary Chairman G. Eugene Boyce 
University Board of Visitors 

Wake Forest College Board 

Harold T. P. Hayes '48, Chairman 

William C. Archie 

Jerry B. Attkisson 

Robert P. Caldwell 

Dorothy Mitter Carpenter 

John W. Chandler 

Thomas L. Clark 

Charles Cooke 

H. Max Craig, Jr. 

Arthur E. Earley 

Ralph Ellison 

Floyd Fletcher 

Frank Forsyth 

Mrs. Frank Forsyth 

Stanley Frank 

Walter Friedenberg 

Patricia O'Neil Goodyear 

William B. Greene, Jr. 

Walter E. Greer 

W. Burnett Harvey 

E. Garland Herndon 

R. O. Huffman (Honorary) 

Hubert B. Humphrey, Jr. 

Gerald Johnson (Honorary) 

George W. Kane, Jr. 

Nancy C. Kester 

Joseph Wallace King 

Petro Kulynych 

E. Carwile LeRoy 

J. A. Martin, Jr. 

John E. Maxwell 

Martin Mayer 

Bill D. Moyers 

Eugene Owens 

Arnold Palmer 

Mrs. Lorraine F. Rudolph 

K. Wayne Smith 

Zachary T. Smith 

Norman Snead 

Charles H. Taylor 

Meade H. Willis, Jr. 



David M. Britt 
Mrs. Guy T. Carswell 
Archie K. Davis 
Marion J. Davis 
E. D. Gaskins 
Fred B. Helms 
Horace R. Kornegay 

Law School Board, Continued 

Lex Marsh 
Ashley T. McCarter 
James W. Mason 
James R. Nance 
H. Henry Ramm 
Henry C. Roemer 
Milton C. Rose 
Henry F. Sherrill 
T. Lynwood Smith 
Hiram H. Ward 
McNeill Watkins 
Philip B. Whiting 
Larry Williams 
George M. Womble 

Medical Center Board of Visitors 

John F. Watlington, Jr., Chairman 

Mrs. Smith W. Bagley 

Albert Butler, Jr. 

William B. Cash 

Richard Chatham 

Thomas H. Davis 

James K. Glenn 

Gordon Gray 

Lyons Gray 

Mrs. Frank B. Hanes 

William R. Lybrook 

W. Roger Soles 

J. Paul Sticht 

Colin Stokes 

E. Lee Cain, Ex Officio 

G rover E. Howell, Ex Officio 

R. F. Smith, Jr., Ex Officio 

James Ralph Scales, Ex Officio 



266 



BOARDS OF VISITORS 



Babcock Graduate School of Management 

Mrs. Charles H. Babcock William E. Hollan 

Irwin Belk C. C. Hope, Jr. 

M. C. Benton, Jr. Robert A. Ingram 

Hargove S. Bowles Alan J. Meilinger 

Robert E. Elberson E. A. Morris 

James R. Gilley Charles M. Reid 

C. Roger Harris Dalton D. Ruffin 

William D. Hobbs Joel A. Weston, Jr. 



267 



ADMINISTRATION* 

James Ralph Scales (1967) President 

B.A., Oklahoma Baptist; M.A., Ph.D., Oklahoma 

Elizabeth S. Drake (1950) Secretary of the Board of Trustees 

Edwin Craves Wilson (1946, 1951) Provost and Professor of English 

B.A., Wake Forest; A.M., Ph.D., Harvard 

Manson Meads (1947, 1963) Vice President for Medical Affairs, 

a.b., California; m.d., d.Sc, Temple Director of the Medical Center, 

and Professor of Medicine 
Gene T. Lucas (1967) Vice President for Business and Finance 

B.A., Phillips; M.A., Denver 

J. William Straughan, Jr., (1969) Vice President for Development and 

b.a., j p., Wake Forest; Associate General Counsel 

B.D., Union Theological Seminary 

Ivy May Hixson (1973)** Associate in Academic Administration 

B.A., Georgia; M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina 

OFFICE OF THE DEAN OF THE COLLEGE 

Thomas E. Mullen (1957) Dean of the College and 

b.a., Rollins; m.a., Ph.D., Emory Associate Professor of History 

Robert Allen Dyer (1956) Associate Dean of the College and 

b.a. Louisiana state, Th.M. jh.D., Associate Professor of Religion 

Southern Baptist Theological Seminary ° 

Toby A. Hale (1970) Assistant Dean of the College 

B.A., Wake Forest; M. Div., Duke; Ed.D., Indiana 

Patricia Adams Johnson (1969) Academic Counselor and 

B.A., Winston-Salem State; M.A., Wake Forest Instructor in English 

Dolly A. McPherson (1974) Academic Counselor and 

b.a., Southern; m.a., Boston Lecturer in English 

STUDENT SERVICES 

David Allen Hills (1960) Coordinator of Student Services 

a.b., Kansas; m.a., Ph.D., Iowa anc j Associate Professor 

of Psychology 

Mark H. Reece (1956) Dean of Men 

B.S., Wake Forest 

Lula M. Leake (1964) Dean of Women 

B.A., Louisiana State; M.R.E., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary 

OFFICE OF THE DEAN OF THE SCHOOL OF LAW 
Pasco M. Bowman, II (1970) Dean of the School of Law 

B.A., Bridgewater; J.D. New York an( j Professor of Law 

Buddy O. H. Herring, II (1973) Assistant Dean of the School of Law 

b.a., j.d., Wake Forest an( j Assistant Professor of Law 

OFFICES OF THE BOWMAN GRAY SCHOOL OF MEDICINE 

Richard Janeway (1966) Dean of the Bowman Gray School of 

b.a., Colgate; m.d., Pennsylvania Medicine and Professor of Neurology 

C. Nash Herndon (1942, 1966) Associate Dean for Research Development 

A.B., Duke; M.D., Jefferson Medical College anc j Professor of Medical Genetics 

Clyde Hardy (1941) Associate Dean for Patient Services 

B.A., Richmond 

Donald M. Hayes (1959) Associate Dean for Community Health 

b.s., Wake Forest; m.d., Bowman Gray Sciences, Professor and Chairman of 

The Department of Community Medicine 



*Date following name indicates year of appointment. More than one date indicates separate appointments. 
**Died, October 25, 1975 

268 



ADMINISTRATION 



John D. Tolmie (1970) Associate Dean for Student Affairs and 

b.a., Hobart; m.d., McGill Associate Professor of Anesthesia 

Emery C. Miller, Jr. (1955) Associate Dean for Continuing Education, 

B.A., North Carolina; M.D., Johns Hopkins Professor of Medicine, and 

Associate in Physiology 

James C. Leist (1974) Assistant Dean for Continuing Education 

B.s southeastern Missouri state; anc j instructor in Community Medicine 

M.S., Ed.D., Indiana ' 

Warren H. Kennedy (1971) Associate Dean for Administration and 

b.b.a., Houston Director of Division of Resource Management 

B. Lionel Truscott (1968) Associate Dean for Admissions 

B.A., Drew; M.A., Syracuse; M.S., Ph.D., M.D., Yale an( j Professor of Neurology 

OFFICE OF THE DEAN OF THE BABCOCK 

GRADUATE SCHOOL OF MANAGEMENT 

Frank J. Schilagi (1971) Dean of the Babcock Graduate 

b.b.a., M.B.A., Ph.D., Georgia School of Management and 

Associate Professor of Management 

Jon Timothy Heames (1971) Associate Dean and Lecturer 

B.E., Youngstown; M.S., Carnegie-Mellon jp Management 

Executive Director of the Center 
for Management Development and 
Associate Professor of Management 



Merwyn A. Hayes (1967, 1974) 

B.S., Macalester; M.A., Oregon; 



Ph.D., Illinois 



OFFICE OF THE DEAN OF THE GRADUATE SCHOOL 
Henry Smith Stroupe (1937) Dean of the Graduate School and 

B.S., M.A., Wake Forest; Ph.D., Duke Professor of History 

Harold O. Goodman (1958) Associate Dean for Biomedical Graduate Studies 

b.a., ma., Ph.D., Minnesota anc j Professor of Medical Genetics (Pediatrics), 

Bowman Gray School of Medicine 

OFFICE OF THE DEAN OF THE SUMMER SESSION 

Percival Perry (1939, 1947) Dean of the Summer Session and 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Rutgers; Ph.D., Duke Professor of History 

OFFICE OF THE TREASURER 
John G. Williard (1958) Treasurer; Assistant Secretary 

B.S., North Carolina; C.P.A., North Carolina f f ne Board of Trustees 

Carlos O. Holder (1969) Bursar 

B.B.A., Wake Forest 

OFFICE FOR RECORDS AND INSTITUTIONAL RESEARCH 

Ben M. Seelbinder (1959) Director of the Office for Records 

b.a., Mississippi Delta state College; anc j institutional Research and 

m.a., Ph.D., North Carolina Professor of Mathematics 

OFFICE OF THE REGISTRAR 
Margaret R. Perry (1947) Registrar 

B.S., South Carolina 

David Gasque (1974) Assistant to the Registrar 

B.A., Wake Forest 

OFFICE OF ADMISSIONS AND FINANCIAL AID 

William G. Starling (1958) Director of Admissions and 

b.b.a., wake Forest Financial Aid 

Shirley P. Hamrick (1957) Associate Director of Admissions 

B.A., North Carolina; M.A. in Ed., Wake Forest 

269 



ADMINISTRATION 



Ross A. Griffith (1966) Associate Director of Admissions 

B.S., Wake Forest; M. Ed., North Carolina 

Charles M. Carter (1972) Admissions and Financial Aid Counselor 

B.S., Winston-Salem State; M.S., Indiana 

Thomas O. Phillips (1974) Scholarships Officer 

B.A., Wake Forest 

UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES 
Merrill G. Berthrong (1964) Director of Libraries and Associate 

B.A., Tufts; M.A., Fletcher School of Professor of History 

Law and Diplomacy; Ph.D., Pennsylvania ' 

Vivian Lunsford Wilson (1960 Law Librarian 

A.B., Coker; B.S. in L.S., Ceorge Peabody 

Jean B. Hopson (1970) Librarian of the Babcock Graduate 

B.S., Murray State; M.A., George Peabody; School of Management 

M.B.A., Wake Forest ° 

Michael D. Sprinkle (1972) Librarian of the Bowman 

B.A., M.S. in L.S., North Carolina Q ra y School of Medicine 

OFFICE OF THE CHAPLAIN 
Edgar D. Christman (1956, 1961) University Chaplain 

B.A., J.D., Wake Forest; B.D., Southeastern Baptist 
Theological Seminary; S.T.M., Union Theological Seminary 

Richard W. McBride (1969) Assistant Chaplain and 

b s. Ed., Virginia; m. Div., Union Director of the Baptist Student Union 

Theological Seminary ' 

CENTER FOR PSYCHOLOGICAL SERVICES 

Brian M. Austin (1975) Director of the Center for Psychological 

b a Monmouth college; Services and Lecturer in Psychology 

Ph.D., Southern Illinois ' 0/ 

UNIVERSITY HEALTH SERVICE 
Howard A. Jemison, J.R. (1964) Medical Director 

M.D., Bowman Gray 

Mary Ann Hampton Taylor (1961) Staff Physician 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray 

Andrew J. Crutchfield (1968) Consultant in Clinical Services 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Virginia 

OFFICE OF THE DIRECTOR OF COMMUNICATIONS 

Russell H. Brantley, Jr., (1953) Assistant to the President and 

b.a., wake Forest Director of Communications 

Martha W. Lentz (1973) Publications Manager 

B.A., North Carolina 

William E. Ray (1975) Publications Editor 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina 

OFFICES OF DEVELOPMENT AND ALUMNI AFFAIRS 
J. William Straughan, Jr., (1969) Wee President for Development 

(see earlier listing) 

Julius H. Corpening (1969) Director of Estate Planning 

B.A., WaKe Forest; B.D., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary 

George William Joyner, Jr. (1969) Director of Alumni Affairs 

B.A., Wake Forest 

H. Douglas Lee (1973) Director of University Relations 

B.A., Richmond; B.D., S.T.M., 

Southeastern Baptist Theological Seminary; Ph.D., Iowa 

Robert D. Mills (1972) Assistant Director of Alumni Affairs 

B.A., Wake Forest 



270 



ADMINISTRATION 



Nancy R. Parker (1974) 

B.A., Salem 



Foundations Officer 



OFFICE OF THE DIRECTOR OF ATHLETICS 



C. Eugene Hooks (1956) 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.Ed., North Carolina; 
Ed.D., George Peabody 

Jesse I. Haddock (1952, 1954) 

B.S., Wake Forest 

Dorothy Casey (1949) 

B.S., Woman's College, North Carolina; 
M.A., North Carolina 

Charles M. Dayton (1974) 

B.A., Wake Forest 



Director of Athletics and Associate 
Professor of Physical Education 

Associate Director of Athletics 

Director of Women's Athletics 

and Assistant Professor of 

Physical Education 

Sports Information Director 



THE PHYSICAL PLANT 



Harold S. Moore (1953) 

B.M.E., Virginia 

Woodford T. Moseley (1973) 

B.S., Western Kentucky; M.S., Georgia Tech; 
M.A., George Washington 

Royce R. Weatherly (1947) 



Director of the Physical Plant 
Assistant to the Director 

Superintendent of Buildings 



Melvin Q. Layton (1951) 

B.S., Wake Forest 

Robert B. Scales (1956) 



Superintendent of Grounds 

Superintendent of Building 
Services 



OTHER ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICIALS 



William C. Archie (1935, 1956, 1974) 

A.B., Davidson; M.A., Wake Forest; 
M.A., Ph.D., Princeton 

Meyressa H. Schoonmaker (1975) 

B.A., J.D., Wake Forest 

Paul M. Cross, Jr. (1959) 

B.S., Duke; Ph.D., Brown 

Charles M. Allen (1941) 

B.S., M.A., Wake Forest; Ph.D., Duke 



Herman J. Preseren (1953) 

B.S., State Teachers College, California, 
Pennsylvania; M.A., Teachers College, Columbia; 
Ph.D., North Carolina 

Thomas M. Elmore (1962) 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., George Peabody; 
Ph.D., Ohio State 

Jerry A. Hall (1958, 1961, 1967) 
B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ed.D., 
George Peabody 



Consultant to the University and 
Visiting Professor of Humanities 

Assistant to the President 

Coordinator of the Honors Program and 
Associate Professor of Chemistry 

Director of Concerts and Lectures and 
Professor of Biology 

Director of the Educational Media Center 
and Professor of Education 



Director of Counselor Education and 

Professor of Educational 

and Counseling Psychology 

Director of Undergraduate 

Teacher Education and Associate 

Professor of Education 

Director of the Ecumenical Institute 



Claude U. Broach (1974) 

B.A., Georgia; Th.M., Th.D., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary 

Julian C. Burroughs, Jr., (1958) Director of Radio and Professor of 

Speech Communication and Theatre Arts 



B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D. 
Michigan 

Nicholas B. Bragg (1970) 

B.A., Wake Forest 



James L. Ferrell (1975) 



Executive Director of Reynolda 

House and Lecturer in the American 

Foundations Program 

Director of Personnel 



A. B., North Carolina; M.S., Virginia Commonwealth 



John T Dawson (1973) 

B.S., Illinois 



Equal Opportunity Officer 



271 



F ACULTY 

Joseph L. Bumbrey (1973) Placement Manager 

B.S., Winston-Salem State 

David L. Robertson (1975) Director of the College Union and 

b.a., Lenoir Rhyne, Ed.M., Georgia Assistant to the Dean of Men 

Edward R. Cunnings (1974) Director of Housing 

B.S.M., M.Ed., St. Lawrence 

Robert Jackson (1974) Director of Computer Center 

B.S., Wake Forest 

Richard T. Clay (1956) Manager of the College 

B.B.A., Wake Forest g 00 £ Store 

Doyle Richard Fosso (1964) Archivist and Associate Professor of English 

A.B., Harvard; M.A., Michigan; Ph.D., Harvard 

R. Davidson Burgess (1974) Director of Bands 

B.S., Concord College; M.A., Marshall 

INSTRUCTION* 

Gary Edward Adams (1975) Adjunct Assistant Professor 

B.S.M.A California State; Ph.D., Q f physical Education 

Southern Illinois ' 

Charles M. Allen (1941) Professor of Biology and Director of 

(See Administration) Concerts and Lectures 

**Stuart Douglas Allen (1976) Instructor in Economics 

B.A., Wake Forest 

Ralph D. Amen (1962) Associate Professor of Biology 

A.B., A.M., Northern Colorado; M.B.S., Ph.D., Colorado 

John Louis Andronica (1969) Associate Professor of 

b.a., Holy Cross; m.a., Boston College; Classical Languages 

Ph.D., lohns Hopkins ° ° 

John William Angell (1955) Professor of Religion 

B.A., Wake Forest; Th.M., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary; 

S.T.M., Andover Newton Theological School; Th.D., Southern Baptist Theological 

Seminary 

Marjorie S. Angell (1972) Instructor in Violin 

b.m., Louisville (Part-time) 

Bianca Artom (1975) Lecturer in Italian 

Htin Aung (1965, 1975) Visiting Professor of Asian Studies 

B.A., Rangoon; LL.B., LL.M., London; B.A., LL.B., Queens' College, Cambridge; 
M. Litt., Ph.D., LL.D., Trinity College, Dublin; LL.D., Rangoon, Johns Hopkins, 
Vidyodaya, University of Ceylon 

H. Wallace Baird (1963) Professor of Chemistry 

A.B., Berea; Ph.D., Wisconsin 

Eugene Pendleton Banks (1954) Professor of Anthropology 

B.A., Furman; M.A., Ph.D., Harvard 

James Pierce Barefield (1963) Associate Professor of History 

B.A., M.A., Rice; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins 

***Richard Chambers Barnett (1961) Y,tneia-tr Professor of History 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.Ed., Ph.D., North Carolina 

Harold M. Barrow (1948) Professor of Physical Education 

A.B., Westminster; M.A., Missouri; P.E.D., Indiana 

John V. Baxley (1968) Associate Professor of Mathematics 

B.S., M.S., Georgia Tech; Ph.D., Wisconsin 



*Names are arranged alphabetically. Date following names indicates year of appointment. More than one 
date indicates separate appointments. 
**Spring 1976 only. 
***Absent on leave, Spring 1976. 



272 



FACULTY 



****Bernard L. Beatty (1974) 

B.S., Ohio State; M.B.A., Ph.D., 



Harvard Graduate School of Business Administration 

Robert Clarence Beck (1959) 

B.A., Ph.D., Illinois 



Assistant Professor of Management, 
Babcock Graduate School 
of Management 

Professor of Psychology 



Veryl E. Becker (1969) Associate Professor of Biology 

B.S., Custavus Adolphus; M.S., South Dakota State; Ph.D., Michigan State 



Paul B. Bell (1974) 

B.S., J.D., Wake Forest 

Richard Gordon Bell (1965) 

B.A., Kentucky; J.D., LL.M., Western Reserve 



Lecturer in Law 
(Part-time) 

Professor of Law 



Gretchen J. Belovicz (1975) 

B.A., Hobart and William Smith; M.S., Ph 

Meyer William Belovicz (1974) 

B.S., Illinois Institute of Technology; 
M.B.A., Northwestern; Ph.D., Purdue 

Richard Berlin (1973) 

B.S., Maryland; M.M., Catholic University 

Merrill G. Berthrong (1964) 

(See Administration) 

Deborah L. Best (1973) 

B.A., M.A., Wake Forest 

Miles O. Bidwell (1972) 

B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Columbia 

Rhoda Bryan Billings (1973) 

B.A., Berea; J.D., Wake Forest 

Ronald L. Blankespoor (1973) 

B.A., Dordt; Ph.D., Iowa State 



James E. Bond (1974) 

A.B., Wabash; LLB., Harvard; LL.M., J.S.D., Virginia 

Dale E. Bonnette (1970) 

A.B., M.A., Missouri 

William Thomas Boone (1973) 

B.S., M.Ed., Northwestern State; Ph.D., Florida 
State 

Pasco Middleton Bowman, II (1970) 

(see Administration) 

Sterling M. Boyd (1968) 

B.A., Sewanee; M.A., Oberlin; Ph.D., Princeton 

Jesse C. Brackett, Jr., (1975) 

B.S., N.C State; M.B.A., Wake Forest 



Adjunct Assistant Professor of Psychology 

D., Purdue 

Associate Professor of Management, 
Babcock Graduate School of Management 

Instructor in Music 
(Part-time) 

Associate Professor of History 
and Director of Libraries 

Instructor in Psychology 
(Part-time) 

Assistant Professor of Economics 

Associate Professor of Law 

Visiting Assistant Professor of 
Chemistry 

Associate Professor of Law 



Germaine Bree (1973) 

Licence, D.E.S., Agregation, Paris 

Robert W. Brehme (1959) 

B.S., Roanoke; M.S., Ph.D., North Carolina 

David B. Broyles (1966) 

B.A., Chicago; B.A., Florida; M.A., Ph.D., UCLA 

George McLeod Bryan (1956) 

B.A., M.A., Wake Forest; B.D., Ph.D., Yale 

Shasta M. Bryant (1966) 

A.B., M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina 

Jerald Bullis (1975) 

B.A., Washington; M.A., Ph.D., Cornell 

R. Davidson Burgess (1974) 

B.S., Concord College; M.A., Marshall 



Instructor in English 

Visiting Assistant Professor of 
Physical Education 

Professor of Law and 
Dean of the School of Law 

Associate Professor of Art History 

Captain, Ordnance, U.S. Army, 
Assistant Professor of Military Science 

Kenan Professor of Humanities 



Professor of Physics 

Associate Professor of Politics 

Professor of Religion 

Professor of Spanish 

Visiting Assistant Professor 
of English 

Director of Bands 



***Absent on leave, 1975-76. 



273 



FACULTY 



George Leslie Burke (1973) 

B.S., M.A., Wake Forest 

John M. Burnham (1975 

B.S., U.S. Merchant Marine Academy; 
B.M.E., George Washington; M.S., 
Florida State; Ph.D., Texas 

Julian C. Burroughs, Jr. (1958) 

(See Administration) 

William E. Cage (1967) 

B.A., Rockford; Ph.D., Virginia 

Robert S. Carlson (1969) 

S.B., M.I.T.; M.B.A., Ph.D., Stanford 

Richard D. Carmichael (1971) 

B.S., Wake Forest; A.M., Ph.D., Duke 

Wallace Carroll (1974) 

B.Litt., Marquette 

*John Archer Carter, Jr. (1961) 

B.A., Virginia; M.A., Ph.D., Princeton 

Dorothy Casey (1949) 

(See Administration) 

David W. Catron (1963) 

B.A., Furman; Ph.D., Peabody 

James M. Clapper (1975) 

B.S., M.S., Rensselaer Polytechnic 
Institute; Ph.D., Massachusetts 

Linda N. Clark (1974) 

B.A., Stetson; M.S., Ed.D., Tennessee 



Instructor in Physical Education 

Visiting Professor of Management, 
Babcock Graduate School of Management 



Professor of Speech Communication and 
Theatre Arts and Director of Radio 

Associate Professor of Economics 

Professor of Management, Babcock 
Graduate School of Management 

Associate Professor of Mathematics 

Sam J. Ervin, Jr., University Lecturer 
(Part-time) 

Professor of English 

Assistant Professor of Physical Education 
and Director of Women's Athletics 

Associate Professor of Psychology 

Assistant Professor of Management, 
Babcock Graduate School of Management 

Assistant Professor of Education 
Associate Professor of Religion 



John E. Collins (1970) 

B.S., M.S., Tennessee; B.D., Southeastern Baptist Theological Seminary 
Ph.D., Princeton 

Gary A. Cook (1975) 

B.F.A., Michigan State; M.F.A., Northern Illinois 

Leon P. Cook, Jr. (1957) 

B.S., Virginia Polytechnic; M.S., Tennessee; 
C.P.A., Arkansas 

Paul E. Cook, Jr. (1974) 

B.S., Kansas State; M.A.Ed., Wake Forest 

Leon Henry Corbett, Jr. (1968) 

B.A., J.D., Wake Forest 



Cyclone Covey (1968) 

B.A., Ph.D., Stanton 



ford 



Marjorie Crisp (1947) 

B.S., Appalachian State; M.A., George Peabody 

George Edward Damp (1975) 

B.A., M.A., Cornell; D.M.A., Eastman School of Music 

Sandra F. Daniel (1975) 

B.A., Talladega College; M.A., Ph.D., Rochester 

Deborah David (1975) 

B.S., M.A., Florida 

J. William Dellastatious (1975) 

B.S., M.S., Missouri 



Instructor in Art 
Associate Professor of Accountancy 

Major, Field Artillery, U.S. Army; 
Assistant Professor of Military Science 

Professor of Law 
Professor of History 
Assistant Professor of Physical Education 



Assistant Professor of Music 
Frehch 



AktLrti 



James A. Dervin (1970) 

B.A., M.A., Ph.L, St. Louis; S.T.L., St. Mary's; 
Ph.D., North Carolina 

Arun P. Dewasthali (1975) 

B.S., Bombay; M.S., Ph.D., Delaware 



Instructor in Physical Education 

Lecturer in Physical Education; 
Cross Country and Track Coach 

Visiting Assistant Professor of English 



Lecturer in Business 
(Part-time) 



'Absent on Leave, Spring, 1976. 



274 



FACULTY 

*Anne Dickason (1974) Instructor in Philosophy 

B.A., Denver; M.S. in L.S., Simmons 
M.A., Colorado 

John F. Dimmick (1961) Associate Professor of Biology 

B.S., M.S., Western Illinois; Ph.D., Illinois 



Assistant 



Ronald V. Dimock, Jr. (1970) Assistant Professor of Biology 

B.A., New Hampshire; M.S., Florida State; Ph.D., California 

Hugh William Divine (1954) Professor of Law 

B.S., Georgia State College for Men; M.A., Louisiana State; 
J.D., Emory; LL.M., S.J.D., Michigan 

Robert H. Dufort (1961) Professor of Psychology 

B.A., Ph.D., Duke 

Robert Allen Dyer (1956) teaaeJate Professor of Religion and 

(See Administration) Associate Dean 

John R. Earle (1963) Msocia t c Professor of Sociology tf~ A^fn- 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina 

Neal F. Earls (1973) Instructor in Physical Education 

B.A., South Florida; M.A., Wake Forest 

Leo Ellison, Jr. (1957) Assistant Professor of Physical Education; 

B.S., M.S., Northwestern State College Swimming Coach 

Thomas M. Elmore (1962) Professor of Educational and 

(See Administration) Counseling Psychology; Director of 

Counselor Education 

Gerald W. Esch (1965) i ^oeaoiatc Professor of Biology 

B.S., Colorado College; M.S., Ph.D., Oklahoma 

Herman E. Eure (1974) Assistant Professor of Biology 

B.S., Maryland State College; Ph.D., Wake Forest 

David K. Evans (1966) Associate Professor of Anthropology 

B.S., Tulane; Ph.D., California 

Stephen Ewing (1971) Assistant Professor of Business 

B.S., Howard Payne; M.B.A., Baylor; D.B.A., Texas Tech 

Ann Fairbanks (1975) Visiting Assistant Professor of Music 

B.Mus., Oberlin; M.A.T., Yale; D.M.A., Ohio State (Part-time) 

James David Fairbanks (1975) Visiting Assistant Professor of Politics 

B.A., Greenville; M.A., Ph.D., Ohio State 

Toni Falbo (1974) Visiting Assistant Professor of Psychology 

B.A., George Washington; M.A., Ph.D., UCLA 



A&sf&tffi n. r 



Philippe R. Falkenberg (1969) As&si#m Professor of Psychology 

B.A., Queen's (Ontario); Ph.D., Duke 

Esron McG ruder Faris, Jr. (1957, 1967) Professor of Law 

B.A., ).D., Washington and Lee; LL.M., Duke 

Marjorie Felmet (1964) Visiting Teacher of Piano 

A.B., North Carolina; M.A., Eastman School of Music (Part-time) 

Jack D. Ferner (1971) Lecturer in Management, Babcock Graduate 

B.S., Rochester; M.B.A., Harvard School of Management 

John M. Fisher (1974) Lecturer in Law 

B.A., Bucknell; LL.B., Dickinson (Part-time) 

Jack D. Fleer (1964) Associate Professor of Politics 

A.B., Oklahoma Baptist; M.S., Florida State; Ph.D., North Carolina 

Walter S. Flory (1963) Babcock Professor of Botany 

B.A., Bridgewater; M.A., Ph.D., Virginia; Sc.D., Bridgewater 

Doyle Richard Fosso (1964) Associate Professor of English and Archivist 

A.B., Harvard; M.A., Michigan; Ph.D., Harvard 
'Spring 1976 only. 



275 



Jkfhinf Professor of Stfifflslf**. 



FACULTY 

Ralph S. Fraser (1962) Professor of German 

B.A., Boston; M.A., Syracuse; Ph.D., Illinois 

Donald E. Frey (1972) Assistant Professor of Economics 

B.A., Wesleyan; M.Div., Yale; Ph.D., Princeton 

Caroline S. Fullerton (1969) Instructor in Speech Communication 

B.A., Rollins; M.A., Texas Christian and Theatre Arts 

(Part-time) 

Stephen J. Gamble (1973) Major, Field Artillery, U.S. Army; 

b.a., Siena College Assistant Professor of Military Science 

Ivey C. Gentry (1949) Professor of Mathematics 

B.S., Wake Forest; B.S., New York; M.A., Ph.D., Duke 

Christopher Giles (1951) Assistant Professor of Music 

B.S., Florida Southern; M.A., George Peabody 

Kathleen Glenn (1974) 

B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Stanford 

Balkrishna Govind Gokhale (1960) Professor of History and Asian Studies 

B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Bombay 

Beena B. Gokhale (1972) Instructor in Hindi 

B.A., B.T., M.Ed., Ph.D., Bombay (Part-time) 

Thomas Frank Gossett (1967) Professor of English 

B.A., M.A., Southern Methodist; Ph.D., Minnesota 

Floyd L. Griffin, Jr. (1975) Captain, Corps of Engineers, U.S. Army; 

B.S., Tuskegee institute; Assistant Professor of Military Science 

M.S., Florida Institute of Technology ' 

George J. Griffin (1948) Professor of Religion 

B.A., Wake Forest; Th.B., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary; 
B.D., Yale; Ph.D., Edinburgh 

Paul M. Gross, Jr. (1959) Associate Professor of Chemistry 

(See Administration) anc j Coordinator of the Honors Program 

William H. Gulley (1966) Associate Professor of Sociology 

B.A., M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina 

David Warren Hadley (1966) Assistant Professor of History 

B.A., Wake Forest; A.M., Ph.D., Harvard 

Jerry A. Hall (1958, 1961, 1967) Associate Professor of Education; 

(See Administration) Director of Undergraduate Teacher Education 

Emmett Willard Hamrick (1952) Professor of Religion 

A.B., North Carolina; Ph.D., Duke 

*Phillip J. Hamrick, Jr. (1956) Professor of Chemistry 

B.S., Morris Harvey; Ph.D., Duke 

Francoise Hansberger (1972) Lecturer in French 

Licence, Agregation, Paris 

Carl V. Harris (1956) Professor of Classical Languages and Literature 

B.A., Wake Forest; B.D., S.T.M., Yale; Ph.D., Duke 

Lucille S. Harris (1957) Instructor in Piano 

B.A., B.M., Meredith (Part-time) 

Ysbrand Haven (1965) Professor of Physics 

Candidate, Doctorandus, Doctor, Groningen 

Elmer K. Hayashi (1973) Assistant Professor of Mathematics 

A.B., U.C. at Davis; M.S., San Diego State; 
Ph.D., Illinois 

Merwyn A. Hayes (1967, 1974) Associate Professor of Management and 

(See Administration) Executive Director of the Center for 

Management Development 

Michael D. Hazen Assistant Professor of Speech Communication 

B.A., Seattle Pacific College; M.A., Wake Forest; and Theatre Arts 

Ph.D., Kansas 

276 



FACULTY 



J. Timothy Heames (1971) 

(See Administration) 

Nathan Rich Heatley (1970) 

B.A., Baylor; M.A., Texas 

Roger A. Hegstrom (1969) 

A.B., St. Olaf; A.M., Ph.D., Harvard 

Robert Meredith Helm (1940) 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., Duke 

Judith C. Hempel (1975) 

B.S., M.A., Ph.D., Texas-Austin 

J. Edwin Hendricks (1961) 

B.A., Furman; M.A., Ph.D., Virginia 

*Marcus B. Hester (1963) 

B.A., Wake Forest; Ph.D., Vanderbilt 

David Allen Hills (1960) 

(See Administration) 

Willie L. Hinze (1975) 

B.S., M.A., Sam Houston State; Ph.D., Texas A&M 

Louise Hoffman (1975) 

B.A., Michigan State; Ph.D., Bryn Mawr 

Donald Dennis Hoirup (1972) 

B.M., M.S., Juilliard 

Fred L. Horton, Jr. (1970) 

A.B., North Carolina; B.D., Union Theological 
Seminary; Ph.D., Duke 



Lecturer in Management and Associate Dean 
of the Babcock Graduate School of Management 

Instructor in Classical Languages 

Associate Professor of Chemistry 

Professor of Philosophy 

Visiting Assistant Professor of Chemistry 

Professor of History 

Professor of Philosophy 



Associate Professor of Psychology 
and Coordinator of Student Services 



Assistant Professor of Chemistry 
Ir+stfticior-m History 



ttstory 
Instructor in Music 
Associate Professor of Religion 



William L. Hottinger (1970) 

B.S., Slippery Rock; M.S., Ph.D., Illinois 

*FredricT. Howard (1966) 

B.A., M.A., Vanderbilt; Ph.D., Duke 

G. Dudley Humphrey, Jr. (1973) 

A.B., Duke; J.D., North Carolina 

Delmar P. Hylton (1949) 

B.S., M.B.A., Indiana; C.P.A., Indiana 

Charles Philip Johnson (1971) 

B.A., Colorado; M.A., Ph.D., Florida State 

Patricia Adams Johnson (1969) 

(See Administration) 



Dillon Johnston (1973) 

B.A., Vanderbilt; M.A., Columbia; Ph.D., Virginia 

H. Russell Johnston, Jr. (1971) 

B.S, Tennessee; M.S., MIT; D.B.A., Harvard 



Associate Professor of Physical Education 
Associate Professor of Mathematics 



Lecturer in Law 
(Part-time) 

Professor of Accountancy 

Assistant Professor of Spanish 

Instructor in English and 
Academic Counselor 

Associate Professor of English 



Associate Professor of Management, 
Babcock Graduate School 
of Management 

Patsy H. Jordan (1975) Instructor in Education 

B.A., North Carolina at Asheville; M.A.T., North Carolina 



Alonzo W. Kenion (1956) 

A.B., M.A., Ph.D., Duke 

William C. Kerr (1970) 

B.S., Wooster; Ph.D., Cornell 

Harry Lee King, Jr. (1960) 

B.A., Richmond; M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina 



Ellen E. Kirkman (1975) 



.^Lggaaafe- Professor of English 

Associate Professor of Physics 

Professor of Spanish 

Alfred Brauer Instructor in Mathematics 



B.A., Wooster; M.A., M.S., Ph.D., Michigan State 



'Absent on leave. Spring 1976. 



277 



FACULTY 

Robert Knott (1975) 

B.A., Stanford; M.A., Illinois; Ph.D., Pennsylvania 

*Donald G. Krause (1976) 

B.A., North Carolina State 

Karl D. Kroeger (1974) 

B.M., B.M.Ed., M.M., Louisville; M.S.L.S., Illinois 

Raymond E. Kuhn (1968) 

B.S., Carson-Newman; Ph.D., Tennessee 

James Kuzmanovich (1972) 

B.S., Rose Polytechnic Institute; Ph.D., Wisconsin 

Mary Hammial LaBarre 

B.A., Ohio; M.A., Michigan 

Hugo C. Lane (1973) 

Licenciate of the Biological Sciences; 
Doctorate of the Biological Sciences, Geneva 

Henry Conrad Lauerman (1963) 

B.S., U.S. Naval Academy; J.D., LL.M., Georgetown 

Mary Lazarus (1976) 

B.M., Cincinnati Conservatory of Music 

Robert E. Lee (1946) 

B.S., LL.B., Wake Forest; M.A. in Public Law, Columbia; 
LL.M., S.J.D., Duke 

Brian Legakis (1974) 

B.A., California; M.A., Chicago 

Annette LeSiege (1975) 

B.A., M.A., San )ose State; Ph.D., Eastman School of Music 

Andrew D. Lester (1972) 

B.A., Mississippi College; B.D., Th.D., Southern Baptist 
Theological Seminary 

Charles M. Lewis (1968) 

B.A., Wake Forest; Ph.D., Vanderbilt; Th.M., Harvard 

John Hannibal Litcher (1973) 

B.S., Winona State College; M.A., Ph.D., Minnesota 

Gary Richard Ljungquist (1972) 

B.A., Clark; PhX)., Cornell 

Randolph Edward Lobb (1973) 

B.A., Toronto; M.A., Virginia; M.A., Ph.D., Princeton 



Assistant Professor of Art History 

Instructor in Accountancy 
(Part-time) 

Visiting Lecturer in Music 
(Part-time) 

Associate Professor of Biology 



Professor of Mathematics 

Instructor in Spanish 

Assistant Professor of Biology 

Professor of Law 

Instructor in Music 
(Part-time) 

Professor of Law 

Instructor in Art 

Assistant Professor of Music 

Visiting Lecturer in Religion 
(Part-time) 



AWAt 



Robert William Lovett (1962, 1968) 

B.A., Oglethorpe; M.A., Ph.D., Emory 

James C. McDonald (1960) 

B.A., Washington, St. Louis; M.A., Ph.D., Missour 

James G. McDowell (1965) 

B.A., Colgate; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins 

Dolly A. McPherson (1974) 

(See Administration) 

Kenneth Richard McWilliams (1972) 

B.A., M.A., Oklahoma 

James L. Mader (1975) 

B.A., St. Mary's College; M.B.A., Minnesota 



Professor of Philosophy 

Associate Professor of Education 

Assistant Professor of French 

Assistant Professor of English 

Associate Professor of English 

Associate Professor of Biology 

Associate Professor of History 

Lecturer in English and Academic Counselor 

Assistant Professor of Anthropology 

Instructor in Accountancy 



Laurence S. Mannis (1975) Assistant Professor of Management, 

be Stevens institute of Technology; Babcock Graduate School of Management 

M.S., Florida State; Ph.D., Texas at Austin ° 

Don M. Maultsby (1970) Assistant Professor of Sociology 

B.A., Wofford; Ph.D., Tulane 



'Spring 1976 only. 



278 



FACULTY 



Betty Jo May (1972) Instructor in Speech Communication 

B.S., Virginia; M.A., North Carolina at Greensboro and Theatre Arts 

(Part-time) 
Associate Professor of Mathematics 



Ph.D., Virginia 



J. Gaylord May (1961) 

B.S., Wofford; M.A., 

W. Graham May (1961) 

B.S., Wofford; M.A., Ph.D., Virginia 

Joseph B. Mazzola (1975) 

B.S., SUNY at Stony Brook; M.A., Wake Forest 

Rodney Meyer (1970) 

B.A., Brown; M.A., Ph.D., Minnesota 

Harry B. Miller (1947) 

B.S., Ph.D., North Carolina 

*Joseph O. Milner (1969) 

B.A., Davidson; M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina 



Carlton T. Mitchell (1961) 

B.A., Wake Forest; B.D., Yale; S.T.M., Union Theological 
Seminary; Ph.D., New York 



Associate Professor of Mathematics 

Instructor in Mathematics 

Assistant Professor of English 

Professor of Chemistry 

Assistant Professor of Education 

Professor of Religion 



John C. Moorhouse (1969) 

A.B., Wabash; Ph.D., Northwestern 

Carl C. Moses (1964) 

A.B., William and Mary; Ph.D., North Carolina 

William M. Moss (1971) 

B.A., Davidson; Ph.D., North Carolina 

Thomas E. Mullen (1957) 

(See Administration) 

**Elizabeth Hobgood Murphrey (1976) 

B.A., North Carolina at Greensboro; M.A., Duk 

***Ronald E. Noftle (1967) 

B.S., New Hampshire; Ph.D., Washington 

John W. Nowell (1945) 

B.S., Wake Forest; Ph.D., North Carolina 



Associate Professor of Economics 

Associate Professor of Politics 

Assistant Professor of English 

Associate Professor of History 
and Dean of the College 

Instructor in History 

Associate Professor of Chemistry 

Professor of Chemistry 

Professor of German 

Professor of Law 



James C. O'Flaherty (1947) 

B.A., Georgetown College; M.A., Kentucky; Ph.D., Chicago 

Howard L. Oleck (1974) 

A.B., Iowa; J.D., New York Law School; LL.D., Baldwin-Wallace; 
Litt.D., John Marshall 

Aulsey Thomas Olive (1961) Associate Professor of Biology 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.S., Ph.D., North Carolina State 



Malcolm E. Osborn (1974) 

B.A., Maine; J.D., LL.M., Boston 

Jeanne Owen (1956) 

B.S., North Carolina at Greensboro; M.C.S., Indiana; 
J.D., North Carolina 

John Ernest Parker, Jr. (1950) 

B.A., Wake Forest; A.M., Ph.D., Syracuse 

Clarence H. Patrick (1946) 

B.A., Wake Forest; B.D., Andover Newton; Ph.D., Duke 

Rosemarie Anderson Patty (1973) 

B.A., Central (Iowa); M.A., Ph.D., Nebraska 



Lecturer in Law 
(Part-time) 

Professor of Business Law 



Professor of Romance Languages 
and Education 



Professor of Sociology 
Assistant Professor of Psychology 



Peter R. Peacock (1970) 

A.B., Northeastern; M.S., Georgia; 
M.B.A., Ph.D., Chicago 

Sharron A. Perkins (1974) 

B.A., Emory and FHenry; M.S., Tennessee 



Associate Professor of Management, 
Babcock Graduate School of Management 

Instructor in Physical Education 



'Absent on leave, Fall 1975. 
"Spring 1976 only. 
***Absent on leave, 1975-76 



279 



FACULTY 

Philip J. Perricone (1967) Assistant Professor of Sociology 

B.S., M.A., Florida; Ph.D., Kentucky 

Percival Perry (1939, 1947) Professor of History and 

(See Administration) Q ean f we Summer Session 

Sylvester Petro (1973) Professor of Law 

A.B., J.D., Chicago; LLM., Michigan 

Elizabeth Phillips (1957) Professor of English 

A.B., Woman's College, North Carolina; M.A., State University 
of Iowa; Ph.D., Pennsylvania 

Terisio Pignatti (1971) Visiting Professor of Art History 

Ph.fr, Padua (Part-time) 

Lee Harris Potter (1965) Professor of English 

B.A., M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina 

Herman J. Preseren (1953) Professor of Education and Director of 

(See Administration) Educational Media Center 

Gregory D. Pritchard (1968) ^. .^icociotc Professor of Philosophy 

B.A., Oklahoma Baptist; B.D., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary; 
Ph.D., Columbia 

Beulah Lassiter Raynor (1946) Assistant Professor of English 

B.A., East Carolina; M.A., Wake Forest 

J. Don Reeves (1967) Associate Professor of Education 

A.B., Mercer; B.D., Th.M., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary; 
Ed.D., Columbia 

*Jon M. Reinhardt (1964) Associate Professor of Politics 

B.A., Birmingham-Southern; M.A., Ph.D., Tulane , .. /, ._ Q / / 

Robert Glenn Rhyne, Jr. (1974) v InstryetartFt Business 

B.S., Western Carolina; M.A., Appalachian State 

Paul M. Ribisl (1973) Associate Professor of Physical Education 

B.S., Pittsburgh; M.A., Kent State; Ph.D., Illinois 

Claud Henry Richards, Jr. (1952) Professor of Politics 

B.A., Texas Christian; M.A., Ph.D., Duke 

Charles L. Richman (1968) Associate Professor of Psychology 

B.A., Virginia; M.S., Yeshiva; Ph.D., Cincinnati 

Leonard P. Roberge (1974) Assistant Professor of Education 

B.A., New Hampshire; M.A., Atlanta; 
Ed.D., Maine 

Mary Frances McFeeters Robinson (1952) Professor of French 

B.A., Wilson College; M.A., Ph.D., Syracuse 

Paul S. Robinson (1952) Professor of Music 

B.A., Westminster College; Mus. B., Curtis Institute of Music; 

M.Sac. Mus., D.Sac. Mus., School of Sacred Music, Union Theological Seminary 

Eva Maria Rodtwitt (1966) Lecturer in French 

Cand. Philol., Oslo 

Michael Roman (1973) Assistant Professor of English 

B.A., Harvard; M.A., Ph.D., Pennsylvania 

Charles P. Rose, Jr. (1973) Associate Professor of Law 

A.B., William and Mary; J.D., Case Western Reserve 

Laura V. Rousan (1975) Instructor in Speech Communication 

B.A., Xavier; M.A., Georgia anc j Theatre Arts 

Franklyn F. Sanders (1971) Instructor in Classical Languages 

A.B., Wofford; M.A., Georgia 

Wilmer D. Sanders (1954, 1964) Associate Professor of German 

B.A., Muhlenberg; M.A., Ph.D., Indiana 

John W. Sawyer (1956) Professor of Mathematics 

A.B., M.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., Missouri 



"Absent on leave, Spring 1976. 

280 



FACULTY 

Frank J. Schilagi (1971) Associate Professor of Management and 

(See Administration) p ean f the Babcock Graduate School 

of Management 
*Donald O. Schoonmaker (1965) Associate Professor of Politics 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., Princeton 

William A. Scott (1975) Lieutenant Colonel, Infantry, U.S. Army; 

?; s „' FV~ Co ! l , e S e of New , y, ork \, , Professor of Military Science 

M.P.A., City University ot New York ' 

Richard D. Sears (1964) Associate Professor of Politics 

A.B., Clark; M.A., Ph.D., Indiana 

Ben M. Seelbinder (1959) Professor of Mathematics and Director 

(See Administration) Office for Records and Institutional Research 

William S. Sekely (1973) Assistant Professor of Business 

B.S., Allegheny; M.B.A., Case Western Reserve; 
D.B.A., Kent State 

Timothy F. Sellner (1970) Assistant Professor of German 

B.A., Michigan; M.A., Wayne State; Ph.D., Michigan 

Bynum Gillette Shaw (1965) Lecturer in Journalism 

B.A., Wake Forest 

Howard William Shields (1958) Professor of Physics 

B.S., North Carolina; M.S., Pennsylvania State; Ph.D., Duke 

Franklin R. Shirley (1948) Professor of Speech Communication 

B.A., Georgetown College; M.A., Columbia; Ph.D., and Theatre Arts 

Florida 

Robert W. Shively (1970) Associate Professor of Management 

b^a Colgate, Ed.M., Harvard; Babcock Graduate School of Management 

Ph.D., Cornell ° 

Richard Lee Shoemaker (1950) Professor of Romance Languages 

B.A., Colgate; M.A., Syracuse; Ph.D., Virginia 

David F. Shores (1972) Associate Professor of Law 

B.B.A., ).D., Iowa; LL.M., Georgetown 

Robert N. Shorter (1958) Associate Professor of English 

B.A., Union College; M.A., Ph.D., Duke 

Michael L. Sinclair (1968) Assistant Professor History 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D.,Stanford 

James E. Sizemore (1953) Professor of Law 

B.S., East Tennessee State; J.D., Wake Forest; LL.M., New York 

David L. Smiley (1950) Professor of History 

B.A., M.A., Baylor; Ph.D., Wisconsin 

j. Howell Smith (1965) Associate Professor of History 

B.A., Baylor; M.A., Tulane; Ph.D., Wisconsin 

Robert Lance Snyder (1974) Instructor in English 

B.A., Michigan; M.A., Northwestern 

Blanche C. Speer (1972) Assistant Professor of Linguistics 

B.A., Howard Payne; M.A., Ph.D., Colorado 

James A. Steintrager (1969) Accocfote -Professor of Politics 

B.A., Notre Dame; M.A., Ph.D., Chicago 

Henry Smith Stroupe (1937) Professor of History and 

(See Administration) Q ean f tne Qraduate School 

Anna-Vera Sullam (1972) Instructor in Italian 

b.a., Padua (Part-time) 

Robert L. Sullivan (1962) Associate Professor of Biology 

B.A., Delaware; M.S., Ph.D., North Carolina State 

Charles H . Talbert (1963) Professor of Religion 

B.A., Howard; B.D., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary; 
Ph.D., Vanderbilt 



'Absent on Leave, Fall 1975. 

281 



FACULTY 

Thomas C. Taylor (1971) 

B.S., M.A., North Carolina; Ph.D., Louisiana State; 
C.P.A., North Carolina 



M&M 



tarrt Professor of Accountancy 



Harold C. Tedford (1965) 

B.A., Ouachita; M.A., Arkansas; 
Ph.D., Louisiana State 



Associate Professor of Speech Communication 

and Theatre Arts 



Stanton K. Tefft (1964) Associate Professor of Anthropology 

B.A., Michigan State; M.S., Wisconsin; Ph.D., Minnesota 

Mary Beth Thomas (1971) ASsl 

B.A., Agnes Scott; M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina 

Anne S. Tillett (1956, 1960) Professor of Romance Languages 

B.A., Carson-Newman; M.A., Vanderbilt; Ph.D., Northwestern 



Professor of Biology 



Lowell R. Tillett (1956) 

B.A., Carson-Newman; M.A., Columbia; Ph.D., North Carolina 



Thomas J. Turner (1952) 

B.S., North Carolina; M.S., Clemson; Ph.D., Virginia 

Robert Warren Ulery, Jr. (1971) 

B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Yale 

Edwin Vieira, Jr. (1975) 

B.A., A.M., Ph.D., J.D., Harvard 

Robert H. Vorsteg (1970) 

B.A., Florida State; M.A., Ph.D., Ohio State 

Marcellus E. Waddill (1962) 

B.A., Hampden-Sydney; M.A., Ph.D., Pittsburgh 

J. Van Wagstaff (1964) 

B. A. /Randolph-Macon; M.B.A., Rutgers; Ph.D., Virginia 

*George K. Walker (1972) 

B.A., Alabama; LL.B., Vanderbilt; M.A., Duke; LL.M., Virginia 

Anderson H. Walters (1975) 

B.S., U.S. Military Academy; 
M.S., Ohio State 



Professor of History 

Professor of Physics 

Assistant Professor of Classical Languages 

Assistant Professor of Law 

Assistant Professor of Philosophy 

Associate Professor of Mathematics 

Professor of Economics 

Associate Professor of Law 



James A. Webster. Jr. (1951, 1954) 

B.S., LL.B., Wake Forest; S.J.D., Harvard 

Peter D. Weigl (1968) 

A.B., Wifnams; Ph.D., Duke 

David Welker (1969) 

B.A., M.A., Illinois; Ph.D., Minnesota 

Larry E. West (1969) 

A.B., Berea; Ph.D., Vanderbilt 

Frank H. Whitchurch (1971) 

B.S., M.A., Minnesota; M.A., Ohio State 

Robert N. White (1972) 

A.B., Harvard; I. A., Harvard 

Graduate School of Business Administration 

Pamela A. Wiegardt (1974) 

B.S., Madison; M.A., Sam Houston 

Alan John Williams (1974) 

B.A., Stanford; M. Phil., Ph.D., Yale 

George P. Williams (1958) 

B.S., Richmond; M.S., Ph.D., North Carolina 

John Edwin Williams (1959) 

B.A., Richmond; M.A., Ph.D., Iowa 

Edwin Graves Wilson (1946, 1951) 

(See Administration) 



Major, Armor, U.S. Army; 
Assistant Professor of Military Science 

Professor of Law 

Associate Professor of Biology 

Professor of Speech Communication 
I and Theatre Arts 

yTrnfinf Professor of German 

Instructor in Spanish 

Lecturer in Management, 

Babcock Graduate School of 

Management 

Instructor in Physical Education 

Assistant Professor of History 

Professor of Physics 

Professor of Psychology 

Professor of English and Provost 



*Absent on leave, 1975-76. 



282 



FACULTY 

Suzanne Chamier Wixson (1974) Instructor in Romance Languages 

B.A., Missouri; M.A., North Carolina 

Donald H. Wolfe (1968) Associate Professor of Speech Communication 

h S A M ^ s " s ° u,nem Illinois; anc j Theatre Arts 

Ph.D., Cornell 

Frank B. Wood (1971) Assistant Professor of Psychology 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.Div., Southeastern anc j Assistant Professor of Neurology 
Baptist Theological Seminary; M.A., Wake Forest; /K , _„ ; / , n i~ 

Ph d., Duke (Neuropsychology), Bowman Gray 

School of Medicine 

Ralph C. Wood, Jr. (1971) Assistant Professor of Religion 

B.A., M.A., East Texas State; M.A., Ph.D., Chicago 

J. Ned Woodall (1969) Associate Professor of Anthropology 

B.A., M.A., Texas; Ph.D., Southern Methodist 

John J. Woodmansee (1965) Associate Professor of Psychology 

B.A., Westminster; M.A., Denver; Ph.D., Colorado 

Raymond L. Wyatt (1956) Professor of Biology 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina 

Wilfred Buck Yearns, Jr. (1945) Professor of History 

B.A., Duke; M.A., Georgia; Ph.D., North Carolina 

Richard L. Zuber (1962) Professor of History 

B.S., Appalachian; M.A., Emory; Ph.D., Duke 

*EMERITI 

Andrew Lewis Aycock (1928-1971) Professor Emeritus of English 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Tulane 

Dalma Adolph Brown (1941-1973) Professor Emeritus of English 

B.A., M.A., North Carolina 

Ruth F. Campbell (1962-1974) Professor Emerita of Spanish 

B.A., Woman's College, North Carolina; M.A., North Carolina; Ph.D., Duke 

Forrest W. Clonts (1922-24; 1925-1967) Professor Emeritus of History 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ohio State 

Ethel T. Crittenden (1915-1946) Librarian Emerita 

Cronje B. Earp (1940-1971) Professor Emeritus of Classical Languages 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., Columbia and Literature 

J. Allen Easley (1928-1963) Professor Emeritus of Religion 

B.A., D.D, Furman; Th.M., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary 

Edgar Estes Folk (1936-1967) Professor Emeritus of English 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.S., Columbia; Ph.D., George Peabody 

Roland L. Gay (1933-1972) Professor Emeritus of Mathematics 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.S., North Carolina State 

Ralph Cyrus Heath (1954-1969) Professor Emeritus of Marketing, 

A.B., Princeton; M.B.A., D.B.A., Indiana Charles H. Babcock School of 

Business Administration 
Owen F. Herring (1946-1963) Professor Emeritus of Religion 

B.A., M.A., Wake Forest; Th.M., Th.D., Southern Baptist Theological 
Seminary; D.D., Georgetown College 

Lois Johnson (1942-1962) Dean of Women Emerita 

B.A., Meredith; M.A., North Carolina 

**Henry Broadus Jones (1924-1959) Professor Emeritus of English 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., Chicago 

Thane McDonald (1941-1975) Professor Emeritus of Music 

B.M., M.M., Michigan; Ed.D., Teachers College, Columbia 

Jasper L. Memory, Jr. (1929-1971) Professor Emeritus of Education 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Columbia 



'Dates following names indicate period of service. 
"Died October 16, 1975. 



283 



FACULTY 

Harold Dawes Parcell (1935-1970) 

B.A., North Carolina; M.A., Ph.D., Harvard 

Grady S. Patterson (1924-1972) 

B.A., Wake Forest 

Kenneth Tyson Raynor (1926-1961) 

B. A., Wake Forest; M.A., Duke 

Albert C. Reid (1917-18; 1920-1965) 

B.A., M.A., Wake Forest; Ph.D., Cornell 



Professor Emeritus of French 

Registrar Emeritus 

Professor Emeritus of Mathematics 

Professor Emeritus of Philosophy 



Harold Wayland Tribble (1950-1967) 

B.A., Richmond; Th.M., Th.D., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary; 



President Emeritus 



M.A., Louisville; Ph.D., Edinburgh; D.D., Stetson; LL.D., Union University, 
Wake Forest, Richmond, Duke, North Carolina 



Carroll W. Weathers (1950-1972) 

B.A., LL.B., Wake Forest 

Carlton P. West (1928-1975) 



Professor Emeritus of Law and 

Dean Emeritus of the School of Law 

Librarian Emeritus 



B.A., Boston; M.A., Yale; B.A. in L.S., North Carolina 



284 



COMMITTEES OF THE FACULTY 

1976-77 
Effective September 1 , 1 976 

The terms of members, except where otherwise shown, expire 
on August 31 of the year indicated. Each committee selects its own 
chairman except where the chairman is designated. All members 
of a committee vote except as otherwise indicated. 

EXECUTIVE COMMITTEES 

The Committee on Academic Affairs 

Non-voting. Dean of Men, Dean of Women, Associate Dean, Assis- 
tant Dean, and one4tudent in Wake Forest College. Voting. Dean 
of the College; 1978"Baird, Turner; 1977 Barrow, Shorter; 1976 
Ancri uniid, I,re fvd4ck&, ancPone student in Wake Forest College. 

The Committee oh Admissions 

Non-voting. Director of Admissions; Associate Dean of the Col- 
lege; Dean of Women, and one student in Wake Forest College. 
Voting. Dean of the College; 1978 Fleer, Owen; 1977 Carter, Ted- 
ford; 1976- Had l .cy, Kqnion, and one student in Wake Forest/Col* 
lege n °l &ufe , wn^to. ^-^^^^(Lr5^^L^ 

. ,QnQ *&■*** 

The Committee on Scholarships and Student Aid ' 

Non-voting. One student in Wake Forest College. Voting. Dean of 
the College; Director of Admissions and Financial Aid; Dean of 
Women; Associate Dean;,1978 Litcher, Thomas; 1977 Giles, Tal- 
bert; 1-976- Kuhn, Schoonmakc r, and one student jn Wake Forest 
College. *7°l %n46,S/)ftW (fi'rfljM^ HgltM 

The Committee on Curriculum ^ 

Voting. Provost, Dean of the College, Registrar, and the chairman 
of each department of Wake Forest College as follows: Division I. 
Art, Classical Languages, English, German, Music, Romance Lan- 
guages, Speech Communication and Theatre Arts; Division II. 
Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics, Physical Education, Physics; Di- 
vision III. Education, History, Military Science, Philosophy, Reli- 
gion; Division IV. Business and Accountancy, Economics, Politics, 
Psychology, Sociology and Anthropology. 



285 



COMMITTEES 



The Committee on Student Governance 

Non-voting. Assistant Dean. Voting. Dean of the College; 1978 
Miller, M. F. Robinson; 1977 Bidwell, Horton, and one student in 
Wake Forest College; 19 76 Andron i ca, Wc i g l , and one student in 
Wake Forest College. f 7°l 3/f''Sm t Let^ft (/) Dfiui'd Re*c#n 

ADVISORY COMMITTEES 

I G<p S&n (Less 
The Committee on Academic Planning ' 

Non-voting. Provost; 1977 one student in Wake Forest College. 
Voting. Dean of the College; Director of Libraries; 1979 Pritchard, 
Frey; 1978 Andronica, Kerr; 1977 McDowell, Richards; 19^6-Ptiil- _j 
Lips,, F+eestrom and one student in Wake Forest College.^'il^df $- > 

The Committee on Athletics /%{ f^^^J^A^fSt^cUU 

Non-voting. Director of Athletics. Voting. Vice-President for Busi- 
ness and Finance; Dean of the College; Faculty representative to 
the Atlantic Coast Conference; '1 980 Beck, Perricone; 1979 Sears, 
Wagstaff; 1978 Brehme, Reinhardt; 1977 Milner, Preseren; 1976 
Baxte^rfeosp^ 

The Committee on Institutional Planning 

Non-voting. Provost, Vice-President for Business and Finance, 
and one student in Wake Forest College. Voting. 1979 Milner, 
Moorhouse; 1978 Carmichael, Ulery; 1977 R. Wood, Sears; 1976 
C „ Shields, L. West, and one student in Wake Forest College. 

The Committee on Nominations 

Voting. 1978 Barefield, Fraser; 1977 E. W. Hamrick, Reinhardt; 
13Z6. H+Us-j-Weigl . '? <? 8&\JU , W , F To hic\ $0 A 

The Committee on Student Life 

Non-voting. Provost, Dean of Men, Dean of Women, Chaplain. 
Voting. 1978 Lovett, Noftle, Ribisl; 1977 Dimock, Falkenberg, 
Woodall, and three students in Wake Forest College; 19 7G Per r- 
rUjOJ^Steirttrager, -Taylor and three students in Wake Forest Col- 
lege. /?<? £m%>n ' f l% fcMhy tfn\*^6 . 

77 SfriH \'C*(e% KeuiA VKmR 



'ft Com 



c 



286 



COMMITTEES 



SPECIAL COMMITTEES 



The Committee on Publications 



Voting. Dean of the College, Treasurer, Director of Communica- 
tions; the three faculty advisers of Old Gold and Black, The Stu- 
dent, and The Howler; 1978 Johnston; 1977 Milner; 1-976-Ge9sett. '"/ 

The Committee for Teacher Education »^< 

Voting. Dean of the College, Dean of the Graduate School, 
Chairman of the Department of Education; 1978 Bryant, Yearns; 

1977 Broyles, Woodmansee; 1976-fr e y, R iclTTTTan >l°l Otrnrr s ,<i/< ) m^-fpd/r\ 

The Committee for the R.O.T.C. 7° I ' ^ * r^ 

Voting. Dean of the College, the R.O.T.C. Coordinator; the Pro- 
fessor of Military Science; 1978 Hall; 1977Preseren; 1976^GrMay '"#} ffi-^y 

The Committee on Honors 

Non-voting. One student in Wake Forest College. Voting. Dean of 
the College; the Coordinator of the Honors Program; 1979 Kerr; 

1978 Barefield; 1977 Rodtwitt; 1976 Collins and one student in 
Wake Forest College. tO Htruhr* lV-v) filfinfi 5chm 'Cn 

The Committee of Lower Division Advisers 

Dean of the College; Chairman of the Lower Division Advisers; 
Angell, Bidwell, Brehme, Broyles, Clark, Collins, Covey, Dimmick, 
Dimock, Eure, Ewing, Falkenberg, Gossett, Hansberger, C. Harris, 
Hayashi, Horton, Kuzmanovich, Litcher, Ljungquist, McDowell, 
Maultsby, W. G. May, Mitchell, Olive, Patty, Reeves, Ribisl, M. F. 
Robinson, P. Robinson, Roman, Sellner, Sullivan, Taylor, Waddill, 
Weigl, West, Whitchurch, A. J. Williams, Wolfe, F. Wood, R. 
Wood, Wyatt. OPEN CURRICULUM: Frey, P. Hamrick, Pritchard, 
W. Sanders, Sears, J. H. Smith, Tedford, Thomas. 

The Committee on Orientation 

Dean, Chairman of the Lower Division Advisers, Dean of Men, 
Dean of Women, President of the Student Government or his 
representative, and other persons from the Administration and 
student body whom the chairman shall invite to serve. 



287 



COMMITTEES 



The Committee on Records and Information 

Non-voting. The Registrar. Voting. Dean of the College; Archivist, 
Vice-President of the Faculty; Secretary of the Faculty; 1978, 
Moses; 1977 Kuzmanovich; 1976- Harrsberger. ' 7 ^ 'J^AAJrtuytVL 

The Committee on Open Curriculum 

Frey, P. Ham rick, Pritehard, W. Sanders, Sears, J. H. Smith, Ted- 
ford, Thomas. f 7? R&AjrJL&r f /^£&?A/l(?rn 



OTHER COMMITTEES AND ASSIGNMENTS 

-Twi^j^ Faculty Marshals 

Mitchell, - Pa r ke r, M. F. Robinson. 

Graduate Council 

Dean of the Graduate School; Provost; Coordinator of Graduate 
Studies of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine; 1980 Shields; 
1979 Miller; 1978 Esch; 1977 Gossett, Love; 1976 Reeves. 

Advisory Committee on Research 

Hendricks, Kuhn, Richman, Shields, Steintrager, Nancy Parker. 

UNIVERSITY SENATE 

President, Provost, Vice President for Medical Affairs, Vice Presi- 
dent for Business and Finance, Dean of the College, Dean of the 
School of Law, Dean of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine, 
Dean of the Charles H. Babcock School of Management, Dean of 
the Graduate School, Director of Libraries, Director of Develop- 
ment, and the following: 

Representatives of Wake Forest College: 1979 Fosso, Parker; 1978 
Brehme, Weigl; 1977 Cage, Phillips; 1976 Reinhardt, A. S. Tillett. 

Representatives of the School of Law: 1979 Divine; 1977 Webster. 

Representatives of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine: 1979 
Maynard; 1978 Alexander; 1977 Huntley; 1976 Prichard. 

Representatives of the School of Management: 1979 Hayes; 1977 
Shively. 

Representatives of the Graduate School: 1979 Gossett; 1978 Angell; 
1977 L. R. Tillett; 1976 Shields. 






COACHING STAFF 



G. Eugene Hooks (1956) 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.Ed., North Carolina; Ed.D., George Peabody 

Jessie I. Haddock (1954) 

B.S., Wake Forest. 



Carl Tacy (1972) 

B.S., Davis & Elkins; M.S., Radford. 

Larry Williams (1972) 

A.B., Glenville State. 

Neill McGeachy (1974) 

B.S., Lenoir Rhyne. 

Bill Dellastatious (1975) 

B.S., M.S., Missouri. 

Leo Ellison, Jr. (1957) 

B.S., M.S., Northwestern State College. 

William Beattie Feathers (1961) 

B.S., Tennessee. 



Director of Athletics 

Associate Director of Athletics and Golf Coach 

Head Basketball Coach 

Assistant Basketball Coach 

Assistant Basketball Coach 



Cross Country and Track Coach; 
Lecturer in Physical Education 

Swimming Coach; Instructor in 
Physical Education 

Baseball Coach 



James H. Leighton, Jr. (1962) 

A.B., Presbyterian College. 

Robert T. Bartholomew (1969) 

B.A., Wake Forest. 

Lewis Martin (1958) 
David Tinga (1973) 



Chuck Mills (1973) 

B.S., Illinois State; M.A., California State. 

Jim LaRue (1974) 

B.S., Duke; M.Ed., Maryland. 

Cliff Yoshida (1973) 

B.S., California State Polytechnic. 

Steve Bernstein (1973) 

M.A., Utah State. 

Harry Elliott (1973) 

B.A., Syracuse. 

William Hayes (1973) 

B.S., N. C. Central. 

Gene McKeehan (1973) 

M.A., Utah State. 

Mike Cook (1975) 

A.B., Coker College; M.A., Appalachian. 

Win Headley (1975) 

B.S., M.A., Wake Forest. 

Charlie Dayton (1974) 

B.A., Wake Forest. 

Zeno Martin, Jr. (1973) 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.S., Purdue. 

Joe Lee Puckett (1974) 

B.A., Wake Forest. 



Tennis Coach 

Director of Deacon Club 

Trainer 

Supervisor of Athletic Equipment and Facilities 

Head Football Coach 

Associate Head Football Coach 

Assistant Football Coach 

Assistant Football Coach 

Assistant Football Coach 

Assistant Football Coach 

Assistant Football Coach 

Assistant Football Coach 

Assistant Football Coach 

Director of Sports Information 

Business Manager 

Academic Advisor and 
Assistant Trainer 



289 



STAFFS OF THE LIBRARIES 



Merrill G. Berthrong, A.B., A.M., Ph.D., Director of Libraries 

Richard J. Murdoch, B.A., M.S. in L.S., Assistant to the Director and Curator of Rare 
Books 

The Z. Smith Reynolds Library 
(General Library) 

Anne M. Nicholson, A.B., B.S. in L.S., Technical Services Librarian 

James M. Nicholson, M.A., M.S. in L.S., Circulation Librarian 

William K. Ach, A.B., B.S. in L.S., Microtext Librarian 

Michael J. LaCroix, A.B., M.S. in L.S., Acquisitions Librarian 

Minnie M. Huggins, B.A., B.S. in L.S., Documents Librarian 

Margaret V. Shoemaker, B.S., A.B. in L.S., Assistant Catalog Librarian 

Deborah E. Luck, B.S. in L.S., M.S. in L.S., Assistant Catalog Librarian 

John R. Woodard, Jr., B.A., Director of the Ethel Taylor Crittenden Collection in 

Baptist History 
Ruth Ames, B.A., Archivist Reporter Records, Assistant Reference Librarian 
Patricia B. Giles, A.B., M.A. in L.S., Acting Reference Librarian 
Barbara B. Salt, B.A.E., Assistant Acquisitions Librarian 
Mary Jane Whalen, B.S., M.A., A.B. in L.S., Assistant Reference Librarian 

Library Of The School Of Law 

Vivian Lunsford Wilson, A.B., B.S. in L.S., Librarian 

Mary H. Day, B.A., M.S. in L.S., Circulation Librarian 

Melanie Laura Sale, B.A., M.S. in L.S., Cataloger 

Kenneth A. Zick, B.A., J.D., M.S. in L.S., Acquisitions and Reference 
Librarian 

Bowman Gray School of Medicine 
Main Library and Allied Health Library 

Michael D. Sprinkle, B.A., B.S. in L.S., Librarian 

Neil P. Campbell, B.S., M.S. in L.S., Reference Librarian 

Mrs. Soo Lee, B.A., M.A. in L.S., Assistant Librarian 

Rebecca Johnston, B.A., M.L.S., Cataloger 

Betty Go Sin, B.A., M.L., Cataloger 

Mara Taranis, B.A., M.A. in L.S., Chief of Public Services 

Babcock Graduate School of Managerment 

Jean B. Hopson, B.S., M.A. in L.S., M.B.A., Librarian 



290 



INDEX 



Academic Requirements 

Minimum 84, 93 

Accountancy 122 

Administration 268 

Admission Requirements .... 14, 86 

Advanced Placement 16 

Advanced Standing 

Admission 17 

Advisers 69 

Anthropology 190 

Application Fee 15 

Army R.O.T.C 29 

Army R.O.T.C. 

Commissions 258 

Art 112 

Art Collection 53 

Artists Series 75 

Asian Studies Program 88, 114 

Athletics 11, 66 

Athletics Awards 68, 69 

Attendance Requirements 82 

Auditing 80 

Awards 63, 68 

Babcock Graduate School 

of Management 201 

Basic Course Require- 
ments 94 

Biology 115 

Boardof Visitors 266 

Bowman Cray School of 

Medicine 9, 18 

Buildings, Academic 49 

Buildings, Residence 12, 71 

Buildings and Grounds 49 

Business and Accountancy 119 

Calendar 4, 5, 79 

Challenge 63 

Charges 20 

Chemistry 124 

Chinese 186 

Choir Work Grants 35 

Classical Languages 127 

Classics 130 

Classification 79 

CLEP 18 

Coaching Staff 290 

College Union 57 

Committees of the Faculty 285 

Course Numbers 106 

Course Repetition 82 

Course Instruction 

The College 94 

Maximum Number 98 

Creative Arts 9 

Credit Load 79 

Dean's List 87 

Debate and Speech 59 

Debate and Theatre 60 



Degrees 

Bachelor of Arts 92 

Bachelor of Science 92 

Combined 99 

Doctor of Medicine 211 

Juris Doctor 207 

Master of Arts 200 

MBA 201 

Degrees Conferred 236 

Dentistry 103 

Deposits 21 

Divisional Course 

Requirements 94 

Dormitories 71 

Dual Enrollment 17 

Early Decision 16 

Economics 131 

Ecumenical Institute 75 

Education 133 

Endowment 47 

Engineering 103 

English 139 

Enrollment Summary 259,278 

Examinations 81 

Experiment in 

Int'l Living 90 

Faculty 272 

Fees 20 

Fellowships 19 

Food Services 72 

Forensics 59 

Forestry 105 

Four-Week Courses 93 

France, Semester In 185 

Fraternities 65 

French 182 

Geographical Distribution 262 

German 144 

German Exchange 

Scholarship 34 

Grading System 81 

Graduate School 9, 18, 200 

Graduation 

Distinctions 251 

Fee 21 

Requirements 86 

Greek 129 

Health Service 72 

Hebrew 181 

Hindi 180 

Historical Sketch 37 

History 146 

Honor Societies 65 

Honor System 56 

Honors Program 

Departmental 8, 111 

Interdisciplinary 8, 110 

Housing 12, 70, 72 



291 



INDEX 



Human Enterprises 

Institute 74 

Humanities 150 

India, Semester In 88 

Institute of Literature 74 

Intercollegiate Athletics 

Men 68 

Women 67 

Interdepartmental 

Courses 150 

Italian 186 

Joint Majors 99 

Journalism 141 

Lab Courses 106 

Latin 129 

Law School 99, 204 

Libraries 50, 289 

Loan Funds 31 

Location 12 

Majors 98 

Majors in Two Depart- 
ments 99 

Management 23 

Mathematics 152 

Medals 63 

Medical Sciences 100 

Medical Technology 101 

Medicine 211 

Men's Residence Council 58 

Microbiology 102 

Military Science 157 

Ministerial Students 34 

Music 21,61, 157 

Norwegian 186 

Open Curriculum 96 

Orientation 70 

Overview 7 

Pass-Fail Grades 81 

Philosophy 162 

Physical Education 164 

Physician Assistant 

Program 102 

Physics 167 

Placement Office 74 

Politics 169 

Prerequisites 106 

Probation 86 

Professional Schools 9 

Psychological Center 73 

Psychology 173 

Publications 63 

Purposes and Objectives 13 

Grade Points 81 



Radio 62 

Reading Improvement 73 

Readmission 86 

Recreational Activities 66 

Registration 

Dates 4, 5 

Procedure 80 

Regulations 83 

Religion 177 

Religious Program 61 

Requirements, 

Academic 84, 92 

Robinson Lectures 75 

Romance Languages 181 

Russian 186 

Salem College Courses 90 

Scholarships 19, 24 

Senior Testing Program 99 

Social Science 152 

Societies 65 

Sociology and 

Anthropology 190 

Spain, Semester In 89, 189 

Spanish 187 

Spanish Exchange 

Scholarship _34 

Speech Communication 

and Theatre Arts 194 

Student Employment 33 

Student-Faculty 

Committees 59 

Student Government 56 

Student Judicial Board 57 

Study Abroad 89 

Summer Session 18, 23, 209 

Elsewhere 90 

Teacher Certificate 

Requirements 136 

Theatre 60 

Transcripts 87 

Trustees '. . 264 

Tuition 20 

Upper Division 97 

Urban Affairs Institute 74 

Venice Program 89 

Veterans 35 

Withdrawal 

From College 23, 84 

From Course 84 

Women's Residence 

Council 59 

Work-Study Program 33 



292 




Address Correction Requested 
Return Postage Guaranteed 



WAKE FOREST UNIVERSITY 
WINSTON-SALEM, N.C 27109